SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

|_| REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

|X| ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended April 25, 2004

OR

|_| TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _________________ to ________________

Commission file number: 0-49984

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Canada
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

350 Legget Drive
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K2K 2W7
(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Shares, Without Par Value
(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 111,688,279 common shares, 20,000,000 Class A Convertible Preferred Shares, Series 1, and 67,249,944 Class B Convertible Preferred Shares, Series 1, as of July 27, 2004.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes |X| No |_|

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17 |_| Item 18 |X|

 
   


 

Basis of Presentation

The financial results of Mitel Networks Corporation (“Mitel Networks” or “the Company”) contained in this Form 20-F are reported in United States dollars and have been prepared in compliance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for the purposes of this annual report. Mitel Networks has mailed separately to its shareholders audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Canada and reported in Canadian dollars. In this annual report, all dollar amounts are expressed in United States dollars except where otherwise indicated.

Forward Looking Information

Certain statements in this annual report constitute “forward-looking statements.” Mitel Networks has based these forward-looking statements on its current expectations, which are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions. They include statements relating to future revenues, expenses and profitability, the future development and expected growth of Mitel Networks’ business and the communications industry, Mitel Networks’ ability to successfully execute its business model and business strategy, projected capital expenditures, and trends in government regulation.

Forward-looking statements can be identified by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue,” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may differ materially from those suggested by these forward-looking statements. In evaluating these statements, carefully consider the risks outlined under Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors.

Although Mitel Networks believes that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, it cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Mitel Networks does not promise to update forward-looking information to reflect actual results or changes in assumptions.

 
  - i -  


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I 1
   
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors 1
   
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable 1
   
Item 3. Key Information 1
   
     A. Selected Financial Data 1
     B. Capitalization and Indebtedness 3
     C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds 3
     D. Risk Factors 3
   
Item 4. Information on Mitel Networks 13
   
     A. History and Development of Mitel Networks 13
     B. Business Overview 15
     C. Organizational Structure 25
     D. Property, Plants and Equipment 26
   
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 27
   
     A. Operating Results 33
     B. Liquidity and Capital Resources 43
     C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc 47
     D. Trend Information 47
     E. Off-balance sheet arrangements 48
     F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations 50
   
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees 51
   
     A. Directors and Senior Management 51
     B. Compensation 57
     C. Board Practices 60
     D. Employees 61
     E. Share Ownership 61
   
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions 63
   
     A. Major Shareholders 63
     B. Related Party Transactions 65
     C. Interests of Experts and Counsel 68
   
Item 8. Financial Information 69
   
     A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information 69
     B. Significant Changes 69
   
Item 9. The Offer and Listing 69
   
     A. Offer and Listing Details 69

 
   


 

     B. Plan of distribution 70
     C. Markets 70
     D. Selling shareholders 70
     E. Dilution 70
     F. Expenses of the issue 70
   
Item 10. Additional Information 71
   
     A. Share Capital 71
     B. Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation 71
     C. Material Contracts 76
     D. Exchange Controls 87
     E. Taxation 87
     F. Dividends and Paying Agents 91
     G. Statement by Experts 91
     H. Documents on Display 92
     I. Subsidiary Information 92
   
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 92
   
Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities 94
   
PART II 94
   
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies 94
   
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and  Use of Proceeds 94
   
Item 15. Controls and Procedures 94
   
Item 16. [Reserved] 94
   
     Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert 94
     Item 16B. Code of Ethics 95
     Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 95
     Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees 96
     Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and  Affiliated Purchasers
96
   
PART III 96
   
Item 17. Financial Statements 96
   
Item 18. Financial Statements 96
   
Item 19. Exhibits 97

 
   


 

PART I

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

Not applicable.

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

Item 3. Key Information

A. Selected Financial Data

The following sets forth selected financial information derived from (a) Mitel Networks’ unaudited carve-out consolidated statements of operations of the communications systems business, which is referred to in this annual report as the Predecessor Business, of Mitel Corporation, now known as Zarlink Semiconductor Inc. (“Zarlink”), for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000 (b) the unaudited carve-out combined statement of revenues and direct expenses of the Predecessor Business for the forty-six week period ended February 16, 2001, (c) the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Mitel Networks as of, and for the ten week period ended April 27, 2001, and (d) the audited consolidated financial statements of Mitel Networks as of and for the fiscal years ended April 28, 2002, April 27, 2003, and April 25, 2004. The selected financial information may not be indicative of Mitel Networks’ future performance and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report.

 
  - 1 -  


 

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data)

  Mitel Networks
Predecessor Business
  Years Ended
Ten Weeks
Ended

April 27,
2001

Forty-six
Weeks Ended

Year
Ended

April 25,
2004

April 27,
2003

April 28,
2002

Feb. 16,
2001

March 31,
2000

Revenues $ 340.7   $ 352.2   $  358.0   $   78.3   $ 349.9   $539.4
Cost of revenues 202.9   225.4   215.5   41.6   194.3   263.9
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross margin 137.8   126.8   142.5   36.7   149.6   275.5
                       
Research and development 36.2   41.2   59.1   12.9   49.5   52.9
Selling, general and  administrative
111.4   114.9   141.9   30.2   135.0   158.7
Purchased in-process research  and
   development
      13.5    
Special charges 11.7   13.7   7.4     9.9  
Loss on disposal of business 0.6     1.5      
Amortization of acquired  intangibles
0.2   29.1   43.8   8.2   1.9   15.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss) (22.3 ) (72.1 ) (111.2 ) (28.1 ) (46.7 ) 48.2
Other expense, net (8.0 ) (0.9 ) (3.4 ) (0.4 ) N/A   N/A
Income tax (expense) recovery (0.3 ) 2.9   (0.1 ) (0.6 ) N/A   N/A
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss $  (30.6 ) $  (70.1 ) $(114.7 ) $  (29.1 ) $    N/A   $    N/A
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss per share:
  Basic and diluted $  (0.26 ) $  (0.63 ) $  (1.10 ) $  (0.29 ) $    N/A   $    N/A
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of  
   common shares outstanding
   (in
 millions)
127.8   113.1   106.8   100.0   N/A   N/A
 

 
 
 
 
 

BALANCE SHEET DATA
(in millions of U.S. dollars)
As at
April 25,
2004

As at
April 27,
2003

As at
April 28,
2002

Cash and cash equivalents $   26.7   $   22.3   $     3.6  
Other current assets 115.0   120.6   132.4  
Property and equipment 20.3   25.3   29.7  
Other assets 7.4   7.3   42.4  



Total assets $ 169.4   $ 175.5   $ 208.1  



Current liabilities $ 103.2   $ 135.8   $ 138.9  
Other liabilities 69.5   47.7   21.7  
Redeemable shares 51.3   29.0   27.9  
Capital stock 184.8   183.4   167.5  
Other capital accounts 7.7   (2.2 ) (0.9 )
Accumulated deficit (247.1 ) (218.2 ) (147.0 )



Total liabilities and shareholders’  equity
$ 169.4   $ 175.5   $ 208.1  



 
  - 2 -  


 

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

Investment in Mitel Networks’ common shares should be regarded as highly speculative and is suitable only for those investors who are able to sustain a total loss of their investment. The risk factors set forth below and elsewhere in this annual report are not intended to be an exhaustive list of the general or specific risks involved, but identify certain risks that are now foreseen by Mitel Networks. Investors should carefully consider all information contained in this annual report, and should give particular consideration to the following risk factors when evaluating Mitel Networks and its business. Additional risks and uncertainties that are not yet identified or that Mitel Networks currently considers to be immaterial may also materially adversely affect Mitel Networks’ business and financial condition in the future. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect Mitel Networks’ business, results of operations or financial condition and could result in a complete loss of an investment in Mitel Networks.

Mitel Networks has incurred net losses from operations since its inception and may not be profitable in the future.

Mitel Networks has generated revenues and has incurred net losses from operations since its inception. The future success of Mitel Networks in building its revenue and market share for its products is dependent upon the ability of Mitel Networks to continue to attract orders, develop products that have a competitive advantage, and manage its manufacturing and assembly costs, including the costs of those products supplied by BreconRidge Manufacturing Solutions Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, “BreconRidge”). The high technology industry is characterized by long and variable delays between expenses incurred for research and development (“R&D”), and sales and marketing and the generation of revenues, if any, from such expenditures. There can be no assurance that Mitel Networks will be able to grow its revenues and market share or that there will not be changes that will require unanticipated expenditure of Mitel Networks’ capital resources. Finally, there can be no assurance that Mitel Networks will be able to achieve profitability or that, if achieved, such profitability can be sustained.

In the past Mitel Networks’ revenues from operations have not been sufficient to cover its operating expenses and, while Mitel Networks believes that its expected cash flow from operations and other existing cash resources should be sufficient to satisfy cash requirements of Mitel Networks in the coming year, Mitel Networks cannot make any assurance that it will not require additional equity or debt financing in the future.

In previous years Mitel Networks’ revenues from operations were not sufficient to cover its operating expenses. While Mitel Networks believes that its expected cash flow from operations and other existing cash resources should be sufficient to satisfy Mitel Networks’ cash

 
  - 3 -  


 

requirements in the coming year, there is no assurance that Mitel Networks will not require additional equity or debt financing in the future. Failure to generate the expected level of cash flow from operations, loss of existing financing or inability to renew Mitel Networks’ revolving credit facilities could result in the delay or abandonment of some or all of Mitel Networks’ business plans, the sale of assets, or the undertaking of other measures which could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, due to the current general economic and industry environment, and Mitel Networks’ current credit condition, an increased portion of Mitel Networks’ cash and cash equivalents may be restricted as cash collateral for credit facilities or for customer bid and performance bonds. There can be no assurance that Mitel Networks will be able to obtain on satisfactory terms, or at all, any additional financing required to compete successfully. Any such financing, if obtained, may involve the issuance of further equity at prices which may dilute an investor’s interest in Mitel Networks. Failure to obtain such financing could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, certain holders of common shares and preferred shares have anti-dilution protection and redemption rights under certain circumstances, which could be triggered by any such additional financing.

The significant number of outstanding preferred shares and warrants could adversely affect the market value of Mitel Networks’ common shares as well the ability of Mitel Networks to complete any future equity financing.

As of April 25, 2004, Mitel Networks had outstanding:

  20,000,000 Class A Convertible Preferred Shares, Series 1 (the “Series A Shares”) and 67,060,988 Class B Convertible Preferred Shares, Series 1 (the “Series B Shares”) which are convertible into common shares (on a one-for one basis and, in certain circumstances on a greater than one-for-one basis) of the Company at the option of the holders and upon certain triggering events (please refer to Item 10.B for a discussion of the conversion privileges of the Series A Shares and Series B Shares);

  Stock options to acquire 4,482,264 common shares at exercise prices ranging from $1.47 to $2.94 (CDN$2.00 to CDN$4.00) per share; and

  Warrants to acquire up to an additional 18,986,968 common shares with exercise prices ranging from $nil to $0.92 (CDN$nil to CDN$1.25) per share.

In addition, Mitel Networks has issued to the lead investor in its April 2004 financing, a Series 2 Warrant to acquire certain additional common shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such number of common shares to be determined in accordance with the formula set forth in the Series 2 Warrant.

The issuance of Mitel Networks’ common shares upon the conversion of these preferred shares or the exercise of these warrants or stock options will likely occur at a time when the conversion or exercise price is below the market value of Mitel Networks’ common shares. Therefore, the conversion or exercise of these securities will likely have a dilutive effect on the market value of Mitel Networks’ common shares. The conversion or exercise of these securities will also result

 
  - 4 -  


 

in Mitel Networks having more common shares outstanding, which would have a dilutive effect on its earnings per share. Furthermore, the significant number of preferred shares, warrants and stock options as well as the terms of these securities could materially impair Mitel Networks’ future ability to raise capital through an offering of equity securities.

The exercise of put rights by certain shareholders would have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks.

The holders of 10,000,000 common shares, 16,000,000 Series B Shares, and 20,000,000 Series A Shares have the right pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement (discussed in further detail in Items 5.F and 10.C of this annual report) to require Mitel Networks to purchase all or any portion of such shares if Mitel Networks has not completed an initial public offering by September 1, 2006. The exercise of these put rights would have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

If Mitel Networks is unable to comply with the financial covenants contained in its credit facilities, it will be, in the absence of waivers, adversely affected in its ability to access these credit facilities.

Mitel Networks’ credit facility contains a financial covenant requiring quarterly minimum levels of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), adjusted for other non-cash income and non-cash expenses. During certain periods in the past, Mitel Networks has not been in compliance with this financial covenant. Although Mitel Networks expects to be in compliance with the quarterly minimum levels of EBITDA during Fiscal 2005, there is no assurance that this will be the case. In the event of non-compliance by Mitel Networks with future quarterly minimum levels of EBITDA, Mitel Networks would seek waivers of such non-compliance from the lender. Failure to obtain a waiver of non-compliance from the lender could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

Mitel Networks’ trade receivables securitization facility, entered into on April 16, 2004, contains certain amortization events, the occurrence of which would result in the commencement of amortization of the trade receivables securitization facility. In the event an amortization event was to occur, no future trade receivables would be eligible for sale under the facility. If Mitel Networks were unable to obtain a waiver of the amortization event, the inability to sell future trade receivables pursuant to the trade receivable securitization facility could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ liquidity and financial condition.

The quarterly and annual revenues and operating results of Mitel Networks have fluctuated historically and are highly variable. Therefore, the results of one period may not provide a reliable indicator of Mitel Networks’ future performance.

The quarterly and annual revenues and operating results of Mitel Networks have fluctuated historically depending upon, among other factors, the timing of executed contracts and purchase orders. Accordingly, Mitel Networks’ operating results in a particular period are highly variable, difficult to predict and may not meet the expectations of investors. Factors which may cause Mitel Networks’ financial results to fluctuate significantly from period to period include, but are

 
  - 5 -  


 

not limited to: the fact that each individual order or contract can represent substantial dollars of revenue; many of Mitel Networks’ products may require significant capital expenditures by the customer; the size, timing and shipment of individual orders; changes in pricing by Mitel Networks or its competitors; discount levels; foreign currency exchange rates; the mix of products sold; the timing of the announcement, introduction and delivery of new products and/or product enhancements by Mitel Networks and its competitors; and general economic conditions. As a result of the foregoing factors, a quarter-to-quarter or a year-to-year comparison of Mitel Networks’ results of operations is not necessarily meaningful. Investors should not rely upon the results of one period as an indication of Mitel Networks’ future performance.

Mitel Networks’ success is dependent on its intellectual property. The inability of, or any failure by, Mitel Networks to protect its intellectual property could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

Mitel Networks’ success depends on the intellectual property in the products and services that it develops and sells. See Item 4.B “Business Overview — Intellectual Property” for further details concerning Mitel Networks’ intellectual property. Mitel Networks relies upon a combination of copyright, patent, trade secrets, trademarks, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect its proprietary technology. There can be no assurance that Mitel Networks’ present protective measures will be enforceable or adequate to prevent misappropriation of its technology or independent third-party development of the same or similar technology. Many foreign jurisdictions offer less protection of intellectual property rights than Canada or the United States, and there can be no assurance that the protection provided to Mitel Networks’ proprietary technology by the laws of Canada or the United States or foreign jurisdictions will be sufficient to protect such technology. Preventing the unauthorized use of such proprietary technology may be difficult in part because it may be difficult to discover such use. Stopping unauthorized use of such proprietary technology may be difficult, time-consuming and costly. In addition, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce Mitel Networks’ intellectual property rights, to protect Mitel Networks’ trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial cost and diversion of management resources, and a successful claim against Mitel Networks could effectively block Mitel Networks’ ability to use or license its technology in the United States or abroad or otherwise have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

Mitel Networks has been and may in the future be notified of claims that the products and services offered and sold by Mitel Networks are subject to patents or proprietary rights of third parties. Any such claim, whether or not it has merit, has been and would be time consuming to evaluate and defend, and could result in litigation, increased costs, potential shipment delays and stoppages, or lengthy and complex license negotiations.

Mitel Networks has entered into agreements with customers and suppliers that include limited intellectual property indemnifications that are customary in the industry. These undertakings generally require Mitel Networks to compensate the other party for certain damages and costs incurred as a result of third party intellectual property claims arising from these transactions. The nature of the intellectual property indemnification obligations prevents Mitel Networks from

 
  - 6 -  


 

making a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount it could be required to pay to its customers and suppliers. Historically, Mitel Networks has not made any significant indemnification payments under such agreements and no amount has been accrued in the accompanying consolidated financial statements with respect to these indemnification obligations.

As is common in the industry, Mitel Networks has in the past been, and may in the future be, notified of claims that the products or services offered and sold by Mitel Networks are subject to patents or other proprietary rights of third parties. For example, certain claims have been asserted against end users and demands for the payment of licensing fees have been made or end users have otherwise been threatened with litigation over claims of alleged infringement. Mitel Networks generally agrees to indemnify and defend such customers to the extent a claim for infringement is brought against its customers with respect to Mitel Networks’ products although Mitel Networks’ contracts lay out the specific instances where it will respond as well as its defenses. In the event that a Mitel Networks product becomes the subject of litigation, a customer could attempt to invoke Mitel Networks’ indemnity obligations under the applicable agreement. As with most sales contracts with suppliers of computerized equipment, Mitel Networks’ contractual indemnity obligations are generally limited to the products and services provided by Mitel Networks, and generally require the customer to allow Mitel Networks to have control over any litigation and settlement negotiations with the patent holder.

There can be no assurance that infringement or invalidity claims (or claims for indemnification resulting from infringement claims) will not be asserted or prosecuted against Mitel Networks or its customers. Any such claim, whether or not it has merit, would be time consuming to evaluate and defend, and could result in increased costs, potential shipment delays and stoppages, or lengthy and complex license negotiations. While Mitel Networks is currently not defending itself against any material intellectual property lawsuit (e.g. for direct, contributory or inducing infringement whether solely Mitel Networks’ technology or in combination with other technology), there can be no assurance that such will not arise against it or its customers or that current or future negotiations with third parties to establish license or cross license arrangements, or to renew existing licenses, will result in Mitel Networks obtaining or renewing a license on satisfactory terms or at all. Moreover, license agreements with third parties may not include all intellectual property rights that may be issued to or owned by the licensors and thus future disputes with these parties are possible. In the event an intellectual property dispute is not settled through a license, or any existing license is not renewed, litigation could result. Any litigation relating to intellectual property rights, whether or not determined in Mitel Networks’ favor or settled by it, would at a minimum be costly and would divert the attention and efforts of management and technical personnel. An adverse determination in such litigation or proceeding could prevent Mitel Networks from making, using or selling certain of its products and subject Mitel Networks to damage assessments, all of which could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

 
  - 7 -  


 

All of Mitel Networks’ products are manufactured by a third party and Mitel Networks has concentrated supply arrangements for certain product components. Elimination or disruption of one or more of these arrangements could adversely affect the timing of product shipments.

In August 2001, Mitel Networks and certain of its subsidiaries signed a supply agreement with BreconRidge, which at the time was controlled by Dr. Terence H. Matthews (“Dr. Matthews”), pursuant to which BreconRidge provides required manufacturing for Mitel Networks and such subsidiaries. Subject to certain exceptions, the supply agreement is now exclusive until December 31, 2007 with respect to current products and new product introductions. There are risks inherent in outsourcing key aspects of any business including: loss of key personnel, loss of proprietary know-how, limited ability to control the manufacturing process, costs, and quality, dependence on the third party manufacturers and component suppliers and their related proprietary technology. While Mitel Networks believes that alternative sources of manufacturing would be available if these arrangements were to cease, disruption of its manufacturing could create a temporary, adverse effect on product shipments. Mitel Networks has concentrated arrangements for the supply of certain product components used in the manufacture of Mitel Networks’ products. Although Mitel Networks believes that alternative sources of supply would be available for these product components, the elimination of one or more of these arrangements could create a temporary adverse effect on the timing of product shipments. There can be no assurance that the arrangements between Mitel Networks and BreconRidge, or any other supplier from which Mitel Networks obtains technology, products or components will achieve Mitel Networks’ business objectives.

Certain of Mitel Networks’ products contain third party software applications and components. Mitel Networks’ dependence on third party suppliers to provide these software applications and components could adversely affect its ability to develop and deliver its products on a timely and reliable basis.

Mitel Networks’ business may be harmed by a delay in delivery of software applications or components from one or more of its third party suppliers. In addition, most of Mitel Networks’ supply agreements can be terminated by the suppliers under various circumstances and are generally non-exclusive, which means that the suppliers may develop relationships with, and supply similar or the same software applications and components to, competitors. In the event that software application or component suppliers terminate their relationships with Mitel Networks or are unable to fill Mitel Networks’ orders on a timely basis, Mitel Networks may be unable to deliver its products to meet customers’ orders if it is unable to develop alternative or additional supply sources, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The failure of Mitel Networks to achieve and sustain market acceptance of its products and technologies in broader industry segments or to develop new customers could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

Certain of Mitel Networks’ products (such as IP Telephony) represent alternatives to traditional designs (such as TDM). As a result, such products may be slow to achieve, or may not achieve, market acceptance, as customers may seek further validation of the efficiency and reliability of Mitel Networks’ technology. In addition, revenues from the sale of traditional Mitel Networks

 
  - 8 -  


 

TDM based products may decline faster than the adoption and sale of IP Telephony products, which could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations. Mitel Networks believes that, to a significant extent, its growth prospects depend on the continuing acceptance by a broader group of customers and by broader industry segments of its new products and technologies. The failure of Mitel Networks to obtain and sustain acceptance of its products and technologies in broader industry segments or to develop new customers could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

Mitel Networks’ loss of key personnel could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ operations and business prospects.

The success of Mitel Networks is dependent upon the services of a number of the members of its senior management and software and engineering staff, as well as the expertise of its directors. The loss of one or more of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ operations and business prospects. In addition Mitel Networks’ success will also depend on its ability to attract and retain additional highly qualified management and technical personnel. For instance: (a) Mitel Networks faces competition for qualified personnel, many of whom are often subject to competing employment offers; (b) a portion of Mitel Networks’ compensation to its key employees is in the form of stock option grants and as a consequence, a depression in Mitel Networks’ share price or the continued lack of a public market for such shares could make it difficult for Mitel Networks to retain employees and recruit additional qualified personnel; and (c) recent economic conditions have made it necessary for Mitel Networks to implement certain cost saving initiatives that have a direct effect on employees. Mitel Networks currently does not maintain corporate life insurance policies on the lives of its directors or key employees.

The occurrence of design defects, errors, failures or bugs in Mitel Networks’ products could result in damage to Mitel Networks’ reputation, lost revenue, and the loss of, or delay in achieving, market acceptance of Mitel Networks’ products, and adversely affect Mitel Networks’ ability to attract new customers or retain existing customers.

Mitel Networks’ products are highly complex and, from time to time, may contain certain defects that are difficult to detect and correct. Errors, failures or bugs may be found in Mitel Networks’ products after shipment to customers. If errors are discovered, Mitel Networks may not be able to correct such errors in a timely manner or at all. The occurrence of errors and product failures could result in damage to Mitel Networks’ reputation, lost revenue, and the loss of, or delay in achieving, market acceptance of Mitel Networks’ products, and adversely affect Mitel Networks’ ability to attract new customers or retain existing customers. Efforts to correct such errors and failures in Mitel Networks’ products could require significant expenditure of capital and resources by Mitel Networks and may not be successful. The sale and support of such products may entail the risk of product liability claims. In addition, the failure of Mitel Networks’ products to perform to published specifications could give rise to warranty claims. Mitel Networks’ insurance may not cover or its coverage may be insufficient to cover any such claims successfully asserted against Mitel Networks or its contracted suppliers and manufacturers, including BreconRidge, and therefore the consequences of such errors, failures and claims could

 
  - 9 -  


 

have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

There are significant restrictions on the resale of Mitel Networks’ securities and there can be no assurance as to when such restrictions will cease to apply, if ever.

There is presently no market through which Mitel Networks’ securities may be sold or resold. Mitel Networks’ securities are not listed for trading on any stock exchange and there is no guarantee that any such listing will be completed in the future. Mitel Networks’ securities have not been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or the securities laws of any of the states of the United States, the securities laws of Canada or any province thereof, or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction. All of Mitel Networks’ outstanding securities as of July 27, 2004 are “restricted securities” as defined under the rules of the Securities Act, which securities may not be transferred to a U.S. person except pursuant to registration under the Securities Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Canadian provincial securities laws also restrict the transfer of securities of Mitel Networks, unless an exemption from the prospectus requirements is available in respect of such transfer, at least until the time Mitel Networks becomes a reporting issuer in a province of Canada. In addition, Mitel Networks’ articles currently contain restrictions on the transfer of shares of the capital stock of the Company (see Item 10.B of this annual report for a more detailed description of these transfer restrictions). Investors may be unable to liquidate an investment in Mitel Networks’ securities, whether or not a listing is subsequently effected. An investor should not purchase securities in Mitel Networks unless such investor is able to endure lack of liquidity and/or withstand a total loss of his or her investment.

Mitel Networks’ competitive position may be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates and its current currency hedging strategy may not be sufficient to counter such fluctuations.

A significant portion of the business of Mitel Networks is conducted in currencies other than the Canadian dollar. Due to the substantial volatility of currency exchange rates, Mitel Networks cannot predict the effect of exchange rate fluctuations upon future sales. Mitel Networks uses financial instruments, principally forward exchange contracts, in its management of foreign currency exposures. These contracts primarily require Mitel Networks to purchase and sell certain foreign currencies with or for Canadian dollars at contractual rates. It is Mitel Networks’ practice to monitor the financial standing of the counterparties to these financial instruments, which include several major financial institutions, and limit the amount of exposure to any one institution. Mitel Networks may be exposed to a credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties of these contracts. Additionally, Mitel Networks’ operations could be adversely affected if it is unable to guard against currency fluctuations in the future. There can be no assurance that foreign currency fluctuations will not have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

 
  - 10 -  


 

The failure of Mitel Networks’ products to keep pace with rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

The markets for Mitel Networks’ products are competitive and characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and frequent new product introductions. Mitel Networks has invested and intends to continue to invest in the development of products. There is no assurance that such products will be accepted in the face of competing products and changing customer requirements.

Mitel Networks may not be able to compete effectively in the highly competitive high technology industry.

Mitel Networks’ competitors include large corporations with greater name recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing, public relations, sales and other resources than those of Mitel Networks. There can also be no assurance that Mitel Networks’ competitors will not develop technological innovations of their own that will successfully compete against or render Mitel Networks’ products obsolete.

There are risks inherent in Mitel Networks’ international operations which may have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Mitel Networks sales from markets outside of Canada represent a significant portion of total sales. Certain risks are inherent in all international operations, including exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations, political and economic conditions, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, exposure to different legal standards, particularly with respect to intellectual property, future import and export restrictions, difficulties in staffing and managing operations, difficulties in collecting receivables and potentially adverse tax consequences. Sales in higher risk markets such as Eastern Europe, the Middle East, Asia, Latin America and Africa constitute less than 10% of Mitel Networks’ sales. Mitel Networks is more susceptible in those areas to political instability, local currency devaluation, higher interest rates and increased governmental control of the economy than a company that limits its operations to North America. There can be no assurance that any or all of these factors resulting from international operations will not have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

It may be difficult to enforce a judgment of a United States court against Mitel Networks.

Mitel Networks is a business corporation established pursuant to the federal laws of Canada. Mitel Networks’ headquarters are located in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, and it maintains limited assets in the United States. In addition, most of Mitel Networks’ officers, and all members of its board of directors are residents of countries other than the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible to effect service of process within the United States on, or to enforce in the United States any judgments of courts of the United States against, Mitel Networks, its officers and directors, including those in relation to actions pursuant to United States federal securities laws. In addition, a Canadian court may not permit an investor to bring an original

 
  - 11 -  


 

action in Canada or to enforce in Canada a judgment of a United States court based upon civil liability provisions of United States federal securities laws.

The failure of Mitel Networks to modify its products to comply with new regulatory requirements, or to obtain or maintain the necessary regulatory approvals for its products could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

The sale of Mitel Networks’ products is affected by governmental regulatory policies, the imposition of tariffs and taxation of communications services. These policies and activities are under continuous review and are subject to change. Regulations may prohibit sales of products that fail to comply with these regulations, increase industry costs of R&D or otherwise subject Mitel Networks to liability with respect to the sale of its products until Mitel Networks makes appropriate modifications. Likewise, potential changes to current regulatory framework may cause competitive harm to Mitel Networks. There can be no assurance that Mitel Networks will be successful in modifying its products, or in obtaining or maintaining the necessary regulatory approvals for its products, and its failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

Adverse changes to the industry, overall economic conditions and governmental policies could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

There can be no assurance that the current taxation policy, and other government policies and provisions applicable to the high technology industry, will not be adversely changed in the future. The possibility of renewed terrorist activity, and its consequent effect on the global economy, remain as constant threats. Military activity in the Middle East or elsewhere may also contribute to continued political and economic uncertainty. The occurrence of any of such events could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

Mitel Networks is exposed to risks inherent in its defined benefit pension plan which may have a material adverse effect on its business, cash flow requirements, financial condition and results of operations.

Mitel Networks currently maintains a defined benefit pension plan in the United Kingdom. The contributions to fund benefit obligations under this plan are based on actuarial valuations, which themselves are based on certain assumptions about the long-term operation of the plan, including employee turnover and retirement rates, the performance of the financial markets and interest rates. If the actual operation of the plan differs from the assumptions, additional contributions by Mitel Networks may be required. The equity markets can be, and recently have been, very volatile, and therefore Mitel Networks’ estimates of future contribution requirements can change significantly in a short period of time. Similarly, changes in interest rates can impact contribution requirements. In a low interest rate environment, the likelihood of required contributions in the future increases. Any future requirements to make significant contributions to fund the defined benefit plan could have material adverse effects on Mitel Networks’ business, cash flows requirements, financial condition and results of operations.

 
  - 12 -  


 

Mitel Networks’ inability to effectively manage significant growth in the number of its employees or the scope of its operations could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

Should Mitel Networks experience a need for significant growth in the number of its employees and the scope of its operations, it may place a significant strain on Mitel Networks’ management and operations, particularly with respect to:

Broadening its management team;

Attracting and retaining skilled employees;

Developing and managing a larger, more complex international organization;

  Expanding Mitel Networks’ treasury and accounting functions and information systems to meet the demands imposed by Mitel Networks’ growth; and

  Strengthening Mitel Networks’ financial and management controls in a manner appropriate for a larger enterprise.

Item 4. Information on Mitel Networks

A. History and Development of Mitel Networks

The registered name of Mitel Networks is Mitel Networks Corporation. Mitel Networks was incorporated in Canada on January 12, 2001, pursuant to the Canada Business Corporations Act . Mitel Networks is not a reporting issuer as such term is defined in the Securities Act (Ontario) or the securities laws of any other province of Canada. Mitel Networks’ registered office and corporate headquarters are located at 350 Legget Drive, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, K2K 2W7, Telephone: (613) 592-2122, Facsimile: (613) 592-4784.

Mitel Networks was formed by Zarlink in order to reorganize its communications systems division in contemplation of the sale of that business to companies controlled by Dr. Matthews. In a series of related transactions dated February 16, 2001 and March 27, 2001, which are collectively referred to in this annual report as the “Acquisition Transactions”, Mitel Networks acquired the “Mitel” name and substantially all of the assets and subsidiaries of the communications systems division of Zarlink, other than Canadian real estate and most intellectual property assets. As a consequence of the Acquisition Transactions, Dr. Matthews became the indirect owner of 90% of the shares of Mitel Networks and Zarlink retained the remaining 10% at the time. See Item 4.C of this annual report for the current ownership structure of the Company.

Significant developments during the year ended April 25, 2004:

Mitel Networks and its subsidiaries, Mitel Networks, Inc. and Mitel Networks Solutions, Inc. (collectively, the “Mitel Group”), entered into a Receivable Purchase Agreement (the “RPA”)

 
  - 13 -  


 

with The Canada Trust Company (the “Purchaser”) and the securitization agent named therein with an effective date of April 16, 2004, whereby certain qualifying non-interest bearing trade receivables in Canada and the United States may be purchased from each of the Mitel Group by the Purchaser and transferred to a securitization trust. At April 25, 2004 no trade receivables had been sold by the Mitel Group to the Purchaser pursuant to this agreement.

On April 23, 2004, Mitel Networks completed an equity financing transaction (the “Financing”), pursuant to which, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Class A Convertible Preferred Share Subscription Agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) entered into between Mitel Networks and EdgeStone Capital Equity Fund II-B GP, Inc., as agent for EdgeStone Capital Equity Fund II-A, L.P. and its parallel investors, and EdgeStone Capital Equity Fund II Nominee, Inc., as nominee for EdgeStone Capital Equity Fund II-A, L.P. and its parallel investors (collectively “EdgeStone”):

  Mitel Networks issued and sold 20,000,000 Series A Shares at a purchase price of CDN$1.00 per share to EdgeStone.

  Mitel Networks issued and sold to EdgeStone, for the aggregate price of CDN$1.00, a warrant (the “Series 1 Warrant”) to purchase up to 5,000,000 common shares at an exercise price of CDN$1.25 per share.

  Mitel Networks issued and sold to EdgeStone for the aggregate price of CDN$1.00, a warrant (the “Series 2 Warrant”) to purchase certain common shares (the “Series 2 Warrant Shares”), in order to provide certain anti-dilution protection to the holder of the Series 2 Warrant upon the occurrence of certain events relating to the exercise of put rights under the Shareholders Agreement. Upon the exercise of certain of such put rights whereby Mitel Networks is required to repurchase a certain number of common shares and preferred shares (the “Repurchased Securities”), the Series 2 Warrant will be exercisable for a number of common shares, determined by multiplying the Series 2 Warrant holder’s proportionate share of the then outstanding common shares of the Company by the number of shares determined in accordance with the following formula: by dividing (a) the amount by which the aggregate purchase price of the Repurchased Securities exceeds the greater of (i) the fair market value of the Repurchased Securities or (ii) the number of Repurchased Securities multiplied by CDN$1.00; by (b) the then applicable fair market value of a common share.

  Mitel Networks granted to EdgeStone or its permitted assignees an option (the “EdgeStone Purchase Option”), exercisable at any time until August 31, 2004 or such later date as may be agreed to in writing by Mitel Networks and EdgeStone, to purchase up to an additional 5,000,000 Series A Shares (the “Purchase Option Shares”) at a price of CDN$1.00 per share and otherwise in accordance with the Subscription Agreement. Upon exercise of the EdgeStone Purchase Option, each purchaser of the Purchase Option Shares shall also be entitled to receive (i) a warrant, having the same terms as the Series 1 Warrant discussed above, to acquire a number of additional common shares determined based on the number of Purchase Option Shares acquired by such purchaser; and (ii) a Series 2 Warrant having the terms discussed above.

 
  - 14 -  


 

  Mitel Networks may, at its option, issue and sell up to an additional 5,000,000 Series A Shares, at any time until August 31, 2004 or such later date as may be agreed to in writing by Mitel Networks and EdgeStone, to other investors at a price per share of not less than CDN$1.00 and otherwise in accordance with the Subscription Agreement.

In connection with the Financing, certain previously issued and outstanding securities of Mitel Networks were exchanged for or converted into Series B Shares, as follows:

  20,448,875 common shares held by Wesley Clover Corporation (“WCC”), a corporation controlled by Dr. Matthews, which had been issued by Mitel Networks in October 2003 upon the conversion of certain promissory notes previously issued by Mitel Networks in favour of WCC, were exchanged on a one-to-two basis for an aggregate of 40,897,750 Series B Shares. On June 30, 2004, WCC, Mitel Systems Corporation (“Mitel Systems”), and certain other companies, amalgamated and continued under the name of Wesley Clover Corporation (Mitel Systems and WCC shall be collectively referred to in this annual report as “Wesley Clover”));

  4,000,000 common shares held by Power Technology Investment Corporation (“PTIC”) were exchanged on a one-to-four basis for 16,000,000 Series B Shares; and

  5,081,619 common shares, issued in October 2003 upon the conversion of mandatory convertible debentures previously issued by Mitel Networks in favour of certain existing investors, were exchanged on a one-to-two basis for 10,163,238 Series B Shares.

Also see Item 10.C of this annual report for a description of the Shareholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, which were entered into in connection with the Financing on April 23, 2004.

B. Business Overview

Mitel Networks designs, develops, markets and sells voice, video and data products and services to address the business communications needs of enterprise and small business customers. Products and services are sold individually or offered as a solution, which is a combination of products and/or services designed to address specific communications needs. Mitel Networks’ portfolio of products includes voice, video and data systems, desktop phones and applications for contact centers, speech-enabled unified communications, collaboration, presence, video conferencing and wireless communications. Mitel Networks’ traditional products are based on circuit switched Private Branch Exchange (“PBX”) telephone systems that utilize Time Division Multiplexing (“TDM”) technology in which communications are delivered across both the public and private telephone networks through actual switched circuits that maintain a hard-wired connection across the entire communication path. PBX systems are telephone systems that switch calls between users on local lines, while allowing all users to share a certain number of external telephone lines. Mitel Networks’ Internet Protocol -based communications systems are designed to leverage Internet Protocol (“IP”) technology, which is a method by which packetized data is sent from one device to another device via the Internet, Local Area Network (“LAN”) or Wide Area Network (“WAN”). Within the technology industry, this type of communication has commonly been referred to as Voice Over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”). More recently, the term IP Telephony has emerged as a more commonly used description. In addition, the combination

 
  - 15 -  


of voice, video and data transferred over a single network is often referred to as converged communications.

Mitel Networks currently serves the small business market (5-50 employees), the small to medium enterprise market (51-500 employees) and the corporate major enterprise market (greater than 500 employees) through communications products, applications and services. Mitel Networks addresses these markets through a distribution network of direct sales offices, an indirect channel distribution network of resellers, communications service providers (also known as carriers), systems integrators, and technology providers. Products are sold to organizations internationally and are supported by a regional presence in major areas of operations. See “Sales, Marketing and Distribution.”

Mitel Networks outsources the manufacture and repair of the majority of its products, as well as global logistics and distribution support, to BreconRidge, a company in which Dr. Matthews owns a 33% beneficial interest. Mitel Networks has entered into a supply agreement with BreconRidge that is exclusive, subject to certain exceptions. Pursuant to an amendment executed February 27, 2003, the initial term of the supply agreement was extended until December 31, 2007, followed by automatic one year renewal terms thereafter, all subject to the right of either party to terminate the agreement on at least one hundred eighty days prior notice during any renewal term. The supply agreement and the amendment were negotiated on an arm’s length basis and contain certain price protections and annualized cost reduction arrangements that management believes benefit Mitel Networks, as well as those rights and protections typically afforded to a customer of such services. BreconRidge agreed to an “open books” approach to arrive at reasonable, competitive pricing, and has multiple sources of supply for all essential components. Upon any termination of the supply agreement, Mitel Networks has a right to obtain a license of any intellectual property owned by BreconRidge that is required to make or have made all of Mitel Networks’ products.

As of April 25, 2004, Mitel Networks had approximately 1,849 employees primarily located in North America and in the U.K. with more than 800 distributors worldwide. Mitel Networks operates in four major geographic regions: North America; Europe, the Middle East and Africa; Asia Pacific; and Central America/Latin America.

Mitel Networks’ traditional products include the SX-200 and SX-2000 PBX systems, a suite of SuperSET telephones, NuPoint voicemail systems and other related applications such as contact center software. Mitel Networks has also developed and introduced an array of IP-based communications systems that combine voice, video and data processing technologies into a single integrated system. These products include the Mitel Networks SX-200, 3100, 3300 and 3340 integrated communications platforms (“ICP”) as well as a host of IP-based desktop telephones, peripherals and applications.

Mitel Networks offers a migration strategy that allows customers to gain cost efficiencies of IP-based systems by leveraging their investment in existing communications infrastructure and minimizing their incremental investment. Customers do not have to replace their entire business communications systems in order to obtain the features and functionality provided by Mitel Networks’ products and services. For the purposes of reporting revenue by product, Mitel Networks combines revenues from traditional and new IP-enabled products under the

 
  - 16 -  


“Communications Platforms and Desktop Appliances” category due to the similar nature of the products. See Item 5.A “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Operating Results” for discussion of revenue by segment.

Small Business Portfolio:

Mitel Networks offers both traditional and the newer IP-based communications products to the small business markets. The SX-200 is a traditional PBX voice system that addresses single site and small multi-site businesses having under 400 users. It is designed to provide voice communications to this customer segment and is complemented by a broad portfolio of digital telephones and a suite of applications. The systems’ distributed architecture allows for flexibility in deployment and ease of growth. In the fall of 2002, Mitel Networks released an IP node for the SX-200 PBX. The SX-200 with the IP node provides IP capability on the traditional Mitel Networks SX-200 PBX system. This allows Mitel Networks the ability to migrate the installed base of traditional SX-200 systems to IP capabilities such as IP networking, teleworking and IP desktop devices and applications. In 2003, Mitel Networks launched the SX-200 ICP which is designed to further enhance the small business portfolio. Supporting up to 96 IP extensions and 194 TDM devices, the SX-200 ICP includes a series of embedded applications, management tools and fully supports IP networking protocols to assist small businesses in reducing their toll charges. The SX-200 ICP is further designed to offer a migration path to existing SX-200 customers. The SX-200 ICP also supports a range of traditional TDM and IP telephones and peripherals.

The Mitel Networks’ small business, IP-based system, the Mitel Networks 3100 ICP is an all-in-one communications solution for small businesses with up to 55 users. The 3100 ICP provides converged features by integrating a hybrid key telephone system, voicemail and auto-attendant, a router, a line powered switched Ethernet LAN and high-speed Internet connectivity packaged into one simple-to-install platform. It supports the same range of IP phones used with the Mitel Networks 3300 ICP Enterprise platform, with the exception of the Mitel Networks 5230.

Enterprise Business Portfolio:

Mitel Networks’ product offering to the enterprise business customer is broad and supports both traditional PBX technology as well as the newer IP-based technologies. The SX-2000 is a fully featured traditional communications system that addresses businesses with more than 60 users. This system provides extensive feature/functionality, a distributed architecture, cost-effective redundancy and support for internetworking based on industry standard protocols for seamless voice communications between sites. In addition, a broad portfolio of digital desktop telephones and applications supports the system.

The Mitel Networks 3300 ICP is the cornerstone of the IP-based enterprise business offering and is designed for organizations with more than 40 users. The system provides an evolutionary migration that can be used to enable existing SX-2000 customers and those of other traditional PBX vendors to evolve to an IP-based infrastructure. The Mitel Networks 3300 ICP includes a suite of applications and IP-enabled telephones that allow enterprise customers to save operational expense by merging their voice, video and data services to a single infrastructure. Mitel Networks believes that carrier costs are reduced and that the single management and

 
  - 17 -  


administration of the information technology infrastructure provides additional cost benefits to the end customer. The use of IP also enables Mitel Networks to provide new applications that are designed to improve the interaction and collaboration between employees, customers and suppliers of an enterprise for increased productivity, efficiency and better customer loyalty and retention.

Branch Offices and Remote Working Solutions:

Mitel Networks’ branch office and remote working products seek to address the needs of the integrated branch office market and are centered around the Mitel Networks 3340 ICP. This system is designed to provide branch offices of up to 100 users with seamless communications between corporate offices and local survivability of full telephone service should corporate network links become unavailable. Through a combination of the Mitel Networks 3340 ICP as well as the same applications and IP desktop telephones available to larger corporate offices, Mitel Networks believes it offers a comprehensive portfolio designed to address the communications challenges facing organizations with decentralized operations and personnel.

Mitel Networks’ solutions portfolio consists of applications developed wholly by Mitel Networks, by Mitel Networks in conjunction with another vendor, or completely by a third party vendor, and include some of the following applications: contact center applications, wireless telephony, video applications, soft phone applications, unified communications, and teleworking.

Contact Center Applications:

Mitel Networks’ Contact Center portfolio provides a modular suite of Web-centric contact center applications that provide large enterprise functionality for the small-to-medium contact center. Highly scalable, the portfolio provides multimedia functionality incorporating routing and reporting for e-mail, voice and fax and is fully supported across a centralized, multi-site, IP or TDM environment. Combining robust communications platforms, automated call distribution (“ACD”) and a modular suite of feature-rich, Web-based applications for streamlining contact center management and enabling advanced multimedia customer contacts.

Wireless Telephony:

Mitel Networks offers wireless telephony for in-building mobility. The wireless telephony is a standard gateway combined with a Mitel Networks 3300 ICP or a SX-200 ICP that permits employees to be accessible and stay in touch, while providing them with the same communication features that they would utilize if they were in their offices. The wireless users are integrated with the wired telephony community through extension-to-extension dialing, attendant functions, voice mail, messaging, external calling and other capabilities designed to be common and seamless.

Video Applications:

Mitel Networks’ Voice First application and related devices provide businesses access to video conferencing at the desktop or for dedicated conference rooms. Users are able to establish a conference call using telephone sets, and by pressing a single button to transform the audio call

 
  - 18 -  


into a video call. The application also incorporates collaboration tools that allow users to share computer applications during conferences.

Mitel Networks has a strategic alliance with March Networks in connection with digital security monitoring and transaction reporting products. This product supports browser-based video security monitoring, transaction reporting, digital storage and rapid retrieval from networked locations.

Desktop Applications:

Mitel Networks’ Your Assistant is a computer-based soft phone and collaboration, presence and contact management application. It interacts with a user’s and/or a business’ contact database, offers secure instant messaging capabilities and enables simplified ‘drag and drop’ call set up and conference call initiation. By matching the calling party’s number identification to the local database, it can automatically display pertinent contact information prior to the call being established. Your Assistant also enables users to record, store and forward calls, annotate notes and maintain a history of dialed, received and missed calls, as well as store other user defined contact information. Your Assistant can be used from any location; for example, a home, hotel, or WiFi hotspot that allows the establishment of a secure Internet connection.

Unified Messaging, Integrated Messaging and Voice Mail:

Mitel Networks’ Unified Messaging is a speech-enabled application that gives users the ability to control their telephony functions through voice-activated commands. Unified Messaging supports conversational speech recognition, recognizing entire sentences and not simply single words, allowing users to answer or forward voice and email messages with voice or text responses. Mitel Networks’ 6510 Integrated Messaging product allows businesses to mix and match the requirements of individual employees by supporting both unified messaging and traditional voicemail on the same platform. Mitel Networks’ range of enterprise to carrier class voice messaging portfolio offers a complete range of voice mail features and functionality.

Teleworking:

Mitel Networks’ teleworking solution enables users to work out of the office from remote locations. Mitel Networks’ teleworking solution provides seamless integration between the remote locations and the corporate office, while maintaining full functionality of voicemail, conferencing and other features of the office telephony system. It uses standard high-speed Internet connection to make a remote Mitel Networks IP phone a secure and encrypted extension off a corporate network.

Desktop Portfolio:

Mitel Networks’ desktop portfolio of products includes a broad range of telephones, consoles and ancillary devices that support traditional Private Branch Exchange systems as well as the IP-based communications systems. Mitel Networks has been acknowledged as a leader in the design of desktop devices recognized for their ease of use, aesthetics, high quality, and functionality.

 
  - 19 -  


Mitel Networks’ IP-based desktop products are available to both the small and medium-sized business and inter-operate with all IP-based systems and applications. The portfolio includes a wide range of telephones, from simple low-end sets to sophisticated web sets and personal digital assistant (“PDA”) integration sets as well as IP-based consoles and conference units. These products allow users access to advanced telephone features and services such as integrated web-browsing, enhanced directory management, and visual voicemail. In addition, they offer integration of mobile devices as well as voice and video conferencing.

Client Services:

Mitel Networks’ services group is focused in North America and the European Union and provides customers with a number of services, branded as MiService, from initial planning and design through to implementation and support, which complement Mitel Networks’ product mix. Planning services include needs assessments, site surveys, system configuration, network design and project management. Implementation services include IP-based system and application implementations, advanced messaging implementations, multi-site installations and on-site systems training. Additional services include resource coordination, project management, contract administration, performance management, custom “voice-centric” business applications development, technical support services, long-term systems management services (“Managed Services”), and training.

Business Segments and Principal Markets

Mitel Networks reports its operations in two segments: the Communications Solutions (“Solutions”) segment and the Customer Services (“Services”) segment. The Solutions segment consists of enterprise voice, video and data communications systems and software and communications applications provided through Mitel Networks’ dealer and reseller network. The Services segment includes direct product sales and services, professional services, Managed Services, maintenance and technical support services.

 
  - 20 -  


The following table sets forth the breakdown of (i) total revenues by business segment and geographic market and (ii) business segments and geographic markets as a percentage of total revenues, for each of the last three fiscal years:

Year Ended
April 25, 2004
April 27, 2003
April 28, 2002
(in millions of U.S. dollars) Revenues % of
Total
Revenues % of
Total
Revenues % of
Total

Business Segments:              
Solutions   $174.9   51 % $164.8   47 % $158.9   44 %
Services   165.8   49 % 187.4   53 % 199.1   56 %

    $340.7   100 % $352.2   100 % $358.0   100 %

Geographic Markets:  
                           
Canada   $  25.2   7 % $  25.1   7 % $  22.9   6 %
United States   162.8   48 % 173.3   49 % 185.1   52 %
United Kingdom   124.2   37 % 126.0   36 % 125.6   35 %
Other countries   28.5   8 % 27.8   8 % 24.4   7 %

    $340.7   100 % $352.2   100 % $358.0   100 %

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

Mitel Networks uses a combination of direct and indirect sales channels to market and distribute its products and services on a global basis. Mitel Networks’ communications products and services are distributed in over 70 countries worldwide and are supported either directly or indirectly through an extensive network of value-added resellers, system integrators, carriers and service providers. Mitel Networks’ world headquarters are located in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, and it maintains regional headquarters in Caldicot, Wales, U.K., Herndon, Virginia, U.S.A., and in Hong Kong, China. In addition, Mitel Networks has sales and/or service offices throughout the world, including Canada, the U.S., Mexico, the U.K., Spain, Germany, Italy, France, the Netherlands, the United Arab Emirates, South Africa, Australia and China.

Direct Sales: Mitel Networks focuses its direct sales efforts on key customer accounts in Canada, the United States, and the United Kingdom, while augmenting and strengthening relationships with service providers, system integrators, and technology providers on the indirect side. The direct sales force is flexible in its approach to market. Mitel Networks may serve customers directly by performing the staging, configuring and programming of the communications systems sold, as well as the subsequent installation and maintenance. Alternatively, Mitel Networks may opt to sub-contract these services to a solution provider who is best positioned to address the needs of the customer.

Value Added Resellers: Mitel Networks’ value added resellers, (“VARs”), are located worldwide and make up a significant part of Mitel Networks’ indirect sales channel. The VARs are independent contractors who undertake responsibility, on a non-exclusive basis, for marketing, selling, installing and maintaining Mitel Networks’ products pursuant to written

 
  - 21 -  


dealership agreements. The VARs generally service what they sell utilizing Mitel Networks-certified technicians who they employ. Mitel Networks’ VARs either purchase product directly from Mitel Networks or from wholesale distributors for resale to customers. The indirect reseller channel is supported through awareness campaigns, company-run tradeshows and conferences, marketing collateral, training, support, lead generation activities, configuration and pricing tools, proposal development and in-depth technical product expertise.

Mitel Networks’ global reseller network consists of three tiers: Platinum, Gold and Silver. The global reseller tiered model is a competency-based program designed to ensure that the customer receives a high quality of service and support from resellers committed to achieving high levels of customer satisfaction. Accreditation at each level is based on a reseller’s technical and commercial skill set, particularly in the area of convergence. Each tier carries its own set of accreditation requirements and receives differing levels of support from Mitel Networks. Resellers primarily operate in defined territories and are able to earn volume discounts and rebates as well as marketing credits.

Mitel Networks also provides value-added services through its Service Partners Program. This program screens and accredits authorized resellers to provide sales-independent installation and support services for the indirect sales channel. Service partners are given the opportunity to fulfill installation and service requests within their primary coverage area. Alternatively, VARs can contract with Mitel Networks for services including, but not limited to, planning, implementation, maintenance and support.

Service Providers: Providers of communications services, including traditional telephone companies, supply a large portion of the customer premise equipment sold into the small and enterprise business markets. Service providers undertake responsibility, on a non-exclusive basis, for marketing and selling Mitel Networks’ communications solutions pursuant to a written carrier distribution agreement. Service providers purchase equipment directly from Mitel Networks. They either install and maintain the products themselves, or subcontract the work back to Mitel Networks or Mitel Networks’ VARs, depending upon the location of the customer site.

Systems Integrators: Mitel Networks currently has relationships with a number of systems integrators and intends to develop additional relationships primarily as a penetration strategy to larger enterprise customers. In addition, Mitel Networks plans to transition some existing direct corporate customers with outsourcing requirements to systems integrators. Systems integrators enter into supply agreements directly with Mitel Networks, and Mitel Networks supplies them with communications products and services as needed to enable them to act as prime contractors for the purposes of fulfilling their customers’ needs.

Technology Providers: Mitel Networks has entered into strategic relationships with several technology companies to jointly market and deploy integrated voice and data solutions. This initiative has generated significant value to end users of Mitel Networks’ solutions by offering a broad range of functionality which takes advantage of Mitel Networks’ core IP telephony communication platform technologies.

 
  - 22 -  


To extend the value of third party components, Mitel Networks introduced the MiSolutions Network (“MiSN”) program in the fall of 2002. The program provides resources and infrastructure to assist other companies to integrate their products with Mitel Networks’ platforms, which program enables Mitel Networks to offer custom solutions that meet the specific demands of enterprise customers.

Independent Consultants: Mitel Networks has developed relationships with independent consultants who focus on assisting companies with network design, implementation and vendor selection. Mitel Networks has a formal Consultant Liaison Program under which it holds regular sessions to ensure that the consulting community has the most current and relevant information on Mitel Networks’ products to assist their clients.

Growth Strategy

Mitel Networks is pursuing a growth strategy to:

increase and broaden distribution channels within its core markets;
expand geographic penetration into new markets;
expand its addressable market by introducing products for less than 50 users; and
migrate customers from legacy PBX systems to converged voice, video and data communications in an evolutionary manner.

The expansion of geographic penetration outside of its core markets is seen by management as an essential component of Mitel Networks’ growth strategy. Mitel Networks has opened a number of sales offices in newly targeted regions, and has invested significant resources to develop and deliver regionally compliant products. Since 2001, Mitel Networks has opened sales offices in Italy, Spain, Germany, France, the Netherlands, the United Arab Emirates, South Africa, Mexico, Hong Kong, Australia and China. Given the current uncertainty in the high technology sector, as well as the global economy generally, it is difficult to predict timeframes for further expansion into new markets.

Mitel Networks’ growth strategy may also include the acquisition of additional businesses, technologies, product lines or services in the future and may also include the divestiture or downsizing of product or service groups in order to permit Mitel Networks to focus on what management believes are Mitel Networks’ core competencies, although no such acquisitions or divestitures are currently contemplated.

Competition

The market for Mitel Networks’ solutions and services is highly competitive and subject to constant change in terms of technology, distribution and price. The major competition for Mitel Networks’ traditional TDM, PBXs and applications includes Nortel Networks, Avaya, Siemens, Alcatel, Inter-Tel and NEC. In the IP Telephony sector, Cisco Systems and 3Com augment the competitors listed above. Many of Mitel Networks’ competitors are significantly larger than Mitel Networks and have greater financial, sales and marketing, technical resources as well as having higher brand recognition and a larger customer base. As the IP Telephony market

 
  - 23 -  


matures, and new services are implemented, management anticipates increased opportunities for Mitel Networks but also further competitive pressure from the incumbent and competitive service providers.

Intellectual Property

Mitel Networks’ intellectual property assets include patented technology, industrial designs, proprietary software and the copyright therein, operating and instruction manuals, trade secrets and confidential business information. Until November 1, 2002, most intellectual property was owned by and licensed from Mitel Knowledge Corporation (“Mitel Knowledge”), a corporation controlled by Dr. Matthews. On November 1, 2002, Mitel Networks purchased the intellectual property from Mitel Knowledge as described in Item 10.C of this annual report.

Description of Intellectual Property:

Mitel Networks has accumulated, through development or acquisition, a significant body of intellectual property related to customer premise communications products and related applications. The intellectual property consists of approximately 134 inventions for which patents have been granted in at least one country, and approximately 115 additional inventions for which patent applications have been filed. This intellectual property has been primarily embodied and expressed in telecommunications products based on analog, TDM, and IP technologies. Over the last number of years, particular emphasis has been placed on VoIP implementations and on applications leveraging the features and capabilities provided by IP/packet-based technologies. As a result, 18 of the patents granted or patent applications referred to above relate specifically to IP and its associated technologies. In connection with the acquisition transactions, Mitel Networks has entered into an Intellectual Property License Agreement with Zarlink under which Zarlink granted Mitel Networks a perpetual non-exclusive license to certain intellectual property retained by Zarlink to enable Mitel Networks to continue the operations of the Predecessor Business.

Mitel Networks also maintains an active trademark registration policy and has a portfolio of trademarks and design marks. Mitel Networks also endeavors to register or otherwise protect its current product names, taglines and domain names.

Additionally, Mitel Networks depends on third party suppliers to provide software applications and components for certain of its products, pursuant to supply agreements entered into with such third parties.

As a standard practice, Mitel Networks enters into confidentiality agreements with its employees, consultants, customers, distributors, value-added resellers, solution providers and original equipment manufacturers.

 
  - 24 -  


Government Regulations

There are certain United States regulatory policies that require the disabled to have access to communications solutions to the same extent that non-disabled persons do. Failure to achieve this form of accessibility could subject Mitel Networks to liability with respect to commercial sales of its products and/or could prevent the government from procuring Mitel Networks’ products to the extent the products of others are deemed to be more accessible and otherwise a better value. Mitel Networks’ design experts are aware of these and other regulations and design Mitel Networks’ products accordingly. Mitel Networks is likewise aware of the fact that the U.S. Department of Defense requires interoperability certification from its vendors before procuring new communications systems and Mitel Networks is in the process of applying for such certification testing to be conducted. Finally the U.S. Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) has recently issued certain Notices of Proposed Rule-Making regarding E_911 and VoIP issues that may impact the industry depending on the degree to which regulation may ensue. There is no assurance that the above-noted government regulations will not have a material effect on Mitel Networks’ capital expenditures, results of operations, cash flows or competitive position.

C. Organizational Structure

See Item 7.A of this annual report for a discussion of the major shareholders of Mitel Networks and their related ownership interest in the Company.

Mitel Networks carries on its worldwide business through its subsidiaries. Mitel Networks’ subsidiaries are shown on the chart below, the jurisdiction of incorporation being noted in parentheses.

 
  - 25 -  


D. Property, Plants and Equipment

Mitel Networks’ activities are currently conducted in North America from leased headquarters facilities of 512,391 square feet located in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, from leased facilities of 8,972 square feet located in Herndon, Virginia, USA and from owned premises of 286,000 square feet located in Caldicot, Wales, U.K. The headquarters facilities are leased from a company controlled by Dr. Matthews, under terms and conditions reflecting prevailing market conditions for a period of 10 years, expiring on February 15, 2011. Mitel Networks also has a number of smaller leased premises located elsewhere in North America, the U.K. and throughout the world.

On August 31, 2001, Mitel Networks entered into sublease agreements with BreconRidge (the “BreconRidge sublease”) for certain office and manufacturing facilities in Ottawa and in the United Kingdom totaling 252,941 square feet under terms and conditions reflecting prevailing

 
  - 26 -  


market conditions. The Ottawa sublease agreement with BreconRidge was amended on May 31, 2002 to increase leased space by 4,026 square feet, bringing the total space subleased to BreconRidge to 256,967 square feet. The Ottawa sublease agreement is for a term of five years expiring on August 31, 2006. The United Kingdom lease agreement is for a term of fifteen years expiring in August 2016 with cancellation options in the fifth and tenth years available to Mitel Networks and BreconRidge.

Mitel Networks Limited (“MNL”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mitel Networks, entered into a lease agreement dated February 2, 2001 with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Zarlink, pursuant to which the subsidiary leases 49,500 square feet at MNL’s premises at Portskewett Business Park, Portskewett, Monmouthshire, U.K., on terms reflecting prevailing market conditions. The term of the lease is five years. Both parties have the right to terminate the lease upon at least twelve months prior written notice.

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended April 28, 2002, April 27, 2003 and April 25, 2004. These reports are presented in United States dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, referred to in this annual report as US GAAP.

During Fiscal 2004, the Company adopted the United States (US) dollar as its reporting currency. As a result of the change in reporting currency, the financial statements for all periods presented were translated from Canadian dollars to US dollars in accordance with SFAS No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation . Income statement balances were translated using weighted average exchange rates over the relevant periods, assets and liabilities were translated at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet dates, and shareholders’ equity balances were translated at the exchange rates in effect on the date of each transaction. The Company made this change to enhance the communication of its financial results with its shareholders and potential investors using the currency that is familiar to both groups. This presentation is also more consistent with the presentation of the financial results of its industry counterparts and competitors. There has been no change in the functional currencies used in preparing the consolidated financial statements discussed herein.

Overview

Mitel Networks is a global provider of next-generation IP telephony, video and data products that creates advanced communication products and applications in the areas of speech recognition, wireless mobility, unified messaging, and customer interaction. Through direct and indirect channels of distribution, Mitel Networks serves a wide range of vertical markets, including the retail, education, hospitality, healthcare, and government segments, in the United States, Europe and Canada.

 
  - 27 -  


Business Segments:

Mitel Networks reports its operations in two segments: the Solutions segment and the Services segment. The Solutions segment represents Mitel Networks’ core business, consisting of enterprise voice, video and data communications systems and software as well as communications applications. Solutions’ products are distributed through Mitel Networks’ dealer and reseller networks and are used by large enterprises, small and medium businesses as well as government, education and healthcare organizations. The Services segment consists of direct product sales and services, professional services, maintenance and technical support services, all of which are provided through Mitel Networks’ direct sales offices throughout North America and the United Kingdom. Mitel Networks does not allocate general and administrative expenses, amortization of acquired intangibles, stock-based compensation expense and one-time charges to its segments as management does not use this information to measure the performance of the operating segments. These unallocated expenses are included in the category of “corporate and other” in the segmented information disclosure contained in Mitel Networks’ financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

Restructuring Actions:

During Fiscal 2004, Mitel Networks implemented additional workforce reduction programs in a continued effort to realign spending levels with the lower sales volumes experienced in the year. These restructuring actions resulted in total special charges recorded in Fiscal 2004 of $11.7 million (see additional details in the section “Special Charges”). Additional restructuring actions occurred during Fiscal 2003 and Fiscal 2002, as described later in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

Related Party Transactions:

Mitel Networks enters into a significant number of related party transactions in the normal course of business and in connection with the financing of its operations. Material related party transactions that occurred during the past three fiscal years include the outsourcing of the manufacturing and repair operations to BreconRidge, R&D funding received from Mitel Knowledge, financing of operations through demand promissory notes payable to companies controlled by Dr. Matthews and the subsequent conversion of such demand promissory notes into equity securities of the Company, leasing of the Ottawa headquarters facilities from Mitel Research Park Corporation (“MRPC”), a company controlled by Dr. Matthews, and the distribution of March Networks products through Mitel Networks’ channels. The terms of the supply agreement with BreconRidge reflect prevailing market conditions, with the exception of certain committed cost reductions on purchases of traditional communications platform products. These cost reductions have improved Mitel Networks’ results of operations through August 1, 2004. Mitel Networks’ liquidity was also positively affected during the last three fiscal years by the R&D funding received from Mitel Knowledge, and the financing obtained from companies controlled by Dr. Matthews. See Item 7.B Related Party Transactions for further details on related party transactions.

 
  - 28 -  


Outsourcing of Manufacturing Operations:

Mitel Networks outsources its worldwide manufacturing and repair operations to BreconRidge. Mitel Networks and certain subsidiaries entered into a supply agreement dated August 31, 2001 under which BreconRidge manufactures the majority of Mitel Networks’ products and provides certain services to Mitel Networks and its subsidiaries. Pursuant to an amendment executed February 27, 2003, the initial term of the supply agreement was extended to December 31, 2007, followed by automatic one year renewal terms thereafter, all subject to the right of either party to terminate the agreement on at least one hundred eighty days prior notice during any renewal term. Subject to certain exceptions, the supply agreement is exclusive during the amended initial term with respect to current products and new product introductions. Under the terms of the supply agreement, BreconRidge is required to purchase Mitel Networks’ raw material inventory, before turning to third party suppliers for raw material procurement. Mitel Networks is not obligated to purchase finished products from BreconRidge in any specific quantity, except pursuant to firm purchase orders. Mitel Networks may be obligated to purchase certain excess inventory levels from BreconRidge that could result from Mitel Networks’ actual sales varying from forecasted sales. Under the terms of the supply agreement, BreconRidge has committed to certain cost reductions through August 1, 2004 on purchases of traditional communications platform products. Mitel Networks does not anticipate that potential future changes in the price of materials purchased from BreconRidge will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial results during Fiscal 2005.

The supply agreement with BreconRidge represents a concentration that, if suddenly eliminated, could have an adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ operations. While Mitel Networks believes that alternative sources of manufacturing would be available if this arrangement were to cease, disruption of its primary source of manufacturing could create a temporary adverse effect on product shipments. There can be no assurance that the supply agreement with BreconRidge will achieve the business objectives and cost reductions currently anticipated.

In connection with the outsourcing of its manufacturing and repair operations on August 31, 2001, Mitel Networks entered into lease and sublease agreements with BreconRidge for certain office and manufacturing facilities in Ottawa and in the United Kingdom as further described in Item 4.D of this annual report.

Research and Development Arrangements:

Pursuant to the terms of the MNC R&D Agreement, as defined and described in Item 10.C of this annual report, which terms were in effect until November 1, 2002, Mitel Knowledge owned substantially all of the intellectual property developed by Mitel Networks, excluding trademarks, and licensed it and the intellectual property acquired in connection with the acquisition transactions to Mitel Networks and its subsidiaries. These arrangements enabled Mitel Networks to secure a source of funding on attractive terms for a portion of its R&D, while permitting Mitel Networks and its subsidiaries to exploit the intellectual property throughout the world.

Pursuant to the terms of these agreements, Mitel Knowledge provided R&D funding to Mitel Networks. During Fiscal 2004, Mitel Networks received $nil (Fiscal 2003 — $4.4 million; Fiscal 2002 — $6.6 million) in R&D funding, net of royalty expenses of $nil (Fiscal 2003 — $0.3 million;

 
  - 29 -  


Fiscal 2002 — $0.2 million), that was recorded as a liability to related parties on Mitel Networks’ Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The R&D agreement provided for a call right pursuant to which Mitel Networks had the right to require Mitel Knowledge to sell all of its rights, title and interest in and to the intellectual property (the “Mitel Knowledge IP”), including improvements and new technology, to Mitel Networks (the “Call Right”). The purchase price for the intellectual property was to be paid through the issuance of common shares from Mitel Networks’ treasury, with each such share having an assigned value of CDN$5.25.

Effective November 1, 2002, Mitel Networks exercised the Call Right and acquired the intellectual property from Mitel Knowledge for a price of approximately $8.0 million (CDN$12.5 million), satisfied through the issuance of 4,555,169 common shares from treasury based upon the value of CDN$5.25 per share in accordance with the formula in the R&D agreement (the “Purchase Price”). The shares issued had a fair value of CDN$2.75 per share on the date of issuance based upon an independent valuation previously obtained. As a result, both the R&D agreement and the R&D cost-sharing agreement were terminated during Fiscal 2003, as discussed in Item 10.C of this annual report. The Fiscal 2003 transaction resulted in the settlement of the liability to issue common shares of $14.7 million (April 28, 2002 — $10.0 million) classified in the due to related parties balance in Mitel Networks’ Consolidated Balance Sheet, an increase of $0.1 million to the carrying value of intangible assets and an increase of $14.8 million to the carrying value of common shares.

Critical Accounting Policies:

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in Mitel Networks’ financial statements and accompanying notes. The determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgment and actual results could differ from those estimates, and any such differences may be material to the financial statements. Mitel Networks’ significant accounting policies are described in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report. The following critical accounting policies are significantly impacted by judgments, assumptions and estimates.

REVENUE RECOGNITION — For products sold through indirect distribution channels, arrangements usually involve multiple elements, including post-contract technical support and training. Mitel Networks also sells products, including installation and related maintenance and support services, directly to customers. Due to the complexity of Mitel Networks’ sales agreements, judgment is routinely applied principally in the areas of customer acceptance, product returns, unbundling of multiple element arrangements and collectibility. Mitel Networks relies on historical trends and past experience to estimate product returns and assess customer acceptance and collectibility. Different judgments or different contract terms could adversely affect the amount of revenue recorded.

COLLECTIBILITY OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE — The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on Mitel Networks’ assessment of the collectibility of specific customer accounts and the aging of accounts receivable. If there is a deterioration of a major customer’s credit worthiness

 
  - 30 -  


or actual defaults are higher than Mitel Networks’ historical experience, its estimates of the recoverability of amounts due could be adversely affected.

INVENTORIES — In order to record inventory at the lower of cost or market, Mitel Networks must assess its inventory valuation which requires judgment as to future demand. Mitel Networks also reviews its historical inventory usage and applies judgment to adjust its inventory allowances. If there is a sudden and significant decrease in demand for Mitel Networks’ products or there is a higher risk of inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology and customer requirements, Mitel Networks may be required to increase its inventory allowances and its gross margin could be adversely affected.

WARRANTY PROVISION — Mitel Networks accrues warranty costs based on the past experience of claims and expected material usage costs to provide warranty services. If Mitel Networks experiences an increase in warranty claims that is higher than Mitel Networks’ past experience, or an increase in actual costs to service the claims is experienced, gross margin could be adversely affected.

LONG-LIVED ASSETS — Mitel Networks assesses the impairment of property, equipment and definite lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The determination of useful lives and whether or not these assets are impaired involves significant judgment. In response to changes in industry and market conditions, Mitel Networks may strategically realign its resources and consider restructuring, disposing of or exiting businesses, which could result in an impairment charge.

GOODWILL — Mitel Networks assesses goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances warrant, as required by SFAS 142. An impairment charge is recorded if the implied fair value of goodwill of a reporting unit is less than the book value of goodwill for that unit. The Company has four reporting units that have assigned goodwill of $5.6 million. Quoted stock market prices are not available for these individual reporting units. Accordingly, consistent with SFAS 142, Mitel Network’s methodology for estimating the fair value of each reporting unit primarily considers estimated future revenues for those reporting units. Revenue estimates involve a significant amount of judgement, and significant movements in revenue or changes in the assumptions used may result in fluctuations in the value of goodwill that is supported.

SPECIAL CHARGES — Mitel Networks records restructuring costs when the liability has been incurred. Mitel Networks reassesses the prior restructuring accruals on a regular basis to reflect changes in the costs of the restructuring activities, and Mitel Networks records new restructuring accruals when the liability has been incurred. Estimates are based on anticipated costs to exit such activities and are subject to change.

CONTINGENCIES — Mitel Networks is party to various claims and litigation arising in the normal course of business. As a result, Mitel Networks considers the likelihood of loss of an asset or the incidence of a liability, as well as its ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss, in determining loss contingencies. Mitel Networks recognizes a provision for estimated loss contingencies when it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been

 
  - 31 -  


incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Mitel Networks regularly evaluates current information available to determine whether such provisions should be adjusted.

DEFERRED TAXES — Mitel Networks recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Significant management judgement is required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against Mitel Networks’ net deferred tax assets. Management makes an assessment of the likelihood that Mitel Networks’ deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and to the extent that recovery is not believed to be more likely than not, a valuation allowance is recorded.

PENSION COSTS — Mitel Networks’ defined benefit pension costs are developed from actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions provided by Mitel Networks to the actuaries, including discount rates, expected return on plan assets and rate of compensation increases. In estimating the rates and returns, Mitel Networks considers current market conditions and anticipates how these will affect discount rates, expected returns and rates of compensation increases. Material changes in Mitel Networks’ pension benefit costs may occur in the future as a result of changes to these assumptions or from fluctuations in Mitel Networks’ related headcount or market conditions.

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENT ON CONVERTIBLE, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES — Mitel Networks issued convertible, redeemable preferred shares which have a redemption value that is indexed to the common share price of the Company. This redemption feature qualifies as a derivative instrument that has to be accounted for separately under SFAS 133. The derivative component has been estimated based on the present value of the Company’s common share price at the balance sheet date. Changes in assumptions used in present value calculations and movements in the future common share price of the Company could have a material impact on Mitel Networks’ financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

Refer to Note 3 (w) of Mitel Networks’ audited consolidated financial statements in Section 18 of this annual report.

 
  - 32 -  


A. Operating Results

The following table sets forth the audited consolidated statement of operations data for Mitel Networks for the fiscal years indicated:

Year Ended
April 25, 2004
April 27, 2003
April 28, 2002
(in millions of U.S. dollars) Amounts % of
Revenue
Amounts % of
Revenue
Amounts % of
Revenue

Revenues   $ 340.7   100.0 % $ 352.2   100.0 % $ 358.0   100.0 %
Cost of revenues   202.9   59.6   225.4   64.0   215.5   60.2  

Gross margin   137.8   40.4   126.8   36.0   142.5   39.8  
Research and development   36.2   10.6   41.2   11.7   59.1   16.5  
Selling, general and  
  administrative   111.4   32.7   114.9   32.6   141.9   39.6  
Special charges   11.7   3.4   13.7   3.9   7.4   2.1  
Loss on disposal of  
  business   0.6   0.2       1.5   0.4  
Amortization of acquired  
  intangibles   0.2     29.1   8.3   43.8   12.2  

Operating loss   $(22.3 ) (6.5 )% $(72.1 ) (20.5 )% $(111. 2) (31.1 )%
Interest expense   4.3   1.3   4.2   1.2   3.0   0.8  
Beneficial conversion  
  feature on convertible  
  debentures   3.1   0.9          
Other (income) expense, net   0.6   0.2   (3.3 ) (0.9 ) 0.4   0.1  
Income tax (recovery)  
  expense   0.3   0.1   (2.9 ) (0.8 ) 0.1    

Net loss   $(30.6 ) (9.0 )% $(70.1 ) (20.0 )% $(114. 7) (32.0 )%

Year ended April 25, 2004 (“Fiscal 2004”) compared to year ended April 27, 2003 (“Fiscal 2003”):

REVENUE:

The following table sets forth external segmented revenue, both in dollars and in percentage terms, for the fiscal years indicated:

Year Ended

  April 25, 2004 April 27, 2003 April 28, 2002

(in millions of U.S. dollars) Revenue % of
Sales
Revenue % of
Sales
Revenue % of
Sales

Solutions   $174.9   51 % $164.8   47 % $158.9   44 %
Services   165.8   49 % 187.4   53 % 199.1   56 %

    $340.7   100 % $352.2   100 % $358.0   100 %

 
  - 33 -  


Fiscal 2004 revenue decreased by 3.3% compared to Fiscal 2003 as a result of an 11.5% reduction in revenue generated by the Services segment being partially offset by a 6.1% increase in revenue generated by the Solutions segment. The decline in revenue of the Services segment was driven primarily by lower product sales (both Mitel Networks and third party original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) products) and associated services to its direct customers in both North America and the United Kingdom. The growth in the Solutions segment revenue was due to higher sales of communication systems platforms and desktop appliances through Mitel Networks’ dealer and reseller networks with the most significant growth coming from the dealer and reseller networks in the United Kingdom.

Management expects continued pressure on the Company’s ability to expand revenue and it is not clear whether business communications spending will improve significantly in the near term. It is difficult to predict the nature, timing and extent of future business investments in communications systems and as a result, if and when the Company’s sales will increase. Management expects that any revenue growth will be driven primarily by revenue from the Solutions segment.

The following table sets forth external revenue for groups of similar products and services, both in dollars and in percentage terms, for the fiscal years indicated:

Year Ended
April 25, 2004
April 27, 2003
April 28, 2002
(in millions of U.S. dollars) Revenue % of
Sales
Revenue % of
Sales
Revenue % of
Sales

Products:              
 Communications platforms and  
  desktop appliances   $191.3   56 % $191.1   54 % $191.0   53 %
 Software applications   22.3   7 % 29.6   8 % 33.4   9 %
 OEM products   14.2   4 % 26.7   8 % 27.0   8 %
 Other   3.1   1 % 9.4   3 % 19.5   6 %

    230.9   68 % 256.8   73 % 270.9   76 %

Services:  
 Maintenance and support   94.5   28 % 83.4   23 % 72.9   20 %
 Managed services   10.6   3 % 9.7   3 % 6.9   2 %
 Professional services   4.7   1 % 2.3   1 % 7.3   2 %

    109.8   32 % 95.4   27 % 87.1   24 %

    $340.7   100 % $352.2   100 % $358.0   100 %

Product sales

Fiscal 2004 revenue from product sales amounted to $230.9 million (or 68% of total revenue) compared to $256.8 million (or 73% of total revenue) in Fiscal 2003. The decline in product sales was due primarily to reduced sales of software applications arising from the Company’s messaging and contact center applications, and lower sales of third party hardware platforms associated with revenue generated by the Company’s Services segment. Despite the decline in product sales, revenue generated by the Company’s core business, communications platforms

 
  - 34 -  


and desktop appliances, was virtually flat over prior year levels. Although sales of communication platforms and desktop appliances were unchanged over Fiscal 2003, the Company, as expected, continued to see a shift in sales away from its traditional communication platform products towards increased sales of IP products. In Fiscal 2004 sales of IP products accounted for 43% of total product revenue compared to 27% in Fiscal 2003. This is in line with the Company’s strategy to realign its efforts towards IP products and this trend is expected to continue for the foreseeable future.

Services sales

Fiscal 2004 revenue from services sales increased to 32% of total revenue compared to 27% in Fiscal 2003 and grew in absolute dollars by 15% year over year. The growth in services revenue was driven by a 13% increase in revenue from fixed maintenance contracts. Overall, services revenue has not been as impacted by the general economic slowdown as other sources of revenue. However, the Company does not anticipate that it will continue to experience the current level of annual growth from services revenue in the foreseeable future, though services revenue is expected to continue to grow in terms of absolute dollars.

The following table sets forth sales by geographic regions, both in dollars and in percentage terms, for the fiscal years indicated:

Year Ended
April 25, 2004
April 27, 2003
April 28, 2002
(in millions of U.S. dollars) Revenue % of
Sales
Revenue % of
Sales
Revenue % of
Sales

Canada   $  25.2   7 % $  25.1   7 % $  22.9   6 %
United States   162.8   48 % 173.3   49 % 185.1   52 %
United Kingdom   124.2   37 % 126.0   36 % 125.6   35 %
Other foreign  
 countries   28.5   8 % 27.8   8 % 24.4   7 %

    $340.7   100 % $352.2   100 % $358.0   100 %

From a geographical perspective, the overall decline in revenue from Fiscal 2003 to Fiscal 2004 was driven primarily by a decline in revenue via the United States and United Kingdom geographical regions. The revenue decline in these regions was due primarily to lower product and services sales via the direct sales offices in these regions. Revenue from outside of these regions was up marginally year over year and is primarily due to Mitel Networks’ continued efforts to penetrate new markets and channels primarily in continental Europe, Asia and the South Pacific.

 
  - 35 -  


Although Mitel Networks cannot guarantee future results, management expects that Fiscal 2005 will continue to see the majority of worldwide revenue being generated from the United States and the United Kingdom.

Backlog:

Mitel Networks defines backlog as unconditional purchase orders or other contractual agreements for products or services (excluding maintenance) for which customers have requested delivery within the next twelve months. Backlog was $23.2 million at April 25, 2004, compared with $26.8 million at April 27, 2003. Mitel Networks has historically operated with a relatively small backlog as orders are frequently booked and shipped within the same fiscal month. In addition, orders are subject to cancellation, rescheduling by customers or product specification changes by the customers. As a result, Mitel Networks does not believe that its backlog, at any given date, is a reliable indicator of future revenues.

GROSS MARGIN:

The Fiscal 2004 gross margin as a percentage of revenue increased to 40.4% of revenue compared to 36% of revenue in Fiscal 2003. This increase resulted from improvements in gross margin as a percentage of revenue in both the Solutions and the Services segments, as further described below.

Solutions segment

Cost of sales of the Solutions segment consists of cost of goods purchased from BreconRidge and other suppliers, inventory provisions, engineering costs, warranty costs and other supply chain management costs.

The Solutions segment gross margin as a percentage of revenue increased to 36.7% in Fiscal 2004 from 32% in Fiscal 2003. This increase was attributed to the following: (i) shift in product sales mix whereby decreased sales of lower margin products were partially offset by increased sales of higher margin IP products with larger line sizes; and (ii) significantly lower inventory obsolescence provisions recorded in Fiscal 2004 compared to Fiscal 2003. During Fiscal 2003 significant amounts of inventory were written off as a result of the Company’s realignment towards IP products, the magnitude of which was not repeated in Fiscal 2004.

The Company’s margins may vary from period to period depending upon distribution channel, product and software mix. Management anticipates that cost reductions resulting from re-design efforts and improved manufacturing costs of IP desktop appliances could have a positive effect on the Solutions segment gross margin in Fiscal 2005. Although the gross margin on traditional communications platform products remained strong in Fiscal 2004, the gross margin on these products are expected to gradually trend downwards.

 
  - 36 -  


Services segment

Cost of sales of the Services segment consists of cost of goods purchased from the Solutions segment and other suppliers, labor costs associated with installation and support services, inventory provisions and other supply chain management costs.

The Services segment’s gross margin as a percentage of the segment’s revenue increased from 37.1% of revenue in Fiscal 2003 to 37.8% in Fiscal 2004. This increase was mainly attributable to overall lower inventory obsolescence provisions recorded in Fiscal 2004 compared to Fiscal 2003, which were associated with the realignment towards an IP-centric product portfolio.

OPERATING EXPENSES

R&D:

R&D expenses decreased from 11.7% of total revenue in Fiscal 2003 to 10.6% of total revenue in Fiscal 2004. As anticipated by management, the R&D expenses continue to decrease as a result of workforce reduction programs implemented in the current and previous two fiscal years, and the closure of the Company’s United Kingdom R&D facility during Fiscal 2003. Management expects for the foreseeable future that R&D expenses will increase in absolute dollars as the Company continues to develop and enhance existing and new technologies and products. These expenses may vary, however, as a percentage of revenue.

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”):

SG&A expenses decreased in absolute dollars during Fiscal 2004 compared to Fiscal 2003 but remained relatively flat as a percentage of total revenue. As expected by management, this decrease in absolute dollars was primarily the result of workforce reductions implemented in the current and prior two fiscal years, coupled with other cost cutting measures implemented by the Company including the deferral of certain marketing programs and other expenditures during Fiscal 2004. Management expects for the foreseeable future that SG&A expenses will increase in absolute dollars, assuming that revenue is increased and the Company continues to enhance existing and develop new technologies and products. These expenses may vary, however, as a percentage of revenue.

Special Charges:

Special charges as a percentage of revenue decreased 0.5 percentage points mainly as a result of fewer employee terminations arising from workforce reduction programs implemented during Fiscal 2004 compared to Fiscal 2003.

During Fiscal 2004, Mitel Networks recorded special restructuring charges of $11.7 million related to further cost reduction measures taken to minimize the impact of declining revenues, net of reversals of prior year’s charges of $0.3 million resulting primarily from adjustments to original estimated severance costs. The net restructuring charges included workforce reduction costs of $8.5 million relating to employee severance and benefits and associated legal costs incurred in the termination of 196 employees throughout the world. Non-cancelable lease costs of $3.2 million relating to excess facilities in certain Canadian and U.K. offices and a loss on

 
  - 37 -  


disposal of capital assets of $0.3 million were also included in the Fiscal 2004 restructuring charges.

Subsequent to April 25, 2004, Mitel Networks recorded additional special restructuring charges of $1.8 million, as follows: (i) $1.0 million related to the Company’s discontinuation of its internal ASIC design program in June 2004, which represented the write off of tools associated with the discontinued program and the termination of 7 employees in Canada, and (ii) $0.8 million related to the termination of 10 employees in the Company’s United Kingdom services business and other reductions throughout continental Europe. These actions are expected to have a positive effect on Mitel Networks’ operating costs going forward.

Loss on Disposal of Manufacturing Assets:

On August 31, 2001, Mitel Networks outsourced its manufacturing operations, including the sale of related net assets and the transfer of employees and certain liabilities to BreconRidge, for total net consideration of $5.0 million in the form of long-term promissory notes receivable of $5.4 million and promissory notes payable of $0.4 million. The transaction resulted in a loss on disposal of $1.5 million recorded in Fiscal 2002 operating expenses. The loss represented the excess of the carrying value of the plant, equipment and manufacturing workforce over the total net consideration. The long-term promissory notes receivable, net of the long-term promissory notes payable, were paid in full in February 2003, prior to the original maturity date of August 31, 2003.

The original loss on disposal recorded during Fiscal 2002 contained estimates and assumptions regarding expected subleasing income arising from premises that had been subleased to BreconRidge pursuant to the disposal of the manufacturing operations. It became evident during Fiscal 2004 that sublease income over the lease renewal period, which was originally included in the estimated loss on disposal, will no longer be realized. As a result an amount of $0.6 was recorded in Fiscal 2004 as an additional loss arising on the disposal activity.

Amortization of Acquired Intangibles:

As part of the February 16, 2001 acquisition transactions, Mitel Networks recorded acquired intangible assets of $92.2 million consisting of developed technology, workforce, customer base and patents. Resulting amortization expense amounted to $43.8 million, $29.1 million and $0.2 million for Fiscal 2002, Fiscal 2003 and Fiscal 2004, respectively. Acquired intangible assets were fully amortized in early Fiscal 2004.

Other (Income) Expense, Net:

Other (income) expense, on a net basis, consists primarily of foreign exchange rate gains and losses and interest income. Other expense, on a net basis, amounted to $0.6 million in Fiscal 2004 compared to other income, on a net basis, of $3.3 million in Fiscal 2003. The expense recorded in Fiscal 2004 primarily resulted from transactional foreign currency losses of $1.0 million (compared with transactional foreign currency gains of $3.0 million in Fiscal 2003), arising mainly from adverse movements between the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar during

 
  - 38 -  


the year. Mitel Networks uses foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency swaps to minimize the short-term impact of currency fluctuations on foreign currency receivables, payables and intercompany balances.

Beneficial Conversion Feature on Convertible Debentures:

During Fiscal 2004 Mitel Networks recorded a $3.1 million expense representing the beneficial conversion feature on the conversion of debentures. The debentures, which did not have a fixed conversion price at the commitment date, were converted to common shares of the Company at a price that was lower than the fair market value of the common shares at the commitment date. As a result, a non-cash expense representing the difference between the effective conversion price and the fair market value of the common shares was calculated and recorded as required by generally accepted accounting principles.

Provision for Income Taxes:

In Fiscal 2004 Mitel Networks recorded income tax expense, net of deferred tax recoveries, of $0.3 million. The current income tax expense amounted to $2.0 million, arising as a result of the U.K. subsidiary being in a taxable position in Fiscal 2004. This tax expense was largely offset by deferred tax recoveries arising from deductible taxable amounts available to the Company of $1.7 million.

Year ended April 27, 2003 (“Fiscal 2003”) compared to year ended April 28, 2002 (“Fiscal 2002”):

REVENUE:

Fiscal 2003 revenue decreased by 1.6% compared to Fiscal 2002 as a result of the discontinuation, in Fiscal 2002, of the Network Access Solutions business which generated $2.5 million of revenue in Fiscal 2003 compared to $12.8 million in Fiscal 2002. Excluding the impact of the Network Access Solutions revenue, the Fiscal 2003 Solutions segment sales increased by 9% compared to Fiscal 2002 mainly as a result of a significant increase in IP sales across all regions and expansion into new geographic markets and distribution channels. Growth in the Solutions segment was partially offset by a 5.9% decline in revenue from the Services segment as a result of poorer global economic conditions and associated political issues. The majority of the decline in the Services segment revenue was in the United States market.

Product sales

Fiscal 2003 revenue from product sales amounted to $256.8 million (or 73% of total revenue) compared to $270.9 million (or 76% of total revenue) in Fiscal 2002. The decrease was mainly attributable to the discontinuation, in Fiscal 2002, of the Network Access Solutions business, which amounted to $12.8 million in Fiscal 2002 compared to only $2.5 million in Fiscal 2003. The platforms and appliances product category was characterized by a significant increase in IP product sales across all regions, offset by the expected decline in sales of traditional communications platform products.

 
  - 39 -  


Services sales

Fiscal 2003 revenue from services sales increased to 27% of total revenue compared to 24% in Fiscal 2002 and grew in absolute dollars by 10% year over year. As in the current year, the growth in services revenue was driven by increased revenue from fixed maintenance contracts.

Geographical sales

Compared to Fiscal 2002, Fiscal 2003 revenue by geographic region increased or generally remained consistent in all regions except in the United States. The decline in the United States revenue was largely attributable to on-going economic and political issues.

GROSS MARGIN:

Gross margin as a percentage of revenue declined from 39.8% of revenue in Fiscal 2002 to 36.0% of revenue in Fiscal 2003. This decline primarily resulted from decreases in both the Solutions and the Services segments’ margin, as a percentage of revenue.

Solutions segment

Mitel Networks operated manufacturing plants for the first four months of Fiscal 2002 and, following the outsourcing of its manufacturing operations on August 31, 2001, entered into a supply agreement with BreconRidge for the remainder of Fiscal 2002 and for Fiscal 2003. As a result of such supply agreement with BreconRidge, manufacturing costs of Mitel Networks’ products were eliminated and replaced by purchase prices of finished products for the last eight months of Fiscal 2002 and for Fiscal 2003. This change to an outsource manufacturing model did not have a material impact on the Fiscal 2002 gross margin, however, the Fiscal 2003 gross margin was positively affected by certain cost reductions on purchases of traditional communications platform products pursuant to the terms of the supply agreement with BreconRidge.

Despite the cost reductions pursuant to the terms of the BreconRidge supply agreement explained above, the Solutions segment’s gross margin as a percentage of the segment’s revenue decreased from 35.7% of revenue in Fiscal 2002 to 32% in Fiscal 2003. This decline was mainly attributable to increased inventory obsolescence provisions associated with the realignment towards an IP-centric product portfolio. Factors that also contributed to the overall decrease of the Solutions segment’s margin as a percentage of revenue included: (i) the continued lower gross margin generated from IP demonstration and field trial systems sold at lower prices and in lower line sizes experienced in the first half of Fiscal 2003, (ii) the increased costs associated with the introduction of IP products, and (iii) the higher proportion of third party software application sales at a lower margin.

Services segment

The Services segment’s gross margin as a percentage of the segment’s revenue decreased from 39% of revenue in Fiscal 2002 to 37.1% in Fiscal 2003. This decrease was mainly attributable to significant inventory obsolescence provisions associated with the realignment towards an IP-

 
  - 40 -  


centric product portfolio, partially offset by a shift in revenue mix towards higher margin fixed term maintenance contracts.

OPERATING EXPENSES

R&D:

R&D expenses decreased from 16.5% in Fiscal 2002 to 11.7% in Fiscal 2003. This decrease resulted from workforce reductions implemented in Fiscal 2002 and Fiscal 2003, the closing of the United Kingdom R&D facility in Fiscal 2003 and the completion of the significant investment required in Fiscal 2002 to launch Mitel Networks’ new IP-enabled solutions.

SG&A:

SG&A expenses decreased to 32.6% of revenue in Fiscal 2003 compared to 39.6% of revenue in Fiscal 2002. This improvement was primarily attributable to the workforce reductions implemented in Fiscal 2002 and Fiscal 2003 described in the section “Special Charges.” The significant investment made during Fiscal 2002 in geographic expansion, new strategic alliances and channel expansion, not repeated in Fiscal 2003, also contributed to the improvement in Fiscal 2003 SG&A expenses.

Special Charges:

During Fiscal 2003, Mitel Networks recorded special restructuring charges of $13.7 million related to additional cost reduction measures taken to minimize the impact of the economic slowdown, net of reversals of current year’s charges of $1.6 million and prior year’s charges of $0.6 million resulting primarily from adjustments to original estimated severance costs and fewer than originally anticipated employee terminations. The net restructuring charges included workforce reduction costs of $12.6 million relating to 265 terminated employees across most geographic regions, non-cancelable lease costs of $3.0 million and a loss on disposal of capital assets of $0.3 million, both related to the closure of the United Kingdom R&D facility, were also included in the Fiscal 2003 restructuring charges. These restructuring programs were completed by April 27, 2003.

During Fiscal 2002, Mitel Networks recorded special restructuring charges of $7.4 million in operating expenses related to the implementation of a series of cost reduction actions taken to realign Mitel Networks’ organization and reduce overhead, including the termination of R&D efforts related to the Network Access Solutions products. The restructuring charges included workforce reduction costs of $6.6 million related to 278 terminated employees across most geographic regions. Legal costs of $0.4 million and a loss on disposal of capital assets of $0.4 million related to the restructuring actions taken in the Solutions segment were also included in the Fiscal 2002 restructuring charges. Mitel Networks completed these cost reduction actions in the first quarter of Fiscal 2003.

Loss on Disposal of Manufacturing Assets:

On August 31, 2001, Mitel Networks outsourced its manufacturing operations, including the sale of related net assets and the transfer of employees and certain liabilities to BreconRidge, for total

 
  - 41 -  


net consideration of $5.0 million in the form of long-term promissory notes receivable of $5.4 million and promissory notes payable of $0.4 million. The transaction resulted in a loss on disposal of $1.5 million recorded in Fiscal 2002 operating expenses. The loss represented the excess of the carrying value of the plant, equipment and manufacturing workforce over the total net consideration. This loss did not recur during Fiscal 2003.

The long-term promissory notes receivable, net of the long-term promissory notes payable, were paid in full in February 2003, prior to the original maturity date of August 31, 2003.

Amortization of Acquired Intangibles:

As part of the February 16, 2001 acquisition transactions, Mitel Networks recorded acquired intangible assets of $92.2 million consisting of developed technology, workforce, customer base and patents. Resulting amortization expense amounted to$43.8 million and $29.1 million in Fiscal 2002 and Fiscal 2003 respectively. The majority of the acquired intangible assets reached the end of their estimated useful lives and were fully amortized during Fiscal 2003.

Interest Expense:

Interest expense was $4.2 million in Fiscal 2003 compared to $3.0 million in Fiscal 2002, representing an increase of $1.2 million in Fiscal 2003 compared to Fiscal 2002.This increase was mainly due to a higher amount of weighted average credit facilities and long-term debt outstanding compared with the previous year.

Other (Income) Expense, Net:

Other income, on a net basis, amounted to $3.3 million in Fiscal 2003 compared to other expense, on a net basis, of $0.4 million in Fiscal 2002. The income recorded in Fiscal 2003 principally resulted from significant transactional foreign currency gains of $3.0 million realized in the year, compared to transactional foreign currency losses of $0.8 million recorded during Fiscal 2002.

Provision for Income Taxes:

Mitel Networks recorded an income tax recovery of $2.9 million in Fiscal 2003 and income tax expenses of $0.1 million for Fiscal 2002. The Fiscal 2003 recovery resulted primarily from tax assessments and tax refunds received in respect of prior periods. The Fiscal 2002 expense resulted primarily from minimum tax liabilities in certain jurisdictions. Based on the statutory tax rates in Canada, Mitel Networks would have been expected to record income tax recoveries for each of these three fiscal years. However, a significant portion of the tax losses was derived from foreign subsidiaries operating in jurisdictions with lower statutory tax rates than those that apply in Canada. Furthermore, tax benefits of tax losses and deductible temporary differences incurred during each of the last three fiscal years have not been recognized for accounting purposes to date due to the lack of historical profitability.

 
  - 42 -  


B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

(in millions of U.S. dollars, except DSO)
April 25,
2004

April 27,
2003

$ Change
from Fiscal
2003

% change
from Fiscal
2003

Cash and cash equivalents   $ 26.7   $ 22.3   $   4.4   20 %
Working capital   38.5   7.1   31.4   442 %
Net cash provided by (used in)  
    Operating activities   10.8   (11.9 ) 22.7   191 %
    Investing activities   (6.3 ) (0.2 ) (4.7 ) 2350 %)
    Financing activities   (2.0 ) 30.5   (32.5 ) (107 %)

Days sales outstanding (DSO)   82   70     17 %

Cash and cash equivalents:

During Fiscal 2004 and Fiscal 2003, Mitel Networks implemented actions, further described below, to strengthen its liquidity and cash position, resulting in an overall improvement in the Company’s cash position of $4.4 million during Fiscal 2004.

Working capital:

Working capital represents the Company’s current assets less its current liabilities. The working capital position improved significantly from $7.1 at the end of Fiscal 2003 to $38.5 at the end of Fiscal 2004. This improvement was primarily attributed to the repayment of $19.0 million of bank indebtedness during the year and the conversion of $31.0 million of related party loans into common shares of the Company. The increase in accounts receivable of $5.2 million, arising as a result of increased DSO described below, was offset by a reduction in inventory balances of $8.4 million, which arose from actions taken by the Company to better manage its inventory during Fiscal 2004.

Days sales outstanding (DSO) was 82 days at April 25, 2004 compared to 70 days as at April 27, 2003. DSO is a measure of the length of time taken to collect accounts receivables. The Company calculates its DSO ratio based on ending accounts receivable balances and annual revenue. The increase in DSO in Fiscal 2004 was largely the result of decreased collection efficiency in European markets which led to average longer days to collect in those markets. The Company is taking actions to reverse this trend, including a review of its sales and collections incentive structure.

On April 16, 2004 the Company entered into a receivables purchase and sale agreement whereby up to $38 million of qualifying non-interest bearing trade receivables in Canada and the United States may be sold to a securitization trust. The Company entered into this agreement primarily as a means of increasing its available credit facilities and providing more timely access to cash.

 
  - 43 -  


While no receivable balances had been sold under this agreement as at April 25, 2004, management anticipates that during Fiscal 2005, overall DSO will decrease due to the sale of its trade receivables under this agreement.

Cash provided by operating activities:

Net cash generated from operating activities was $10.8 million in Fiscal 2004 compared to net cash usage of $11.9 million in Fiscal 2003, representing an improvement of $22.7 million (or 190.7%) over Fiscal 2003. This substantial improvement resulted primarily from restructuring and other cost reduction actions taken in the current and prior fiscal year, which resulted in a significant reduction in operating expenses during Fiscal 2004. Cash generated from the change in non-cash operating assets and liabilities was $23.0 million compared to $5.0 million in Fiscal 2003, due principally to improvements in working capital described above.

Cash used in investing activities:

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $6.3 million in Fiscal 2004 compared to $0.2 million in Fiscal 2003. The adverse change noted in Fiscal 2004 was primarily due to an early repayment of related party notes receivable during Fiscal 2003 of $5.3 million, not recurring during Fiscal 2004.

Cash used in financing activities:

Net cash used in financing activities totaled $2.0 million in Fiscal 2004 compared to net cash provided of $30.5 million in Fiscal 2003. Cash flows from financing activities in Fiscal 2004 were mainly attributable to (i) net proceeds of $12.9 million from the issuance of convertible, redeemable preferred shares, (ii) proceeds of $9.8 million from the issuance of warrants, offset by repayments of bank indebtedness, related party loans, long-term debt and capital lease obligations totaling $25.2 million.

During Fiscal 2004 Mitel Networks raised gross proceeds of $15 million through the issuance of 20,000,000 Series A Shares. As described in Item 4.A, in connection with this Financing, holders of 29,530,494 common shares exchanged their common shares for 67,060,988 Series B Shares. Share issue costs incurred in connection with these transactions totaled $2.1 million in Fiscal 2004. The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Series A Shares and Series B Shares are described in Item 10.B of this annual report. The proceeds raised through the issuance of the Series A Shares will be used mainly to support operating activities.

In Fiscal 2003, Mitel Networks closed a private offering of debentures, which were convertible into common shares of the Company, that resulted in total cash proceeds of $6.4 million. The initial term of the convertible debentures was to have expired on April 25, 2003, but was extended by resolution of the board of directors, in accordance with the terms of the debentures, until July 27, 2003 and then extended further to October 31, 2003. The debentures accrued interest at the rate of 6.5% per annum payable on the maturity date or upon conversion of the debentures and accrued interest into common shares of Mitel Networks. During Fiscal 2004 the entire balance of the debentures outstanding of $8.3 million was converted into 5,445,775 common shares of the Company at their then fair value of CDN$2 per common share. On April

 
  - 44 -  


23, 2004, 5,081,619 of these common shares were exchanged for 10,163,238 Series B Shares at their then fair value of CDN$1 per preferred share, in connection with the Financing, as described in Item 4.A of this annual report. Subsequent to April 25, 2004 holders of an additional 94,478 of these common shares exchanged their shares for 188,956 Series B Shares, and the Company anticipates that the remaining 269,678 common shares issued on conversion of the convertible debentures in October 2003 will likely be exchanged for Series B Shares.

During Fiscal 2003 and Fiscal 2002 Mitel Networks borrowed funds from Wesley Clover, which bore interest at the prime rate and were payable on demand. At April 27, 2003 the balance of the loan payable to Wesley Clover was $29.1 million. During Fiscal 2004 the entire loan outstanding of $31.0 million was converted into 20,448,875 common shares of the Company at their then fair value of CDN$2 per common share. On April 23, 2004 all of the common shares issued on conversion of the loan were exchanged for 40,897,750 Series B Shares of the Company at their then fair value of CDN$1 per preferred share, in connection with the Financing, as described in Item 4.A of this annual report.

During Fiscal 2003 Mitel Networks, March Networks Corporation (“March Networks”) and Mitel Knowledge, signed an agreement with the Government of Canada (the “TPC Agreement”) that provides for financing of up to CDN$60 million for certain March Networks’ and Mitel Networks’ R&D activities over a three year period. The financing is provided through the Technology Partnerships Canada program, which is an initiative of the Government of Canada that is designed to promote economic growth in Canada through strategic investment in technological research, development and innovation. Mitel Networks expects to benefit from approximately 90% of financing commitment under the TPC Agreement. In exchange for the funds received by Mitel Networks under the TPC Agreement, Mitel Networks is required, as of September 30th in each of 2002, 2003, 2004, to issue warrants to Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada. The warrants are exercisable on a one-for-one basis for common shares for no additional consideration. The number of warrants to be issued is equal to the amount of contributions paid to Mitel Networks under the TPC Agreement in the immediately preceding 12-month period, divided by the fair market value of Mitel Networks’ common shares as of the applicable date.

During Fiscal 2004, Mitel Networks received total cash of $9.8 million under the TPC Agreement. During Fiscal 2004 Mitel Networks issued warrants exercisable for a total of 6,804,380 common shares. The number of warrants issued during Fiscal 2004 was calculated based on the then fair value of CDN$2 per common share. 5,099,112 of the warrants issued during Fiscal 2004 related to funds received or receivable at the end of Fiscal 2003, and the remaining 1,705,268 warrants related to funds received during Fiscal 2004. The balance of the warrants required to be issued under the TPC Agreement with respect to funds received and receivable during Fiscal 2004 will be issued in September 2004.

Borrowings:

Mitel Networks has a 364-day revolving credit facility of up to a maximum of $22 million (CDN $30 million) that expires in June 2005 and that is subject to a borrowing base. The facility was amended in July 2004 such that borrowings in excess of $11 million (CDN $15 million) are dependent upon certain financial criteria being met; however the Company does not anticipate

 
  - 45 -  


that it will require borrowings under this facility to be in excess of the stated threshold over the next fiscal year. The facility bears interest at the Prime rate or U.S. base rate plus 1.5% or LIBOR or Banker’s Acceptance rate plus 2.5% and is secured by a general assignment of substantially all Mitel Networks’ accounts receivable and a general security interest in the remaining assets of Mitel Networks and its two wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries, each of which is a guarantor. The credit facility contains certain restrictions and a financial covenant requiring Mitel Networks to achieve quarterly minimum levels of earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), also adjusted for other non-cash income and non-cash expenses. At April 25, 2004, Mitel Networks was in compliance with the EBITDA covenant. In the past, Mitel Networks has breached the EBITDA covenant, and while the Company continues to take significant measures to reduce costs through its restructuring activities, it is reasonably possible that these EBITDA requirements may be breached in the future. Mitel Networks is exposed to the risk that its ability to renew this credit facility on favorable terms may be adversely affected by its non-compliance with the EBITDA covenant as a result of a deterioration of its financial performance if the actual demand for its products does not reach expected levels. At April 25, 2004, Mitel Networks had borrowed cash of $6.6 million under this facility and $1.0 million was committed under letters of credit, leaving approximately $14.4 million available under this credit facility.

MNL has a $1.8 million (£1.0 million) overdraft facility and indemnity facilities totaling $5.3 million (£3.0 million) available for letters of credit and other guarantees. The overdraft facility bears interest at U.K. base rate plus 1.5%. The overdraft facility and the indemnity facilities are secured by a parent company guarantee. At April 25, 2004, the overdraft facility was unused and $2.3 million was committed under letters of credit and other indemnities.

MNL is liable under mortgages totaling $13.8 million (£7.8 million). The remaining principal of the first mortgage loan amounted to $1.6 million at April 25, 2004, bears interest at 7.7%, is payable in monthly installments until October 2004 and is secured by certain equipment of the subsidiary. The remaining principal of the second mortgage loan amounted to $11.2 million at April 25, 2004, bears interest at 7.4% until December 2006, with an option to continue using the fixed rate or select a variable rate at LIBOR plus 1.75% thereafter, is payable in quarterly installments of $0.5 million (£0.3 million) with the balance due in December 2011 and is secured by the real estate properties of the subsidiary. The remaining principal of the third mortgage loan amounted to $1.0 million at April 25, 2004 and bears interest at 6.3%, payable in monthly installments until April 2006 and secured by certain equipment of the subsidiary. Pursuant to the terms of these mortgages, MNL must comply with a financial covenant. MNL was in compliance with such financial covenant at April 25, 2004 and expects to remain compliant for the respective terms of the loan agreements.

Mitel Networks is contractually obligated to make cash payments under the above noted loan facilities, as further described under Item 5. F of this annual report, “Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations”.

Mitel Networks anticipates continued capital expenditures during the fiscal year ending April 24, 2005, consisting primarily of anticipated costs of enhancements to the Company’s IT infrastructure. These expenditures are expected to be financed through operations.

 
  - 46 -  


Mitel Networks’ primary future cash needs on a recurring basis will include the funding of operations, working capital, capital expenditures, debt service and other contractual obligations. During Fiscal 2004 Mitel Networks completed restructuring actions which the Company expects will result in a reduction in operating costs over the next fiscal year. The temporary reduction in Mitel Networks’ contributions to the Canadian pension plan to the minimum contribution level required by the Financial Services Commission of Ontario, which was initiated in December 2001, continued throughout Fiscal 2004 and will be maintained until Mitel Networks’ financial situation is improved. Mitel Networks also implemented a temporary 10% hour reduction program (the “Hours Reduction Program”) effective July 2002 to the end of September 2002 and, subsequently, implemented a temporary unpaid days off program which remained in effect until the end of January 2003 at which point the Hours Reduction Program, first instituted in July 2002, was resumed. The Hours Reduction Program was terminated in March 2004, and all employee salaries returned to pre-Hours Reduction Program levels.

In May 2004 Mitel Networks initiated a proposal to raise additional equity financing through the issuance of common shares to employees of the Company and certain accredited investors. While the Company seeks to raise up to CDN$10 million, there can be no assurance that Mitel Networks will be able to complete the offering at all. The securities that will be offered have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and may not be offered or sold to a U.S. person absent registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements.

Based on proceeds raised in the April 2004 financing, the working capital balance, expected cash flows from operations and other existing credit facilities, Mitel Networks believes that it will have sufficient cash and available credit facilities to support its business operations for the foreseeable future. However, there can be no assurance that Mitel Networks’ underlying assumed levels of revenues and expenses will be accurate as Mitel Networks is exposed to the risk that actual demand for its products may not reach expected levels. If Mitel Networks’ operating results were to fail to meet expected levels or if inventory, accounts receivable or other working capital items were to require a greater use of cash than is currently anticipated, the additional funding that Mitel Networks has obtained may not be sufficient and it could be required to seek additional funding through additional private financing or other arrangements. There can be no assurance that any additional financing will be available when required or on favorable terms, which could have a material adverse effect on Mitel Networks’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

See Item 5.A Operating Results.

D. Trend Information

During the course of fiscal 2004, the improvement in the economy and the continuing adoption of IP Telephony assisted the Solutions segment of the business. The downturn in Mitel Networks’ Services segment was due primarily to lower product sales and the associated services to its direct customers in North America and the United Kingdom. During fiscal 2004, action was taken to adjust the operating model of the business to better reflect the anticipated trends in the market.

 
  - 47 -  


It should be noted that the following factors could affect Mitel Networks’ revenue in the future:

  Even though market indicators anticipate growth, particularly in IP Telephony, Mitel Networks’ performance could be impacted by the Company’s existing and prospective customer’s willingness to invest in new communications solutions.

  Mitel Networks’ IP shipments have continued to grow throughout fiscal 2004 due primarily to the cost saving and business process benefits an IP solution can deliver to a customer. Management believes that an enterprise with multiple networked locations or employees who work from home can benefit significantly from an IP telephony solution.

   As the depreciation cycles of TDM solutions installed prior to the year 2000 mature, there is willingness to transition to an IP based solution. Mitel Networks considers that this replacement trend will continue.

  It is anticipated that the reduction in the cost of revenues, evidenced in fiscal 2004, will continue. Inventory turns are now comparable with industry averages and R&D programs are in place to further reduce the cost of revenues.

  The market in which Mitel Networks operates is extremely competitive and there is significant pressure to remain price competitive. Mitel Networks believes that the programs in place to increase margins will continue to offset pricing pressures.

  During the course of fiscal 2004 there have been significant movements in currency exchange around the world. The continued uncertainty in world markets could have an adverse impact on revenues and cash balances.

During Fiscal 2004, Mitel Networks made some significant sales to new customers, most particularly in the retail and healthcare sectors. If the economy continues to recover, Mitel Networks believes that the growth being seen in the IP Telephony market will continue to favorably impact product revenues. The adjustment to the operating model implemented during fiscal 2004 is expected by Mitel Networks to continue to yield a solid foundation going forward.

E.     Off-balance sheet arrangements

Mitel Networks has the following significant off balance sheet arrangements at April 25, 2004:

Intellectual property indemnification obligations:

Mitel Networks enters on a regular basis into agreements with customers and suppliers that include limited intellectual property indemnification obligations that are customary in the industry. These guarantees generally require the Company to compensate the other party for certain damages and costs incurred as a result of third party intellectual property claims arising from these transactions. The nature of these intellectual property indemnification obligations prevents the Company from making a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount it could be required to pay to its customers and suppliers. Historically, the Company has not made any significant indemnification payments under such agreements and no amount has been accrued in the consolidated financial statements with respect to these guarantees.

 
  - 48 -  


Bid and performance related bonds:

Mitel Networks enters into bid and performance related bonds related to various customer contracts. Performance related bonds usually have a term of twelve months and bid bonds generally have a much shorter term. Potential payments due under these may be related to Mitel Network’s performance and/or its resellers’ performance under the applicable contract. At April 25, 2004, the total maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under bid and performance related bonds, excluding letters of credit, was $8.1 million. Of that amount, $7.3 million relates to guarantees of resellers performance. Historically, Mitel Networks has not had to make material payments and does not anticipate that it will be required to make material payments under these types of bonds. Mitel Networks’ cash collateral requirements in connection with obtaining new customer performance bonds amounted to $0.9 million at April 25, 2004.

Letters of credit:

At April 25, 2004 Mitel Networks had letters of credit outstanding totaling $3.2 million.

Securitization of trade accounts receivable:

On April 16, 2004 Mitel Networks entered into a Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement whereby certain qualifying non-interest bearing trade receivables in Canada and the United States are transferred to a securitization trust. The Company entered into this agreement primarily as a means of increasing its available credit facilities and providing more timely access to cash. As at April 25, 2004, no receivables had been transferred under the above noted agreement and there were no securitized receivables outstanding at year-end. As a result no revenues, expenses, or cash flows had been generated from the above noted agreement as at April 25, 2004.

 
  - 49 -  


F.     Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

The following table sets forth Mitel Networks’ contractual obligations as at April 25, 2004.

Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations
(in millions of U.S. dollars)
Total Less than
1 Year
1-3
Years
4-5
Years
After 5
Years

Long-term debt obligations (1)   $13.8   $  3.2   $  4.4   $1.5   $  4.7  
Capital lease obligations (1)   1.1   0.8   0.2   0.1    
Operating lease obligations (2)   66.4   12.9   27.0   7.8   18.7  
Purchase obligations (3)   1.0   1.0        
Other long-term liabilities reflected on  
    Mitel Networks’ balance sheet (4)            

Total contractual cash obligations   $82.3   $17.9   $31.6   $9.4   $23.4  

(1)     Represents the principal component of the loans. Interest on these loans ranges from 6.3% to 11.4%, as described in Mitel Networks consolidated financial statements contained herein.

(2)     Operating lease obligations exclude payments to be received by Mitel Networks under sublease arrangements.

(3)     Represents primarily Mitel Networks’ obligation to acquire excess inventory from BreconRidge pursuant to the supply agreement between BreconRidge and Mitel Networks dated August 31, 2001, which is further described in Item 10.C of this annual report.

(4)     Not included in the above are liabilities arising from Mitel Networks’ defined benefit pension plan and potential cash payments the Company may be required to make upon redemption of its redeemable preferred shares or the exercise of contractual put rights by holders of certain common or preferred shares.

MNL maintains a defined benefit pension plan. At April 25, 2004, the pension benefit obligation of $103.4 million exceeded the fair value of the plan assets of $66.1 million, resulting in an unfunded status of $37.3 million (April 27, 2003 – $39.8 million), of which $24.8 million was recorded on Mitel Networks’ Consolidated Balance Sheet in accordance with US GAAP. Mitel Networks’ future contributions to the pension plan are determined by an independent actuarial valuation, in compliance with U.K. pension regulations with respect to contributions to, and funding levels of the pension plan. The estimated contribution to the defined benefit plan for the next one year is $3.5 million (£2 million).

Under the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement described under Item 10.C of this annual report, Zarlink and PTIC have the right (“put rights”) to require Mitel Networks to purchase their common shares and Series B Shares, respectively, if Mitel Networks fails to complete an initial

 
  - 50 -  


public offering (“IPO”) on or prior to September 1, 2006. Furthermore, upon the exercise of put rights by Zarlink or PTIC, EdgeStone, the holder of Series A Shares, also has the right to require Mitel Networks to purchase its Series A Shares. Mitel Networks is exposed to the risk that if these put rights are exercised upon a failure by the Company to complete an IPO by the stated date, it could be required to purchase (a) up to 10 million common shares held by Zarlink for cash consideration of up to $20.9 million (CDN$28.5 million), (b) up to 16 million Series B Shares held by PTIC for cash consideration of up to $11.8 million (CDN$16 million) plus interest accrued at an annual rate of 7% commencing on August 31, 2001 and compounded semi-annually, and (c) up to 20,000,000 Series A Shares held by EdgeStone for cash consideration of CDN$1 per preferred share, plus any dividends declared but not paid, plus the issuance of the number of common shares (other than the Additional Common Shares referred to in Item 10.B of this annual report under Capital Stock) into which such Series A Shares are then convertible. In addition, the Series 2 Warrant would become exercisable upon the exercise of put rights by Zarlink. If such events occur, there can be no assurance that Mitel Networks’ cash flows would be sufficient to satisfy such obligations.

As further described under Item 10.B of this annual report, the Series A Shares and Series B Shares are redeemable at the option of the holders at any date after five years and one day from the original issuance date or upon a partial sale event other than a public offering. The Series A Shares and Series B Shares are also convertible to common shares at any time at the option of the holders, and automatically upon certain events. Should the Series A Shares and Series B Shares not be converted to common shares, Mitel Networks could be required to redeem up to 20,000,000 Series A Shares and up to 67,060,988 Series B Shares for cash consideration of CDN$1 per preferred share, plus any dividends declared but not paid, plus the then current fair market value of the common shares into which the preferred shares are convertible. If such an event occurs, there can be no assurance that Mitel Network’s cash flows would be sufficient to satisfy such obligations.

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A. Directors and Senior Management

The directors, officers and senior managers of Mitel Networks are as follows:

Name

  Position

  Position Held
Since

Dr. Terence H. Matthews Chairman February 2001  
           
Peter D. Charbonneau Director and Vice-Chairman February 2001  
           
Kirk Mandy Director July 2002  
           
Sir David Rowe-Beddoe Director July 2002  
           
Guthrie Stewart Director April 2004  

 
  - 51 -  


Name
  Position
  Position Held
Since

Gilbert S. Palter   Director   April 2004  
           
Donald W. Smith *   Director
Chief Executive Officer
  April 2001  
                                        
Paul A.N. Butcher *   Director, President and Chief
Operating Officer
  February 2001  
                          
Steven Spooner *   Chief Financial Officer   June 2003  
           
James Davies   Chief Technology Officer   June 2003  
           
Raymond Brown   Vice-President, Client Services   December 2003  
           
Carl Carruthers   Vice-President, Operations   May 2002  
           
Simon Gwatkin   Vice-President, Strategic Marketing   September 2003  
           
Graham Bevington   Vice-President and Managing Director, Europe, Middle-East and Africa Region   February 2001  
                         
John Uehling   Vice-President Sales, USA   June 2004  
           
Stephen Grassie   Vice-President, Sales, Canada,
Caribbean & Latin America
  June 2004  
                           
Jerry Sparling   Vice President, Customer Support and Engineering Services   June 2002  
                           
Douglas McCarthy   Treasurer and Director Taxation   November 2003  
           
Ron Wellard   Vice-President, Research and
 Development
  December 2003  
                          
Simon Thompson   Vice-President, Information Technology   January 2004  
           
Roger Fung   Vice-President, Sales, Asia Pacific   December 2002  
           
Kathy Enright   Vice-President, Human Resources   January 2004  

 
  - 52 -  


Name
Position
Position Held
Since

David Pipkins   Head of Product Line Management   December 2003  
           
Steve Davis   Vice-President, Global Marketing   May 2004  
 

* Represents the Executive Officers of the Company.

Directors are either elected annually by the shareholders at the annual meeting of shareholders or, subject to the articles of incorporation of Mitel Networks and applicable law, appointed by the board of directors between annual meetings. Each director holds office until the close of the next annual meeting of Mitel Networks’ shareholders or until he or she ceases to be a director by operation of law, or until his or her removal or resignation becomes effective. (Please see also Item 6.C “Board Practices”, and Item 10.B “Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation” for additional details on board practices and directors).

Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement dated April 23, 2004, EdgeStone is entitled to nominate two directors to the Board. Gilbert S. Palter and Guthrie Stewart are the nominees of EdgeStone. The parties to the Shareholders Agreement agreed, among other matters, to act and vote from time to time so that on any election of directors by the shareholders of the Company, the EdgeStone nominees are elected. See Item 10.C Material Contracts for further discussion of the Shareholders Agreement.

The following summarizes certain biographical data concerning the directors and senior management of Mitel Networks:

Dr. Terence H. Matthews, Chairman

Dr. Terence Matthews has been Chairman of Mitel Networks since February 2001. Dr. Matthews has also been Chairman of March Networks Corporation since June 2000 and CEO of March Networks Corporation from June 2000 to March 2004, and was the Chairman and CEO of Newbridge Networks Corporation (“Newbridge”) from June 1986 until May 2000.

Peter D. Charbonneau, Director and Vice-Chairman

Peter Charbonneau has been a General Partner of Skypoint Capital Corporation since January 2001. From June 2000 until December 2000, Mr. Charbonneau was Executive Vice-President of March Networks Corporation. From January 1987 until May 2000, Mr. Charbonneau held various positions, including CFO, COO, President and Vice-Chairman of Newbridge.

Kirk Mandy, Director

Kirk Mandy has been an independent Management Consultant and Vice Chairman of Zarlink since May 2001. Mr. Mandy also holds Chairman positions with several privately held

 
  - 53 -  


companies. Prior to May 2001, Mr. Mandy held various senior management positions at Zarlink, the last of which was President and Chief Executive Officer from 1998 to 2001.

Sir David Rowe-Beddoe, Director

Sir David Rowe-Beddoe has been Chairman of the Wales Millennium Centre since 2001. Sir David Rowe-Beddoe was Chairman of the Welsh Development Agency from 1993 to 2001, Chairman of the Development Board for Rural Wales from 1994 to 1998, President of Morgan Stanley — GFTA Ltd. from 1983 to 1991 and President of GFTA Trendanalysen BGA Herrdum & Co. from 1981 to 1987.

Guthrie Stewart, Director

Guthrie Stewart has been a Partner of EdgeStone Capital Partners since 2001; from 1992 to 2001 Mr. Stewart was Executive Vice President Teleglobe Inc.

Gilbert S. Palter, Director

Gilbert Palter has been the COO and Managing Partner of EdgeStone Capital Partners since May 1999.

Donald W. Smith, Director and Chief Executive Officer

Donald Smith has been Chief Executive Officer of Mitel Networks since April 2001. From January 2000 until March 2001, Mr. Smith was President, Optical Internet, Nortel Networks Corporation (“Nortel”) and from December 1998 until January 2000, he was the Vice-President and General Manager of Optera Solutions at Nortel. From 1996 until December 1998, Mr. Smith was President and Chief Executive Officer of Cambrian Systems Corporation.

Paul A.N. Butcher, Director, President and Chief Operating Officer

Paul Butcher has been President and Chief Operating Officer of Mitel Networks since February 2001. From 1999 until February 2001, Mr. Butcher was Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Predecessor Business, and from 1997 until 1999, Mr. Butcher was Managing Director of the Predecessor Business, for the Europe, Middle East and Africa region.

Steven Spooner, Chief Financial Officer

Steven Spooner has been Chief Financial Officer of Mitel Networks since June 2003. From 1984 to 2003, Mr. Spooner held progressively senior positions, in both publicly traded and privately held high technology companies. From January 2003 to June 2003, Mr. Spooner was COO of Wysdom Inc. From March 2002 to December 2002, Mr. Spooner was a management consultant for technology companies. From March 2000 to February 2002, Mr. Spooner was President and CEO of Stream Intelligent Networks Corporation. From February 1995 to February 2000, Mr. Spooner held the position of CFO of CrossKeys Systems Corporation, a publicly traded company since 1998. Prior to that, Mr. Spooner was Vice President Finance and Corporate Controller of SHL Systemhouse Inc., a publicly traded company.

 
  - 54 -  


James Davies, Chief Technology Officer

James Davies has been Chief Technology Officer of Mitel Networks since June 2003. From June 2002 to June 2003, Mr. Davies was Vice-President, SME Solutions of Mitel Networks. From September 2001 until June 2002, Mr. Davies was Vice-President, Solutions Management of Mitel Networks. From February 16, 2001, Mr. Davies was Mitel Networks’ Head of Research and Development. Prior to that, Mr. Davies held the same position with the Predecessor Business since 1998. From 1988 until 1998, Mr. Davies held various positions with Nortel.

Raymond Brown, Vice-President, Client Services

Raymond Brown has been Vice-President, Client Services since December 2003. Prior to that time, he was Vice-President, Enterprises Solutions of Mitel Networks from June 2001. From February 16, 2001 until June 2001, Mr. Brown was Mitel Networks’ Head of the Mainstream Business Unit and Vice-President, North American direct sales. Prior to that, Mr. Brown held the same two positions with the Predecessor Business since 1999 and 1998, respectively. From 1988 until 1990, Mr. Brown was Director, Sales and Marketing for the Public Switching Business Unit of the Predecessor Business and Vice-President, Public Switching Business Unit from 1990 until the business unit was discontinued in 2000.

Carl Carruthers, Vice-President, Operations

Carl Carruthers has been Vice-President, Operations since May 2002 and was employed by the Predecessor Business from 1976 until February 2001. From February 16, 2001 until May 2002, Mr. Carruthers was Vice-President, North American Sales of Mitel Networks. Prior to that, Mr. Carruthers held the same position for the Predecessor Business since 2000. From 1990 until 1991 Mr. Carruthers was Vice-President, North American Manufacturing Operations and in 1991 until 2000 the scope of his responsibility was broadened to include worldwide operations of the Predecessor Business.

Simon Gwatkin, Vice-President, Strategic Marketing

Simon Gwatkin has been Vice-President, Strategic Marketing of Mitel Networks since July 2001. From July 2000 until July 2001, Mr. Gwatkin was Head of the IP Business Unit of the Predecessor Business. From 1993 until July 2000, Mr. Gwatkin held various senior management positions with the Predecessor Business, including responsibility for Asia Pacific operations. From 1990 until 1993, Mr. Gwatkin was Managing Director and co-founder of Chough Software Limited.

Graham Bevington, Vice-President and Managing Director, Europe, Middle East andAfrica Region

Graham Bevington has been Mitel Networks’ Vice-President and Managing Director of the Europe, Middle East and Africa region since February 2001. Prior to that, Mr. Bevington held the same position for the Predecessor Business since January 2000. From 1997 until 2000, Mr. Bevington was Managing Director at DeTeWe Limited. From 1986 until 1997, Mr. Bevington was Sales Director at Shipton DeTeWe Limited.

 
  - 55 -  


John Uehling, Vice-President, Sales, USA

John Uehling was appointed Vice-President, Sales, USA in June 2004. From July 2002 to June 2004 he held the position of Director Regional Sales in the USA and prior to that held the position of Regional Sales Manager since February 2001. He held the same position with the Predecessor Business since September 2000 and prior to that the position of Account Executive.

Stephen Grassie, Vice-President, Sales, Canada, Caribbean & Latin America

Stephen Grassie was appointed Vice-President, Sales, Canada, Caribbean & Latin America in June 2004. He was Vice-President, Americas Sales of Mitel Networks from June 2002 to June 2004. From February 2001 until June 2002, Mr. Grassie was leading Mitel Networks’ Canadian Sales Team. Prior to that, Mr. Grassie held the same position for the Predecessor Business since 1999. From 1980 until 1999, Mr. Grassie held various positions with the Predecessor Business, including positions with North American customer service, marketing and operations organizations.

Jerry Sparling, Vice-President, Customer Support and Engineering Services

Jerry Sparling has been Vice-President, Customer Support and Engineering Services since June 2002. From 1999 to 2002, Mr. Sparling led the Predecessor Business’ and Mitel Networks’ Design Quality Team. Prior to that time, Mr. Sparling held various positions within the Predecessor Business’ Research and Development department.

Douglas McCarthy, Treasurer and Director of Taxation

Doug McCarthy joined Mitel Networks in November of 2003 as Treasurer and Director of Taxation. Previously, Doug was employed as Vice President Finance and Treasurer of Alcatel Canada Inc. formerly Newbridge from 1987 to November 2003. He has also served on the Board of Directors of a number of Newbridge subsidiaries.

Ron Wellard, Vice-President Research and Development

Ron Wellard joined Mitel Networks in December 2003 as Vice-President, Research and Development. Previously, Ron held the position of Vice-President Research & Development at Nortel from June 2001 to July 2003, with much of his career focused on the leadership of their voice switching and converged products group. Prior to June 2001, he held various roles within Research & Development and PLM at Nortel notably as Director of Business & Product Development Meridian Norstar.

Simon Thompson, Vice-President Information Technology

Simon Thompson was appointed to the position of Vice-President Information Technology in January 2004. He joined Mitel Networks in June 2002 as Director, Information Technology. From April 2003 until January 2004 he was Head of Global Information Technology. Prior to joining Mitel Networks Mr. Thompson worked for Ernst & Young from 1997 to 2001 where he was responsible for delivery of consulting services in North America to certain major telecommunication and aerospace clients. Prior to 1997 Mr. Thompson worked for Deloitte &

 
  - 56 -  


Touche in both Africa and Europe where he was responsible for client service delivery in the process and discrete manufacturing sectors.

Roger Fung, Vice-President and Managing Director, Asia Pacific

Roger Fung joined Mitel Networks in 2002 as Vice-President and Managing Director, Asia Pacific. From 2001 until 2002 Mr. Fung was employed by March Networks in a similar capacity. Prior to this he was a founding member of Newbridge Networks Asia Ltd. where he served as President Asia Pacific, helping to build the business in Asia Pacific from 1987 to 2000.

Kathy Enright, Vice-President, Global Human Resources

Kathy Enright has been Vice-President, Global Human Resources since January 2004. Ms. Enright was Head of Human Resources of Mitel Networks from February 2001 to January 2004. Prior to that she was Director of Human Resources, N.A. for the Predecessor Business from 1990.

David Pipkins, Head of Product Line Management

David Pipkins was appointed to the position of Head of Product line Management (PLM) in December 2003. Prior to that Mr. Pipkins was Director PLM from November 2002 to December 2003. From April 1996 to February 2001 he was employed by the Predecessor Business in the PLM organization. From June 2001 to July 2002, Mr. Pipkins was Vice President, Network Access, for Zarlink.

Steve Davis, Vice-President Global Marketing

Steve Davis was appointed to the position of Vice-president Global Marketing in May 2004. From September 2003 until April 2004, he was Head of Global Marketing of Mitel Networks. He joined the Predecessor Business in 1993 as European Marketing Director with the Dialler Business Unit. In 1999 he accepted responsibility for Indirect Sales for the UK and added responsibility for Europe in 2000. In 2002, he became Head of Marketing for the UK and Europe. Resident in the UK, Steve is now responsible for marketing on a global basis.

There are no family relationships between any directors or executive officers. There are no arrangements or understandings pursuant to which any director or member of senior management was selected as a director or member of senior management, other than as provided for in the shareholders’ agreement described under Item 10.C of this annual report.

B. Compensation

As at April 25, 2004, senior management of Mitel Networks included: Donald Smith, Paul Butcher, Steven Spooner, Doug McCarthy, James Davies, Raymond Brown, Graham Bevington, Carl Carruthers, Simon Gwatkin, Stephen Grassie, Ron Wellard, Simon Thompson, Roger Fung, Steve Davis, Kathy Enright, David Pipkins, John Uehling and Jerry Sparling. As Chairman, Dr. Matthews has also been actively involved in establishing the strategic direction of Mitel Networks. The aggregate annualized salary paid during the fiscal year ended April 25, 2004 to senior management of Mitel Networks was $3.2 million (CDN$4.3 million).

 
  - 57 -  


Pursuant to Mitel Networks’ employee stock option plan (“ESOP”) (as defined and described in Item 6.E of this annual report), a total of 626,700 options to acquire common shares at exercise prices ranging from $1.47 to $2.02 (CDN$2.00 to CDN$2.75) per share were granted to senior officers of Mitel Networks during the fiscal year ended April 25, 2004. Senior officers holding 606,700 of these options that were granted during the fiscal year participated in a “Six Plus One” Program offered by the Corporation. The “Six Plus One” Program was a program whereby all employee option holders were given the opportunity to tender their existing outstanding stock options in exchange for a new grant of stock options issued six months plus one day after the options were tendered. The new option grant would represent the right to purchase the same number of common shares as the corresponding options that were tendered. The exercise price of the new option grants was set by the Board of Directors to be CDN$1.00 per share which was determined to be the fair market value as of the date of grant. On July 26, 2004, options to purchase 606,700 common shares were granted to the same individuals pursuant to the ESOP. These stock options vest over four years and expire on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant.

Directors who are not also officers of Mitel Networks do not receive cash compensation, however they are reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending directors’ meetings. In addition, as previously approved by the shareholders of Mitel Networks, directors of Mitel Networks are eligible to participate in Mitel Networks’ ESOP. See Item 6.E of this annual report for further details on the ESOP. Options to acquire 118,000 common shares at an exercise price of CDN$2.75 per share were granted to non-employee directors during Fiscal 2004. These stock options vest over four years and expire on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant.

Mitel Networks maintains directors and officers liability insurance in the amount of $15,000,000 for the benefit of directors and officers of the Company. Mitel Network’s annual premium is $177,480 which covers a one year period from December 1, 2003 to December 1, 2004. No portion of the premium is paid by the directors and officers of the Company. The policy contains a deductible ranging from $50,000 to $75,000 depending upon the nature of the claim. The by-laws of the Company generally provide that Mitel Networks shall indemnify a director or officer against liability incurred in such capacity including acting at the Company’s request as director or officer of another corporation, to the extent permitted by the Canada Business Corporations Act (“CBCA). The policy contains a number of exclusions and limitations to the coverage provided, as a result of which the Company may, under certain circumstances, be obligated to indemnify its directors or officers for certain claims which do not fall within the coverage provided under the policy. On June 10, 2004, the board of directors approved a form of Indemnification Agreement and authorized Mitel Networks to enter into Indemnification Agreements with each of the directors and each of Steve Spooner (CFO) and Douglas McCarthy (Treasurer) along with certain other corporate officers designated from time to time by the board of directors.

Employment Contracts:

Mitel Networks has written employment contracts with Donald Smith and Paul Butcher (see Item 10.C for a summary of these employment contracts). In addition, each employee of Mitel Networks (including members of management) executes a letter setting forth the employee’s

 
  - 58 -  


position, salary, bonus, benefits, and customary confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations, as well as termination and non-compete arrangements, if any.

Indebtedness of Directors, Officers and Members of Senior Management:

Except as disclosed below, none of the directors or officers of Mitel Networks, and no associate or affiliate of any of them, is or has been indebted to Mitel Networks at any time since the beginning of Mitel Networks’ last completed fiscal year.

1.  

Graham Bevington, Vice-President and Managing Director, Europe, Middle East and Africa Region. In February 2002, Mr. Bevington was provided with an interest free loan from Mitel Networks. The loan was provided through an employee share purchase plan with MNL, made available to all employees of MNL, to purchase shares in Mitel Networks (the “UK Share Purchase Plan”). The balance owing on the loan as at April 25, 2004 was $9,645 (£5,457).


2.  

Steven Davis Vice-President, Global Marketing. In February 2002, Mr. Davis was provided with an interest free loan from Mitel Networks. The loan was provided to Mr. Davis through the UK Share Purchase Plan to purchase shares in Mitel Networks. The balance owing on the loan as at April 25, 2004 was $13,015 (£7,363).


Pension and Retirement Plans:

Mitel Networks and its subsidiaries maintain defined contribution pension plans that cover substantially all employees. Mitel Networks matches the contributions of participating employees to the defined contribution pension plans on the basis of the percentages specified in each plan. Mitel Networks also maintains a defined contribution Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan to provide supplementary retirement benefits to selected members of Mitel Networks’ executive management team. Amounts contributed by Mitel Networks pursuant to the foregoing are included as part of the aggregate compensation disclosed above. There were no material accrued obligations at April 25, 2004 pursuant to these defined contribution pension plans.

Mitel Networks’ United Kingdom subsidiary, MNL, also maintains a defined benefit pension plan. The defined benefit plan provides pension benefits based on length of service and final average earnings. The defined benefit pension costs accrued by Mitel Networks are actuarially determined using the projected benefits method pro-rated on services and management’s best estimate of the effect of future events. The most recent actuarial valuation of the plan was performed as at August 1, 2003 and has been updated to March 31, 2004. As at April 25, 2004, the actuarial present value of the accrued pension benefits of $ 103.4 million exceeded the fair market value of the net assets available to provide for these benefits of $66.1 million, resulting in an unfunded status of the defined benefit pension plan of $ 37.3 million. The pension liability (including minimum liability) recorded in Mitel Networks’ consolidated balance sheet at April 25, 2004 was $24.8 million.

In June 2001, the defined benefit pension plan was closed to new employees and a defined contribution option was introduced to participants of the defined benefit pension plan. Participants were given the choice to continue in the defined benefit plan or to transfer their

 
  - 59 -  


assets to the defined contribution plan. All participants opted to continue in the defined benefit plan.

C. Board Practices

The articles of incorporation of Mitel Networks provide that the board of directors of Mitel Networks shall consist of a minimum of one and a maximum of eight directors. At a special meeting held on April 20, 2004, the shareholders fixed the number of directors at eight. Under Canadian law, 25% of Mitel Networks’ board of directors must be residents of Canada. Directors can be either elected annually by the shareholders at the annual meeting of shareholders or, subject to the articles of incorporation of Mitel Networks and applicable law, appointed by the board of directors between annual meetings. Each director shall hold office until the close of the next annual meeting of shareholders or until he or she ceases to be a director by operation of law or until his or her resignation becomes effective. No director has any contract or arrangement with Mitel Networks entitling him to benefits upon termination of his directorship. Mitel Networks’ executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, the board of directors.

Board Committees:

There are two committees of the board of directors of Mitel Networks: the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee. These committees meet regularly and operate under specific terms of reference as approved by the board of directors.

The Audit Committee consists of four directors. The committee members are Peter Charbonneau, Kirk Mandy, David Rowe-Beddoe and Guthrie Stewart. This committee reviews, acts and reports to the board of directors on various auditing and accounting matters, including the appointment of Mitel Networks’ independent accountants, the performance of the independent accountants, the sufficiency of Mitel Networks’ internal controls and Mitel Networks’ accounting and financial management practices. This committee is also responsible for developing Mitel Networks’ approach to governance issues and Mitel Networks’ response to corporate governance guidelines of regulatory authorities.

The Compensation Committee consists of three directors. The committee members are Peter Charbonneau, Kirk Mandy and Sir David Rowe-Beddoe. This committee is responsible for administering Mitel Networks’ executive compensation programs and Mitel Networks’ pension plan programs. Responsibilities include developing compensation guidelines and philosophy for executive management and annually reviewing and approving compensation for executive officers of Mitel Networks. With respect to long-term incentives, this committee reviews and recommends periodic grants under the ESOP. This committee also monitors pension plan activities.

Other Committees:

Mitel Networks has established a Disclosure Committee in accordance with the recently enacted Sarbanes-Oxley legislation and with SEC regulations. The Disclosure Committee has been given a mandate to oversee Mitel Networks’ disclosure controls and procedures and to report its

 
  - 60 -  


findings and activities to the CEO and CFO for their periodic evaluation of the effectiveness of such. The Disclosure Committee is a standing committee of selected employees including certain members of senior management appointed by the CEO to ensure compliance with all relevant disclosure obligations. Individual members serve at the pleasure of the CEO. The Disclosure Committee also has two subcommittees: (a) a sub-committee charged with the responsibility of determining the applicability of filing a Form 6-K with the SEC upon the occurrence of certain events; and (b) a sub-committee charged with the responsibility of assisting senior management in the preparation and review of this annual report.

D. Employees

Mitel Networks had 2,363 and 2,015 employees at April 28, 2002 and April 27, 2003, respectively. As at April 25, 2004 Mitel Networks had 1,849 employees of whom 919 were in Canada, 310 were in the U.S. and 620 were in the U.K. and other countries.

Since the beginning of the fiscal year ended April 25, 2004 Mitel Networks implemented a restructuring program which resulted in total workforce reductions of 196 employees globally.

Mitel Networks hires selectively to support current skill shortages. The turnover rate for the past 10 years (including the Predecessor Business) was 7% – 8% on average, well below the market average of 10% – 12%, and rose to a high of approximately 17% in 2000. It is currently at approximately 8%.

Mitel Networks’ compensation programs include opportunities for regular annual salary reviews, bonus plans and stock options. For Fiscal 2005, in step with local markets, modest salary increases are anticipated. Mitel Networks has a long-standing positive working relationship with the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers (the “IBEW”) with respect to approximately 112 U.S. field technicians who perform installation, maintenance and systems changes for Mitel Networks. The current contract with the IBEW expires in the fall of 2004.

E. Share Ownership

Dr. Matthews beneficially owns 68% of Mitel Networks’ common or preferred shares, as disclosed in Item 7.A of this annual report.

Donald Smith, Mitel Networks’ Chief Executive Officer, beneficially owns 1% of Mitel Networks’ common or preferred shares. Mr. Smith currently holds options to purchase 5,000,000 common shares of Mitel Networks. Of this amount, options to purchase 2,000,000 common shares were granted by Mitel Networks in accordance with Mitel Networks’ ESOP. Mr. Smith tendered the 2,000,000 stock options, originally granted in March 2001, in the Six Plus One Program, further described below. These stock options were exchanged for new options on July 26, 2004 with an exercise price of CDN$1.00 per common share. The remaining 3,000,000 options, which have an exercise price of CDN$3.50 per common share, are options to purchase outstanding shares of Mitel Networks owned by Wesley Clover, a company indirectly wholly-owned by Dr. Matthews, which were granted to Mr. Smith by Wesley Clover on March 1, 2002. Upon the exercise of these latter options, the proceeds of the exercise would be paid

 
  - 61 -  


directly to Wesley Clover. The 3,000,000 options granted by Wesley Clover on the outstanding shares of Mitel Networks owned by Wesley Clover were intended to provide an additional incentive to Mr. Smith in connection with his employment by Mitel Networks. Had such options been issued by Mitel Networks, the aggregate option grant to Mr. Smith would have been an excessive drain on the limited pool of shares set aside by Mitel Networks under its ESOP. The options granted to Mr. Smith on the common shares currently held by Wesley Clover vest in 25% increments on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of Mr. Smith’s employment start date, April 2, 2001, and expire on the fifth anniversary of the employment start date. As of July 27, 2004, 2,250,000 options at an exercise price of CDN$3.50 per common share have vested. Mr. Smith has not exercised any stock options to date.

Employee Stock Option Plan:

The shareholders of Mitel Networks approved the Mitel Networks Corporation Employee Stock Option Plan, dated March 6, 2001, amended as of May 8, 2001, and further amended as of August 3, 2001, June 18, 2002, September 6, 2002, June 13, 2003 and July 15, 2004 (the “ESOP”). All (i) non-employee directors of Mitel Networks (“Director Participants”), and (ii) fulltime employees or officers of Mitel Networks, any subsidiary and any affiliate, directors (other than Director Participants) of any subsidiary and any affiliate and consultants or any consultant company on a worldwide basis (“Participants”), are eligible to participate in the ESOP. There are no other service requirements or prerequisites to participation in the ESOP. The ESOP defines a “subsidiary” as any corporation in which Mitel Networks, directly or through one or more corporations which are themselves subsidiaries of Mitel Networks, owns 50% or more of the shares eligible to vote at meetings of the Company’s shareholders. For the purposes of the ESOP, a company is an “affiliate” of another company if one of them is a subsidiary of the other or if both are subsidiaries of the same company, or if each of them is controlled by the same person or company. Accordingly, provided that Dr. Matthews continues to control Mitel Networks, employees, officers and directors of other companies controlled by Dr. Matthews will be eligible to participate in the Mitel Networks ESOP.

On December 23, 2003, Mitel Networks offered all eligible employees the opportunity to exchange all of their outstanding, unexercised options to purchase common shares of the Company, in exchange for grants of new options (the “Six Plus One Program”). All of the 10,373,302 options tendered under the Six Plus One Program were cancelled on January 23, 2004. Mitel Networks granted an equal number of new options to the participating employees on July 26, 2004 less 96,350 options to employees who terminated within the six month period. The new options vest in four equal installments commencing one year from the date of grant.

Mitel Networks has reserved 25 million common shares for issuance under the ESOP. As of July 27, 2004, there were outstanding options to purchase 15,224,789 common shares. Therefore, under the terms of the ESOP, Mitel Networks is permitted to grant options to purchase additional 9,775,211 common shares. The following table sets forth aggregate options to purchase common shares held by senior management and directors at July 27, 2004:

 
  - 62 -  


Exercise Price Total Options Outstanding Total Exercisable Options

   CDN$ 3.50   4,000   3,000  
   CDN$ 2.75   282,000   99,000  
   CDN$ 2.00   30,000    
   CDN$ 1.00   5,790,000    

    6,106,000   102,000  

Mitel Networks’ board of directors may terminate the ESOP (or any options thereunder) at any time. Options may only be granted pursuant to the ESOP within the ten-year period from March 6, 2001 to March 5, 2011. The termination of the ESOP has no effect on outstanding options, which continue in effect in accordance with their terms and conditions and the terms and conditions of the ESOP, provided that no option granted under the ESOP may be exercised after the tenth anniversary of the date upon which the option was granted or such other date specified by Mitel Networks’ Compensation Committee at the time it grants the option (which date shall not be prior to the date the Compensation Committee acts to grant the option).

Director Participants are granted options by Mitel Networks’ board of directors upon the occurrence of certain specified events. The number of options granted is calculated at the time of the grant using a Black-Scholes valuation formula.

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A. Major Shareholders

Mitel Networks is controlled by Dr. Matthews who owns 68% of the outstanding shares, directly (40,897,750 Series B Shares or approximately 21%), indirectly through Wesley Clover (90,000,000 common shares or approximately 45%) and indirectly through Mitel Knowledge (4,555,169 common shares or approximately 2%). The following table sets forth certain information as of July 27, 2004 concerning the beneficial ownership of shares of Mitel Networks as to each person known to the management of Mitel Networks to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Mitel Networks:

 
  - 63 -  


Class of Shares   Identity of Person or
Group
  Beneficial
Amount
Owned (1)
  Percentage of
Class
  Percentage of
Voting
Power
 

   Series B Shares   Dr. Matthews   40,920,250   61%   21%  

    Common Shares   Wesley Clover   90,000,000   81%   45%  

        Total shares owned by   135,477,419   N/A   68%  
        Dr. Matthews   (2), (3)          

   Series A Shares   EdgeStone Capital   30,000,000   100%   14%  
       Equity Fund II Nominee, Inc.              

   Series B Shares   PTIC   16,000,000   24%   8%  

    Common Shares   Her Majesty the Queen in   12,986,968   12%   6%  
        Right of Canada              

    Common Shares   Zarlink Semiconductor   10,000,000   9%   5%  
         Corporation              

(1)

Beneficial Amount Owned includes warrants, options or other convertible securities held by the person or group, that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days into shares of the Company.


(2)

Excludes the impact of vested options granted by Wesley Clover to Donald Smith, Paul Butcher and Peter Charbonneau to acquire up to 3,425,000 common shares in the aggregate from the holdings of Wesley Clover.


(3)

Includes the 90,000,000 common shares owned by Wesley Clover and the 4,555,169 common shares owned by Mitel Knowledge.


(4)

The parties to the Shareholders Agreement agreed, among other matters, to act and vote from time to time so that on any election of directors by the shareholders of the Company, the EdgeStone nominees are elected. See Item 10.C of this annual report for discussion of the Shareholders Agreement.


At July 27, 2004, Dr. Terence H. Matthews also held 125,934 options to purchase common shares of Mitel Networks at exercise prices ranging from CDN$1.00 to CDN$2.75 per share, of which 22,500 had vested. Of the 125,934 options, 30,000 expire in July 2007, a further 30,000 options expire in July 2008 and the remaining 65,934 expire in July 2009.

Mitel Networks’ major shareholders do not have different voting rights than other shareholders. Mitel Networks is not aware of any arrangements, the operation of which would result in a change in control of Mitel Networks.

United States Shareholders

On July 27, 2004, Mitel Networks had 461 registered shareholders with addresses in the United States holding approximately 1,846,256 common shares and 12 holding 992,114 Series B Shares or combined on an as if converted to common shares basis approximately 1% of the total

 
  - 64 -  


number of issued and outstanding shares. United States residents also hold options to purchase 1,276,150 common shares. Residents of the United States may beneficially own common shares registered in the names of non-residents of the United States.

B. Related Party Transactions

Set forth below is a description of several transactions between Mitel Networks and persons or entities that are deemed to be related parties to Mitel Networks. With the exception of the persons and entities referred to below under “Other Transactions,” all of such related parties are entities directly or indirectly controlled by Dr. Matthews.

New Heights Software Corporation (“NewHeights”) (a corporation controlled by Owen Matthews, who is related to Dr. Matthews) may be deemed a related party because Dr. Matthews indirectly owns a 11.3% (approximate) beneficial interest in that company.

Encore Networks, Inc. (“Encore”) may be deemed to be a related party because Dr. Matthews directly or indirectly owns a 73.5% (approximate) beneficial interest in that company.

MKC Corporation (“MKC”) may be deemed to be a related party because Dr. Matthews directly or indirectly owns a 82.2% (approximate) beneficial interest in that company.

Natural Convergence Inc. (“NCI”) may be deemed to be a related party because Dr. Matthews directly or indirectly owns a 10.4% (approximate) beneficial interest in that company.

There are a significant number of related party transactions principally as a result of the structure that was adopted in order to effectuate Dr. Matthews’ acquisition of the communications systems division of Zarlink. That transaction was negotiated at arms’ length between Dr. Matthews and Zarlink. The parties agreed upon the aggregate consideration to be paid for the communications systems division, which consisted of cash and Zarlink’s retained interest in Mitel Networks, which was then 10%. The decision to effectuate the purchase partially through the acquisition of Zarlink’s Canadian real property by MRPC and substantially all of the intellectual property assets of the Predecessor Business by Mitel Knowledge was made, and the resulting agreements between Mitel Networks and such other entities were entered into, in order to structure the transaction in the most tax-efficient manner and to maximize the economic benefits of such transaction to the purchaser.

Outsourcing of Manufacturing and Repair Operations:

On August 31, 2001, in an effort to rationalize its operations and focus on core competencies, Mitel Networks sold its manufacturing and repair operations, comprising plant, equipment, workforce and certain liabilities to BreconRidge, a company in which Dr. Matthews holds a 33% beneficial interest, for total net consideration of $5.0 million in the form of long-term promissory notes receivable of $5.4 million and promissory notes payable of $0.4 million. The total net consideration approximated the fair value of the disposed manufacturing tangible net assets. The long-term promissory notes receivable were secured by a first charge on the manufacturing assets transferred and bore interest at LIBOR rate plus 1.5 percent. The promissory notes payable were unsecured, bore interest at LIBOR rate plus 1.5 percent and were partially set off against the promissory notes receivable on August 31, 2002 pursuant to an agreement with

 
  - 65 -  


BreconRidge. The transaction resulted in a loss on disposal of $1.5 million that was recorded in operating expenses in Fiscal 2002. The promissory notes receivable, net of the promissory notes payable, were paid in full on February 27, 2003. During Fiscal 2004 BreconRidge vacated premises that had been subleased from Mitel Networks pursuant to the disposal of the manufacturing operations. It became evident therefore that sublease income over the lease renewal period, which was originally included in the estimated loss on disposal, will no longer be realized. As a result an amount of $0.6 was recorded in the Fiscal 2004 Consolidated Statement of Operations as an additional loss arising on the disposal activity.

In connection with the disposal of the manufacturing operations, Mitel Networks entered into a supply agreement dated August 31, 2001 whereby BreconRidge agreed to provide certain products and services under terms and conditions reflecting prevailing market conditions at the time the agreement was entered into. Pursuant to an amendment dated February 27, 2003, the initial term of the agreement was extended to December 31, 2007, and will be automatically renewed thereafter for additional consecutive one-year periods. Under the terms of the supply agreement, BreconRidge is required to purchase Mitel Networks’ raw material inventory, before turning to third party suppliers for raw material procurement. During Fiscal 2004, Mitel Networks purchased $84.9 million (2003 – $115.7 million; 2002 – $81.3 million) of products and services and sold $2.7 million (2003 – $6.4 million; 2002 – $22.1 million) of raw material inventory under this agreement. As at April 25, 2004, balances payable pursuant to this agreement amounted to $15.4 million and balances receivable pursuant to this agreement amounted to $1.7 million (April 27, 2003 – $8.5 million and $1.4 million, respectively).

Pursuant to the terms of the supply agreement, Mitel Networks is required to purchase from BreconRidge certain tools used in the manufacturing process. These manufacturing tools are capitalized by Mitel Networks as part of fixed assets and are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. During Fiscal 2004, manufacturing tools purchased from BreconRidge amounted to $0.1 million (2003 – $1.2 million; 2002 – $0.1 million).

On August 31, 2001, Mitel Networks also entered into service agreements with BreconRidge to provide facilities management services for the period covering the term of the premise lease agreements (described below), as well as human resource and information systems support services. Amounts charged to BreconRidge were equal to, and recorded as a reduction of, the costs incurred to provide the related services in the consolidated statement of operations. During Fiscal 2004, Mitel Networks provided services valued at $3.3 million (2003 – $4.7 million; 2002 – $5.9 million) under these agreements. As at April 25, 2004, there was no receivable balance outstanding pursuant to these agreements.

Currently, four of the eight members of the Board of Directors of Mitel Networks, namely, Dr. Matthews, Peter Charbonneau, Gilbert Palter and Guthrie Stewart, are also members of the board of directors of BreconRidge.

Leased Properties:

In March 2001, Mitel Networks entered into a lease agreement for its Ottawa-based headquarters facilities of 512,391 square feet with MRPC under terms and conditions reflecting prevailing

 
  - 66 -  


market conditions at the time the lease was entered into. The lease agreement is for 10 years expiring in March 2011.

On August 31, 2001 and in connection with the outsourcing of its manufacturing and repair operations, Mitel Networks entered into sublease agreements with BreconRidge whereby BreconRidge leases certain office and manufacturing facilities in Ottawa and in the United Kingdom totaling 256,967 square feet under terms and conditions reflecting prevailing market conditions at the time the leases were entered into. The Ottawa sublease agreement is for a term of five years expiring in August 31, 2006 and the United Kingdom lease agreement is for a term of fifteen years expiring in August 2016 with cancellation options on the fifth and tenth years available to MNL and BreconRidge. During Fiscal 2004, Mitel Networks incurred $6.6 million (2003 – $6.0 million; 2002 – $6.1 million) of rent expense in connection with the leased Ottawa headquarters facilities and has earned rental income of $4.2 million (2003 – $3.7 million; 2002 – $2.6 million) in connection with the BreconRidge sublease agreement.

Strategic Alliance Agreement with March Networks:

In September 2001, Mitel Networks entered into a strategic alliance agreement with March Networks, a company controlled by Dr. Matthews, to broaden its product portfolio and its distribution channel. Under the terms of the agreement, the parties have agreed to cooperate in the performance of joint development activities and each party bears its own costs arising in connection with the performance of its obligations. Both parties share common costs incurred in the performance of joint activities. During Fiscal 2004, Mitel Networks purchased $1.0 million (2003 – $2.4 million; 2002 – $1.5 million) in products and services from March Networks and had an insignificant balance payable (April 27, 2003 – $0.1 million) recorded in the due to related parties pursuant to this agreement at April 25, 2004.

Financing of Operations:

Since February 16, 2001, Mitel Networks has borrowed, from time to time, funds from companies controlled by Dr. Matthews to finance its operations and working capital requirements.

During Fiscal 2003 and Fiscal 2002 Mitel Networks borrowed an aggregate of $28.9 million from Wesley Clover, a company controlled by Dr. Matthews. These unsecured demand promissory notes were subordinated to bank debt. In connection with certain of the notes Mitel Networks entered into an agreement with Wesley Clover and EdgeStone. Pursuant to the agreement, EdgeStone had the option to (i) exchange all or a portion of its equity interest in the other company for a corresponding portion of Mitel Networks’ demand loans payable to Wesley Clover, and (ii) convert the amount of the demand loans payable into securities of Mitel Networks offered in the first offering subsequent to February 27, 2003, other than an offering to employees or existing shareholders, at a conversion price per share no greater than CDN$1.50, which was the fair value of Mitel Networks’ common shares on the date of the agreement (the “Exchange Option Agreement”). Unless terminated upon the consent of the parties, the agreement would terminate upon the earlier of (i) the completion of the exchange, and (ii) the closing of the offering. During Fiscal 2004 the entire balance of the promissory notes outstanding of $31.0 million were converted into 20,448,875 common shares of the Company

 
  - 67 -  


shares at the then fair value of the common shares of CDN$2.00 per common share. In April 2004: (a) the Exchange Option Agreement was terminated pursuant to an Exchange Option Termination Agreement entered into by the parties; and (b) pursuant to an Exchange and Release Agreement between Mitel Networks and Wesley Clover, all of the 20,448,875 common shares were exchanged for 40,897,750 Series B Shares at the then fair value of CDN$1.00 per preferred share.

Other Transactions:

Mitel Networks has entered into technology licensing and distribution agreements with companies related to Dr. Matthews under terms reflecting prevailing market conditions, including, New Heights, Encore, NCI, and MKC. These companies develop technology that Mitel Networks integrates with, distributes and/or sells alone or as part of, its own products.

In the normal course of business, Mitel Networks enters into purchase and sale transactions with companies related to Dr. Matthews under terms reflecting prevailing market conditions.

In August 2002, certain of Mitel Networks’ directors and members of senior management purchased convertible debentures in an aggregate amount of $0.3 million. During Fiscal 2004 all of the debentures were converted into common shares of the corporation at the then fair value of the common shares of CDN$2.00 per common share, and then later exchanged for Series B Shares at the then fair value of CDN$1.00 per preferred share.

During Fiscal 2004 Mitel Networks issued 20,000,000 Series A Shares to EdgeStone, as further described in Section 4.A of this annual report. See also Item 10.C of this annual report for a description of the Shareholders Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement arising as a result of the financing transaction with EdgeStone.

By way of private letter agreements between Mr. Paul Butcher, Chief Operating Officer of Mitel Networks, Mr. Donald Smith, CEO of Mitel Networks, and Dr. Matthews dated March 1, 2002, Dr. Matthews granted to Mr. Butcher and Mr. Smith options to purchase common shares of Mitel Networks owned by Wesley Clover. Proceeds of the exercise of any such options will be payable by Mr. Smith and Mr. Butcher to Wesley Clover . Such options vest in 25% increments on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of Mr. Smith’s start date (April 2, 2001) and Mr. Butcher’s start date (February 16, 2001). A similar, oral agreement was entered into between Mr. Peter Charbonneau and Dr. Matthews on February 16, 2001. As of July 27, 2004, none of these options had been exercised.

Sir David Rowe-Beddoe, a director of the Company, provides advisory services to the Company for which he receives compensation. During Fiscal 2004, Mitel Networks paid $102,664 to Sir David Rowe-Beddoe as compensation for advisory services provided during the year.

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

 
  - 68 -  


Item 8. Financial Information

A.     Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Mitel Networks’ Financial Statements, which are set forth in the accompanying index to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report, are filed as a part of this annual report pursuant to Item 18.

Legal Proceedings

In October 2003 Mitel Networks was served with a summons and complaint in a class action lawsuit brought forward by former employees of the Company. The complaint alleges liabilities for pay in lieu of termination notice and temporary reduction in hours and pension contributions. A tentative date for mediation has been scheduled during the second quarter of Fiscal 2005. Mitel Networks is at the early stages of evaluating this claim, and estimates that its range of loss relative to this matter may be $0 to $1.5. The Company intends to vigorously defend this matter.

Mitel Networks is also party to a small number of legal proceedings, claims or potential claims arising in the normal course of its business. In the opinion of Mitel Networks, any monetary liability or financial impact of such claims or potential claims to which the Company might be subject after final adjudication would not be material to the consolidated financial position of Mitel Networks or the consolidated results of operations.

Dividend Policy

Mitel Networks has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its common shares, Series A Shares or Series B Shares. The Company is also subject to certain restrictions in respect of the declaration and payment of dividends, which restrictions are contained in the Company’s articles of incorporation and its banking facilities. Mitel Networks currently intends to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of its business. Mitel Networks does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on its common shares, Series A Shares or Series B Shares in the foreseeable future.

B.     Significant Changes

No significant change has occurred since the date of the audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 18.

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

A.     Offer and Listing Details

The common shares, Series A Shares and Series B Shares of Mitel Networks are not listed for trading on any stock exchange or any other regulated market.

Since its formation on January 12, 2001:

 
  - 69 -  


  Mitel Networks had two investment rounds whereby common shares were offered and sold at a price of CDN$4.00 per share.

  Mitel Networks issued 13,207 common shares upon the exercise of options having an exercise price ranging from CDN$3.50 to CDN$4.00 per share.

  Mitel Networks issued 4,555,169 common shares to Mitel Knowledge on November 1, 2002 at a price of CDN$2.75 per share in consideration for the purchase of intellectual property.

  Mitel Networks issued 20,000,000 Series A Shares on April 23, 2004 at an issue price of CDN$1.00 per preferred share.

See Item 10.B of this annual report for a description of the common shares, Series A Shares and Series B Shares.

B.     Plan of distribution.

Not applicable.

C.     Markets.

The common shares, Series A Shares and Series B Shares of Mitel Networks are not listed for trading on any United States, Canadian or other stock exchange, there are currently no plans to list these shares on any stock exchange, and there is no guarantee that any such listing will be completed in the future. There is no market through which Mitel Networks’ common shares, Series A Shares and Series B Shares may be sold or resold. The shares have not been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws, the securities laws of Canada or any province thereof, or the securities laws of any other country or governmental subdivision thereof. Therefore, there are significant restrictions on the resale of Mitel Networks’ shares.

The shares may not be resold unless registered under applicable securities laws or an exemption from registration is available under applicable securities laws. The terms of Mitel Networks’ articles of incorporation also prohibit any transfer of shares without the consent of Mitel Networks’ board of directors.

D.     Selling shareholders.

Not applicable.

E.     Dilution.

Not applicable.

F.     Expenses of the issue.

Not applicable.

 
  - 70 -  


Item 10. Additional Information

A.     Share Capital.

Not applicable.

B.     Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation

Mitel Networks is incorporated under the CBCA under company number 385460-4. The date of incorporation is January 12, 2001.

In June 2004, the board of directors of Mitel Networks approved the repeal of the Company’s former general operating by-laws and adopted By-law No. 1A, a new by-law relating generally to the transactions of the business and affairs of the Company.

On July 15, 2004, at a meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders of Mitel Networks ratified the repeal of the previous general operating by-laws and the adoption of By-law No. 1A.

Mitel Networks’ certificate and articles of incorporation do not contain any limitations on Mitel Networks’ objects or purposes. The following is a summary of certain provisions of Mitel Networks’ certificate and articles of incorporation:

Meetings of Shareholders

Subject to the CBCA, the annual meeting of shareholders of Mitel Networks is to held on such day and at such time in each year as the board, or the chairperson of the board, or the vice-chairperson of the board, or the president in the absence of the chairperson or vice-chairperson of the board, may from time to time determine, for the purpose of considering the financial statements and reports required by the CBCA to be placed before the annual meeting, electing directors, appointing auditors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Pursuant to subsections 133(b) and 155(1) of the CBCA, Mitel Networks must hold the annual meeting of its shareholders at least once every calendar year and not later than fifteen months after the preceding ordinary general meeting. Mitel Networks must place before the shareholders at every annual meeting comparative financial statements for the immediately preceding financial year along with the report of the auditor.

In accordance with subsection 143 of the CBCA the holders of not less than five percent of the issued and outstanding shares of Mitel Networks that carry the rights to vote may requisition the directors (by sending the requisition to each director and to the registered office) of Mitel Networks to call a meeting of shareholders for the purposes stated in the requisition. Upon the requisition of shareholders, the directors shall proceed to convene the meeting or meetings to be held in the manner set forth in the by-laws of Mitel Networks or the CBCA, as applicable. The requisition shall state the business to be transacted at the meeting.

Subject to the CBCA, notice of the time and place of each meeting of shareholders shall be sent not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days before the meeting to each shareholder entitled to

 
  - 71 -  


vote at the meeting, to each director and to the auditor of Mitel Networks. If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned for less than 30 days it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the earliest meeting that is adjourned.

A quorum of shareholders is present at a meeting of shareholders of Mitel Networks if the holders of 20% of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy, provided that a quorum shall not be less than two persons.

Section 137 of the CBCA proscribes the method under which proposals may be made by shareholders entitled to vote. The shareholder must submit to the Company a notice of any matter that the person proposes to raise at the meeting. The Company shall set out the proposal in the management proxy circular and the proposing shareholder may request to include a supporting statement. If the Company does not include the proposal in the management proxy circular, it must send a notice of refusal to the proposing shareholder including the reasons why the proposal will not be included. Either the shareholder and/or the Company may apply to the courts claiming aggrievance.

Directors

At least twenty-five per cent of the directors of Mitel Networks must be resident Canadians. However, if the Company has less than four directors, at least one director must be a resident Canadian. Subject to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, the board shall manage or supervise the management of the business and affairs of Mitel Networks. Section 122 of the CBCA states that every director and officer of the Company shall act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and to exercise care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. Subject to its by-laws and articles, the directors of Mitel Networks may fix the remuneration of the directors of Mitel Networks.

No director or officer shall be liable for: (a) the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director, officer, employee or agent of Mitel Networks or any other person; (b) any loss, damage or expense happening to Mitel Networks through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by, for, or on behalf of Mitel Networks, or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of Mitel Networks shall be loaned out or invested; (c) any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person, firm or Company, including any person, firm or Company with whom any moneys, securities or other assets belonging to Mitel Networks shall be lodged or deposited; (d) any loss, conversion, misapplication or misappropriation of or any damage resulting from any dealings with any moneys, securities or other assets belonging to Mitel Networks; (e) any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which may happen in the execution of the duties of the director’s or officer’s respective office or in relation thereto, relieve a director or officer from the duty to act in accordance with the CBCA or relieve such director or officer from liability for a breach of the CBCA.

Mitel Networks shall indemnify a director or officer of the Company, a former director or officer of the Company or another individual who acts or acted at the Company’s request as a director or officer, or an individual acting in a similar capacity, of another entity against all costs, charges

 
  - 72 -  


and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by such individual in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative, investigative or other proceeding (a “proceeding”) in which the individual is involved because of that association with the Company or other entity. The Company may not indemnify an individual in connection with the previous sentence unless the individual: (a) acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company or other entity for which the individual acted as a director or officer or in a similar capacity at the Company’s request, as the case may be; and (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

A director or officer of Mitel Networks who is a party to a material transaction or material contract, or proposed material transaction or material contract with the Company, is a director or an officer of, or acts in a capacity similar to a director or officer of, or has a material interest in any person who is a party to a material transaction or material contract or proposed material transaction or material contract with the Company shall disclose the nature and extent of his/her interest at the time and in the manner provided in the CBCA. Except as provided in the CBCA, no such director of the Company shall vote on any resolution to approve any transaction. If a material transaction or material contract is made between the Company and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Company and another person of which a director or officer of the Company is a director or officer or in which he has a material interest, the transaction is neither void nor voidable by reason only of that relationship, or by reason only that a director with an interest in the transaction or contract is present at or is counted to determine the presence of a quorum at a meeting of directors or committee of directors that authorized the transaction, if the director or officer disclosed his interest in accordance with the provisions of the CBCA and the transaction or contract was approved by the directors or the shareholders and it was reasonable and fair to the Company at the time it was approved.

Capital Stock

Pursuant to its articles of incorporation, as amended, Mitel Networks’ authorized capital consists of an unlimited number of common shares without par value, and, as described below, an unlimited number of Class A Convertible Preferred Shares, issuable in series, and an unlimited number of Class B Convertible Preferred Shares, issuable in series. Each common share ranks equally as to dividends, voting rights and as to the distribution of assets on winding-up for liquidation. Holders of common shares are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be acted upon by the shareholders.

The articles also provide that no shares of Mitel Networks may be transferred without the consent of the directors of Mitel Networks evidenced by a resolution passed by them and recorded in the books of Mitel Networks. However, Mitel Networks may be prohibited from having this restriction if, under the CBCA regulations, it is deemed to be a “distributing corporation”. A “distributing corporation” includes a corporation that has filed a prospectus or registration statement under provincial legislation or under the laws of a jurisdiction outside Canada. Mitel Networks has filed a registration statement with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 . If such registration statement is also considered to be a “registration statement” for purposes of the

 
  - 73 -  


CBCA regulations, Mitel Networks would be deemed to be a distributing corporation for purposes of the CBCA. Given that Mitel Networks’ securities are not listed on any stock exchange and no market exists for such securities, Mitel Networks proposes to make an application under the CBCA for a determination that it is not a distributing corporation for purposes of the CBCA. In the absence of such determination, Mitel Networks expects it would file articles of amendment to delete the share transfer restriction from its articles, in accordance with previously obtained shareholder approval.

By-law No. 1A provides that, subject to the CBCA and the Company’s articles, shares may be issued at such times and to such persons and for such consideration as the directors may determine.

On April 22, 2004 Mitel Networks filed Articles of Amendment amending its authorized capital to create two classes of preferred shares, the Class A Convertible Preferred Shares and the Class B Convertible Preferred Shares, each issuable in series. On April 23, 2004 Mitel Networks filed Articles of Amendment to designate the first series of Class A Convertible Preferred Shares as the Class A Convertible Preferred Shares, Series 1 (or “Series A Shares”, as they are referred to in this annual report) and to designate the first series of Class B Convertible Preferred Shares as the Class B Convertible Preferred Shares, Series 1 (or “Series B Shares”, as they are referred to in this annual report).

The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Class A Convertible Preferred Shares and the Class B Convertible Preferred Shares are set out in the Articles of Amendment dated April 22, 2004 and attached as Exhibit 1.2 to this annual report.

The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the Series A Shares and the Series B Shares are set out in the Articles of Amendment dated April 23, 2004 and attached as Exhibit 1.3 to this annual report.

The following summarizes the key rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the Series A Shares and Series B Shares:

Series A Shares:

(a)     Liquidation Preference — Upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, or a “change of control” of the Company (as defined in the Series A Share provisions), holders of Series A Shares will be entitled to receive from the Company, in preference to any distribution to holders of Series B Shares (or any other series of Class B Convertible Preferred Shares) or common shares, an amount, in respect of each Series A Share, equal to the original issue price of CDN$1.00 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such share (the “Series A Liquidation Preference”), subject to customary adjustments. After payment (whether in cash or other consideration) of the Series A Liquidation Preference, and payment (whether in cash or other consideration) of the Series B Liquidation Preference as described below, the holders of the Series A Shares are entitled to receive the amount (the “Series A Participation Amount”) resulting from the remaining assets of the Company available

 
  - 74 -  


for distribution being distributed to the shareholders of the Company rateably on an as-if-converted to common shares basis.

Notwithstanding the above, if the liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or change of control occurs within the first two years from the date the Series A Shares were originally issued:

  if Series A Participation Amount per share would be equal to or greater than the sum of two times the original issue price of the Series A Shares plus declared but unpaid dividends, the holders of Series A Shares will not be entitled to receive the Series A Liquidation Amount and will only receive the Series A Participation Amount; and

  if Series A Participation Amount per share is less than the sum of two times the original issue price of the Series A Shares plus declared but unpaid dividends, then the maximum amount per Series A Share that the holders are entitled to receive shall be the sum of two times the original issue price of the Series A Shares plus declared but unpaid dividends.

(b)     Voting — The Series A Shares have voting rights on an as-if-converted to common shares basis, and shall vote together with the holders of common shares and Series B Shares.

(c)     Conversion — The Series A Shares are convertible, at the option of the holder, and automatically in certain circumstances, into common shares of the Company, on the basis of one common share for each Series A Share so converted, subject to customary adjustments for events such as stock splits and the anti-dilution protection described below. Events that will trigger the automatic conversion of Series A Shares into common shares include: (i) the completion of an initial public offering meeting certain pre-conditions; and (ii) the vote of the holders of a certain percentage of the outstanding Series A Shares to require conversion.

In addition, if the conversion occurs after two years from the original issuance date of the Series A Shares, holders of Series A Shares will also receive, in respect of each Series A Share, an additional number of common shares (the “Additional Common Shares”) equal to the original issue price (as adjusted) of the Series A Shares, divided by the fair market value of a Common Share at the time of such conversion. Further, in the event of a conversion in connection with an initial public offering that does not meet certain pre-conditions within the first two years from the original issuance date, holders of Series A Shares shall also be entitled to receive certain additional common shares, determined, with respect to each Series A Share so converted by a fraction, where the numerator is the difference between two times the issue price less the greater of (i) the issue price and (ii) the IPO offering price; and the denominator is the IPO offering price.

(d)     Anti-Dilution Protection — The Series A Shares have “full ratchet” anti-dilution protection, such that if the Company issues common shares (or securities exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for common shares) at a price per common share which is less than the issue price (as adjusted) of the Series A Shares, then the number of common shares into which the Series A Shares will then be convertible will thereafter be calculated on the basis of the lowest price at which the common shares (or securities exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for common shares) were issued.

 
  - 75 -  


 
(e)     Redemption — The Series A Shares have redemption rights, which entitle the holders of a certain percentage of the outstanding Series A Shares, at any time following five years and one day from the last date that shares are issued in connection with the Financing, to require the Company to redeem the Series A Shares. Subject to the availability of sufficient funds for redemption, upon any such redemption, holders of Series A Shares will be entitled to receive from the Company an amount equal to the sum of (i) the number of Series A Shares outstanding multiplied by the sum of the issue price and the per share amount of any declared but unpaid dividends; and (ii) the then fair market value of the common shares into which such Series A Shares are then convertible.

Series B Shares:

The Series B Shares are substantially the same as the Series A Shares, except that the Series B Shares rank junior to the Series A Shares (but senior to the common shares) with respect to entitlements on a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or a change of control of the Company and, where there are insufficient assets available to fully redeem the Series A Shares and Series B Shares, with respect to priorities to certain redemption payments.

C.     Material Contracts

The following summary of Mitel Networks’ material agreements, which agreements are filed as exhibits to this annual report, does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of those agreements.

a) Subscription Agreement between Mitel Networks and EdgeStone

On April 23, 2004, Mitel Networks entered into a Subscription Agreement with EdgeStone, setting out the terms and conditions pursuant to which EdgeStone subscribed for Series A Shares, a Series 1 Warrant and the Series 2 Warrant. See Item 4.A to this annual report for further details in respect of the Subscription Agreement.

b) Shareholders Agreement between Mitel Networks, Mitel Systems Corporation (now Wesley Clover), Zarlink , PTIC, Dr. Matthews, Mitel Knowledge, WCC (now Wesley Clover) and EdgeStone:

Mitel Networks, Wesley Clover, Zarlink and PTIC were parties to an amended and restated shareholder agreement dated August 31, 2001. Each of the parties subsequently entered into a Waiver and Termination Agreement dated April 23, 2004 thereby terminating such amended and restated shareholders agreement. On April 23, 2004, in connection with the Financing, Mitel Networks, Wesley Clover, Zarlink, PTIC, Dr. Matthews, Mitel Knowledge and EdgeStone entered into a new shareholders agreement (the “Shareholders Agreement”). The Shareholders Agreement contains provisions relating to the entitlement of EdgeStone to appoint two directors to the board of directors of the Company, and various other provisions respecting the management of Mitel Networks and dealings with the securities of Mitel Networks held by the shareholders which are parties to the Shareholders Agreement. Certain parties to the

 
  - 76 -  


Shareholders Agreement, namely, Wesley Clover and Mitel Knowledge, are corporations controlled directly or indirectly by Dr. Matthews.

The Shareholders Agreement also contains put rights in favour of certain of the shareholders, as follows:

  If Mitel Networks has not completed an initial public offering by September 1, 2006, Zarlink shall have the right, exercisable for 90 days after September 1, 2006, to require Mitel Networks to repurchase all or any portion of the 10,000,000 common shares held by Zarlink (subject to appropriate adjustment for events such as stock splits) at a purchase price of CDN$2.85 per share.

  If Mitel Networks has not completed an initial public offering by September 1, 2006, PTIC shall have the right, exercisable for 90 days after September 1, 2006, to require Mitel Networks to repurchase all or any portion of the 16,000,000 Series B Shares (subject to appropriate adjustment for events such as stock splits) held by it on the date of the Shareholders Agreement (or the common shares issued on the conversion thereof). The purchase price shall be with respect to each Series B Shares, CDN$1.00 per share (subject to appropriate adjustments) and, with respect to each common share issued on the conversion of a Series B Share, equal to CDN$1.00 divided by the number of common shares issued upon conversion of such Series B Share, in either case together with an amount equal to the interest on the aggregate amount payable for such shares at a rate of 7% per annum commencing August 31, 2001 and compounded semi-annually.

  If either of Zarlink or PTIC exercises its put rights as described above, EdgeStone shall also have the right to require the Company to repurchase all but not less than all of the Series A Shares then held by EdgeStone, for a purchase price equal to the sum of (i) CDN$1.00 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment for events such as stock splits) plus an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares; plus (ii) the issuance of that number of common shares equal to the number of common shares then issuable on the conversion of the Series A Shares then held by EdgeStone. Following the purchase of such Series A Shares from EdgeStone by Mitel Networks upon the exercise of such put rights by EdgeStone, EdgeStone shall also have the right, upon certain sale events or after five years plus one day after the date of the Financing, to require the Company to repurchase all or any of its common shares or convertible securities then held, for a purchase price based on the then fair market value of such securities.

Where EdgeStone and one or more of the other shareholders exercises their put rights, EdgeStone shall have priority, such that the Company will be required to repurchase all of EdgeStone’s securities which are the subject of the exercise of its put right, before any payments are made to Zarlink and/or PTIC. Thereafter, where both Zarlink and PTIC have exercised their put rights, their put rights shall rank pari passu.

 
  - 77 -  


c) Registration Rights Agreement between Mitel Systems (now Wesley Clover), Zarlink, PTIC, Mitel Knowledge, WCC (now Wesley Clover) and EdgeStone

In connection with the Financing, Mitel Networks also entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with Wesley Clover, Zarlink, PTIC, Mitel Knowledge and EdgeStone dated April 23, 2004. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, Mitel Networks covenanted to make certain arrangements with respect to the registration and/or the qualification for distribution of the shares held by such shareholders under the applicable securities laws of the United Shares and/or Canada.

d) Receivables Purchase Agreement between the Mitel Group and The Canada Trust Company

The Mitel Group have entered into a Receivable Purchase Agreement with The Canada Trust Company (the “Purchaser”) with an effective date of April 16, 2004, whereby certain qualifying non-interest bearing trade receivables in Canada and the United States may be purchased from the Mitel Group by the Purchaser and transferred to a securitization trust.

e) Amended and Restated Loan Agreement between Mitel Networks, the Lenders from time to time and the Bank of Montreal as Administrative Agent

Mitel Networks, as borrower, has entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with the Bank of Montreal as administrative agent and lead arranger (the “Bank”), effective as of April 21, 2004, and amended on July 24, 2004, whereby a revolving credit facility of $22 million (CDN$30 million) has been made available to Mitel Networks upon and subject to the terms and conditions therein set forth (the “2004 Bank Facility”). See Item 5.B Liquidity and Capital Resources for additional discussion of this loan facility. The 2004 Bank Facility amends and restates an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement made as of February 27, 2003, as amended by amending agreements made as of June 12, 2003 and February 24, 2004.

f) Loan Agreement with Export Development Canada (“EDC”)

MNL, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mitel Networks, entered into a loan agreement dated March 4, 2003 with EDC in the amount of £4.1 million that was subject to a borrowing base. The facility bore interest at LIBOR plus 3.5%. The facility was secured by a general assignment of Mitel Networks’ accounts receivable and a general security interest in the remaining assets of Mitel Networks and its two U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which was a guarantor. EDC also held £683,470 in cash collateral to support the loan. The loan facility contained certain restrictions and financial covenants. The remaining balance outstanding on the loan £4,117,590.23 (including accrued interest) was repaid to EDC in full on April 19, 2004, and on April 19, 2004 £703,229.77, being cash collateral (including accrued interest) held by EDC was repaid to Mitel Networks, in full, and certain underlying security and guarantees in connection with the credit facility were discharged.

g) Chattel Mortgage Loan Facility with Barclays Bank PLC

On October 22, 2001, MNL entered into a loan with Barclays Bank PLC in the amount of £5.0 million, secured by certain United Kingdom equipment. The mortgage bears interest at 7.7%, is

 
  - 78 -  


payable in monthly installments and is due in October 2004. See Item 5.B Liquidity and Capital Resources for additional discussion of this loan facility.

h) Chattel Mortgage Loan Facility with Barclays Bank PLC

On April 25, 2003, MNL entered into a loan with Barclays Bank PLC in the amount of £0.8 million, secured by certain United Kingdom equipment. The mortgage bears interest at 6.3%, is payable in monthly installments and is due in April 2006. See Item 5.B Liquidity and Capital Resources for additional discussion of this loan facility.

i) Real Property Loan Facility with Barclays Bank PLC

Pursuant to a facility letter dated December 13, 2001 and a legal charge dated January 24, 2002, MNL entered into a real property loan facility with Barclays Bank PLC in the amount of £7.5 million, which is secured by the real property located in the Mitel Business Park, Portskewett, Monmouthshire. See Item 5.B Liquidity and Capital Resources for additional discussion of this loan facility.

j) Business Overdraft and Ancillary Facilities with Barclays Bank PLC

On June 24, 2002, MNL and Barclays Bank PLC entered into an overdraft facility of £1 million and ancillary facilities totaling £3.0 million. See Item 5.B Liquidity and Capital Resources for additional discussion of this loan facility.

Agreements with BreconRidge:

a) Supply Agreement with BreconRidge

On August 31, 2001 Mitel Networks and two of its wholly-owned subsidiaries entered into a supply agreement with BreconRidge, under which BreconRidge supplies certain products and services to Mitel Networks. Pursuant to an amendment dated February 27, 2003, the initial term of the agreement was extended to December 31, 2007, and will be automatically renewed thereafter for additional one-year periods unless terminated. Either party has the right to terminate the agreement by giving prior written notice of one hundred and eighty (180) days at any time during a renewal term, or to give notice of its intent not to renew no less than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of a renewal term. Subject to certain exceptions, the supply agreement is exclusive during the initial term with respect to current products and new product introductions. Under the terms of the supply agreement, BreconRidge manufactures the majority of Mitel Networks’ products and provides repair and other related services.

The supply agreement with BreconRidge does not contain any minimum purchase requirements. Under the terms of the supply agreement, Mitel Networks is not obligated to purchase products from BreconRidge in any specific quantity, unless and until a binding purchase order has been issued. Mitel Networks may be obligated to purchase certain excess inventory levels from BreconRidge that could result from Mitel Networks’ actual sales varying from forecast. Furthermore, BreconRidge is required to purchase Mitel Networks’ raw material inventory, before turning to third party suppliers for raw material procurement. BreconRidge has

 
  - 79 -  


committed to certain cost reductions through August 1, 2004 on purchases of traditional communications platform products.

BreconRidge is prohibited from discontinuing its manufacture of any products or from refusing for any reason other than an event of force majeure or in the event of an uncured default to manufacture and supply the products to Mitel Networks. The agreement may be terminated by either party at any time following the expiration of the initial term on not less than 180 days prior notice or in the event of an uncured material breach by or change in control of the other party.

b) Sublease Agreement between Mitel Networks and BreconRidge

On August 31, 2001 Mitel Networks entered into a sublease agreement to lease to BreconRidge certain of its Ottawa manufacturing and office facility totaling 158,780 square feet. The term of the agreement is five years expiring on August 31, 2006. BreconRidge has the option to extend the sublease for an additional five years. The annual base rent is CDN$1,573,020.

The sublease agreement was amended on May 31, 2002 to include additional space of 4,026 square feet thereby increasing the annual base rent to CDN$1,625,358.

c) Lease Agreement between MNL and the U.K. subsidiary of BreconRidge

On September 14, 2001, MNL entered into a lease agreement with the U.K. subsidiary of BreconRidge for 94,161 square feet (8,751 square meters) of office and manufacturing space located in the Portskewett Business Park located in Portskewett, Monmouthshire, U.K. The term of the lease is fifteen years expiring on August 30, 2016 with cancellation options on the fifth and tenth years available to Mitel Networks and BreconRidge. The annual base rent is £517,884.

Agreements with Mitel Knowledge:

a) Transfer of Mitel Knowledge intellectual property to Mitel Networks, and termination of certain related Licensing and Research and Development Cost Sharing Agreements

On November 1, 2002, Mitel Networks exercised its Call Right under the MNC R&D Agreement (defined below). In connection with the Call Right, Mitel Networks and Mitel Knowledge entered into an (Intellectual Property) Purchase and Sale Agreement, also dated November 1, 2004, whereby all of Mitel Knowledge’s right, title and interest in and to the IP (as defined below) was transferred to Mitel Networks. The purchase price for the IP was CDN$12.5 million payable to Mitel Knowledge in 4,555,169 common shares of Mitel Networks.

In connection with the exercise of the Call Right and IP Purchase and Sale Agreement, on November 1, 2002, the following agreements were terminated by mutual consent of the parties thereto:

(i)   Research and Development Agreement between Mitel Knowledge and Mitel Networks dated March 27, 2001 (the “MNC R&D Agreement”);

  Under the MNC R&D Agreement between Mitel Networks and Mitel Knowledge (which at that time was the owner of substantially all of the intellectual property

 
  - 80 -  


  (excluding trademarks) utilized by Mitel Networks in its products (the “IP”)): (A) Mitel Knowledge retained Mitel Networks’ services to perform R&D in consideration for which Mitel Knowledge funded certain of Mitel Networks’ R&D activities; (B) Mitel Knowledge granted to Mitel Networks a license to exploit the intellectual property in Canada, South and Central America, Mexico and the Caribbean in exchange for a license fee; (C) Mitel Networks agreed to transfer to Mitel Knowledge any investment tax credits, but in no event less than CDN$10 million, earned on the R&D activities to the extent that such investment tax credits were not required to reduce Mitel Networks’ Canadian federal tax payable; (D) Mitel Networks was granted a call right (the “Call Right”) pursuant to which it had the right to require Mitel Knowledge to sell all of its rights, title, interest in, and benefits from, the IP, including improvements and new technology, to Mitel Networks upon the occurrence of the earliest of the following events: (1) the third anniversary of the agreement; (2) Mitel Networks passing a resolution to proceed with an initial public offering of its shares in Ontario or any other jurisdiction which results in the listing of its shares on a recognized stock exchange; or (3) the termination of the agreement on its terms. The MNC R&D Agreement provided that the purchase price for the IP would be paid by the issuance of common shares from Mitel Networks’ treasury with the number of shares to be determined in accordance with a formula described in the MNC R&D Agreement.

(ii)   Research and Development Agreement between Mitel Networks and Mitel Overseas, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mitel Networks dated March 27, 2001 (the “MNOC R&D Agreement”);

  Under  the MNOC R&D Agreement, the parties agreed to undertake joint R&D and to share in the costs associated therewith. The agreement provided that Mitel Knowledge would own all intellectual property developed by either party. In exchange for Mitel Overseas bearing certain of the jointly incurred R&D costs, Mitel Knowledge granted to Mitel Networks Overseas Limited a royalty-free, exclusive license to exploit the intellectual property in the United States, Europe, Middle East, Africa and Asia Pacific regions.

(iii)   Intellectual Property License Agreement between Mitel Knowledge and Mitel Overseas dated March 27, 2001 (the “MNOC License Agreement”);

  Under the MNOC License Agreement, Mitel Knowledge granted Mitel Overseas an exclusive, fully paid-up license to exploit the IP in the United States for total consideration of CDN$26.6 million in the form of a promissory note. The promissory note bore interest at the rate of 7.4%, compounded semi-annually, payable to Mitel Knowledge on demand.

 
  - 81 -  


Agreements with Other Affiliates of Dr. Matthews:

a) Demand Promissory Notes payable to Wesley Clover

The following table sets forth demand promissory notes outstanding at July 18, 2003, issued to finance Mitel Networks’ operations and working capital requirements. These notes were subordinated to bank debt.

Principal Currency Date of issuance Interest rate

Wesley Clover   $6 million   CDN   April 22, 2002   Prime  
Wesley Clover   $4 million   CDN   May 10, 2002   Prime  
Wesley Clover   $5 million   CDN   June 7, 2002   Prime  
Wesley Clover   $5 million   CDN   June 21, 2002   Prime  
Wesley Clover   $1 million   CDN   July 25, 2002   Prime  
Wesley Clover   $10 million   CDN   February 26, 2003   Prime  
Wesley Clover   $7.5 million   USD   February 27, 2003   Prime  

In October 2003 the entire loan outstanding at that date of $31.0 million (CDN$ 40.9 million) was converted (and the debt discharged) into 20,448,875 common shares of the Company at their then fair value of CDN$2 per common share. On April 23, 2004, pursuant to an Exchange and Release Agreement entered into between the Company and Wesley Clover in connection with the Financing, all of the common shares issued on conversion of the loan were exchanged for 40,897,750 Series B Shares of the Company at their then fair value of CDN$1 per preferred share.

b) Lease Agreement between Mitel Networks and MRPC

On March 27, 2001, Mitel Networks and MRPC entered into a lease agreement pursuant to which Mitel Networks leases its headquarters facilities located in Ottawa, Ontario totaling 512,391 square feet. The initial term of the lease is ten years expiring on February 15, 2011. The terms of the lease reflect current market conditions. Annual base rent is CDN$13.00 per square foot for office space and CDN$9.00 per square foot for non-office space. Mitel Networks is responsible for the payment of operating costs in addition to the base rent.

c) Alliance Agreement between Mitel Networks, March Networks, MNL and Mitel Networks International Limited, subsidiaries of Mitel Networks

The agreement is effective September 21, 2001 with an initial term of two years which may be extended for additional subsequent one-year periods upon mutual consent of the parties. The Alliance Agreement was extended for one (1) year, expiring on September 21, 2004, unless extended for additional one-year periods upon mutual consent of the parties. Each party may terminate the agreement for its convenience on 60 days prior written notice.

The agreement provides for joint development of new projects to be determined by the parties, and marketing of each of Mitel Networks’ and March Networks’ IP-based products and services.

 
  - 82 -  


The parties are to establish an Alliance Management Committee comprised of three representatives from each of Mitel Networks and March Networks. The Alliance Management Committee is responsible for the overall management of the alliance to determine joint activities in the areas of product development, product marketing, and product and system integration to ensure where appropriate interoperability between the product portfolios of Mitel Networks and March Networks. With regard to any of these activities the Alliance Management Committee is also responsible for monitoring joint activities, reviewing promotional activities, approving specifications and pricing for any jointly developed products, and to allocate each parties’ liability for shared expenses.

Either party has the ability to propose joint product development to the Alliance Management Committee which will then evaluate and approve or reject the proposal. If the committee approves a proposal, then the parties will negotiate a binding Joint Development Agreement setting out, among other matters, the technology to be developed, each party’s responsibilities, ownership of intellectual property to be developed under the project if such arising intellectual property is not to be jointly owned.

Mitel Networks and March Networks will jointly brand, promote, market and distribute each other’s IP-based products and services. The terms and conditions under which each party will distribute the other party’s products are set out in a separate Global Marketing and Distribution Agreement.

Agreements with Zarlink:

a) Amended Supply Agreement between Mitel Networks and Zarlink

Mitel Networks entered into a non-exclusive supply agreement dated February 16, 2001 with Zarlink pursuant to which Zarlink supplies semiconductor components to Mitel Networks. The initial term of the agreement is ten years with subsequent automatic annual renewals

Zarlink is obligated to place all of its know how, improvements and new technology with respect to the manufacture of hybrid devices and VoIP products in escrow. The escrowed materials are to be released in the event of: bankruptcy; receivership; issuance of a last-time buy notification; discontinuance of manufacture; transfer of the hybrid or VoIP business in whole or in part to another party, if the party fails to assume the obligations of Zarlink with respect to the hybrid or VoIP products; a material breach of the agreement by Zarlink that adversely affects the continuing supply of products, which remains uncured 30 days after written notification of the breach.

Under the terms of the supply agreement, Zarlink granted to Mitel Networks a license in the Zarlink intellectual property, Zarlink improvements, and Zarlink developed new technology relating to the supplied components. Mitel Networks has the right to grant sublicenses only to semiconductor second source suppliers for hybrid and semiconductor components to be used in specified Mitel Networks products and VoIP products, to the extent that Zarlink intellectual property has been incorporated into the components and used by Mitel Networks. The supply agreement was amended by letter agreement dated October 24, 2001. The amending agreement provides for an expansion of the foregoing license grant in that it allows Mitel Networks, in the

 
  - 83 -  


case of licensed intellectual property existing as of February 16, 2001 or created thereafter, to: (a) complete the development of the MT92102 VoIP device, (b) sublicense such intellectual property to a third party foundry to permit the manufacture of the MT92102 VoIP device (i) for sale by the foundry to Mitel Networks, and (ii) for sales by the foundry to its customers but restricted to applications based on Mitel Networks’ converged access products.

The amending agreement further provided for payment of non-recurring engineering expenses to Zarlink for the completion of the MT92102 device.

The supply agreement was further amended by Amending Agreement dated April 23, 2004, whereby clause 21(A)(ii) of the supply agreement, which had required prior approval from Zarlink in connection with amendments to Mitel Networks’ constating documents, was deleted in its entirety.

b) Lease Between MNL and Zarlink Semiconductor Limited, a subsidiary of Zarlink

MNL, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mitel Networks, entered into a lease agreement dated February 2, 2001 with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Zarlink, pursuant to which the subsidiary leases 49,500 square feet at MNL’s premises at Portskewett Business Park, Portskewett Monmouthshire, on terms reflecting prevailing market conditions. The term of the lease is five years. Both parties have the right to terminate the lease on February 2, 2004, or at any time thereafter upon at least twelve months prior written notice. The base rent is £272,250 per annum.

c) Intellectual Property License Agreement between Zarlink and Mitel Networks

On February 16, 2001, Mitel Networks and Zarlink entered into an Intellectual Property License Agreement dated February 16, 2001 pursuant to which Zarlink licensed to Mitel Networks the intellectual property retained by Zarlink. Under the agreement, Zarlink granted to Mitel Networks a non personal, limited, assignable, royalty free, perpetual, non exclusive worldwide license for the licensed intellectual property to make, use, develop, offer for sale, or otherwise exploit for the licensed products. Zarlink is precluded from assigning any of the licensed intellectual property in whole or in part, or from granting a security interest therein, to any party engaged in the sale of products or services that are competitive with Mitel Networks. Mitel Networks is authorized to grant sublicenses of the intellectual property to permit it to carry on its business, except that it cannot sublicense the licensed intellectual property to allow the manufacturing of semiconductors other than for use in its business.

The term of the license is for the entire term of the property rights under which the licenses are granted. If Zarlink is wound up or otherwise ceases its operations, ceases to carry on business, or takes any material steps with regard to bankruptcy proceedings, then all right, title and interest in and to the licensed intellectual property shall be deemed to be transferred over to Mitel Networks.

The Intellectual Property License between Zarlink and Mitel Networks dated February 16, 2001 was amended on October 24, 2001. The amendment provides for an expansion of the license granted to Mitel Networks with respect to licensed intellectual property existing as of February 16, 2001 or created thereafter to complete the development of the MT92102 VoIP device in that

 
  - 84 -  


it allows Mitel Networks to sublicense such intellectual property to a third party foundry to permit the manufacture of the MT92102 VoIP device for sale by such foundry to Mitel Networks for its business, as well as to the foundry’s other customers for their business requirements, but restricted to applications based on Mitel Networks’ converged access products.

d) Non Competition and Non Solicitation Agreement between Zarlink and its subsidiaries, Mitel Systems (now Wesley Clover), Mitel Networks and its subsidiaries, MRPC, Mitel Knowledge and Dr. Matthews dated February 16, 2001

The Non Competition and Non Solicitation Agreement provides that (a) Zarlink, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, will not, for a period of five years carry on or be associated with any undertaking which is competitive with Mitel Networks, except that Zarlink (and its subsidiaries) may hold securities in a competitive business provided such securities do not exceed 5% of the outstanding equity securities of such company; and (b) Mitel Networks will not, for a period of five years, grant or permit in any manner any firm to compete with the semiconductor business of Zarlink , or permit any party to use any of Zarlink’s licensed intellectual property except as permitted under the Intellectual Property License Agreement between Zarlink and Mitel Networks dated February 16, 2001. The foregoing restriction does not preclude Mitel Networks from investing in a corporation, firm or entity which competes with Zarlink or any entity within Zarlink’s semiconductor group provided that such interest does not exceed 33% of the outstanding voting equity and provided that no use of licensed intellectual property is granted other than as is permitted pursuant to the Intellectual Property License Agreement.

Agreements with Key Employees:

a) Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Mitel Networks and Paul Butcher

Effective as of February 16, 2001, Mitel Networks executed an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Paul Butcher pursuant to which Mr. Butcher was employed as President and Chief Operating Officer of Mitel Networks, reporting to the CEO. The agreement is for an indefinite term, subject to termination in accordance with its terms. In addition to a base salary, car allowance, stock options and senior management benefits and perquisites, Mr. Butcher is entitled to receive a bonus payment on each anniversary of his February 16th start date provided that specific objectives, to be defined by Mitel Networks, are met. The agreement details the compensation that Mr. Butcher would receive were his employment to terminate under various circumstances, and contains provisions addressing confidentiality, non-disclosure, non-competition and ownership of intellectual property.

By way of a private letter agreement between Mr. Butcher and Dr. Matthews dated March 1, 2002, Dr. Matthews granted to Mr. Butcher options to purchase common shares in Mitel Networks from the holdings of Wesley Clover. Such options vest in 25% increments on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of Mr. Butcher’s February 16, 2001 start date.

b) Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Mitel Networks and Donald Smith

Effective as of April 17, 2001, Mitel Networks executed an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Donald Smith pursuant to which Mr. Smith was employed as CEO of Mitel Networks, reporting to the Chairman of the board of directors of Mitel Networks. The

 
  - 85 -  


agreement is for an indefinite term, subject to termination in accordance with its terms. In addition to a base salary, car allowance, stock options and senior management benefits and perquisites, Mr. Smith is entitled to receive an annual bonus payment in an amount determined by the Compensation Committee of Mitel Networks’ board of directors. The agreement details the compensation that Mr. Smith would receive were his employment to terminate under various circumstances, and contains provisions addressing confidentiality, non-disclosure, non-competition and ownership of intellectual property.

By way of a private letter agreement between Mr. Smith and Dr. Matthews dated March 1, 2002, Dr. Matthews granted to Mr. Smith options to purchase common shares in Mitel Networks from the holdings of Wesley Clover. Such options vest in 25% increments on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of Mr. Smith’s April 2, 2001 start date.

Agreements with Others:

a) Union Agreement between Mitel Networks Solutions, Inc. (“MNSI”) and the IBEW

Mitel Networks’ indirect wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary, MNSI, has negotiated a national union contract with the IBEW which assures Mitel Networks of obtaining the services of its unionized field technician employees in the U.S. and includes a provision which precludes the employees from going on strike. The terms and conditions of the contract are typical in the industry. The current contract expires in the Fall of 2004 and Mitel Networks’ US subsidiary, MNSI, and the IBEW will enter into good faith collective bargaining in Summer 2004 with the intent of consummating a new multi-year agreement.

b) Integrated Communications Solutions R&D Project Agreement between Mitel Networks, Mitel Knowledge, March Networks and Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada.

On October 10, 2002, Mitel Networks, March Networks and Mitel Knowledge signed an agreement with the Government of Canada (the “TPC Agreement”) that provides for financing, through the Technology Partnerships Canada program, of up to CDN$60 million for certain March Networks’ and Mitel Networks’ R&D activities over a three year period. Each party is severally liable for its portion of the R&D work described in the TPC Agreement. The TPC Agreement contains certain restrictions on the exploitation outside of Canada of the intellectual property developed through the project. In exchange for the financing received by Mitel Networks under the TPC Agreement, Mitel Networks is required, as of September 30th in each of 2002, 2003 and 2004, to issue warrants to Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada. The warrants are exercisable on a one-for-one basis for common shares for no additional consideration. The number of warrants to be issued is equal to the amount of contributions paid to Mitel Networks under the TPC Agreement in the immediately preceding 12-month period, divided by the fair market value of Mitel Networks’ common shares as of the applicable date.

The original expiry date of the TPC Agreement was extended by the parties, from September 30, 2004 to March 31, 2005, by an Amendment Agreement entered into between the parties dated April 27, 2004.

 
  - 86 -  


c) Agreement between Mr. Peter Charbonneau and Dr. Matthews

By way of an oral agreement between Mr. Peter Charbonneau and Dr. Matthews on February 16, 2001, Dr. Matthews granted to Mr. Charbonneau options to purchase common shares in Mitel Networks from the holdings of Wesley Clover. Such options vest in 25% increments on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date.

D. Exchange Controls

There are no government laws, decrees or regulations in Canada which restrict the export or import of capital or, subject to the following sentence, which affect the remittance of dividends or other payments to nonresident holders of Mitel Networks’ common shares. However, any such remittance to a resident of the United States is generally subject to non-resident tax pursuant to Article X of the 1980 Canada-United States Income Tax Convention. See “Item 10.E Taxation” for additional discussion on tax matters.

There are currently no limitations of general application imposed by Canadian federal or provincial laws on the rights of non-residents of Canada to hold or vote Mitel Networks’ common shares. There are also no such limitations imposed by the articles of incorporation with respect to Mitel Networks’ common shares. There are, however, certain requirements on the acquisition of control of Mitel Networks’ securities by non-residents of Canada. The Investment Canada Act requires notification to and, in certain cases, advance review and approval by, the Government of Canada, of the acquisition by a “non-Canadian” of “control” of a “Canadian business”, all as defined in the Investment Canada Act . Generally speaking, in order for an acquisition to be subject to advance review and approval, the asset value of the Canadian business being acquired must meet or exceed certain monetary thresholds.

E. Taxation

The following discussion is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any holder or prospective holder of common shares of Mitel Networks and no opinion or representation with respect to the Canadian or United States federal, state, provincial, local or other income tax consequences to any such holder or prospective holder is made. Accordingly, holders and prospective holders of common shares of Mitel Networks should consult their own tax advisors about the federal, state, provincial, local and foreign tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of common shares of Mitel Networks.

CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

This summary is based upon the current provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada), the regulations thereunder, the current publicly announced administrative and assessing policies of the Canada Revenue Agency, and all specific proposals (the “Tax Proposals”) to amend the Income Tax Act and regulations announced by the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof. This discussion is not exhaustive of all possible Canadian federal income tax consequences and, except for the Tax Proposals, does not take into account or anticipate any changes in law, whether by legislative, governmental or judicial action, nor does it take into account provincial or foreign tax considerations which may differ significantly from those discussed herein.

 
  - 87 -  


The summary applies to beneficial owners of common shares who, for the purposes of the Income Tax Act, are residents of the United States and are not resident in Canada, and who hold common shares of Mitel Networks as capital property.

Dividends

The Income Tax Act provides that dividends and other distributions deemed to be dividends paid or deemed to be paid by a Canadian resident corporation (such as Mitel Networks) to a non-resident of Canada shall be subject to a non-resident withholding tax equal to 25% of the gross amount of the dividend or deemed dividend.

Provisions in the Income Tax Act relating to dividend and deemed dividend payments to and capital gains realized by non-residents of Canada who are residents of the United States are subject to the 1980 Canada-United States Income Tax Convention.

Article X of the 1980 Canada-United States Income Tax Convention provides that the rate of Canadian non-resident withholding tax on dividends or deemed dividends paid to a United States corporation that beneficially owns at least 10% of the voting shares of the corporation paying the dividend shall not exceed 5% of the dividend or deemed dividend, and in any other case, the rate of non-resident withholding tax shall not exceed 15% of the dividend or deemed dividend.

Disposition of Shares

The Income Tax Act provides that a non-resident person is subject to tax in Canada on the disposition of “taxable Canadian property.” Common shares of Mitel Networks are considered to be “taxable Canadian property” as defined in the Income Tax Act. Therefore, under the Income Tax Act, a non-resident would be subject to tax in Canada on the disposition of common shares of Mitel Networks. Article XIII of the 1980 Canada-United States Income Tax Convention provides that gains realized by a United States resident on the disposition of shares of a Canadian corporation may not generally be taxed in Canada unless the value of the Canadian corporation is derived principally from real property situated in Canada.

Generally, certain filing and reporting obligations exist where a non-resident of Canada disposes of taxable Canadian property. In particular, the non-resident must make an application to the Canada Revenue Agency in advance of the disposition for the purpose of obtaining a certificate issued by the Canada Revenue Agency pursuant to section 116 of the Income Tax Act. If the non-resident fails to secure such certificate from the Canada Revenue Agency in advance of the disposition, the purchaser is required to withhold and remit to the Canada Revenue Agency 25% of the amount otherwise payable to the non-resident.

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury Regulations, published Internal Revenue Service rulings, published administrative positions of the Internal Revenue Service and court decisions that are currently applicable, any or all of which could be materially and adversely changed, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time. In addition, this discussion does not consider the potential effects, both adverse and beneficial, of any recently proposed legislation that, if

 
  - 88 -  


enacted, could be applied, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time. In addition, this discussion does not cover any state, local or foreign tax consequences. The following is a discussion of United States federal income tax consequences, under current law, generally applicable to a U.S. Holder (as defined below) of common shares of Mitel Networks who holds such shares as capital assets. This discussion does not address all potentially relevant federal income tax matters and it does not address consequences peculiar to persons subject to special provisions of federal income tax law, such as those described below that are excluded from the definition of a U.S. Holder.

U.S. Holder

As used herein, a “U.S. Holder” includes a holder of common shares of Mitel Networks who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof, any United States entity which is taxable as a corporation for United States tax purposes and any other person or entity whose ownership of common shares of Mitel Networks is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States. A U.S. Holder does not include persons subject to special provisions of federal income tax law, such as tax-exempt organizations, qualified retirement plans, financial institutions, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, broker-dealers, nonresident alien individuals or foreign corporations whose ownership of common shares is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States and shareholders who acquired their shares through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation.

Dividends

Except as otherwise discussed below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” U.S. Holders receiving dividend distributions (including constructive dividends) with respect to common shares of Mitel Networks are required to include in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes the gross amount of such distributions to the extent that Mitel Networks has current or accumulated earnings and profits, without reduction for any Canadian income tax withheld from such distributions. Such Canadian tax withheld may be credited, subject to certain limitations, against the U.S. Holder’s United States federal tax liability or, alternatively, may be deducted in computing the U.S. Holder’s federal taxable income (but in the case of individuals, only if they itemize deductions). See “Foreign Tax Credit.” To the extent that distributions exceed current or accumulated earnings and profits of Mitel Networks, they will be treated first as a return of capital up to the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in the common shares (which adjusted basis must therefore be reduced) and thereafter as a gain from the sale or exchange of the common shares. Preferential tax rates for long-term capital gains are applicable to a U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate or trust. Moreover, “qualified dividends” received by U.S. Holders who are individuals, during tax years beginning before January 1, 2009, from any “qualified foreign corporation” are subject to a preferential tax rate, provided such individual U.S. Holder meets a certain holding period requirement. A “qualified foreign corporation” is generally any corporation formed in a foreign jurisdiction which has a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States or, if not, the dividend is paid with respect to stock that is readily tradable on an established United States market. However, a “qualified foreign corporation” excludes a foreign corporation that is a foreign personal holding

 
  - 89 -  


company, a foreign investment company, or a passive foreign investment company for the year the dividend is paid or the previous year. Mitel Networks believes that it qualifies as a “qualified foreign corporation”. There are currently no preferential tax rates for a U.S. Holder that is a corporation.

In general, dividends paid on common shares of Mitel Networks will not be eligible for the same dividends received deduction provided to corporations receiving dividends from certain United States corporations. A U.S. Holder which is a corporation may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to a 70% deduction of the United States source portion of dividends received from Mitel Networks (unless Mitel Networks is a “foreign personal holding company” as defined in Section 552 of the Code, or a “passive foreign investment company” as defined below) if such U.S. Holder owns shares representing at least 10% of the voting power and value of Mitel Networks. The availability of this deduction is subject to several complex limitations that are beyond the scope of this discussion.

Foreign Tax Credit

A U.S. Holder who pays (or has withheld from distributions) Canadian or other foreign income tax with respect to the ownership of common shares of Mitel Networks may be entitled, at the election of the U.S. Holder, to either a tax credit or a deduction for such foreign tax paid or withheld. This election is made on a year-by-year basis and generally applies to all foreign income taxes paid by (or withheld from) the U.S. Holder during that year. There are significant and complex limitations that apply to the credit, among which is the general limitation that the credit cannot exceed the proportionate share of the U.S. Holder’s United States income tax liability that the U.S. Holder’s foreign source income bears to his or its worldwide taxable income. In the determination of the application of this limitation, the various items of income and deduction must be classified into foreign and domestic sources. Complex rules govern income such as “passive income”, “high withholding tax interest”, “financial services income”, “shipping income” and certain other classifications of income. In addition, U.S. Holders that are corporations and that own 10% or more of the voting stock of Mitel Networks may be entitled to an “indirect” foreign tax credit under Section 902 of the Code with respect to the payment of dividends by Mitel Networks under certain circumstances and subject to complex rules and limitations. The availability of the foreign tax credit and the application of the limitations on the foreign tax credit are fact specific and holders and prospective holders of common shares should consult their own tax advisors regarding their individual circumstances.

Disposition of Shares

Except as otherwise discussed below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” a gain or loss realized on a sale of common shares will generally be a capital gain or loss, and will be long-term if the shareholder has a holding period of more than one year. The amount of gain or loss recognized by a selling U.S. Holder will be measured by the difference between (i) the amount realized on the sale and (ii) his or its tax basis in the common shares. Gains and losses are netted and combined according to special rules in arriving at the overall capital gain or loss for a particular tax year. Deductions for net capital losses are subject to significant limitations. Individual U.S. Holders may carryover unused capital losses to offset capital gains realized in subsequent years. For U.S. Holders that are corporations (other than

 
  - 90 -  


corporations subject to Subchapter S of the Code), any unused capital losses may only be carried back three and forward five years from the loss year to offset capital gains until such net capital losses are exhausted.

Foreign Personal Holding Company Considerations

Special rules apply to a U.S. Holder of a “foreign personal holding company” or “FPHC” as defined in Section 552 of the Code. Mitel Networks will not be classified as a FPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless (i) five or fewer individuals who are U.S. citizens or residents own or are deemed to own more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote or the total value of Mitel Networks stock; and (ii) at least 60% (or 50% in certain cases) of Mitel Networks’ gross income consists of “foreign personal holding company income,” which generally includes passive income such as dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of stock or securities, certain rents, and royalties. Mitel Networks believes that it is not a FPHC; however, no assurance can be provided that Mitel Networks will not be classified as a FPHC in the future.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

If Mitel Networks is a “passive foreign investment company” or “PFIC” as defined in Section 1297 of the Code, U.S. Holders will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation under one of two alternative tax regimes at the election of each such U.S. Holder. Section 1297 of the Code defines a PFIC as a corporation that is not formed in the United States and either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for the taxable year is “passive income”, which generally includes interest, dividends and certain rents and royalties or (ii) the average percentage, by fair market value (or, if Mitel Networks elects, adjusted tax basis), of its assets that produce or are held for the production of “passive income” is 50% or more. The rules applicable to a FPHC take priority over the rules applicable to a PFIC, so that amounts includable in gross income under the FPHC rules will not be taxable again under the PFIC rules. Mitel Networks does not believe that it will be a PFIC for the current fiscal year or for future years. Whether Mitel Networks is a PFIC in any year and the tax consequences relating to PFIC status will depend on the composition of Mitel Networks’ income and assets, including cash. U.S. Holders should be aware, however, that if Mitel Networks becomes a PFIC, it may not be able or willing to satisfy record-keeping requirements that would enable U.S. Holders to make an election to treat Mitel Networks as a “qualified electing fund” for purposes of one of the two alternative tax regimes applicable to a PFIC. U.S. Holders or potential shareholders should consult their own tax advisor concerning the impact of these rules on their investment in Mitel Networks.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

 
  - 91 -  


H. Documents on Display

Mitel Networks is subject to the informational requirements of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, such as to file reports and other information with the SEC. Shareholders may read and copy any of Mitel Networks’ reports and other information at, and obtain copies upon payment of prescribed fees from, the Public Reference Room maintained by the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

Mitel Networks is not required to file reports and other information with any securities commissions in Canada.

As a foreign private issuer, Mitel Networks is exempt from the rules under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders. Mitel Networks has included in this annual report certain information disclosed in its proxy statement prepared under applicable Canadian law.

Mitel Networks will provide without charge to each person, including any beneficial owner, on the written or oral request of such person, a copy of any or all documents referred to above which have been or may be incorporated by reference in this annual report (not including exhibits to such incorporated information that are not specifically incorporated by reference into such information). Requests for such copies should be directed to Mitel Networks at the following address: Mitel Networks Corporation, 350 Legget Drive, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, K2K 2W7 Attention: Corporate Secretary, telephone number: 613-592-2122.

I. Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk represents the potential risk of loss in the future earnings of Mitel Networks due to adverse changes in financial markets. Mitel Networks is exposed to market risk from changes in its common share price, foreign exchange rates and interest rates. Inflation has not had a significant impact on Mitel Networks’ results of operations.

Equity Price Risk

As described in Item 4.A of this annual report and in the notes to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 18 of this annual report, during Fiscal 2004 Mitel Networks issued convertible, redeemable preferred shares of the Company which are redeemable at the holder’s option. The redemption price, other than on the exercise of put rights, is equal to a cash payment of CDN$1 per preferred share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, plus the then current fair market value of the common shares into which the preferred shares are convertible. The redemption feature that is indexed to the common share price of the Company, which is recorded as a derivative instrument in the financial statements, will be marked to market in each reporting period, with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statement of operations. At April

 
  - 92 -  


25, 2004, a hypothetical 73% increase in the common share price of Mitel Networks, which is based on the historical one year volatility of the Company, would increase net loss by $21 million while a 73% decrease in the common share price would decrease net loss by an equivalent amount (April 27, 2003 — not applicable).

Foreign Currency Risk

To manage its foreign currency risk, Mitel Networks uses certain derivative financial instruments including foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange swap contracts from time to time, that have been authorized pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the board of directors. Mitel Networks does not hold or issue financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Mitel Networks currently uses foreign currency forward and swap contracts to reduce the exposure to foreign currency risk. The most significant foreign exchange exposures for Mitel Networks relate to the U.S. dollar and the U.K. pound sterling. At April 25, 2004, Mitel Networks recorded unrealized gains of $0.2 million (April 27, 2003 — $0.3 million) on its forward contracts. The unrealized gains and losses are calculated as the difference between the actual contract rates and the applicable current market rates that would be used to terminate the forward contracts on April 25, 2004, if it became necessary to unwind these contracts. Additional potential losses in the net fair value of these contracts, assuming a 5% appreciation in the Canadian dollar against all currencies, at April 25, 2004, would have been immaterial (April 27, 2003 — immaterial). Management believes that the established hedges are effective against its foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities, and that potential future losses from these hedges being marked to market would be largely offset by gains on the underlying hedged positions.

Interest Rate Risk

In accordance with Company policy, cash equivalent and short-term investment balances are primarily comprised of high-grade commercial paper and money market instruments with original maturity dates of less than one month. Due to the short-term maturity of its investments, Mitel Networks is not subject to significant interest rate risk.

Mitel Networks is exposed to interest rate risk on borrowings from its credit and loan facilities, and in Fiscal 2003 was exposed to additional interest rate risk on demand loans from companies controlled by Dr. Matthews. In Fiscal 2004 the related party demand loans were converted to common shares of the Company, and thus no longer present an interest risk exposure as at April 25, 2004. The credit and loan facilities bear interest based on LIBOR, U.S. base rate, Canadian dollar prime rate, or Canadian dollar Bankers’ Acceptances. The related party loans bore interest based on prime rate. Based on projected advances under the credit and loan facilities, adverse changes in interest rates of 100 basis points and 200 basis points would not have a material adverse effect on Mitel Network’s financial position or result of operations. The interest rates on Mitel Networks’ obligations under capital leases and mortgage loans are fixed and therefore not subject to interest rate risk.

The estimated potential losses discussed previously assume the occurrence of certain adverse market conditions. They do not consider the potential effect of favorable changes in market factors and do not represent projected losses in fair value that Mitel Networks expects to incur.

 
  - 93 -  


Any future financial impact would be based on actual developments in global financial markets. Management does not foresee any significant changes in the strategies used to manage interest and foreign exchange rate risks in the near future.

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Not applicable.

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

Mitel Network’s management carried out an evaluation, with the participation of the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of Mitel Networks’ disclosure controls and procedures as of April 25, 2004. Based upon that evaluation, Mitel Networks’ CEO and CFO concluded that Mitel Networks’ disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by Mitel Networks in reports that it files or submits under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

There has not been any change in Mitel Networks’ internal control over financial reporting in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13A-15(d) under the Exchange Act that occurred during the fiscal year ended April 25, 2004 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Mitel Networks’ internal control over financial reporting.

Item 16. [Reserved]

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

Mitel Networks’ Board of Directors has determined that Peter Charbonneau, member of the audit committee of the Board of Directors, is an audit committee financial expert as defined by the SEC, and is independent as defined in the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

 
  - 94 -  


Item 16B. Code of Ethics

Mitel Networks has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of its employees, including its CEO, CFO and Controller. Mitel Networks will provide without charge to each person, on the written or oral request of such person, a copy of such code of ethics. Requests for such copies should be directed to Mitel Networks at the following address: Mitel Networks Corporation, 350 Legget Drive, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, K2K 2W7 Attention: Corporate Secretary, telephone number: 613-592-2122. As of the date hereof, there has not been any amendment or waiver of any provision of the code of ethics.

Item 16C. Principal Accountant and Fees

Aggregate audit fees, audit-related fees, tax fees and the aggregate of all other fees billed to Mitel Networks by Deloitte & Touche LLP during the fiscal years ending April 25, 2004 and April 27, 2003 amounted to the following:


2004   2003  

    $   $  
Audit Fees   268,429   150,029  
Audit-Related Fees   116,819   185,426  
Tax Fees   112,590   214,023  
All Other Fees   45,804    

Total   543,642   549,478  

Audit fees relate to the audit of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements.

Audit-related fees relate to the audit of the Company’s defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans in Canada, the United States, and United Kingdom. It also includes fees for accounting consultations and advisory services with respect to Sarbanes-Oxley internal controls and disclosure assistance.

Tax fees relate to assistance with tax compliance, expatriate tax return preparation, tax planning and various tax advisory services.

All other fees relate primarily to advisory services performed with respect to the Company’s stock option cancellation and regrant.

Audit committee pre-approval process:

From time to time, management of the Company recommends to and requests approval from the audit committee for audit and non-audit services to be provided by the Company’s auditors. The audit committee considers such requests on a quarterly basis, and if acceptable, pre-approves such audit and non-audit services. During such deliberations, the audit committee assesses, among other factors, whether the services requested would be considered “prohibited services” as

 
  - 95 -  


contemplated by the US Securities and Exchange Commission, and whether the services requested and the fees related to such services could impair the independence of the auditors.

Since the implementation of the audit committee pre-approval process in December 2003, all audit and non-audit services rendered by the Company’s auditors have been pre-approved by the audit committee.

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Not applicable.

PART III

Item 17. Financial Statements

Not applicable, as Mitel Networks has elected to provide financial statements pursuant to “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

Item 18. Financial Statements

Mitel Networks’ consolidated financial statements commence on page F-1 of this annual report. These financial statements are expressed in United States dollars and were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 
  - 96 -  


Item 19. Exhibits

1.   Articles of Incorporation and bylaws as currently in effect:

1.1   Articles of Incorporation and amendments thereto prior to April 22, 2004

1.2   Articles of Amendment dated April 22, 2004

1.3   Articles of Amendment dated April 23, 2004

1.4   Bylaws

2.   Instruments defining the rights of holders of equity securities being registered:

2.1    See Articles of Incorporation described above in Exhibit 1.1, Articles of Amendment dated April 22, 2004 described above in Exhibit 1.2, and Articles of Amendment dated April 23, 2004 described above in Exhibit 1.3

2.2   Specimen Common Share certificate*

2.3   Specimen Series A Share certificate

2.4   Specimen Series B Share certificate

 
  - 97 -  


4.   Material contracts:

4.1    Shareholders Agreement between Mitel Networks, Mitel Knowledge, PTIC, Zarlink, Mitel Systems (now Wesley Clover), WCC (now Wesley Clover), EdgeStone, and Dr. Matthews, dated April 23, 2004**

4.2    Class A Convertible Preferred Share Subscription Agreement between Mitel Networks and EdgeStone dated April 23, 2004++**

4.3    Registration Rights Agreement between Mitel Networks, Mitel Knowledge, PTIC, Zarlink, EdgeStone, Mitel Systems (now Wesley Clover) and WCC (now Wesley Clover), dated April 23, 2004**

4.4   Receivables Purchase Agreement between the Mitel Group and The Canada Trust Company effective date of April 16, 2004++

4.5    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between Mitel Networks, the Lenders from time to time and Bank of Montreal as Administrative Agent dated April 21, 2004++, as amended July 24, 2004

4.6    Loan Agreement between MNL and Export Development Canada dated March 4, 2003, as amended***

4.7    Chattel Mortgage Loan Agreement between MNL and Barclays Bank PLC dated October 22, 2001*

4.8     Chattel Mortgage Loan Agreement between MNL and Barclays Bank PLC dated April 25, 2003***

4.9    Real Property Loan Facility between MNL and Barclays Bank PLC dated December 13, 2001, secured by a legal charge dated January 24, 2002*

4.10    Business Overdraft and Ancillary Facility Agreement between MNL and Barclays Bank PLC dated August 30, 2002***

4.11    Supply Agreement between Mitel Networks and its subsidiaries and BreconRidge and its subsidiaries dated August 30, 2001, and related amendment dated February 27, 2003.*+

4.12    Amendment to the Supply Agreement between Mitel Networks and its subsidiaries and BreconRidge and its subsidiaries dated February 27, 2003***

4.13    Sublease Agreement between Mitel Networks Corporation and BreconRidge dated August 31, 2001 and First Amendment of Sublease Agreement between Mitel Networks and BreconRidge dated May 31, 2002*+

 
  - 98 -  


4.14   Lease Agreement between MNL and BreconRidge dated September 14, 2001*

4.15   Asset Sale Agreement between Mitel Networks and BreconRidge MSCdated August 31, 2001 *+

4.16    Supply Agreement between Mitel Networks and Zarlink (formerly Mitel Corporation) dated February 16, 2001 and related amendment dated October 24, 2001*+, amended by Amending Agreement dated April 23, 2004

4.17   Lease Agreement between MNL and Zarlink Semiconductor Limited (formerly Mitel Semiconductor Limited), a subsidiary of Zarlink dated February 2, 2001*

4.18    Intellectual Property License Agreement between Mitel Networks and Zarlink (formerly Mitel Corporation) dated February 16, 2001* +

4.19   Amendment to the Intellectual Property License Agreement between Mitel Networks and Zarlink dated October 24, 2001*

4.20   Non Competition and Non Solicitation Agreement between Zarlink (formerly Mitel Corporation), Mitel Semiconductor V.N. Inc., Mitel Semiconductor Limited, Mitel Semiconductor Inc., 3755461 Canada Inc. (now Wesley Clover), Mitel Networks and MRPC dated February 16, 2001*

4.21   Lease Agreement between Mitel Networks and MRPC dated March 27, 2001*

4.22    Strategic Alliance Agreement between Mitel Networks and March Networks dated September 21, 2001*, as amended September 20, 2003

4.23   Amended and Restated Employment Contract between Mitel Networks and Donald Smith dated April 17, 2001* +

4.24   Amended and Restated Employment Contract between Mitel Networks and Paul Butcher dated February 16, 2001* +

4.25   Union Agreement between MNSI (formerly Mitel Communications Solutions, Inc.) and IBEW expiring on September 30,
2004* +

4.26    Integrated Communications Solutions R&D Project Agreement between Mitel Networks, Mitel Knowledge, March Networks and Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada dated October 10, 2002 *+, as amended on March 27, 2003 and May 2, 2004 respectively

8.1   Subsidiaries of Mitel Networks Corporation*

 
  - 99 -  


12.1   Certification by CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

12.2   Certification by CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

13.1   Certification by CEO pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

13.2   Certification by CFO pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

*   Filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F, as amended (File No. 0-49984) of Mitel Networks and incorporated herein by reference.

**   Filed on May 3, 2004 as an exhibit to a Schedule 13D (Mitel Networks as issuer) by EdgeStone Capital Equity Fund II-A, L.P.; EdgeStone Capital Equity Fund II-US, L.P.; EdgeStone Capital Equity Fund II-US-Inst., L.P.; National Bank Financial & Co. Inc.; EdgeStone Capital Equity Fund II-A GP, L.P.; EdgeStone Capital Equity Fund II US GP, L.P.; EdgeStone Capital Equity Fund II-US-Inst. GP, L.P.; EdgeStone Capital Equity Fund II-A GP, Inc.; EdgeStone Capital Equity Fund II-US Main GP, Inc.; EdgeStone Capital Equity Fund II-US-Inst. GP, Inc.; Samuel L. Duboc; Gilbert S. Palter; Bryan W. Kerdman; Sandra Cowan; and EdgeStone Capital Equity Fund II-B GP, Inc. and incorporated herein by reference.

***    Filed as an exhibit to the annual report on Form 20-F of Mitel Networks for the year ended April 27, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

+    Portions of this document have been granted “Confidential Treatment” by the Secretary of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

++    Portions of this document are subject to a pending Confidential Treatment Request filed with the Secretary of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 
  - 100 -  


Index to Financial Statements

Mitel Networks Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal years ended April 25, 2004, April 27, 2003 and April 28, 2002 :

  Independent Auditors’ Report - Deloitte & Touche LLP   F-2  
 
  Consolidated Balance Sheets   F-3  
           
  Consolidated Statements of Operations   F-4  
           
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity   F-5  
           
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows   F-7  
           
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-8  
           
Financial Statement Schedules:      
           
  (Note: Schedules other than that listed below are omitted as they are not applicable or not required, or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto)
           
  Schedule II - Valuation of Qualifying Accounts   F-41  
           


 
  - 101 -  


Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP


MITEL NETWORKS
CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in accordance with U.S. GAAP)

FOR THE YEAR ENDED
APRIL 25, 2004

(Audited)

 

  F-1  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Directors and Shareholders of Mitel Networks Corporation:

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Mitel Networks Corporation and subsidiaries as of April 25, 2004 and April 27, 2003 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ (deficiency) equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended April 25, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Mitel Networks Corporation and subsidiaries as of April 25, 2004 and April 27, 2003, and the results of their operations and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended April 25, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

On June 3, 2004, we reported separately to the shareholders of Mitel Networks Corporation on our audits, conducted in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, of financial statements for the same periods, prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

As described in note 3 to the financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, effective April 29, 2002.

     

 /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP


  Deloitte & Touche LLP
Chartered Accountants

Ottawa, Canada
June 3, 2004

 

  F-2  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

Mitel Networks Corporation
(incorporated under the laws of Canada)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions of United States dollars, except share amounts)


  As at
  April 25, 2004 April 27, 2003
 
ASSETS        
 
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents $   26.7   $   22.3  
  Restricted cash 0.9   0.8  
  Accounts receivable (net of allowance of $2.7 in 2004 and $2.7 in 2003) 76.5   67.6  
  Due from related parties 0.3   0.3  
  Inventories 14.5   25.7  
  Deferred tax asset 1.5    
  Other receivables 8.3   11.2  
  Prepaid expenses and other assets 13.0   15.0  
 
  141.7   142.9  
Long-term receivables 0.3   0.7  
Property and equipment 20.3   25.3  
Goodwill 5.6   5.2  
Intangible assets 1.5   1.4  
 
  $ 169.4   $ 175.5  
 
LIABILITIES, REEDEMABLE SHARES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY
 
Current liabilities:
  Bank indebtedness $     7.1   $   23.9  
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 46.0   42.7  
  Income and other taxes payable 5.3   2.4  
  Deferred revenue 27.0   24.7  
  Due to related parties 13.7   37.2  
  Current portion of long-term debt 4.1   4.9  
 
  103.2   135.8  
Long-term debt 10.8   13.4  
Long term portion of lease termination obligations 4.7   2.5  
Convertible debentures   7.2  
Derivative instrument 29.2    
Pension liability 24.8   24.6  
 
  172.7   183.5  
 
Commitments and contingencies
 
Redeemable common shares, without par value — 10,000,000 shares authorized,
 issued and outstanding at April 25, 2004 (2003 — 14,000,000) 17.8   29.0  
Convertible, redeemable preferred shares, without par value — Authorized: unlimited; 33.5    
  Issued and outstanding: Series A: 20,000,000 shares at April 25, 2004
    (2003-nil); Series B; 67,060,988 shares at April 25, 2004 (2003 — nil)
 
  51.3   29.0  
 
Shareholders’ deficiency:
  Common shares, without par value — Authorized: unlimited; Issued and
    outstanding: 101,782,757 shares at April 25, 2004 (2003 — 101,400,213) 184.8   183.4  
  Warrants 29.8   17.6  
  Deferred stock-based compensation (0.2 ) (0.4 )
  Accumulated deficit (247.1 ) (218.2 )
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss (21.9 ) (19.4 )

  (54.6 ) (37.0 )

  $ 169.4   $ 175.5  

 

  (The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements)

 

  F-3  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

Mitel Networks Corporation
(incorporated under the laws of Canada)         
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions of United States dollars, except share and per share amounts)


  Years Ended
  April 25, 2004 April 27, 2003 April 28, 2002
 
Revenues:  
Products $             230.9   $             256.8   $             270.9  
Services 109.8   95.4   87.1  
 
  340.7   352.2   358.0  
 
Cost of revenues            
Products 147.6   167.1   166.7  
Services 55.3   58.3   48.8  
 
  202.9   225.4   215.5  
 
             
Gross margin 137.8   126.8   142.5  
 
Expenses:            
Selling, general and administrative 111.4   114.9   141.9  
Research and development 36.2   41.2   59.1  
Special charges 11.7   13.7   7.4  
Loss on sale of manufacturing operations 0.6     1.5  
Amortization of acquired intangibles 0.2   29.1   43.8  
 
  160.1   198.9   253.7  
 
             
Operating loss (22.3 ) (72.1 ) (111.2 )
             
Interest expense (4.3 ) (4.2 ) (3.0 )

Beneficial conversion feature
  on convertible debentures

(3.1 )    
Other income (expense), net (0.6 ) 3.3   (0.4 )
 
Loss before income taxes (30.3 ) (73.0 ) (114.6 )
             
Current income tax expense (recovery) 2.0   (2.9 ) 0.1  
Deferred income tax recovery (1.7 )    
 
             
Net loss $              (30.6 ) $             (70.1 ) $            (114.7 )
 
             
Net loss per common share:            
Basic and diluted $             (0.26 ) $             (0.63 ) $             (1.10 )
 
             
Weighted average number of common shares
   outstanding during the year
           
Basic and diluted 127,831,211   113,109,751   106,848,314  

 

  (The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements)

 

  F-4  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

Mitel Networks Corporation
(incorporated under the laws of Canada)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY
(in millions of United States dollars, except share amounts)


Common Shares
Warrants  Deferred
Stock-based
Compensation
Accumulated
Deficit
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total Shareholders’
Equity
(Deficiency)
Shares Amount

Balances at April 27, 2001 100,000,000 161.3 (29.1 ) (0.3 ) 131.9
Non-cash capital contribution 4.8 4.8
Common shares issued:
 Cash 5,606,180 14.6 14.6
 Acquisitions 607,441 1.6 1.6
 Professional services received 62,709 0.2 0.2
 Exercise of stock options 3,562
 Employee stock purchase plan 645,032 1.7 1.7
 Common share issue costs (0.5 ) (0.5
 Share purchase loans (6.0 ) (6.0
Share purchase loan repayments 3.6 3.6
Redeemable common shares
reclassified to mezzanine equity
(10,000,000 ) (16.9 ) (16.9
Redeemable common share accretion (0.7 ) (0.7
Stock based dividends 2.5 (2.5 )
Deferred stock-based compensation 0.6 (0.6 )
Amortization of deferred stock-based
   compensation
0.1 0.1

96,924,924 167.5 (0.5 ) (32.3 ) (0.3 ) 134.4

                   
Net loss (114.7 ) (114.7
Other comprehensive income
 Foreign currency translation adjustments

Comprehensive loss (114.7 ) (114.7

Balances at April 28, 2002 96,924,924 $ 167.5 $ $ (0.5 ) $ (147.0 ) $ (0.3 ) $ 19.7

 
Common shares issued:
  Acquisition of intellectual property
     from related party
4,555,169 14.8 14.8
  Professional services received 10,487 0.1 0.1
  Exercise of stock options 3,966
  Common share issue costs (0.4) (0.4
  Share purchase loan repayments 1.7 1.7
Shares repurchased (94,333 ) (0.3 ) (0.3
Accretion of interest on redeemable shares (1.1 ) (1.1
Stock-based dividends
Amortization of deferred stock-based
    compensation
0.1 0.1
Issuance of warrants 17.6 17.6

101,400,213 183.4 17.6 (0.4 ) (148.1 ) (0.3 ) 52.2

         
Net loss (70.1 ) (70.1 )
Other comprehensive income
 Foreign currency translation adjustments (2.6 ) (2.6
 Minimum pension liability adjustments (16.5 ) (16.5

Comprehensive loss (70.1 ) (19.1 ) (89.2

Balances at April 27, 2003 101,400,213 $ 183.4 $ 17.6 $ (0.4 ) $ (218.2 ) $ (19.4 ) $ (37.0 )


  (The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements)

 

  F-5  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

Mitel Networks Corporation
  (incorporated under the laws of Canada)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY (continued)
 (in millions of United States dollars, except share amounts)


Common Shares
Warrants Deferred
Stock-based
Compensation
Accumulated Deficit Accumulated
Other Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total
Shareholders’
Equity (Deficiency)
Shares Amount

Balances at April 27, 2003 101,400,213   $ 183.4   $ 17.6   $ (0.4 ) $ (218.2 ) $ (19.4 ) $ (37.0 )

             
Common shares issued:              
Conversion of convertible debentures 5,445,775   8.3           8.3  
Conversion of related party loans 20,448,875   31.0           31.0  
Professional services received 33,591   0.1           0.1  
Exercise of stock options 5,950              
Reallocation of share issue
costs to convertible, redeemable
preferred shares
  0.3           0.3  
Exchange of common shares for
convertible, redeemable preferred shares
(25,530,494 ) (38.7 )         (38.7 )
Share purchase loan repayments   0.4           0.4  
Shares repurchased (21,153 ) (0.1 )         (0.1 )
Beneficial conversion feature on Series
 A preferred shares
 —     —    —    —     1.4    —   1.4  
Deemed dividend relating to beneficial
 conversion feature on Series A
 preferred shares
  —     —     —     —     (1.4 )   —     (1.4 )
Stock-based dividends   0.1       (0.1 )    
Issuance of warrants     12.2         12.2  
Amortization of deferred stock
 based compensation
      0.2       0.2  
Accretion of interest on redeemable
 common and preferred shares
        (1.3 )   (1.3 )
Beneficial conversion feature on
 convertible debentures
        3.1     3.1  

101,782,757   184.8   29.8   (0.2 ) (216.5 ) (19.4 ) (21.5 )
             
Net loss         (30.6 )   (30.6 )
Other comprehensive income              
 Foreign currency translation adjustments           (6.0 ) (6.0 )
 Minimum pension liability adjustments           3.5   3.5  

Comprehensive loss  —    —    —    —    (30.6 )  (2.5 )  (33.1 )

Balance at April 25, 2004 101,782,757   $ 184.8   $ 29.8   $ (0.2 ) $ (247.1 ) $ (21.9 ) $ (54.6 )

 

  (The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements)

 

  F-6  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

Mitel Networks Corporation
(incorporated under the laws of Canada)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions of United States dollars)


  Years Ended
  April 25, 2004  April 27, 2003    April 28, 2002  

CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN)            
             
Operating activities:            
Net loss $(30.6 ) $(70.1 ) $(114.7 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities:            
     Amortization and depreciation 11.8   42.6   57.0  
     Beneficial conversion feature on convertible debentures 3.1      
     Stock-based compensation 0.2   0.2   0.1  
     Increase in deferred income taxes (1.5 )    
     Change in pension liability 1.6      
     Special charges 0.3   2.7   0.4  
     Loss on sale of manufacturing operations 0.6     1.2  
     Loss on sale of property and equipment 0.1   0.2   0.1  
     Unrealized foreign exchange gain (2.9 ) (1.4 ) (0.3 )
     Non-cash movements in provisions 5.1   8.9   3.3  
     Change in non-cash operating assets and liabilities, net 23.0   5.0   (9.3 )

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 10.8   (11.9 ) (62.2 )

Investing activities:            
Additions to capital and intangible assets (3.7 ) (4.2 ) (11.8 )
Cash acquired in business acquisition     (0.5 )
Proceeds from repayment of related party notes receivable   5.3    
Realized foreign exchange loss on hedging activities (6.7 ) (4.2 ) (0.9 )
Realized foreign exchange gain on hedging activities 4.1   2.9   0.9  

Net cash used in investing activities (6.3 ) (0.2 ) (12.3 )

Financing activities:            
(Repayment of) proceeds from bank indebtedness (19.0 ) (10.6 ) 33.0  
Debt issue costs   (0.3 ) (0.2 )
Proceeds from issuance of convertible, redeemable preferred shares 15.0      
Proceeds from related party loans payable   23.5   32.5  
Repayment of related party loans payable (1.0 ) (3.2 ) (36.0 )
Proceeds from sale lease-back     2.1  
Repayment of capital lease liabilities (0.8 ) (0.6 ) (0.3 )
Proceeds from long-term debt   1.4   17.9  
Repayment of long-term debt (4.4 ) (3.3 ) (1.2 )
Proceeds from issuance of warrants 9.8   15.9    
Proceeds from issuance of convertible debentures   6.4    
Proceeds from issuance of redeemable common shares     10.3  
Proceeds from issuance of common shares 0.1     10.8  
Proceeds from repayments of employee share purchase loans 0.4   1.7   3.7  
Share issue costs (2.1 ) (0.4 ) (0.5 )

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities (2.0 ) 30.5   72.1  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 1.9   0.3   0.6  

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 4.4   18.7   (1.8 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 22.3   3.6   5.4  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $ 26.7 $ 22.3   $   3.6

 

  (The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements)

 

  F-7  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION
incorporated under the laws of Canada)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions of United States dollars, except share and per share amounts)

1.     NATURE OF OPERATIONS

  Mitel Networks Corporation (the “Company”) is a global provider of next-generation IP telephony, video and data solutions that creates advanced communication solutions and applications in the areas of speech recognition, wireless mobility, unified messaging, and customer interaction solutions. Through direct and indirect channels as well as strategic technology partnerships, the Company currently serves a wide range of vertical markets, including the education, hospitality, healthcare, and government segments, principally in the United States, Europe, Canada, the Asia/Pacific region and Latin America regions.

2.     BACKGROUND AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

  The Company was incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act on January 12, 2001. On February 16, 2001, the Company acquired the “Mitel” name and substantially all of the assets and subsidiaries of the Communications Systems Division (the “Division”) of Zarlink Semiconductor Inc. (“Zarlink”), formerly Mitel Corporation, excluding the Canadian real estate and most intellectual property assets. Zarlink, which retained its semiconductor division, sold 90 percent (or 90,000,000 common shares) of the Company to Mitel Systems Corporation (“Systems”), a private company and unaffiliated third party, for total consideration of $151.5. Zarlink retained a 10 percent ownership (or 10,000,000 common shares) in the Company (see also note 18). At the same time, the intellectual property assets related to the Division were acquired by a company (the “Funding Company”) controlled by the Company’s controlling shareholder and Chairman of the Board of Directors (the “Principal Shareholder”). The Company’s assets and liabilities were revalued using push-down accounting to reflect the purchase price adjustments recorded by Systems. The purchase price adjustments were based on fair values assigned to net assets as determined by an independent valuation firm using standard valuation techniques. The fair market values of patents, developed and in-process technologies were determined using the income approach, which discounts management’s best estimate of future cash flows to present value using a discount rate of 16% for developed technology and 21% for in-process technology, as adjusted to reflect additional risks inherent in the development life cycle. The fair market value of the acquired customer base was estimated based on market prices in actual transactions and on asking prices for assets currently available for sale. The fair market value of the acquired workforce was estimated based on a replacement cost approach. Acquired intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life of two years. The approximate fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired amounted to $231.5 (including $13.4 of acquired in-process technology) and $80.0, respectively and are detailed as follows:

    Current assets $ 113.0
  Fixed assets 23.4
  Intangible assets 92.2
  Other long-term assets 2.9

  Total assets 231.5

  Current liabilities 73.9
  Pension liability 6.1

  Total liabilities 80.0

  Cash consideration $ 151.5

 

  F-8  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

 

  The effects of the push-down accounting adjustments on the book value of the Company’s major classes of assets and shareholders’ equity accounts are as follows:

  Current assets $ (10.5 )
  Fixed assets (22.6 )
  Intangible assets 100.8
  Other long-term assets (1.4 )
  Total assets 66.3

       
  Current liabilities (6.1 )
  Pension liability (4.8 )

  Common stock $ 55.4

  The results of operations of the acquired business have been included from the date of acquisition.

3.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  These consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

  Amounts less than fifty thousand dollars are deemed to be insignificant in these financial statements.

a)  Fiscal Year End

  The Company’s fiscal year end is the last Sunday in April. Normally this results in a fifty-two week year with four thirteen week quarters.

b) Basis of Consolidation

  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and of its majority-owned subsidiary companies. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated on consolidation.

c) Use of Estimates

  The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods.

  Estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to, the determination of the allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory allowances, special charges, depreciation and amortization, warranty costs, sales returns, pension costs, taxes, loss contingencies, goodwill impairment, and the valuation of stock options, warrants and derivatives. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically and the effects of revisions are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the period they are determined to be necessary. In the opinion of management, these consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments necessary to present fairly the results for the periods presented. Actual results and outcomes could differ from these estimates.

d)  Reporting Currency and Foreign Currency Translation

  Reporting Currency

  During fiscal 2004, the Company adopted the United States (US) dollar as its reporting currency. As a result of the change in reporting currency, the financial statements for all periods presented were translated from Canadian dollars to US dollars in accordance with SFAS No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation. Income statement balances were translated using weighted average exchange rates over the relevant periods, assets and liabilities were translated at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet dates, and shareholders’ equity balances were translated at the exchange rates in effect on the date of each transaction. The Company made this change to enhance the

 

  F-9  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

 

  communication of its financial results with its shareholders and potential investors using the currency that is familiar to both groups. This presentation is also more consistent with the presentation of the financial results of its industry counterparts and competitors. There has been no change in the functional currencies used in preparing these consolidated financial statements.

      Foreign Currency Translation

  The financial statements of the parent company and its subsidiaries are measured using their local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign operations are translated from foreign currencies into Canadian dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date while revenue, expenses and cash flow amounts are translated at weighted average exchange rates for the period. The resulting unrealized gains or losses are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ deficiency until there is a reduction in the net investment in a foreign operation.

  Other monetary assets and liabilities, which are denominated in currencies foreign to the local currency of any one operation, are translated to the local currency at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, and transactions included in earnings are translated at weighted average exchange rates during the period. Exchange gains and losses resulting from the translation of these accounts are included in other expense, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

e)

Revenue Recognition


  The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, title and risk of loss have been transferred to the customer, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.

      Indirect channels

  The Company makes sales to distributors and resellers based on contracts with terms ranging from one to three years. For products sold through these distribution channels, revenue is recognized at the time the risk of loss is transferred according to contractual terms and if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. These arrangements usually involve multiple elements, including post-contract technical support and training. Costs related to insignificant technical support obligations, including second-line telephone support for certain products, are accrued. For other technical support and training obligations, revenue from product sales is allocated to each element based on vendor specific objective evidence of relative fair values, generally representing the prices charged when the element is sold separately, with any discount allocated proportionately. Revenue attributable to undelivered elements is deferred and recognized upon performance or ratably over the contract period.

  The Company’s standard warranty period extends fifteen months from the date of sale and extended warranty periods are offered on certain products. At the time product revenue is recognized an accrual for estimated warranty costs is recorded as a component of cost of sales based on prior claims experience. Sales to the Company’s resellers do not provide for return or price protection rights while sales to distributors provide for such rights. Product return rights are limited to a percentage of sales over a maximum three-month period. A reserve for estimated product returns and price protection rights based on past experience is recorded as a reduction of sales at the time product revenue is recognized. The Company offers various cooperative marketing programs to assist its distribution channels to market the Company’s products. Allowances for such programs are recorded as marketing expenses at the time of shipment based on contract terms and prior claims experience.

      Direct channels

  The Company sells products, including installation and related maintenance and support services, directly to customers. For product sold through direct channels, revenue is recognized at the time of delivery and at the time risk of loss is transferred, based on prior experience of successful compliance with customer specifications. Revenue from installation is recognized as services are rendered and when contractual obligations, including customer acceptance, have been satisfied. Revenue is also derived from professional service contracts with terms that range from two to six weeks for standard solutions and for longer periods for customized solutions. Revenue from customer support, professional services and maintenance contracts is recognized ratably over the contractual

 

  F-10  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

 

  period, generally one year. Billings in advance of services are included in deferred revenue. Revenue from installation services provided in advance of billing is included in unbilled accounts receivable. Certain arrangements with direct customers provide for free customer support and maintenance services extending twelve months from the date of installation. Customer support and maintenance contracts are also sold separately. When customer support or maintenance services are provided free of charge, such amounts are unbundled from the product and installation revenue at their fair market value based on the prices charged when the element is sold separately and recognized ratably over the contract period. Consulting and training revenues are recognized upon performance.

  The Company provides long-term outsourcing services of communication systems. Under these arrangements, systems management services (“Managed Services”) and communication equipment are provided to customers for terms that typically range from one to ten years. Revenue from Managed Services is recognized ratably over the contract period. The Company retains title and risk of loss associated with the equipment utilized in the provision of the Managed Services. Accordingly, the equipment is capitalized as part of property and equipment and is amortized to cost of sales over the contract period.

f)  Cash and Cash Equivalents
       
  Cash and cash equivalents are highly liquid investments that have terms to maturity of three months or less at the time of acquisition, and generally consist of cash on hand and marketable securities. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates their fair value.

g)

Restricted Cash


  Restricted cash represents cash provided as collateral in connection with certain customer bid and performance related bonds.

h)

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts


  The allowance for doubtful accounts represents the Company’s best estimate of probable losses that may result from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company regularly reviews accounts receivable and uses judgment to assess the collectibility of specific accounts and based on this assessment, an allowance is maintained for those accounts that are deemed to be uncollectible. For the remaining amounts that are not specifically identified as being uncollectible, an allowance is estimated based on the aging of the accounts, the Company’s historical collection experience, and other currently available evidence.

i)

Securitizations and Transfers of Financial Instruments


  The Company entered into a Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement on April 16, 2004, whereby non-interest bearing trade receivables are transferred to a securitization trust. As at April 25, 2004, no receivables had been transferred under the above noted agreement and there were no securitized receivables outstanding at year-end. However the Company expects such receivables will be transferred in future years. These transfers will be accounted for as sales when the Company is considered to have surrendered control over the transferred receivables and receives proceeds from the trust, other than a beneficial interest in the assets sold. Losses on these transactions will be recognized as other expenses at the date of the receivables sale, and will be dependent in part on the previous carrying amount of the receivables transferred which is allocated between the receivables sold and the retained interest, based on their relative fair value at the date of transfer. Fair value is generally estimated based on the present value of expected future cash flows using management’s best estimates of key assumptions such as discount rates, weighted average life of accounts receivable, and credit loss ratios. The Company expects to recognize a servicing liability on the date of the transfer and expects to amortize this liability to income over the expected life of the transferred receivables.

j)

Inventories


  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (calculated on a first-in, first-out basis) or net realizable value for finished goods, and current replacement cost for raw materials. The Company provides inventory allowances based on estimated excess and obsolete inventories.

 

  F-11  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP



k) Property and Equipment

  Property and equipment are initially recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the anticipated useful lives of the assets. Estimated lives range from three to ten years for equipment and twenty-five years for buildings. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the shorter of the remaining lease terms or five years. The Company performs reviews for the impairment of property and equipment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 144 whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is assessed based on the carrying value of the asset and its fair value which is generally determined based on the discounted cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposal of the asset. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and exceeds fair value.

  Assets leased on terms that transfer substantially all of the benefits and risks of ownership to the Company are accounted for as capital leases, as though the asset had been purchased outright and a liability incurred. All other leases are accounted for as operating leases.

l) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

  Intangible assets include patents, trademarks, and acquired technology. Amortization is provided on a straight-line basis over five years for patents and over two years for other intangible assets with finite useful lives. The carrying value of these assets is periodically reviewed by management for potential permanent impairment. The Company evaluates intangible assets for impairment in accordance with SFAS 144 whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is assessed based on the carrying value of the asset and its fair value which is generally determined based on the discounted cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposal of the asset. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and exceeds fair value.

  Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired in business combinations. In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, which the Company adopted at the beginning of Fiscal 2003. Under SFAS 142 goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to annual impairment tests, or more frequently if circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is below its carrying amount. Prior to Fiscal 2003 the amount representing goodwill was amortized on a straight line basis over two years. The Company completed the transitional and annual goodwill impairment tests, and determined that no impairment existed as of the date of adoption and as of the balance sheet dates.

  This change in accounting policy in Fiscal 2003 was not applied retroactively and the amounts presented for the prior year have not been restated for this change. The following table presents the impact of this change on net loss and on basic and diluted loss per common share as if the policy had been applied retroactively to the beginning of Fiscal 2002:

 

 

Year Ended
April 28, 2002


 

Net loss, as reported

$

(114.7

)

 

Add: Amortization of goodwill from continuing operations

 

6.3

 


 

Adjusted net loss

$

(108.4

)


 

Reported basic and diluted loss per common share

$

(1.10

)


 

Adjusted basic and diluted loss per common share

$

(1.01

)



m) Derivative Financial Instruments

  The Company uses derivatives, including foreign currency forward and swap contracts, to minimize the short-term impact of currency fluctuations on foreign currency receivables and payables. These financial instruments are recorded at fair market value with the related foreign currency gains and losses recorded in other expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for

 

  F-12  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

 

  speculative or trading purposes. The Company also utilizes non-derivative financial instruments including letters of credit and commitments to extend credit.

  As explained in Note 19, the Company has issued convertible, redeemable preferred shares to investors. The preferred shares give the investors the right, at any time after five years to redeem the shares for cash. The redemption amount is equal to the original issue price of $1.00 per preferred share times the number of Series A and Series B Preferred Shares outstanding, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, plus the then current fair market value of the common shares into which the Series A and Series B Preferred Shares are convertible. The requirement to redeem the shares on an as-if-converted-to-common shares basis qualifies as an embedded derivative under SFAS133. Accordingly, the proceeds received from the issuance of the preferred shares were allocated between the embedded derivative and the preferred shares. The embedded derivative is then marked to market throughout the period to redemption with changes in value recorded in the consolidated statement of operations.

n)

Income Taxes


  Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this approach, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities, and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws. Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is more likely than not, in the opinion of management, that the future tax assets will be realized in the future.

o)

Research and Development


  Research costs are charged to expense in the periods in which they are incurred. Software development costs are deferred and amortized when technological feasibility has been established, or otherwise, are expensed as incurred. The Company has not deferred any software development costs to date.

p)

Defined Benefit Pension Plan


  Pension expense is actuarially determined using the projected benefit method prorated on service and management’s best estimate assumptions. Pension plan assets are valued at fair value. The excess of any cumulative net actuarial gain (loss) over ten percent of the greater of the benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets is amortized over the average remaining service period of active employees. The Company periodically assesses, and adjusts as necessary, the minimum pension liability recorded on the consolidated balance sheet to equal the amount by which the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of the plan assets.

q)

Stock-Based Compensation Plan


  The Company has a stock-based compensation plan described in note 22. The Company generally grants stock options for a fixed number of shares to employees and non-employees with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the shares at the date of grant. The Company accounts for employee stock option grants in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (“APB 25”), “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations. Under APB 25, options granted to employees and directors will result in the recognition of compensation expense only if the exercise price is lower than the market price of common shares on the date of grant. Under SFAS No. 123 (“SFAS 123”), “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, the Company recognizes compensation expense in connection with grants to non-employees and former employees by applying the fair value based method of accounting and also applies variable plan accounting to such unvested grants. Had compensation cost for the Company’s stock option plan been determined as prescribed by SFAS 123, pro forma net loss and pro forma net loss per share would have been as follows, using the following weighted average assumptions:

 

  F-13  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

April 25,
2004

April 27,
2003

 April 28,
2002


 

Net loss available to common shareholders, as reported (note 22)

$(33.4

)

$(71.2

)

$(117.9

)

 

Estimated additional stock-based compensation

(1.6

)

(2.1

)

(1.9

)


 

Pro forma net loss available to common shareholders

(35.0

)

(73.3

)

(119.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share, as reported - basic and diluted

$(0.26

)

$(0.63

)

$(1.10

)

 

Pro forma net loss per share - basic and diluted

$(0.27

)

$(0.65

)

$(1.12

)


               
 

Risk-free interest rate

3.7%

 

4.1%

 

5.00%

 

 

Dividends

0%

 

0%

 

0%

 

 

Expected life of the options

5 years

 

5 years

 

5 years

 

  Pro forma results disclosed are based on the provisions of SFAS 123 using a minimum value option pricing model, which assumes no volatility, to calculate the fair value of employee stock options. Changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, and therefore the model used above does not necessarily provide reliable pro forma results.

r)

Earnings (Loss) per Common Share


  Basic earnings (loss) per common share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share is computed using the treasury stock method and assumes that, if a dilutive effect is produced, all dilutive securities had been exercised at the later of the beginning of the fiscal period and the security issue date.

s)

 Other Comprehensive Loss


  Other comprehensive loss is recorded directly to a separate section of shareholders’ deficiency in accumulated other comprehensive loss and includes unrealized gains and losses excluded from the Consolidated Statements of Operations. These unrealized gains and losses consist of foreign currency translation adjustments, which are not adjusted for income taxes since they primarily relate to indefinite investments in non-Canadian subsidiaries, and minimum pension liability adjustments.

t)

Advertising Costs


  The cost of advertising is expensed as incurred, except for cooperative advertising obligations which are expensed at the time the related sales are recognized. Advertising costs are recorded as part of selling, general and administrative expenses. The Company incurred $8.1, $7.5 and $8.4 in advertising costs during the years ended April 25, 2004, April 27, 2003 and April 28, 2002, respectively, recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.

u)

Product Warranties


  The Company’s product warranties generally range from one to five years. At the time revenue is recognized, a provision for estimated warranty costs is recorded as a component of cost of sales. The warranty accrual represents the Company’s best estimate of the costs necessary to settle future and existing claims on products sold as of the balance sheet date based on the terms of the warranty, which vary by customer and product, historical product return rates and estimated average repair costs. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty provisions and adjusts the amounts as necessary.

v)

 Comparative Figures


  Certain of the comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

  F-14  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP


w)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements


  In December 2003, the Staff of the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition,” (“SAB 104”) which superseded SAB 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements”. SAB 104’s primary purpose is to rescind accounting guidance contained in SAB 101 related to multiple element revenue arrangements, superseded as a result of the issuance of EITF 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” Additionally, SAB 104 rescinds the SEC’s Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements Frequently Asked Questions and Answers (the FAQ) issued with SAB 101 that had been codified in SEC Topic 13, Revenue Recognition. Selected portions of the FAQ have been incorporated into SAB 104. While the wording of SAB 104 has changed to reflect the issuance of EITF 00-21, the revenue recognition principles of SAB 101 remain largely unchanged by the issuance of SAB 104. The adoption of SAB 104 did not materially affect the Company’s revenue recognition policies, results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

  In April 2004, the EITF issued Statement No. 03-06 “Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method Under FASB Statement No. 128, Earnings Per Share” (“EITF 03-06”). EITF 03-06 addresses a number of questions regarding the computation of earnings per share by companies that have issued securities other than common stock that contractually entitle the holder to participate in dividends and earnings of a company when, and if, it declares dividends on its common stock. The issue also provides further guidance in applying the two-class method of computing earnings per share once it is determined that a security is participating, including how to allocate undistributed earnings to such a security. EITF 03-06 is effective for fiscal periods beginning after March 31, 2004. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of adopting EITF 03-06.

  In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity”. For non-public entities, SFAS 150 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2003. SFAS 150 establishes standards for the Company’s classification in the financial statements of instruments that have characteristics of both liabilities and equity. Specifically, mandatorily redeemable financial instruments, which embody an unconditional obligation requiring the issuer to redeem the instrument, are required to be recorded as liabilities in the financial statements. Financial instruments that embody a conditional obligation to redeem the instrument upon an event that is not certain to occur will become mandatorily redeemable, and therefore classified as a liability, if the event occurs, the condition is resolved, or the event becomes certain to occur. The adoption of this standard may affect the classification of the Company’s redeemable common and preferred shares, which are currently classified between the liabilities section and the equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet. On adoption of the standards, these instruments will have to be assessed at each reporting date to determine whether redemption of the instruments is no longer conditional. An assessment that redemption of the shares is unconditional will require that the shares be reclassified within liabilities as “Shares Subject to Mandatory Redemption” and related accreted interest recorded as interest expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations on a prospective basis with no restatement of prior periods presented.

4.     RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  Significant related party transactions with companies controlled by or related to the Principal Shareholder, not otherwise disclosed in the financial statements, include the following:

      Research and development

  Effective February 16, 2001, the Company entered into a research and development agreement with a company controlled by the Principal Shareholder (the “Funding Company”), under which the Company received funding to perform research and development until November 1, 2002, the date on which the two parties mutually agreed to terminate the agreement. During the term of the agreement, the Funding Company owned the intellectual property for the products developed and licensed certain of the intellectual property rights to the Company in exchange for royalties based on a percentage of sales of products developed under the programs. From March 27, 2001 until November 1, 2002, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and the Funding Company were parties to a research and development cost-sharing agreement pursuant to which they agreed to share the costs of research and development and in exchange the Company obtained a license to additional intellectual property rights. In addition, the Company transferred to the Funding Company investment tax credits (“ITCs”) earned on the research and development activity performed during the period of the research and development agreement.

 

  F-15  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

 

  On November 1, 2002, the Company acquired the intellectual property from the Funding Company at a price of $8.0 that was satisfied by the issuance of 4,555,169 common shares from treasury with a fair value of CDN$2.75 per share, which was based upon an independent valuation. As a result, the research and development agreement and the research and development cost-sharing agreement have been terminated. This transaction resulted in the settlement of the liability to issue common shares of $14.7 (April 28, 2002 — $10.0) classified in the due to related parties, an increase of $0.1 to the carrying value of intangible assets and an increase of $14.8 to the carrying value of common shares.

  During Fiscal 2004, the Company received $nil (2003 — $4.4; 2002 — $6.6) of research and development funding from the Funding Company related to these agreements, which was recorded as part of due to related parties, and incurred royalty expenses of $nil (2003 — $0.3; 2002 — $0.2) payable to the Funding Company.

        Disposal of manufacturing operations

  On August 31, 2001, the Company sold its manufacturing operations, comprising plant, equipment, workforce and certain liabilities to a company in which the Principal Shareholder holds a significant interest (the “Supplier”) for total net consideration of $5.0 in the form of long-term promissory notes receivable of $5.4 and promissory notes payable of $0.4. The total net consideration approximated the fair value of the disposed manufacturing tangible net assets. The long-term promissory notes receivable were secured by a first charge on the manufacturing assets transferred, bore interest at LIBOR rate plus 1.5 percent and were repaid in February 2003. Interest income related to the promissory notes receivable amounted to $nil in Fiscal 2004 (2003 — $0.1; 2002 — $0.2). The promissory notes payable bore interest at LIBOR rate plus 1.5 percent and were set off against the promissory notes receivable on August 31, 2002 pursuant to an agreement with the Supplier. Interest expense recorded in connection with these promissory notes payable in Fiscal 2004 and Fiscal 2003, was insignificant. The transaction resulted in a loss on disposal of $1.5 that was recorded in operating expenses of Fiscal 2002. During Fiscal 2004 the Supplier vacated premises that had been subleased from the Company pursuant to the disposal of the manufacturing operations. It became evident therefore that sublease income over the lease renewal period, which was originally included in the estimated loss on disposal, will no longer be realized. As a result an amount of $0.6 was recorded in the Fiscal 2004 Consolidated Statement of Operations as an additional loss arising on the disposal activity.

  In connection with the disposal of the manufacturing operations, the Company entered into a supply agreement dated August 31, 2001 whereby the Supplier will provide certain products and services under terms and conditions reflecting prevailing market conditions at the time the agreement was entered into. The term of the agreement is six years (2002 — initial term of three years) and will be, unless otherwise terminated, automatically renewed on the same terms and conditions for additional consecutive one-year periods. Under the terms of the supply agreement, the Supplier is required to purchase the Company’s raw material inventory, before turning to third party suppliers for raw material procurement. During Fiscal 2004, the Company purchased $84.9 (2003 — $115.7; 2002 — $81.3) of products and services and sold $2.7 (2003 — $6.4; 2002 — $22.1) of raw material inventory under this agreement. As at April 25, 2004, balances payable pursuant to this agreement amounted to $15.4 (2003 — $8.5) and balances receivable pursuant to this agreement amounted to $1.7 (2003 — $1.4).

  Under the terms of the supply agreement, the Company is required to purchase from the Supplier certain tools used in the manufacturing process. These manufacturing tools are capitalized as part of fixed assets and are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. During Fiscal 2004, manufacturing tools purchased from the Supplier amounted to $0.1 (2003 — $1.2; 2002 — $0.1).

  On August 31, 2001, the Company also entered into service agreements with the Supplier to provide facilities management services for the period covering the term of the premise lease agreements, as well as human resource and information systems support services. Amounts charged to the Supplier were equal to, and recorded as a reduction of, the costs incurred to provide the related services in the consolidated statement of operations. During Fiscal 2004, the Company provided services valued at $3.3 under these agreements (2003 — $4.7; 2002 — $5.9) for which there was no receivable balance outstanding at April 25, 2004 or April 27, 2003.

      Leased properties

  In March 2001, the Company entered into a lease agreement for its Ottawa-based headquarter facilities of 512,391 square feet with a company controlled by the Principal Shareholder, under terms and conditions reflecting prevailing market conditions at the time the lease was entered into. The lease agreement is for 10 years expiring in March 2011.

  F-16  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

 

  On August 31, 2001, the Company entered into sublease agreements with the Supplier for certain office and manufacturing facilities in Ottawa and in the United Kingdom totaling 252,941 square feet under terms and conditions reflecting prevailing market conditions at the time the leases were entered into. The sublease agreement was amended on May 31, 2002 to increase leased space by 4,026 square feet, bringing the total space subleased by the Company to 256,967 square feet. The Ottawa sublease agreement is for a term of five years expiring on August 31, 2006 and the United Kingdom lease agreement is for a term of fifteen years expiring in August 2016 with cancellation options on the fifth and tenth years available to the Company and the Supplier.

  See note 16 for disclosure of related party rental expense, sublease income, committed future minimum lease payments and future sublease income. As at April 25, 2004, balances due to the company controlled by the Principal Shareholder and related to the lease agreement were insignificant (2003 — $0.6).

      Financing

  During the fiscal years ended April 27, 2003 and April 28, 2002, the Company borrowed funds, from time to time, from a company controlled by the Principal Shareholder (the “Financing Affiliate”) to finance its operations. The loans bore interest at prime rate, and interest expense incurred on these related party loans amounted to $0.7 in Fiscal 2004 (Fiscal 2003 — $0.6; 2002 — $1.2). At April 25, 2004, demand loans payable to the Financing Affiliate amounted to $nil (April 27, 2003 — $29.1).

  In October 2003 the entire carrying value of the demand loans of $31.0 was converted into 20,448,875 common shares of the Company at the then fair value of the common shares of CDN$2.00 per common share. The fair value of the common shares issued upon extinguishment of the loans was equal to the carrying value of the demand loans on the date of extinguishment, therefore no gain or loss resulted from the transaction. In April 2004, all of the 20,448,875 common shares were exchanged for 40,897,750 Series B Convertible, Redeemable Preferred Shares at the then fair value of CDN$1.00 per preferred share (see note 19).

      Other

  In September 2001, the Company entered into a strategic alliance agreement and a global distribution agreement with a company (the “Partner Company”) controlled by the Principal Shareholder to broaden its product portfolio and its distribution channel. Under the terms of the agreement, the parties agree to cooperate in the performance of joint development activities and each party will bear its own costs arising in connection with the performance of its obligations. Both parties will share common costs incurred in the performance of joint activities. The Partner Company develops, manufactures and distributes broadband integrated technology solutions enabling businesses and service providers to deliver enhanced multimedia communication services. During Fiscal 2004, the Company purchased $1.0 (2003 — $2.4; 2002 — $1.5) of products and services from the Partner Company and had an insignificant balance payable recorded in the due to related parties pursuant to this agreement at April 25, 2004 (2003 — $0.1).

  Other sales to, purchases from and net balances receivable from companies related to the Principal Shareholder and arising in the normal course of the Company’s business amounted to $0.3, $0.7 and $0.2, respectively for the year ended April 25, 2004 (2003 — $0.9, $0.5 and $0.3, respectively; 2002 — $0.2, $0.3 and $0.5, respectively). In addition, in Fiscal 2003 certain of the Company’s directors and members of senior management purchased convertible debentures in an aggregate amount of $0.3. In Fiscal 2004 these convertible debentures were converted to common shares of the Company and later exchanged for Series B Convertible, Redeemable Preferred Shares, as described in Note 19.

 

  F-17  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

5.     SPECIAL CHARGES

  During Fiscal 2004, the Company implemented additional workforce reduction programs in a continued effort to realign spending levels with the lower sales volumes experienced in the year. Accordingly, pre-tax special charges of $11.7, net of reversals of prior year’s charges of $0.3, were recorded in Fiscal 2004. The components of the Fiscal 2004 charges include $8.5 of employee severance and benefits and associated legal costs incurred in the termination of 196 employees throughout the world, $3.2 of non-cancelable lease costs related to excess facilities and $0.3 of loss on disposal of capital assets. Payment of the workforce reduction liabilities are expected to be completed during Fiscal 2005. The lease termination obligation will be reduced over the remaining term of the leases, which range from one year to ten years. Accordingly, $4.7 of the balance of the lease termination obligation has been recorded under long term liabilities.

  During Fiscal 2003, the Company executed restructuring programs to reduce its workforce across all functions. Accordingly, pre-tax special charges of $13.7, net of reversals of prior year’s charges of $2.2, were recorded in Fiscal 2003. The components of the Fiscal 2003 charges included $12.6 of employee severance and benefits associated with 265 terminated employees throughout the world, $3.0 of non-cancelable lease costs related to excess facilities and $0.3 of loss on disposal of capital assets. Although these restructuring programs were completed at April 27, 2003, payments of the workforce reduction liabilities were completed during Fiscal 2004. The lease termination obligation will be reduced over the remaining term of the leases, which range from two years to eleven years. Accordingly, $2.5 of the balance of the lease termination obligation has been recorded under long term liabilities.

  During Fiscal 2002, the Company executed restructuring programs to reduce its sales, marketing, administrative and R&D workforce. In August 2001, the Network Access Solutions R&D program was cancelled based on the decision to exit non-core operations. Accordingly, pre-tax special charges of $7.4 related to these actions were recorded in Fiscal 2002. The workforce reduction costs included in the special charges related to severance and benefits associated with 278 terminated employees throughout the world. These restructuring programs were completed in the first quarter of Fiscal 2003. As a result of the workforce reduction, the Company recorded a loss on disposal of capital assets of $0.4.

  The following table summarizes details of the Company’s special charges and related reserve during Fiscal 2004 and Fiscal 2003:

  Description Workforce
Reduction
Lease
Termination
Obligation
Loss on
Disposal of
Capital Assets
Legal
costs
Total  

  Balance of reserve as of April 28, 2002 2.1       0.1   2.2  
                       
  Fiscal 2003:                    
  Charges 12.6   3.0   0.3     15.9  
  Adjustments (2.0 ) (0.1 )   (0.1 ) (2.2 )
  Cash payments (11.9 ) (0.4 )     (12.3 )
  Asset loss on disposal     (0.3 )   (0.3 )
  Foreign currency impact (0.2 ) 0.1       (0.1 )

  Balance of reserve as of April 27, 2003 $  0.6   $ 2.6   $ —   $  —   $ 3.2  

  Fiscal 2004:                    
  Charges 8.1   3.2   0.3   0.4   12.0  
  Adjustments (0.3 )       (0.3 )
  Cash payments (6.5 ) (0.7 )     (7.2 )
  Asset loss on disposal     (0.3 )   (0.3 )
  Foreign currency impact 0.2   0.2       0.4  

  Balance of reserve as of April 25, 2004 $ 2.1   $ 5.3   $ —   $ 0.4   $ 7.8  

  F-18  


Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

6.     SEGMENT INFORMATION

      General description

  The Company reports its operations in two segments: the Communications Solutions segment (“Solutions”) and the Customer Services segment (“Services”). The Solutions segment represents the Company’s core business, consisting of enterprise voice, video and data communications systems and software as well as communications applications. These Solutions are provided through the Company’s dealer and reseller network and are used by large enterprises, small and medium businesses as well as government, education and healthcare organizations. The Services segment consists of direct product sales and services, professional services, maintenance and technical support services. These services are provided through the Company’s direct sales offices throughout North America and the United Kingdom.

  The Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) has been identified as the chief operating decision maker. The CEO evaluates the performance of the segments and allocates resources based on information provided by the Company’s internal management system which reports segmented operating income (loss) representing sales less the cost of sales and direct expenses incurred within the operating segments. The Company does not allocate general and administrative expenses, amortization of acquired intangibles, stock-based compensation expense and one-time charges to its segments as management does not use this information to measure the performance of the operating segments. These unallocated expenses are included in corporate and other in the reconciliation of operating results. In addition, total asset information by segment is not presented because the CEO does not use such segmented measure to allocate resources and assess performance. Depreciation of property and equipment is allocated to each segment based on available segmented property and equipment information. Inter-segment sales are based on fair market values and are eliminated on consolidation. The accounting policies of reported segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

      Business segments

        The following table sets forth information by business segment:

 

  F-19  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

  Solutions   Services   Corporate
and Other
Total  

Year ended April 25, 2004                
External revenue $ 174.9   165.8     $ 340.7  
Inter-segment revenue 27.5     (27.5 )  

Total revenue 202.4   165.8   (27.5 ) 340.7  

Goodwill 3.3   2.3     5.6  

Depreciation of property and equipment 2.7   2.7   4.4   9.8  
Segment operating income (loss) (27.5 40.2     12.7  
Corporate and unallocated shared expenses     (23.0 ) (23.0 )
Stock-based compensation     (0.1 ) (0.1 )
Special charges     (11.7 ) (11.7 )
Amortization of intangible assets         (0.2 ) (0.2 )

Operating income (loss) $(27.5 ) 40.2   (35.0 ) $ (22.3 )

Year ended April 27, 2003                
External revenue $164.8   $187.4   $    —   $352.2  
Inter-segment revenue 30.0     (30.0 )  

Total revenue 194.8   187.4   (30.0 ) 352.2  

Goodwill 3.1   2.1       5.2  

Depreciation of property and equipment 4.6   3.0    5.1   12.7  

Segment operating income (loss) (47.1 ) 41.1     (6.0 )
Corporate and unallocated shared expenses     (23.2 ) (23.2 )
Stock-based compensation     (0.1 ) (0.1 )
Special charges     (13.7 ) (13.7 )
Amortization of intangible assets     (29.1 ) (29.1 )

Operating income (loss) $(47.1 ) $  41.1   $(66.1 ) $  (72.1 )

Year ended April 28, 2002                
External revenue $158.9   $199.1   $    —   $358.0  
Inter-segment revenue 32.9     (32.9 )  

Total revenue 191.8   199.1   (32.9 ) 358.0  

Goodwill 2.9   2.0       4.9  

Depreciation of property and equipment 5.1   2.9   5.2   13.2  

Segment operating income (loss) (61.4 ) 34.6     (26.8 )
Corporate and unallocated shared expenses     (31.6 ) (31.6 )
Stock-based compensation     (0.1 ) (0.1 )
Special charges     (7.4 ) (7.4 )
Loss on sale of manufacturing operations     (1.5 ) (1.5 )
Amortization of intangible assets     (43.8 ) (43.8 )

Operating income (loss) $(61.4 ) $34.6   $(84.4 ) $(111.2 )

 

  F-20  

      Product information

  The following table sets forth net sales for groups of similar products and services:

  Year Ended
  April 25, 2004 April 27, 2003 April 28, 2002

  Products:      
   Communications platforms and desktop appliances $191.3   $191.1   $191.0  
   Software applications 22.3   29.6   33.4  
   OEM products 14.3   26.7   27.0  
   Other (1) 3.0   9.4   19.5  

    230.9   256.8   270.9  

  Services:
   Maintenance and support 94.5   83.4   72.9  
   Managed services 10.6   9.7   6.9  
   Professional services 4.7   2.3   7.3  

    109.8   95.4   87.1  

    Total $340.7   $352.2   $358.0  

(1)  

Other products include mainly Network Access Solutions products representing one percent, one percent and four percent of total revenue in Fiscal 2004, Fiscal 2003, and Fiscal 2002, respectively.


      Geographic information

  Revenues from external customers are attributed to geographic areas based on location of the customers. The following table sets forth external revenue by geographic areas:

Year Ended
April 25, 2004 April 27, 2003 April 28, 2002

  $  25.2   $  25.1   $  22.9  
  162.8   173.3   185.1  
  124.2   126.0   125.6  
  28.5   27.8   24.4  

  $340.7   $352.2   $358.0  

 

  Geographic long-lived asset information is based on the physical location of the assets as at the end of each fiscal period. The following table sets forth long-lived assets by geographic areas:

Year Ended April 25, 2004
Year Ended April 27, 2003
Property
and
Equipment
Goodwill Intangible
Assets
Property
and
Equipment
Goodwill Intangible
Assets

     Canada   $  6.2   $3.5   $  1.5   $10.8   $3.2   $1.2  
      United States   0.9   0.7     0.5   0.7    
     United Kingdom   12.9   1.4     13.6   1.3   0.1  
     Barbados             0.1  
     Other foreign countr   0.3       0.4      

      $20.3   $5.6   $  1.5   $25.3   $5.2   $1.4  

 

  F-21  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

      Concentrations

  The Company sells its products and services to a broad set of enterprises ranging from large, multinational enterprises, to small and mid-sized enterprises, government agencies, health care organizations and schools. Management believes that the Company is exposed to minimal concentration risk since the majority of its business is conducted with companies within numerous industries. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral for its accounts receivable. In some cases, the Company will require payment in advance or security in the form of letters of credit or third-party guarantees. No single customer accounted for more than 10 percent of the Company’s revenue for the years ended April 25, 2004, April 27, 2003 and April 28, 2002.

  As a result of the disposal of the manufacturing operations described in note 4, the Supplier exclusively manufactures substantially all of the Company’s Communications Solutions products at facilities located in Canada, the United States and the United Kingdom. The Company is not obligated to purchase products from the Supplier in any specific quantity, except as the Company outlines in forecasts or orders for products required to be manufactured by the Supplier. In addition, the Company may be obligated to purchase certain excess inventory levels from the Supplier that could result from the Company’s actual sales of product varying from forecast. As at April 25, 2004, there was excess inventory of $1.0 (2003 — $nil) for which the Company was liable, and has been recorded in the due to related parties amount. The Company’s supply agreement with the Supplier results in a concentration that, if suddenly eliminated, could have an adverse effect on the Company’s operations. While the Company believes that alternative sources of supply would be available, disruption of its primary source of supply could create a temporary, adverse effect on product shipments.

7.     OTHER RECEIVABLES

  Included in other receivables is an amount of $3.2 (2003 — $6.8) for unbilled accounts.

8.     PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER ASSETS

  Included in prepaid expenses and other assets is an amount of $8.2 (2003 — $9.6) for assets used by the Company in the provision of maintenance and support services in its Customer Services segment.

9.     INVENTORIES

April 25,
2004
April 27,
2003

  Raw materials          $  0.2      $  1.6      
  Finished goods   14.3   24.1  

      $14.5   $25.7  

 

  F-22  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

10.     PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

April 25,
2004
April 27,
2003

  Cost:      
    Land   $  0.6   $  0.6  
    Buildings   4.6   4.1  
    Equipment   55.0   51.8  

      60.2   56.5  

  Less accumulated depreciation:  
    Buildings   0.2   0.1  
    Equipment   39.7   31.1  

      39.9   31.2  

      $20.3   $25.3  


  As at April 25, 2004, equipment included leased assets with cost of $2.9 (2003 — $2.8) and accumulated depreciation of $2.2 (2003 — $1.2) and equipment utilized in the provision of Managed Services (see note 3(e)) with cost of $11.6 (2003 — $11.6) and accumulated depreciation of $7.2 (2003 — $6.1). Depreciation expense recorded in Fiscal 2004 amounted to $10.8 (2003 — $12.7; 2002 — $13.2).

11.     GOODWILL

April 25,
2004
April 27,
2003

         Balance, beginning of the year   $5.2 $4.9  
         Foreign currency impact   0.4 0.3

         Balance, end of the year   $5.6 $5.2

 
  Effective April 29, 2002, the Company reclassified acquired workforce with net book value of $4.9 to goodwill in accordance with the SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. The Company has designated its third quarter as the date for the annual impairment test. The Company performed the required impairment tests of goodwill in Fiscal 2004 and Fiscal 2003 and based on these tests, goodwill is not considered to be impaired.

12.     INTANGIBLE AND OTHER ASSETS

April 25,
2004
April 27,
2003

    Acquired technology $2.1   $2.0  
    Patents, trademarks and other 3.2   2.3  

    5.3   4.3  

  Less accumulated amortization:
    Acquired technology 2.1   1.9  
    Patents, trademarks and other 1.7   1.0  

    3.8   2.9  

  Net intangible and other assets $1.5   $1.4  


  Amortization of intangible assets was $0.2, $29.1, and $43.8 in each of Fiscal 2004, Fiscal 2003 and Fiscal 2002 respectively. The estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets in existence as at April 25, 2004, over the next five years is as follows:
FY05 — $0.6; FY06 — $0.6; FY07- $0.3; FY08 and beyond — $nil. The Company does not allocate intangible assets to its segments, as management does not use this information to measure the performance of the operating segments.

 

  F-23  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

13.     BANK INDEBTEDNESS

  The Company has a 364 day revolving credit facility of $22.0 that is subject to a borrowing base. The facility bears interest at the prime rate or U.S. base rate plus 1.5 percent or LIBOR or Bankers’ Acceptances plus 2.5 percent and is secured by a general assignment of substantially all the Company’s accounts receivable and a general security interest in the remaining assets of the Company. The credit facility is also personally guaranteed by the Principal Shareholder. The credit facility matures on June 30, 2005 and contains certain restrictions and financial covenants. At April 25, 2004, the Company was in compliance with these financial covenants. At April 27, 2003 the Company was not in compliance with the financial covenants however bank waivers were obtained on the breached financial covenants. At April 25, 2004, the Company had borrowed cash of $6.6 under this facility (2003 — $12.3) and $1.0 was committed under letter of credit arrangements (2003 — $0.8).

  The Company’s United Kingdom (“U.K”) subsidiary has a $1.8 (£1.0) overdraft facility bearing interest at the bank’s base rate plus 1.5%, and indemnity facilities totaling $5.3 (£3.0) available for letters of credit and other guarantees. At April 25, 2004, $2.3 of the U.K. facilities was committed under letters of credit and other indemnities (2003 — $1.7). The U.K subsidiary also has additional available credit facilities of $6.6 (£ 3.8) of which $nil was borrowed at April 25, 2004 (2003 — $nil).

  During the years ended April 25, 2004 and April 27, 2003 the Company’s U.K. subsidiary had a $6.5 (£4.1) loan facility that was subject to a borrowing base. The facility bore interest at LIBOR plus 3.5 percent, which would decrease to LIBOR plus 2.5 percent upon receipt of net proceeds of at least CDN$20.0 from an equity offering. The principal amount of the loan was payable on March 4, 2004 and interest payable quarterly starting in June 2003. The facility was secured by a general assignment of the Company’s account receivable and a general security interest in the remaining assets of the Canadian parent company and its two U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries. The loan facility contained certain restrictions and financial covenants. At April 27, 2003, the Company was not in compliance with certain of the financial covenants, however bank waivers were obtained on the breached covenants. At April 27, 2003, the Company had borrowed the total amount available under this facility. During the year ended April 25, 2004 the Company repaid the entire balance of the loan and the credit facility was cancelled.

14.     ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

2004 2003

  Trade payable   $11.8   $13.4  
   Employee-related payables   9.6   9.2  
  Restructuring, warranty and other provisions   5.8   5.8  
  Other accrued liabilities   18.8   14.3  

      $46.0   $42.7  

 

  F-24  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

15.     LONG-TERM DEBT

2004 2003

  Capital leases, at interest rates varying from 9.1% to 11.4%,      
  payable in monthly installments, with maturity dates ranging  
  from 5 to 46 months, secured by the leased assets   $  1.1   $  1.8  
 
  Chattel mortgage loan, bearing interest at 7.7%, payable in  
  monthly installments and due in October 2004, secured by  
  certain United Kingdom equipment   1.6   4.2  
 
  Chattel mortgage loan, bearing interest at 6.3%,  
  payable in monthly installments and due in April 2006,  
  secured by certain United Kingdom equipment   1.0   1.4  
 
  Mortgage loan, bearing interest at 7.4% until December 2006,  
   with an option to select a fixed or variable interest rate  
  thereafter, payable in quarterly installments of £0.3  
  fixed until December 2006 with the balance due in December  
  2011, secured by the United Kingdom real estate properties   11.2   10.9  

      14.9   18.3  
  Less: current portion   4.1   4.9  

      $10.8   $13.4  


  Pursuant to the terms of the building mortgage agreement, the Company’s U.K. subsidiary must comply with certain financial covenants. At April 25, 2004 and April 27, 2003, the subsidiary was in compliance with these financial covenants.

  Interest expense related to long-term debt, including obligations under capital leases, was $1.3 in Fiscal 2004 (2003 — $1.4; 2002 — $0.6). Future minimum lease payments under capital leases total $1.2 of which $1.0, $0.1, $0.1 and $nil relate to fiscal years 2005 to 2008, respectively. Interest costs of $0.1 are included in the total future lease payments. Scheduled principal mortgage repayments during the next five fiscal years are: 2005 — $3.2; 2006 — $1.8; 2007 — $1.2; 2008 — $1.4; 2009 and beyond — $6.2.

 

  F-25  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

16.     COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES

      Operating leases

  The Company leases certain equipment and facilities under arms-length operating leases. The Company is also committed under related party leases and subleases for certain facilities (see note 4). Rental expense and income on operating leases were as follows:

Year Ended
April 25, 2004 April 27, 2003 April 28, 2002

  Rental expense        
    Arms-length   $  8.6   $  9.9   $10.0  
    Related party   6.7   6.0   6.1  

    Total   $15.3   $15.9   $16.1  

  Rental income  
    Arms-length   $  0.1   $  1.2   $  1.1  
    Related party   4.3   3.7   2.6  

    Total   $  4.4   $  4.9   $  3.7  

  Future operating minimum lease payments and future sublease income are as follows:

Future Lease Payments
Future Lease Income
  Fiscal year Arms-length Related Party Arms-length Related Party

  2005   $  6.3   $  6.6   $1.2   $3.9  
  2006   3.5   6.6     3.9  
  2007   2.1   6.6     0.6  
  2008   1.7   6.6      
  2009   1.2   6.6      
  Thereafter   5.3   13.3      

  Total   $20.1   $46.3   $1.2   $8.4  

      Capital expenditures

  As at April 25, 2004, capital expenditure commitments to the Supplier amounted to $0.1 (2003 — $0.5).

      Guarantees

  The Company has the following major types of guarantees that are subject to the accounting and disclosure requirements of FIN 45:

 

  F-26  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

      Product warranties:

  The Company provides all customers with standard warranties on hardware and software for periods up to fifteen months. Customers can upgrade the standard warranty and extend the warranty up to five years on certain products. The following table details the changes in the warranty liability:

April 25,
2004
April 27,
2003

  Balance, beginning of year $ 1.9   $ 1.9  
          Warranty costs incurred (0.7 ) (0.6 )
  Warranties issued 0.4   0.3  
  Changes to accruals related to
    pre-existing warranties 0.5   0.3  

  Balance, end of year $ 2.1   $ 1.9  

        Intellectual property indemnification obligations:

  The Company enters on a regular basis into agreements with customers and suppliers that include limited intellectual property indemnification obligations that are customary in the industry. These guarantees generally require the Company to compensate the other party for certain damages and costs incurred as a result of third party intellectual property claims arising from these transactions. The nature of these intellectual property indemnification obligations prevents the Company from making a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount it could be required to pay to its customers and suppliers. Historically, the Company has not made any significant indemnification payments under such agreements and no amount has been accrued in the consolidated financial statements with respect to these guarantees.

        Bid and performance related bonds:

  The Company enters into bid and performance related bonds related to various customer contracts. Performance related bonds usually have a term of twelve months and bid bonds generally have a much shorter term. Potential payments due under these may be related to the Company’s performance and/or the Company’s resellers’ performance under the applicable contract. Under FIN 45, the Company must measure and recognize a liability equal to the fair value of bid and performance related bonds involving the performance of the Company’s resellers. At April 25, 2004, the liability recognized in accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to these bid and performance related bonds, based on past experience of management’s best estimate, was insignificant. At April 25, 2004, the total maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under bid and performance related bonds was $8.1.

17.     CONTINGENCIES

  In October 2003 the Company was served with a summons and complaint in a class action lawsuit brought forward by former employees of the Company. The complaint alleges liabilities for pay in lieu of termination notice and temporary reduction in hours and pension contributions. A tentative date for mediation has been scheduled during the second quarter of Fiscal 2005. The Company is at the early stages of evaluating this claim, and estimates that its range of loss relative to this matter may be $0 to $1.5. The Company intends to vigorously defend this matter.

  The Company is also party to a small number of legal proceedings, claims or potential claims arising in the normal course of its business. In the opinion of the Company’s management and legal counsel, any monetary liability or financial impact of such claims or potential claims to which the Company might be subject after final adjudication would not be material to the consolidated financial position of the Company, its results of operations, or its cash flows.

 

  F-27  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

18.     REDEEMABLE COMMON SHARES

  Pursuant to a subscription agreement dated August 31, 2001 (the “Commencement Date”) entered into with an unrelated private corporation (the “Investor”), the Company issued 4,000,000 common shares for cash consideration of $10.3. Under the terms of the subscription agreement, within thirty days following the occurrence of certain triggering events, including (i) the Company’s failure to complete an initial public offering of its common shares (“IPO”) on or before the fifth anniversary of the subscription agreement; (ii) a change in the Principal Shareholder’s status as an officer or director of the Company prior to an IPO; (iii) the disposal by the Principal Shareholder of more than twenty-five percent of his investment in the Company to an unrelated party prior to an IPO, or (iv) the disposal by the Principal Shareholder of any common shares held in the Company at a price below CDN$4.00 per share prior to an IPO, the Investor has the right (the “Put Right”) to require the Company to redeem all or part of its common shares at a price of CDN$4.00 per share plus interest accrued at an annual rate of 7 percent commencing on August 31, 2001 and compounded semi-annually. Accordingly, the common shares, including an aggregate amount of $2.1 (2003 — $1.2) accreted for accrued interest since the Commencement Date, were recorded in the mezzanine section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The accreted interest was recorded as an increase to accumulated deficit.

  The August 31, 2001 agreement with the Investor provided that if, at any time prior to the Company having completed a single equity or equity component financing of at least CDN$20.0, the Company issues common shares or common share equivalents (the “Securities”) to any party under terms that are more favourable than the rights of the Investor under the amended and restated shareholders’ agreement, the Investor had the right to exchange its shares for that number of such Securities as would be issued at a CDN$4.00 subscription price per share, with certain additional rights attaching to the Securities. If, at any time prior to the Company completing an aggregate CDN$40.0 in equity financing subsequent to the Commencement Date, the Company issued Securities to any party at a price or exercise price below CDN$4.00 per share, the Investor had the right to require the Company to issue, for nominal consideration, an additional number of Securities necessary to maintain the then current ownership percentage of the Investor in the Company.

  On April 23, 2004 in connection with the $15.0 (CDN$20.0) financing further described in Note 19 below, the Investor reached an agreement with the Company whereby all 4,000,000 common shares were exchanged for 16,000,000 Series B Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares of the Company at their then fair value of CDN$1.00 per preferred share. Because the preferred shares are redeemable they continue to be classified in the mezzanine section of the April 25, 2004 consolidated balance sheet. As a result of the share exchange on April 23, 2004, the August 31, 2001 subscription agreement described above was terminated.

  Pursuant to the new shareholders’ agreement dated April 23, 2004, within ninety days (original agreement dated February 16, 2001 — 30 days) following the failure by the Company to complete an IPO of its common shares on or prior to September 1, 2006, the Investor has a right (the “put right”) to request redemption of the preferred shares at a price of CDN$1.00 per preferred share, plus interest accrued at an annual rate of 7 percent commencing on August 31, 2001 and compounded semi-annually. Upon failure to complete an IPO by September 1, 2006, Zarlink, a major shareholder of the Company, also has the right to require the Company to redeem for cash all or part of its 10,000,000 common shares held in the Company at a price of CDN$2.85 per common share. Accordingly, the common shares held by Zarlink with an original carrying value of $16.9 are classified in the mezzanine section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets as redeemable common shares. In addition, an aggregate amount of $1.0 (2003 — $0.6) accreted for the excess of the redemption amount over the original carrying value was recorded as at April 25, 2004. The accreted amount was recorded as an increase in accumulated deficit.

  The following table summarizes the changes in redeemable common shares during the year:

April 25, 2004 April 27, 2003

  Balance, beginning of the year $ 29.0   $27.9  
  Interest accreted during the year 1.3   1.1  
  Exchange of redeemable common shares,
    including accreted interest, for (12.5 )  
  Series B preferred shares

  Balance, end of year $ 17.8   $29.0  

 

  F-28  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

19.     CONVERTIBLE, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES

      Series A Preferred Shares

  On April 23, 2004 the Company issued 20,000,000 Class A Series 1 Convertible and Redeemable Preferred Shares (“Series A Preferred Shares”) for cash consideration of CDN$1.00 per preferred share, together with attached common stock purchase warrants. The warrants entitle the Series A holders to purchase 5,000,000 common shares of the Company at an exercise price of CDN$1.25 per share. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire 7 years from the original issuance date. The net proceeds were allocated between the Series A Preferred Shares and the warrants based upon their relative fair values. This allocation resulted in an assignment of proceeds of $1.0 to the warrants and the remainder to the Series A Preferred Shares.

  The Series A Preferred Shares are subject to non-cumulative dividends as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Company. The amount, if any, of any such dividends is at the absolute discretion of the Board. No dividends have been declared as at April 25, 2004. The holders of the Series A Preferred Shares are entitled to elect two members of the Board of Directors of the Company, and at least one of the members of certain committees of the Board of Directors, and are entitled to vote as a single class with each share of Series B Preferred Shares and Common Shares.

  The Series A Preferred Shares are convertible at any time at the option of the holders without payment of any additional consideration into common shares at a conversion value of CDN$1.00 per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. The terms of the agreement provide that, if the Company subsequently issues common shares or common share equivalents at a price less than the conversion value in effect prior to such issuance (subject to certain excluded transactions), the conversion value of the Series A Preferred Shares will be reduced accordingly. The Series A Preferred Shares also have the following additional conversion features: i) the shares will automatically convert into common shares upon the closing of a qualified IPO or upon a vote or written consent of the majority of the Series A shareholders; ii) if the Series A shareholders convert after 2 years from the original issue date, in addition to the common shares otherwise issuable upon conversion, the Series A shareholders will also receive an additional number of common shares equal to the issue price of CDN$1.00 per preferred share divided by the fair market value of the common shares on the date of conversion iii) if the shares are converted pursuant to a non-qualified IPO the Series A shareholders will receive an additional number of common shares based on a fraction of the excess, if any, of two times the original Series A issue price over the IPO price. During the year ended April 25, 2004 the Company recognized a deemed dividend of $1.4 that increased the net loss attributable to common shareholders. This charge was calculated based on the difference between the accounting conversion price of the Series A preferred shares and the fair market value of Company’s common shares on the commitment date.

  At any date after 5 years from the original issuance date, or at any date prior to a partial sale event other than a public offering, the majority holders of the Series A Preferred Shares have a right to require the Company to redeem the shares for cash. The redemption amount is equal to the original issue price of CDN$1.00 per preferred share times the number of Series A Preferred Shares outstanding, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, plus the then current fair market value of the common shares into which the Series A Preferred Shares are convertible (other than common shares issuable under additional conversion features). The Series A shareholders will also have a right to request the redemption of the Series A shares upon the exercise of put rights by certain shareholders. In the event of an exercise of put rights, the redemption amount will be equal to the original issue price of CDN$1.00 per preferred share times the number of Series A Preferred Shares outstanding, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, plus the issuance of the number of common shares into which the Series A Preferred Shares are convertible. At April 25, 2004 management has estimated that the fair market value of the Company’s common shares was equivalent to the fair value of preferred shares at CDN$1.00 per share.

  As a portion of the redemption price of the preferred shares is indexed to the common share price of the Company, an embedded derivative exists which must be bifurcated and accounted for separately, under SFAS 133. The derivative component relating to the Series A Preferred Shares was valued at $6.7, and has been recorded as a liability. The remaining value of the Series A Preferred Shares of $5.8, after allocation of proceeds between warrants and the derivative instrument, has been classified in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheet as at April 25, 2004. The difference between the carrying amount and the redemption amount is being accreted over the five year period to redemption. For the year ended April 25, 2004, the amount of accreted interest was insignificant.

 

  F-29  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

      Series B Preferred Shares

  On April 23, 2004, pursuant to the issuance of the Series A Preferred Shares, certain common shareholders of the Company exchanged 29,530,494 common shares for 67,060,988 Class B Series 1 Convertible and Redeemable Preferred Shares (“Series B Preferred Shares”) of the Company at CDN$1.00 per preferred share.

  The Series B Preferred Shares carry the same rights and privileges with respect to dividends and votes as the Series A Preferred Shares, except that the Series B Preferred Shares rank junior to the Series A Preferred Shares, but senior to the holders of common shares or any other class of shares, in the event of payment of preferential amounts required upon a liquidation or change of control.

  The Series B Preferred Shares carry the same conversion rights, and in the same conversion amounts, as the Series A Preferred Shares.

  At any date after 5 years from the original issuance date, or at any date prior to a partial sale event other than a public offering, the majority holders of the Series B Preferred Shares have a right to require the Company to redeem the shares for cash. The redemption amount is equal to the original issue price of CDN$1.00 per preferred share times the number of Series B Preferred Shares outstanding, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, plus the then current fair market value of the common shares into which the Series B Preferred Shares are convertible (other than common shares issuable under additional conversion features). At April 25, 2004 management has estimated that the fair market value of the Company’s common shares was equivalent to the fair value of preferred shares at CDN$1.00 per share.

  As a portion of the redemption price of the preferred shares is indexed to the common share price of the Company, an embedded derivative exists which must be bifurcated and accounted for separately, under SFAS 133. The derivative component relating to the Series B Preferred Shares was valued at $22.4 and has been recorded as a liability. The remaining value of the Series B Preferred Shares, after allocation of proceeds to the derivative instrument, has been classified in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheet as at April 25, 2004. The difference between the carrying amount and the redemption amount is being accreted over the five year period to redemption.

  The following table summarizes the allocation of the convertible, redeemable preferred shares, net of share issue costs, among its different elements:

Series A Series B Total

  Convertible, redeemable preferred shares      
  (all net of share issue costs):
    Issued for cash $ 13.5      $     —      $ 13.5    
    Issued in exchange for common shares   37.8   37.8  
    Issued in exchange for redeemable common shares   10.3   10.3  
  Less: amount allocated to warrants (1.0 )   (1.0 )
  Less: amount allocated to derivative instrument (6.7 ) (22.5 ) (29.2 )
            Beneficial conversion feature on Series A preferred
  shares (1.4 )   (1.4 )
  Deemed dividend relating to beneficial conversion
  feature on Series A preferred shares 1.4     1.4  
  Accreted interest on redeemable common shares exchanged
  for Series B preferred shares   2.1   2.1  

  Carrying value of convertible, redeemable preferred $   5.8   $ 27.7   $ 33.5  
     shares

 

  F-30  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

20.     CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

2004 2003

  Convertible debentures - beginning of year $ 7.2   $ —  
  Convertible debentures issued in the year   6.5  
  Plus: accrued interest 0.2   0.3  
  Foreign currency impact 0.9   0.4  
  Conversion of debentures to common shares (8.3 )  

  Convertible debentures - end of year $  —   $7.2  

  On August 16, 2002, the Company closed a private offering of debentures convertible into shares of the Company that resulted in total cash proceeds of $6.5. The maturity date of the convertible debentures was July 27, 2003. The debentures provided for interest to accrue at the rate of 6.5% per annum payable on the maturity date or upon conversion of the debentures and accrued interest into common shares of the Company. The principal amount of the debentures, together with accrued interest outstanding under the debentures was subject to mandatory conversion, and would automatically convert into shares in the Company (i) if an equity financing pursuant to which equity securities which are, or which are convertible into, common shares in the Company were issued during the term, at an equivalent price per share, or (ii) if no such financing occurred during the term, at the end of the term, into fully-paid and non-assessable common shares of the Company, at a price per common share equal to the lesser of CDN$3.00 per share and the price per share determined by an independent valuation.

  During Fiscal 2004 the term of the debentures was extended from July 27, 2003 to October 31, 2003. On October 31, 2003 the Company reached an agreement with the debenture holders whereby the entire carrying value of the debentures of $8.3 was converted to 5,445,775 common shares of the Company at CDN$2.00 per common share. As the conversion price was lower than the fair market value of the Company’s common shares of CDN$2.75 per share on the commitment date (August 16, 2002), a beneficial conversion feature was triggered resulting in a non-cash expense of $3.1 recorded in the Fiscal 2004 Consolidated Statement of Operations.

  In April 2004 5,081,619 of the common shares issued upon conversion of the debentures were exchanged for 10,163,238 Series B Preferred Shares of the Company.

21.     WARRANTS

  The following table outlines the carrying value of warrants outstanding at April 25, 2004 and April 27, 2003:

2004 2003

  i) Warrants issued re government funding    
        Balance at beginning of the year $17.6   $    —  
        Government funding received in year — warrants issued 2.4   10.8  
        Government funding received in year — no warrants issued 5.5   5.2  
         Accrued government funding receivable — no warrants
          issued 3.2   1.6  

        Balance at end of the year $28.7   $17.6  
  ii) Warrants issued in connection with Series A Preferred Shares $  1.0    
  iii) Warrants issued to financing agent 0.1    

  Total warrants outstanding $29.8   $17.6  

 

  F-31  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP


i) During Fiscal 2003, the Company, in conjunction with the Partner Company and the Funding Company, signed an agreement for funding from the Canadian Government for up to CDN$60.0 of the Funding Company’s, the Partner Company’s and the Company’s research and development activities over a three year period. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, in exchange for funding received from the Government of Canada, the Company has committed to issue warrants to Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada exercisable into common shares for no additional consideration. The number of warrants to be issued on September 30 in each of 2002, 2003 and 2004 is determined based on the funding received and the fair market value of the common shares at the date of issuance. The warrants have no expiry date.

  In Fiscal 2003 the Company issued warrants to acquire 6,182,588 common shares related to $10.8 of the cash received. The number of warrants issued was calculated based on a fair value of CDN$2.75 per share, as determined by an independent valuation. In Fiscal 2004, an additional 6,804,380 warrants were issued at the then fair value of CDN$2.00 per share, of which 5,099,112 warrants related to $6.8 of government funding that was receivable and received during Fiscal 2003. Warrants relating to the remaining $8.7 of government funding received and receivable during Fiscal 2004 will be issued in September 2004 according to the terms of the agreement.

ii) In connection with the issuance of Series A Preferred Shares in Fiscal 2004, the Company issued to the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares warrants to acquire 5,000,000 common shares of the Company. The warrants are exercisable at CDN$1.25 per common share and have a seven year life.

iii) In connection with the issuance of Series A Preferred Shares in Fiscal 2004, the Company issued warrants to the placement agent to acquire 1,000,000 common shares of the Company, as consideration for services rendered in connection with the financing transaction. The fair value of the warrants was estimated based on the fair value of services received. The warrants are exercisable at CDN$1.00 per share and have a five year life.

22.     SHARE CAPITAL

  The Company’s authorized capital stock consists of an unlimited number of common shares, and an unlimited number of Series A Preferred Shares and Series B Preferred Shares created in Fiscal 2004 (refer to Note 19). The holders of common shares are entitled to one vote per share and are entitled to dividends when and if declared by the Board of Directors.

  During Fiscal 2004, the Company issued 33,591 shares (2003 — 10,487 shares; 2002 — 62,709) for total consideration of $0.1 (2003 — $0.1; 2002 — $0.2) in the form of professional services received. The carrying value of the shares represents the fair market value of the services received.

      Equity offerings

  On June 8, 2001, February 15, 2002 and on February 28, 2002, the Company completed three equity offerings to certain employees and eligible investors. The Company issued 5,606,180 common shares for total consideration of $14.6, of which $8.8 was received in cash and $5.9 was covered by employee interest-free loans repayable to the Company over a two-year period from the date of each offering. The repayment of certain of the loans was suspended during Fiscal 2003 and reinstated during Fiscal 2004. As at April 25, 2004, outstanding employee share purchase loans receivable, in the amount of $0.3 (2003 — $0.7), were recorded against shareholders’ equity.

      Employee Share Purchase Plan

  In May 2001, the Company and its shareholders approved an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) allowing U.S. employees to purchase common shares of the Company through a single lump sum payment and/or payroll deductions. Of the 6,000,000 common shares authorized under the ESPP, 3,000,000 common shares were available for purchase at CDN$4.00 (U.S. $2.58) per share during a first offering period that started on May 14, 2001 and ended April 28, 2002. As at April 28, 2002, employees purchased 645,032 common shares under the plan for total cash consideration of $1.7. The existing plan expired on April 30, 2003 with no additional offerings made under a second and final optional period.

 

  F-32  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

      Stock Option Plan

  In March 2001, the Company’s shareholders approved the Mitel Networks Corporation Employee Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) applicable to the Company’s employees, directors, consultants and suppliers and authorized 25,000,000 shares for issuance thereunder. The options are granted at no less than the fair market value of the common shares of the Company on the date of grant and may generally be exercised in equal portions during the years following the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant, and expire on the earlier of the fifth anniversary and termination of employment. Available for grant at April 25, 2004 were 20,517,736 options (2003 — 8,962,846).

  On December 23, 2003 the Company put forth an offer to all eligible employees to exchange all of their outstanding, unexercised options to purchase common shares of the Company, in exchange for grants of new options. All of the 10,373,302 options tendered in the exchange were cancelled on January 23, 2004. An equal number of new options will be granted to the participating employees after July 26, 2004. The new options will vest in four equal installments commencing one year from the date of grant, and will have an exercise price to be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, but which will not be lower than the fair value of a common share on the date of the grant.

  Following is a summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information. The exercise price of stock options was based on prices in Canadian dollars translated at the year-end exchange rate.

Year Ended April 25, 2004
Year Ended April 27, 2003
Year Ended April 28, 2002
Number of
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Number of
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Number of
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

          Outstanding options:              
          Balance, beginning of
           period
  16,037,154   $2.59   16,873,299   $2.48   14,264,150   $2.24  
          Granted   1,337,087   $1.76   1,406,900   $1.94   4,357,778   $2.50  
          Exercised   (5,950 ) $2.57   (3,695 ) $2.59   (3,562 ) $2.24  
          Forfeited   (1,527,436 ) $2.58   (1,774,572 ) $2.52   (1,745,067 ) $2.29  
          Expired   (985,289 ) $2.69   (464,778 ) $2.48     $   —  
          Cancelled   (10,373,302 ) $2.51          

          Balance, end of period   4,482,264   $2.50   16,037,154   $2.42   16,873,299   $2.30  

          Number of options  
          exercisable   2,462,636   $2.59   6,787,640   $2.44   3,481,970   $2.24  

          Weighted average fair  
          value of options granted  
          during the year using the  
          minimum value option  
          pricing model       $0.29       $0.41       $1.02  


  A summary of options outstanding at April 25, 2004 is as follows:

  Total outstanding
Total exercisable
  Exercise Price Number of
Options
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
Number of
Options
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

  $1.47   204,500   4.6 years   3,750   4.6 years  
  $2.02   815,750   3.6 years   150,624   3.6 years  
  $2.57   2,546,244   1.9 years   1,932,916   1.9 years  
  $2.94   915,770   2.7 years   375,346   2.7 years  

      4,482,264       2,462,636      

 

  F-33  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

         Earnings (loss) per share

  The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per share:

Year Ended
April 25, 2004 April 27, 2003 April 28, 2002

  Net loss, as reported $            (30.6 ) $            (70.1 ) $          (114.7 )
  Stock-based dividend (0.1 )   (2.5 )
  Accreted interest on redeemable common shares
   (see note 18) (1.3 ) (1.1 ) (0.7 )
    Deemed dividend relating to beneficial conversion
   feature on Series A preferred shares (see note 19) (1.4 )    

  Net loss available to common shareholders $            (33.4 ) $            (71.2 ) $          (117.9 )

  Weighted average number of common shares
  outstanding during the year 127,831,211   113,109,751   106,848,314  

  Loss per common share — basic and diluted $            (0.26 ) $            (0.63 ) $            (1.10 )


  As a result of the net losses for each of the following fiscal periods, the following potentially dilutive securities have not been included in the calculation of diluted loss per common share, because to do so would have been anti-dilutive:

  (number of shares) Year Ended
April 25, 2004
April 27, 2003 April 28, 2002

  Stock options 19,888       1,744,242   
          Warrants 11,278,329   5,254,920    
  Convertible debentures 2,029,111   4,885,389    
  Convertible, redeemable preferred shares 477,047      
  Shares issuable to the Funding Company
    (see note 4)     2,917,796  

  Total 13,804,375   10,140,309   4,662,038  


  Options that are anti-dilutive because the exercise price is greater than the average market price of the common shares, are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share. For Fiscal 2004, 4,277,764 stock options were excluded from the above computation of diluted EPS because they were anti-dilutive (2003 — 15,538,533 stock options; 2002 — 3,242,762 stock options).

      Stock-based compensation

  In Fiscal 2002, the Company applied the intrinsic value based method to record stock compensation expense of $0.1 as part of selling, general and administrative expense in connection with 174,072 stock options granted to employees in May 2001 at an exercise price per share of CDN$3.50 when the fair value of the underlying common shares, based on third party cash transactions during similar time periods, was CDN$4.00 per share. For all other stock options granted to employees in the periods disclosed, the exercise price of each stock option granted was equal to the fair value of the underlying common share at the date of grant.

  During Fiscal 2003, the Company granted 30,000 (2002 — 320,749) stock options at an exercise price of CDN$2.75 (2002 — CDN$3.50 and CDN$4.00) per share to consultants and advisory directors, as well as employees who, subsequent to the options grants, became former employees of the Company as a result of the disposal of the manufacturing operations and other outsourcing actions. The fair market value of these stock options was determined using a Black-Scholes model based on the fair value of the common shares at the vesting date and, for the unvested shares, as at April 25, 2004. The following assumptions were used: five-year life, interest rate of 4.0 percent, volatility of 149 percent and no dividends. Unvested stock options granted to non-employees must be

 

  F-34  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP


  accounted for based on variable plan accounting. Under variable plan accounting, compensation expense is measured as of each reporting date as the amount equal to the change in fair value of the stock options. Deferred stock compensation of $0.6 was recorded and is being amortized over the vesting period of four years from the date of grant, with $0.2 (2003 — $0.1; 2002 — $0.1) amortized into selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended April 25, 2004. The amount of deferred stock compensation expense to be recorded in future periods could decrease if options for which accrued but unvested compensation has been recorded are forfeited.

  In addition, during Fiscal 2004, there were 88,000 (2003 — 20,000; 2002 — 1,358,421) stock options granted to employees of the Supplier and other companies controlled by the Principal Shareholder. The fair market value of the unvested stock options at the grant date was determined to be $0.1’ (2003 — insignificant; 2002 — $2.5) based on a Black-Scholes model and recognized as a dividend to the Principal Shareholder. The following assumptions were used in Fiscal 2004: five-year life, interest rate of 4.0 percent, volatility of 149 percent and no dividends (Fiscal 2003 — five-year life, interest rate of 4.1 percent, volatility of 156 percent and no dividends).

23.     OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET

Year Ended
April 25, 2004 April 27, 2003 April 28, 2002

        Foreign exchange gains (losses), net $(1.0 ) $ 2.9   $(0.8 )
  Interest income 0.4   0.4   0.4  

    $(0.6 ) $ 3.3   $(0.4 )

 

 

  F-35  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

24.     INCOME TAXES

        Details of income taxes are as follows:

Year Ended
April 25, 2004 April 27, 2003 April 28, 2002

  Loss before income taxes:      
  Canadian $(10.1 ) $  (8.7 ) $(48.3 )
  Foreign (20.2 ) (64.3 ) (66.3 )

    $(30.3 ) $(73.0 ) $(114.6 )

  Income tax (expense) recovery:
  Current
     Canadian      
     Foreign (2.0 ) 2.9   (0.1 )

    (2.0 ) 2.9   (0.1 )
  Deferred
    Canadian $     —   $       —   $       —  
    Foreign 1.7      

    $(0.3 ) 2.9   $  (0.1 )


  The income tax (expense) recovery reported differs from the amount computed by applying the Canadian rates to the loss before income taxes. The reasons for these differences and their tax effects are as follows:

Expected tax rate 36.3% 38% 41%

  Expected tax benefit $ 12.8   $ 29.1   $ 36.7  
  Foreign tax rate differences (9.1 ) (17.9 ) (17.3 )
       Tax effect of losses and temporary differences not
    recognized (5.9 ) (14.9 ) (16.9 )
  Tax effect from the recognition of previously
    unrecognized losses     2.6  
  Permanent differences 0.1   3.7   (5.2 )
  Tax refunds and other adjustments
    related to prior years 1.8   2.9    

  Income tax (expense) recovery $(0.3 ) $   2.9   $(0.1 )


  The tax effect of components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

April 25,
2004
April 27,
2003

  Assets:    
    Net operating loss carryforwards $ 47.9   $ 39.8  
    Allowance for doubtful accounts 2.7   1.9  
      Inventory 1.2   1.1  
    Restructuring and other accrued liabilities 8.1   5.8  
    Pension 7.6   7.4  
    Lease obligations and long-term debt 0.4   1.0  
    Property and equipment 2.9   1.8  
    Intangible and other assets 10.1   10.2  
    Other   0.2  

   Total deferred tax assets 80.9   69.2  


   Deferred tax liabilities    

  Total gross deferred tax assets net of total deferred tax liabilities 80.9   69.2  
  Valuation allowance (79.4 ) (69.2 )

  Total deferred tax assets $   1.5   $     —  

 

  F-36  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP


  A valuation allowance of $79.4 (2003 — $69.2) has been established due to uncertainty regarding the realization of the future benefit relating to that amount.

  As at April 25, 2004, the Company and its subsidiaries had tax loss carryforwards of approximately $256.1 (2003 — $217.1) available to reduce future years’ income for tax purposes. These tax loss carryforwards relate to operations in Canada, United States, United Kingdom, Italy, Hong Kong and Barbados and expire as follows: 2005 — $8.3; 2006 — $0.7; 2007 — $4.0; 2008 — $36.5; 2009 to 2019 — $206.6. As a result of the acquisition of the Company on February 16, 2001, there are restrictions on the use of certain of these losses to offset taxable income in future periods.

  As at April 25, 2004, the Company had a Canadian ITC carryforward balance of approximately $11.6, which may offset future federal income taxes payable. The ITCs expire in 2013 and 2014.

  The Company does not expect the unremitted earnings of its subsidiaries will be subject to income tax or withholding taxes as it plans to reinvest the earnings of its subsidiaries indefinitely. Accordingly, no provision has been made for potential income tax or withholding taxes on repatriation of subsidiary earnings. For the year ended April 25, 2004, the loss before income taxes attributable to all foreign operations was $20.2 (2003 — $64.3).

25.     PENSION PLANS

  The Company and its subsidiaries maintain defined contribution pension plans that cover substantially all employees and the Company’s U.K. subsidiary also maintains a defined benefit pension plan. The Company matches the contributions of participating employees to the defined contribution pension plans on the basis of the percentages specified in each plan. The costs of the defined contribution pension plans are expensed as incurred. The defined benefit plan provides pension benefits based on length of service and final average earnings. The pension costs of the defined benefit pension plan are actuarially determined using the projected benefits method pro-rated on services and management’s best estimate of the effect of future events. Pension plan assets are valued at fair value. The most recent actuarial valuation of the plan was performed as at August 1, 2003 and has been updated to March 31, 2004.

  In June 2001, the defined benefit pension plan was closed to new employees and a defined contribution option was introduced to members of the defined benefit pension plan. Members were given the choice to continue in the defined benefit plan or transfer their assets to the defined contribution plan.

  In Fiscal 2003, the decline in global capital markets and interest rates had a negative impact on the Company’s defined benefit pension plan assets and obligations. As a result, the Company was required to adjust the minimum pension liability, representing the amount by which the accumulated benefit obligation less the fair value of the plan assets was greater than the liability previously recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. The after-tax effect of this adjustment was to increase the pension liability and increase accumulated other comprehensive loss by $16.5, respectively. During Fiscal 2004 given strengthening markets and better returns on plan assets, the minimum pension liability decreased to $15.2, resulting in an adjustment of $3.5 to pension liability and accumulated other comprehensive loss.

        The Company’s net benefit plan expense was as follows:

Year Ended
April 25,
2004
April 27,
2003
April 28,
2002

  Current service cost — defined contribution $ 1.7   $ 1.7   $ 3.1  
  Interest cost 5.1   4.1   2.7  
  Expected return on plan assets (3.9 ) (4.1 ) (2.6 )
  Recognized actuarial loss 1.3   0.1    

  Net pension plan expense $ 7.8   $ 4.0   $ 4.9  

 

  F-37  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

United Kingdom Defined Benefit Pension Plan

The actuarial present value of the accrued pension benefits and the net assets available to provide for these benefits, at market value, were as follows:

April 25,
2004
April 27,
2003

Change in accrued pension benefits:      
  Benefit obligation at beginning of year   $   86.6   $ 62.2  
  Service cost   1.8   1.6  
  Interest cost   5.1   4.1  
  Plan participants' contributions   1.6   1.7  
  Actuarial (gain) loss   (0.5 ) 11.0  
  Benefits paid   (0.8 ) (0.5 )
  Foreign exchange   9.6   6.5  

  Benefit obligation at end of year   103.4   86.6  

Change in plan assets:  
  Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year   46.8   51.9  
  Actual return on plan assets   11.0   (13.3 )
  Employer contributions   1.8   2.3  
  Employee contributions   1.6   1.7  
  Benefits paid   (0.8 ) (0.5 )
  Foreign exchange   5.7   4.7  

  Fair value of plan assets at end of year   66.1   46.8  

Unfunded status   (37.3 ) (39.8 )
Unrecognized net actuarial loss   12.5   15.2  

Net pension benefit liability   $(24.8 ) $(24.6 )


  The following assumptions were used to determine the periodic pension expense and the net present value of the accrued pension benefits:

April 25,
2004
April 27,
2003

     Discount rate   5.5  % 5.5  %
     Compensation increase rate   2.5  % 2.5  %
     Investment returns assumption   7.75  % 7.5  %
     Average remaining service life of employees   20  years 25  years

26.     FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

      Fair value

  The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, other receivables, long-term receivables, accounts payable, amounts due to (from) related parties, long-term debt, convertible debentures (fiscal 2003), foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange swaps. Due to the short-term maturity of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and convertible debentures (fiscal 2003), the carrying value of these instruments is a reasonable estimate of their fair value. Foreign exchange contracts are carried at fair value and amounted to $0.3 and $0.1 classified as other current assets and accounts payable and accrued liabilities, respectively, as at April 25, 2004 (April 27, 2003 — $nil and $0.3, respectively). The fair value of the foreign exchange contracts reflects the estimated amount that the Company would have been required to pay if forced to settle all outstanding contracts at year-end. This fair value represents a point-in-time estimate that may not be relevant in predicting the Company’s future earnings or cash flows. The fair value of long-term receivables and long-term debt was determined by discounting future cash receipts and future payments of interest and principal, at estimated interest rates that would be available to the Company at year-end. The fair value of financial instruments approximate their carrying value with the following exceptions:

 

  F-38  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP


    April 25, 2004
  April 27, 2003
    Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value

  Long-term receivables $   0.3        $   0.3        $   0.7        $   0.9   
  Long-term debt $(14.9 )   $(15.9 )   $(18.3 )   $(19.5 )

      Credit risk

  The Company’s financial assets that are exposed to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. Cash and cash equivalents are invested in government and commercial paper with investment grade credit rating. The Company is exposed to normal credit risk from customers. However, the Company’s orientation is global with a large number of diverse customers to minimize concentrations of credit risk.

      Interest rate risk

  The Company has credit facilities with interest rates subject to fluctuations in the prime rate or the LIBOR / Bankers’ Acceptance rate. The Company is not exposed to other significant interest rate risk due to the short-term maturity of its monetary assets and current liabilities.

      Foreign currency risk

  The Company is exposed to currency rate fluctuations related primarily to its future net cash flows of U.S. dollars, British pounds and Euro dollars from operations. The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency swaps to minimize the short-term impact of currency fluctuations on foreign currency receivables, payables and intercompany balances. These contracts are not entered into for speculative purposes, and are not treated as hedges for accounting purposes. Foreign currency contracts are recorded at fair market value. Related foreign currency gains and losses are recorded in other expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations and offset foreign exchange gains or losses from the revaluation of intercompany balances and other current assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the reporting entity.

  The Company’s foreign exchange contracts mature within one month. For the year ended April 25, 2004, other expense, net included a net unrealized gain of $0.2 (2003 — gain of $0.3; 2002 — loss of $0.1) for changes in the fair value of foreign exchange contracts. As of April 25, 2004, the Company had outstanding foreign exchange contracts requiring (i) to exchange British Pounds for Canadian dollars with aggregate notional amounts of CDN$30.7 (2003 — CDN$22.6), (ii)to exchange U.S. dollars for Canadian dollars with a notional amount of CDN$35.8 (2003 — CDN$13.0), (iii) to exchange Euro dollars for Canadian dollars with aggregate notional amounts of CDN$6.1 (2003 — $nil) and (iv) to exchange Euro dollars and U.S. dollars for British Pounds with aggregate notional amounts of £nil (2003 — £7.6).

         Non-derivative and off-balance sheet instruments

  Requests for providing commitments to extend credit and financial guarantees are reviewed and approved by senior management. Management regularly reviews all outstanding commitments, letters of credit and financial guarantees, and the results of these reviews are considered in assessing the adequacy of the Company’s reserve for possible credit and guarantee losses. At April 25, 2004 and at April 27, 2003, there were no outstanding commitments to extend credit to third parties or financial guarantees outstanding other than letters of credit. Letters of credit amounted to $3.2 as of April 25, 2004 (April 27, 2003 — $2.5). The estimated fair value of letters of credit, which is equal to the fees paid to obtain the obligations, was insignificant as of April 25, 2004 (April 27, 2003 — insignificant).

 

  F-39  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

27.     SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION

  Year Ended
  April 25,
2004
April 27,
2003
April 28,
2002

  Change in non-cash operating assets and liabilities:      
    Accounts receivable $(5.2 ) $   5.0   $(4.1 )
    Other receivables 5.4   (1.3 ) 4.2  
    Inventories 8.4   (1.1 ) (8.2 )
    Prepaid expenses 1.9   2.2   (1.5 )
    Long-term receivables 0.4   1.1   0.4  
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 0.9   (2.5 ) (18.0 )
    Long term portion of lease termination obligations 2.6   2.0    
    Deferred revenue 0.7   (6.6 ) 5.8  
    Due from related parties   (0.3 )  
    Due to related parties 5.1   5.3   14.6  
    Income and other taxes payable 2.8   1.2   (2.5 )

    $ 23.0   $   5.0   $(9.3 )

  Interest payments $   3.8   $   2.8   $   1.8  

  Income tax payments $     —   $     —   $   2.0  

  Disclosure of non-cash activities during the year
     Convertible debentures converted to common shares $   8.3   $     —   $     —  
     Related party loans converted to common shares 31.0      
     Exchange of common shares for convertible, 38.7      
      redeemable preferred shares
     Adjustment to minimum pension liability (3.5 ) 16.5    
     Warrants issued in connection with financing 1.0      
     Warrants issued to placement agent 0.1      
     Issuance of shares in exchange for services 0.1   0.1   0.2  
     Stock-based dividends 0.1     2.5  
     Deemed dividend relating to beneficial conversion
      feature on Series A preferred shares 1.4      

 

  F-40  

Consolidated Financial Statements - In millions of US Dollars (except share and per share amounts)      US GAAP

SCHEDULE II
VALUATION OF QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
AS AT APRIL 25, 2004
(in millions of United States dollars)

Additions
  Description Balance,
Beginning
of Period
Charged
to
expenses
Charged
to other
accounts
Deductions Balance,
End of
Period

  Allowance for doubtful accounts          
  Fiscal 2002 $2.7    $1.7    $—    $(0.4 $4.0   
  Fiscal 2003 4.0   0.7     (2.0 ) 2.7  
  Fiscal 2004 2.7   1.4     (1.4 ) 2.7  

F-41

SIGNATURE

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

  MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION


/s/ DONALD W. SMITH

Name: Donald W. Smith
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Date: August 27, 2004

Exhibit 1.1

[Flag and Industry Canada logo in English and French]

Certificate                                                       Certificat
of Incorporation                                                  de constitution

Canada Business                                                   Loi canadienne sur
Corporations Act                                                  les societes par actions

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION                                                           385460-4

----------------------------------------------                    ----------------------------------------------
Name of corporation-Denomination de la societe                    Corporation number - Numero de la societe

I hereby certify that the above-named corporation, the            Je certifie que la societe susmentionne, dont les
articles of incorporation of which are attached, was              statuts constitutifs sont joints, a ete constituee en
incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act.          societe en vertu. de la Loi canadienne sur les societes
                                                                  par actions.

                                                                  January 12, 2001 / le 12 janvier 2001

Director - Directeur                                              Date of Incorporation - Date de constitution

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[Canada Letterhead]


[Flag and Industry Canada logo in English and French]

Canada Business             Loi canadienne sur les                            FORM 1                           FORMULE 1
Corporations Act            societes par actions                    ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION            STATUTS CONSTITUTIFS
                                                                           (SECTION 6)                        (ARTICLE 6)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 - Name of corporation                                           Denomination de la societe

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 - The place in Canada where the registered office is to be      Lieu au Canada ou doit etre situe le siege social
situated

Regional Municipality of Ottawa-Carleton, Province of Ontario

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 - The classes and any maximum number of shares that the         Categories et tout nombre maximal d'actions que la societe
corporation is authorized to issue                                est autorisee a emettre

An unlimited number of common shares without par value

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 - Restrictions, if any, on share transfers                      Restrictions sur le transfert des actions, s'il y a lieu

The attached Schedule I is incorporated into this form.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 - Number (or minimum and maximum number) of directors           Nombre (ou nombre minimal et maximal) d'administrateurs

Minimum: l   Maximum: 10

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 - Restrictions, if any, on business the corporation may         Limites imposees a I'activite commerciale de la societe,
carry on                                                          s'il y a lieu

None

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 - Other provisions, if any                                      Autres dispositions, s'il y a lieu

The attached Schedule 11 is incorporated into this form.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 - Incorporators - Fondateurs
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Narne(s) - Norn(s)                       Address zinc u e postal code)                       Signature
                                              Adresse (inclure le code postal)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
France Gaudet                      1170 Peel Street, 5th Floor, Montreal, Quebec H3B 4S8

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY - A L'USAGE DU MINISTERE SEULEMENT                    Filed - Deposee
Corporation No. - N(degree)de la societe           385460-4                     JAN 12 2001
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DSG 02/2000


SCHEDULE I

No shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be transferred without the consent of the directors of the Corporation, evidenced by a resolution passed by them and recorded in the books of the Corporation.


SCHEDULE II

1. The number of shareholders of the Corporation shall be limited to 50, not including persons who are in the employment of the Corporation or of a subsidiary and persons who, having been formerly in the employment of the Corporation or of a subsidiary, were, while in that employment, and have continued after the termination of that employment to be shareholders of the Corporation, two or more persons holding one or more shares jointly being counted as a single shareholder.

2. Any invitation to the public to subscribe for securities of the Corporation is prohibited.


[Flag and Industry Canada logo in English and French]

Certificate                                                       Certificat
of Amendment                                                      de modification

Canada Business                                                   Loi canadienne sur
Corporations Act                                                  les societes par actions

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION                                                           385460-4

----------------------------------------------                    ----------------------------------------------
Name of corporation-Denomination de la societe                    Corporation number - Numero de la societe

I hereby certify that the articles of the above-named             Je certifie que la statuts de la societe susmentionnee ont
corporation were amended:                                         ete modifies:

a)  under section 13 of the Canada Business Corporations Act      |_|   a)  en vertu de l'article 13 de la Loi canadienne sur
    in accordance with the attached notice;                                 les societes par actions, conformement a l'avis
                                                                            ci-joint;

b)  under section 27 of the Canada Business Corporations Act      |_|   b)  en vertu de l'article 27 de la Loi canadienne sur
    as set out in the attached articles of amendment                        les societes par actions, tel qu'il est indique
    designating a series of shares;                                         dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes
                                                                            designant une serie d'actions;

c)  under section 179 of the Canada Business Corporations         |X|   c)  en vertu de l'article 179 de la Loi canadienne sur
    Act as set out in the attached articles of amendment;                   les societes par actions, tel qu'il est indique
                                                                            dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes;

d)  under section 191 of the Canada Business Corporations         |_|   d)  en vertu de l'article 191 de la Loi canadienne sur
    Act as set out in the attached articles of                              les societes par actions, tel qu'il est indique
    reorganization;                                                         dans les clauses de reorganisation ci-jointes;

                                                                  February 9, 2001 / le 9 fevrier 2001

                    Director - Directeur                          Date of Amendment - Date de modification

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[Canada Letterhead]


[Flag and Industry Canada logo in English and French]

Canada Business             Loi canadienne sur les                       FORM 4                           FORMULE 4
Corporations Act            societes par actions                  ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT            CLAUSES MODIFICATRICES
                                                                   (SECTION 27 OR 177)              (ARTICLES 27 OU 177)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 - Name of corporation - Denomination de la societe              2 - Corporation No. - N(0)de la societe

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION                                        385460-4

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 - The articles of the above-named corporation are amended       Les statuts de la societe mentionnee ci-dessus sont modifies
as follows:                                                       de la facon suivante

Paragraph I of the Articles of Incorporation of the
Corporation is amended by the addition of the following
french version:

CORPORATION MITEL NETWORKS

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date                  Signature                                         Title - Titre

2001/02/05
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY - A L'USAGE DU
                                                                        MINISTERE SEULEMENT
                                                                        Filed - Deposee
                                                                        FEB - 8 2001

                                                                        ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        DSG 01/2000

[Canada Letterhead]


[Flag and Industry Canada logo in English and French]

Certificate                                                       Certificat
of Amendment                                                      de modification

Canada Business                                                   Loi canadienne sur
Corporations Act                                                  les societes par actions

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION                                        385460-4

----------------------------------------------                    ----------------------------------------------
Name of corporation-Denomination de la societe                    Corporation number - Numero de la societe

I hereby certify that the articles of the above-named             Je certifie que la statuts de la societe susmentionnee
corporation were amended:                                         ont ete modifies:

a)  under section 13 of the Canada Business Corporations Act      |_|   a)  en vertu de l'article 13 de la Loi canadienne sur
    in accordance with the attached notice;                                 les societes par actions, conformement a l'avis
                                                                            ci-joint;

b)  under section 27 of the Canada Business Corporations          |_|   b)  en vertu de l'article 27 de la Loi Act as set out
    modificatrices ci-jointes designant une serie d'actions;                in the attached articles of amendment canadienne
                                                                            sur les societes par actions, designating a series
                                                                            of shares; tel qu'il est indique dans les clauses

c)  under section 179 of the Canada Business Corporations as      |X|   c)  en vertu de l'article 179 de la Loi Act canadienne
    set out in the attached articles of amendment;                          sur les societes par actions, tel qu'il est
                                                                            indique dans les clauses modificatrices
                                                                            ci-jointes;

d)  under section 191 of the Canada Business Corporations as      |_|   d)  en vertu de l'article 191 de la Loi Act canadienne
    set out in the attached articles of reorganization;                     sur les societes par actions, tel qu'il est
                                                                            indique dans les clauses de reorganisation
                                                                            ci-jointes;

                                                                  March 8, 2001 / le 8 mars 2001

                    Director - Directeur                          Date of Amendment - Date de modification

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[Canada Letterhead]


[Flag and Industry Canada logo in English and French]

Canada Business             Loi canadienne sur les                       FORM 4                            FORMULE 4
Corporations Act            societes par actions                  ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT            CLAUSES MODIFICATRICES
                                                                   (SECTION 27 OR 177)               (ARTICLES 27 OU 177)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 - Name of corporation - Denomination de la societe              2 - Corporation No. - N(0)de la societe

      MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION                                                   385460-4
      CORPORATION MITEL NETWORKS

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 - The articles of the above-named corporation are amended       Les statuts de la societe mentionnee ci-dessus sont modifies
as follows:                                                       de la facon suivante

To divide all of the issued and outstanding common shares into 31,469,000 common shares of the Corporation on the basis of
31,469 post-division common shares for each pre-division common share.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date                  Signature                                         Title - Titre

March 5, 2001

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY - A L'USAGE DU
                                                                        MINISTERE SEULEMENT
                                                                        Filed - Deposee
                                                                        MAR - 8 2001

                                                                        ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        DSG 01/2000

[Canada Letterhead]


[Flag and Industry Canada logo in English and French]

Certificate                                                       Certificat
of Amendment                                                      de modification

Canada Business                                                   Loi canadienne sur
Corporations Act                                                  les societes par actions

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION                                                           385460-4

----------------------------------------------                    ----------------------------------------------
Name of corporation-Denomination de la societe                    Corporation number - Numero de la societe

I hereby certify that the articles of the above-named             Je certifie que la statuts de la societe susmentionnee ont
corporation were amended:                                         ete modifies:

a)  under section 13 of the Canada Business Corporations Act      |_|   a)  en vertu de l'article 13 de la Loi canadienne sur
    in accordance with the attached notice;                                 les societes par actions, conformement a l'avis
                                                                            ci-joint;

b)  under section 27 of the Canada Business Corporations Act      |_|   b)  en vertu de l'article 27 de la Loi canadienne sur
    as set out in the attached articles of amendment                        les societes par actions, tel qu'il est indique
    designating a series of shares;                                         dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes
                                                                            designant une serie d'actions;

c)  under section 179 of the Canada Business Corporations         |X|   c)  en vertu de l'article 179 de la Loi ; canadienne
    Act as set out in the attached articles of amendment                    sur les societes par actions, tel qu'il est
                                                                            indique dans les clauses modificatrices
                                                                            ci-jointes;

d)  under section 191 of the Canada Business Corporations         |_|   d)  en vertu de l'article 191 de la Loi canadienne sur
    Act as set out in the attached articles of                              les societes par actions, tel qu'il est indique
    reorganization;                                                         dans les clauses de reorganisation ci-jointes;

                                                                  March 27, 2001 / le 27 mars 2001

                    Director - Directeur                          Date of Amendment - Date de modification

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[Canada Letterhead]


[Flag and Industry Canada logo in English and French]

Canada Business             Loi canadienne sur les                       FORM 4                            FORMULE 4
Corporations Act            societes par actions                  ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT            CLAUSES MODIFICATRICES
                                                                   (SECTION 27 OR 177)               (ARTICLES 27 OU 177)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 - Name of corporation - Denomination de la societe              2 - Corporation No. - N(0)de la societe

      MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION                                                       385460-4
      CORPORATION MITEL NETWORKS

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 - The articles of the above-named corporation are amended       Les statuts de la societe modifies de la facon suivante
as follows:                                                       mentionnee ci-dessus sont

To divide all of the issued and outstanding common shares into 36,853,620 common shares of the Corporation on the basis of
1.171108685 post-division common shares for each pre-division common share held.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date                     Signature                                      Title - Titre
March 27, 2001                                                          Director

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Filed - Deposee
                                                                        MAR 27 2001

                                                                        ------------------------------------------------------

[Canada Letterhead]


[Flag and Industry Canada logo in English and French]

Certificate                                                       Certificat
of Amendment                                                      de modification

Canada Business                                                   Loi canadienne sur
Corporations Act                                                  les societes par actions

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION                                                           385460-4

----------------------------------------------                    ----------------------------------------------
Name of corporation-Denomination de la societe                    Corporation number - Numero de la societe

I hereby certify that the articles of the above-named             Je certifie que la statuts de la societe susmentionnee ont
corporation were amended:                                         ete modifies:

a)  under section 13 of the Canada Business Corporations Act      |_|   a)  en vertu de l'article 13 de la Loi canadienne sur
    in accordance with the attached notice;                                 les societes par actions, conformement a l'avis
                                                                            ci-joint;

b)  under section 27 of the Canada Business Corporations Act      |_|   b)  en vertu de l'article 27 de la Loi canadienne sur
    as set out in the attached articles of amendment                        les societes par actions, tel qu'il est indique
    designating a series of shares;                                         dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes
                                                                            designant une serie d'actions;

c)  under section 179 of the Canada Business Corporations         |X|   c)  en vertu de l'article 179 de la Loi canadienne sur
    Act as set out in the attached articles of amendment;                   les societes par actions, tel qu'il est indique
                                                                            dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes;

d)  under section 191 of the Canada Business Corporations         |_|   d)  en vertu de l'article 191 de la Loi canadienne sur
    Act as set out in the attached articles of                              les societes par actions, tel qu'il est indique
    reorganization;                                                         dans les clauses de reorganisation ci-jointes;

                                                                  August 31, 2001 / le 31 aout 2001

                    Director - Directeur                          Date of Amendment - Date de modification

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[Canada Letterhead]


[Flag and Industry Canada logo in English and French]

Canada Business             Loi canadienne sur les                        FORM 4                           FORMULE 4
Corporations Act            societes par actions                  ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT            CLAUSES MODIFICATRICES
                                                                   (SECTION 27 OR 177)               (ARTICLES 27 OU 177)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 - Name of corporation - Denomination de la societe              2 - Corporation No. - N(0)de la societe

      MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION                                           385460-4
      CORPORATION MITEL NETWORKS

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 - The articles of the above-named corporation are amended       Les statuts de la societe mentionnee ci-dessus sont modifies
as follows:                                                       de la facon suivante

To remove the following special provisions:

1.    the number of shareholders of the Corporation shall be limited to 50, not including persons who are in the employment of
      the Corporation or of a subsidiary and persons who, having been formerly in the employment of the Corporation or of a
      subsidiary, were, while in that employment, and have continued after the termination of that employment to be
      shareholders of the Corporation, two or more persons holding one or more shares jointly being counted as a single
      shareholder;

2.    any invitation to the public to subscribe for securities of the Corporation is prohibited;

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date                  Signature                                         Title - Titre
May 31, 2001                                                            Corporate Secretary

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Filed - Deposee
                                                                        AUG 31 2001

                                                                        ------------------------------------------------------


Exhibit 1.2

[LOGO] Industry Canada Industrie Canada

Certificate                                                       Certificat
of Amendment                                                      de modification

Canada Business                                                   Loi canadienne sur
Corporations Act                                                  les societes par actions

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

CORPORATION MITEL NETWORKS                                                          385460-4

----------------------------------------------                    ----------------------------------------------
Name of corporation - Denomination de la societe                  Corporation number-Numero de la societe

I hereby certify that the articles of the above-named             |_|   Je certifie que les statuts de la societe susmentionee
corporation were amended:                                               ont ete modifies:

a)  under section 13 of the Canada Business Corporations Act      |_|   a)  en vertu de l'article 13 de la Loi canadienne sur
    in accordance with the attached notice;                                 les societes par actions, conformement a 1'avis
                                                                            ci-joint

b)  under section 27 of the Canada Business Corporations Act      |X|   b)  en vertu de l'article 27 de la Loi canadienne sur
    as set out in the attached articles of amendment                        les societes par actions, tel qu'il est indique
    designating a series of shares;                                         dans les clauses modificatrices

c)  under section 179 of the Canada Business Corporations         |X|   c)  en vertu de Particle 179 de la Loi canadienne
    Act as set out in the attached articles of amendment;                   ci-jointes designant une serie d'actions; sur les
                                                                            societes par actions, tel qu'il est indique dans
                                                                            les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes;

d)  under section 191 of the Canada Business Corporations               d)  en vertu de Particle 191 de la Loi canadienne
    Act as set out in the attached articles of                              sur les societes par actions, tel qu'il est
    reorganization;                                                         indique dans les clauses de reorganisation
                                                                            ci-jointes;

                                                                            April 22, 2004 I le 22 avril 2004

                    Director - Directeur                                    Date of Amendment - Date de modification

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Canada [logo]


[LOGO] Industry Canada Industrie Canada

                                                                                FORM 4                       FORMULE 4
                                                                        ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT                 CLAUSES
       Canada Business             Loi canadienne sur les                (SECTION 27 OR 177)               MODIFICATRICES
       Corporations Act            societes par actions                                              (ARTICLES 27 OU 177)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 - Name of corporation - Denomination de la societe              2- Corporation No. - N(degree)de la societe

      Mitel Networks Corporation
      Corporation Mitel Networks                                        385460-4

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3- The articles of the above-named corporation are amended        Les statuts de la societe mentionnee ci-dessus sont modifies
as follows:                                                       de la facon suivante

      (a)   To provide that the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the common shares of the
            Corporation shall be as set forth in the attached Schedule "A" which forms part of this document.

      (b)   To create the following new classes of shares:

            (i)   a new class of an unlimited number of preferred shares, issuable in series, to be designated as the Class A
                  Convertible Preferred Shares, and having the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions as set forth in
                  the attached Schedule "B" which forms part of this document; and

            (ii)  a new class of an unlimited number of preferred shares, issuable in series, to be designated as the Class B
                  Convertible Preferred Shares, and having the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions as set forth in
                  the attached Schedule "C" which forms part of this document,

            such  that the authorized capital of the Corporation shall be as follows:

            (A)   an unlimited number of common shares;

            (B)   an unlimited number of Class A Convertible Preferred Shares, issuable in series; and

            (C)   an unlimited number of Class B Convertible Preferred Shares, issuable in series.

      (c)   to add at paragraph 7 of the articles the right of the directors to appoint from time to time, one or more
            additional directors in accordance with the Canada Business Corporations Act and within any fixed number of
            directors from time to time authorized by the shareholders of the Corporation.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date                               Signature                               4. - Capacity of - En qualite de

April 22, 2004
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY          Printed Name - nom en lettres moulees
A fusage du ministere seulement

Filed    >
Deposee
---------------------------------- -------------------------------------
IC 3069 (2001/11)

- 2 -

Exhibit 1.2

SCHEDULE "A"
TO
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION
(the "Corporation")

The common shares of the Corporation (the "common shares") shall have the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

1. Voting Rights

Each holder of common shares shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend all meetings of shareholders of the Corporation and to vote thereat, except meetings at which only holders of a specified class of shares (other than common shares) or specified series of shares are entitled to vote. At all meetings of which notice must be given to the holders of the common shares, each holder of common shares shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each common share held by such holder.

2. Dividends

The holders of the common shares shall be entitled, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class or series of shares of the Corporation, to receive any dividend declared by the Corporation.

3. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-up

The holders of the common shares shall be entitled, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class or series of shares of the Corporation, to receive the remaining property of the Corporation on a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary.


SCHEDULE "B"
TO
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION
(the "Corporation")

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Convertible Preferred Shares, issuable in series (the "Class A Preferred Shares"). The Class A Preferred Shares, as a class, shall have the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

1. Directors' Authority to Issue One or More Series

The directors of the Corporation may, at any time and from time to time, issue the Class A Preferred Shares in one or more series.

2. Terms of Each Series

Subject to the following provisions, and subject to the filing of articles of amendment in prescribed form and the endorsement thereon of a certificate of amendment, in accordance with the Canada Business Corporations Act, before the first shares of a particular series are issued, the directors of the Corporation shall fix the number of shares in such series and shall determine, subject to any limitations set out in the articles of the Corporation, the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the shares of such series including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any right to receive dividends (which may be cumulative, non-cumulative or partially cumulative and variable or fixed), the rate or rates, amount or method or methods of calculation of preferential dividends and whether such rate or rates, amount or method or methods of calculation shall be subject to change or adjustment in the future, the currency or currencies of payment, the date or dates and place or places of payment thereof and the date or dates from which such preferential dividends shall accrue, the rights of redemption (if any) and the redemption price and other terms and conditions of redemption, the rights of retraction (if any) and the prices and other terms and conditions of any rights of retraction and whether any additional rights of retraction may be provided to such holders in the future, the voting rights (if any) and the conversion or exchange rights (if any) and any sinking fund, purchase fund or other provisions attaching thereto. Before the first shares of a particular series are issued, the directors of the Corporation may change the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to such unissued shares.

3. Ranking of the Class A Preferred Shares

No rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions attaching to a series of Class A Preferred Shares shall confer upon a series a priority over any other series of Class A Preferred Shares in respect of the payment of dividends or return of capital in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

The Class A Preferred Shares of each series shall rank on a parity with the Class A Preferred Shares of every other series with respect to priority in the payment of dividends and the return of


- 2 -

capital in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other return of capital of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

4. Priority

The Class A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to priority as hereinafter provided over the Class B Convertible Preferred Shares of the Corporation (the "Class B Preferred Shares"), the common shares of the Corporation (the "common shares") and any other shares of any other class of the Corporation ranking junior to the Class A Preferred Shares with respect to the return of capital, the distribution of assets and the payment of declared but unpaid dividends in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs. The Class A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to priority over the common shares and any other shares of any other class of the Corporation ranking junior to the Class A Preferred Shares with respect to priority in the payment of any dividends.

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of the Class A Preferred Shares of any series shall be entitled, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation as may be required by law:

(a) to receive in respect of the shares of such series, prior to any distribution to the holders of Class B Preferred Shares or common shares, the amount, if any, provided for in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the shares of such series; and

(b) if and to the extent provided in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the shares of such series, to share in the remaining assets of the Corporation (subject to the rights, if any, of holders of Class B Preferred Shares and any other class or series of shares of the Corporation to first receive payment of amounts in such event, if and to the extent provided in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to any such shares).

5. Other Preferences

The Class A Preferred Shares of any series may also be given such other preferences, not inconsistent with the articles of the Corporation over the Class B Preferred Shares, the common shares and any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the Class A Preferred Shares as may be determined in the case of such series of Class A Preferred Shares in accordance with paragraph 2 hereof.

6. Conversion Right

The Class A Preferred Shares of any series may be made convertible into or exchangeable for common shares of the Corporation.


- 3 -

7. Redemption Right

The Class A Preferred Shares of any series may be made redeemable, in such circumstances, at such price and upon such other terms and conditions, and with such priority, as may be provided in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the shares of such series.

8. Dividend Rights

The Corporation may at any time and from time to time declare and pay a dividend on the Class A Preferred Shares of any series without declaring or paying any dividend on the common shares or any other shares of any other class of the Corporation ranking junior to the Class A Preferred Shares. The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the Class A Preferred Shares of any series may include the right to receive a dividend concurrently with any dividend declared on any other class or series of shares of the Corporation, to be calculated in the manner set forth in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the shares of such series of Class A Preferred Shares.

9. Voting Rights

Except as may be otherwise provided in the articles of the Corporation or as otherwise required by law or in accordance with any voting rights which may from time to time be attached to any series of Class A Preferred Shares, the holders of Class A Preferred Shares as a class shall not be entitled as such to receive notice of, nor to attend or vote at any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation.

10. Variation of Rights

The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Class A Preferred Shares as a class may be added to, amended or removed at any time with such approval as may then be required by law to be given by the holders of the Class A Preferred Shares as a class.


SCHEDULE "C"
TO
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION
(the "Corporation")

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class B Convertible Preferred Shares, issuable in series (the "Class B Preferred Shares"). The Class B Preferred Shares, as a class, shall have the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

1. Directors' Authority to Issue One or More Series

The directors of the Corporation may, at any time and from time to time, issue the Class B Preferred Shares in one or more series.

2. Terms of Each Series

Subject to the following provisions, and subject to the filing of articles of amendment in prescribed form and the endorsement thereon of a certificate of amendment, in accordance with the Canada Business Corporations Act, before the first shares of a particular series are issued, the directors of the Corporation shall fix the number of shares in such series and shall determine, subject to any limitations set out in the articles of the Corporation, the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the shares of such series including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any right to receive dividends (which may be cumulative, non-cumulative or partially cumulative and variable or fixed), the rate or rates, amount or method or methods of calculation of preferential dividends and whether such rate or rates, amount or method or methods of calculation shall be subject to change or adjustment in the future, the currency or currencies of payment, the date or dates and place or places of payment thereof and the date or dates from which such preferential dividends shall accrue, the rights of redemption (if any) and the redemption price and other terms and conditions of redemption, the rights of retraction (if any) and the prices and other terms and conditions of any rights of retraction and whether any additional rights of retraction may be provided to such holders in the future, the voting rights (if any) and the conversion or exchange rights (if any) and any sinking fund, purchase fund or other provisions attaching thereto. Before the first shares of a particular series are issued, the directors of the Corporation may change the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to such unissued shares.

3. Ranking of the Class B Preferred Shares

No rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions attaching to a series of Class B Preferred Shares shall confer upon a series a priority over any other series of Class B Preferred Shares in respect of the payment of dividends or return of capital in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

The Class B Preferred Shares of each series shall rank on a parity with the Class B Preferred Shares of every other series with respect to priority in the payment of dividends and the return of


- 2 -

capital in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other return of capital of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

4. Priority

The Class B Preferred Shares shall rank junior to the Class A Convertible Preferred Shares of the Corporation (the "Class A Preferred Shares") with respect to priority in the return of capital, the distribution of assets and the payment of declared but unpaid dividends in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, but shall be entitled to priority as hereinafter provided over the common shares of the Corporation (the "common shares") and any other shares of any other class of the Corporation ranking junior to the Class B Preferred Shares with respect to the return of capital, the distribution of assets and the payment of declared and unpaid dividends in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs. The Class B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to priority over the common shares and any other shares of any other class of the Corporation ranking junior to the Class B Preferred Shares with respect to priority in the payment of any dividends.

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of the Class B Preferred Shares of any series shall be entitled, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation as may be required by law:

(a) to receive in respect of the shares of such series, after payment or provision for payment of the amounts payable in such event to the holders of Class A Preferred Shares in priority to the holders of Class B Preferred Shares and prior to any distribution to the holders of common shares, the amount, if any, provided for in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the shares of such series; and

(b) if and to the extent provided in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the shares of such series, to share in the remaining assets of the Corporation (subject to the rights, if any, of holders of any other class or series of shares of the Corporation to first receive payment of amounts in such event, if and to the extent provided in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to any such shares).

5. Other Preferences

The Class B Preferred Shares of any series may also be given such other preferences, not inconsistent with the provisions hereof over the common shares and any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the Class B Preferred Shares as may be determined in the case of such series of Class B Preferred Shares in accordance with paragraph 2 hereof.


- 3 -

6. Conversion Right

The Class B Preferred Shares of any series may be made convertible into or exchangeable for common shares of the Corporation.

7. Redemption Right

The Class B Preferred Shares of any series may be made redeemable, in such circumstances, at such price and upon such other terms and conditions, and with such priority, as may be provided in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the shares of such series.

8. Dividend Rights

The Corporation may at any time and from time to time declare and pay a dividend on the Class B Preferred Shares of any series without declaring or paying any dividend on the common shares or any other shares of any other class of the Corporation ranking junior to the Class B Preferred Shares. The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the Class B Preferred Shares of any series may include the right to receive a dividend concurrently with any dividend declared on any other class or series of shares of the Corporation, to be calculated in the manner set forth in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the shares of such series of Class B Preferred Shares.

9. Voting Rights

Except as may be otherwise provided in the articles of the Corporation or as otherwise required by law or in accordance with any voting rights which may from time to time be attached to any series of Class B Preferred Shares, the holders of Class B Preferred Shares as a class shall not be entitled as such to receive notice of, nor to attend or vote at any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation.

10. Variation of Rights

The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Class B Preferred Shares as a class may be added to, amended or removed at any time with such approval as may then be required by law to be given by the holders of the Class B Preferred Shares as a class.


Exhibit 1.3

[LOGO] Industry Canada Industrie Canada

Certificate                                                       Certificat
of Amendment                                                      de modification

Canada Business                                                   Loi canadienne sur
Corporations Act                                                  les societes par actions

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

CORPORATION MITEL NETWORKS                                                          385460-4

------------------------------------------------                  ------------------------------------------------
Name of corporation - Denomination de la societe                  Corporation number-Numero de la societe

I hereby certify that the articles of the above-named             |_|   Je certifie que les statuts de la societe susmentionee
corporation were amended:                                               ont ete modifies:

a)  under section 13 of the Canada Business Corporations Act      |_|   a)  en vertu de l'article 13 de la Loi canadienne sur
    in accordance with the attached notice;                                 les societes par actions, conformement a 1'avis
                                                                            ci-joint

b)  under section 27 of the Canada Business Corporations Act      |_|   b)  en vertu de l'article 27 de la Loi canadienne sur
    as set out in the attached articles of amendment                        les societes par actions, tel qu'il est indique
    designating a series of shares;                                         dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes
                                                                            designant une serie d'actions;

c)  under section 179 of the Canada Business Corporations         |X|   c)  en vertu de Particle 179 de la Loi canadienne sur
    Act as set out in the attached articles of amendment;                   les societes par actions, tel qu'il est indique
                                                                            dans les clauses modificatrices ci-jointes;

d)  under section 191 of the Canada Business Corporations               d)  en vertu de Particle 191 de la Loi canadienne sur les
    Act as set out in the attached articles of                              societes par actions, tel qu'il est indique dans les
    reorganization;                                                         clauses de reorganisation ci-jointes;

                                                                  April 23, 2004 I le 23 avril 2004

                    Director - Directeur                          Date of Amendment - Date de modification

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Canada [logo]


[LOGO] Industry Canada Industrie Canada

                                                                                FORM 4                       FORMULE 4
                                                                        ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT                 CLAUSES
       Canada Business             Loi canadienne sur les                (SECTION 27 OR 177)               MODIFICATRICES
       Corporations Act            societes par actions                                              (ARTICLES 27 OU 177)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 - Name of corporation - Denomination de la societe              2- Corporation No. - N(degree)de la societe

      Mitel Networks Corporation
      Corporation Mitel Networks                                        385460-4

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3- The articles of the above-named corporation are amended        Les statuts de la societe mentionnee ci-dessus sont modifies
as follows:                                                       de la facon suivante

      (a)   To designate a series of Class A Convertible Preferred Shares to be known as Class A Convertible Preferred Shares,
            Series 1.

      (b)   To provide that the Class A Convertible Preferred Shares, Series 1 shall have the rights, privileges, restrictions
            and conditions as set forth in the attached Schedule "A" which forms part of this document.

      (c)   To designate a series of Class B Convertible Preferred Shares to be known as Class B Convertible Preferred Shares,
            Series 1.

      (b)   To provide that the Class B Convertible Preferred Shares, Series 1 shall have the rights, privileges, restrictions
            and conditions as set forth in the attached Schedule "B" which forms part of this document.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date                               Signature                               4. - Capacity of - En qualite de

April 23, 2004
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY          Printed Name - nom en lettres moulees
A fusage du ministere seulement

Filed    >  April 23, 2004
Deposee
------------------------------------------------------------------------
IC 3069 (2001/11)

- 2 -

SCHEDULE "A"
TO
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION
(the "Corporation")

The first series of Class A Convertible Preferred Shares of the Corporation shall consist of an unlimited number of shares which shall be designated as the Class A Convertible Preferred Shares, Series 1 (the "Series A Shares") and which, in addition and subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the Class A Convertible Preferred Shares as a class, shall have attached thereto the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions set forth herein.

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions

For purposes of these Series A Share provisions:

(a) "Act" means the Canada Business Corporations Act.

(b) "Additional Common Shares" means the Common Shares, if any, issued or issuable pursuant to Section 5.4 or Section 5.5.

(c) "Affiliate" of a Person means any Person that would be considered to be an "affiliated entity" of such first-mentioned Person under Ontario Securities Commission Rule 45-501 - Exempt Distributions, as in effect on the Original Issuance Date.

(d) "Aggregate Preference Redemption Amount" means the Series A Preference Redemption Amount plus the Series B Preference Redemption Amount.

(e) "Aggregate Participation Redemption Amount" means the Series A Participation Redemption Amount plus the Series B Participation Redemption Amount.

(f) "Available Funds" has the meaning set out in Section 7.1(a)(i).

(g) "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Corporation.

(h) "Business Day" means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which chartered banks in Ottawa, Ontario are open for commercial banking business during normal banking hours.


- 2 -

(i) "Change of Control Event" means:

(i) the sale, lease, exclusive and irrevocable licence, abandonment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to a Person other than a Person that is an Affiliate of the Corporation; or

(ii) (A) an amalgamation of the Corporation with another corporation (other than with a Subsidiary of the Corporation),
(B) a statutory arrangement involving the Corporation or (C) any other transaction involving the Corporation, whether by a single transaction or series of transactions, pursuant to which, in the case of (A), (B) or (C) above,

(1) any Person, together with his or its Affiliates hereafter acquires the direct or indirect "beneficial ownership" (as defined in the Act) of all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Corporation; and

(2) the nature of the transaction (or series of transactions) is such that the consideration (whether in the form of cash, securities or other property) in connection with such transaction (or series of transactions) would not be received by the shareholders of the Corporation,

provided, however, that the Series A Majority Holders shall have the right, on behalf of all Series A Holders, to waive the treatment of any of such event as a "Change of Control Event" (provided that any such waiver must be in writing signed by the Series A Majority Holders and shall only be effective as to the particular event in respect of which the waiver is executed).

(j) "Class A Preferred Shares" means the Class A Convertible Preferred Shares in the capital of the Corporation, the first series of which are the Series A Shares.

(k) "Class B Preferred Shares" means the Class B Convertible Preferred Shares in the capital of the Corporation, the first series of which are the Series B Shares.

(l) "Common Share Offering" means the offering, issuance and sale by the Corporation of Common Shares within nine months of the Original Issuance Date for an aggregate purchase price of not more than $10,000,000.

(m) "Common Shares" means the common shares in the capital of the Corporation.

(n) "Consideration Per Share" means:

(i) in respect of the issuance of Common Shares, an amount equal to:

(A) the total consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance of such Common Shares, divided by

(B) the number of such Common Shares issued;


- 3 -

(ii) in respect of the issuance of Derivative Securities, an amount equal to:

(A) the total consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance of such Derivative Securities plus the minimum amount of any additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise, conversion or exchange of such Derivative Securities; divided by

(B) the maximum number of Common Shares that would be issued if all such Derivative Securities were exercised, converted or exchanged in accordance with their terms on the effective date of the relevant calculation,

provided, however, that if the amount determined in accordance with this clause (ii) equals zero in respect of any particular issuance of Derivative Securities, then the "Consideration Per Share" in respect of such issuance shall be the amount as may be determined by the agreement in writing of the Corporation, the Series A Majority Holders and the Series B Majority Holders. In the event that the Corporation, the Series A Majority Holders and the Series B Majority Holders do not agree on such amount, the Corporation shall not issue such Derivative Securities.

(o) "Control" means, with respect to any Person at any time:

(i) holding, as owner or other beneficiary, other than solely as the beneficiary of an unrealized security interest, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries (A) more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of that Person, or (B) securities of that Person carrying votes sufficient to elect or appoint the majority of individuals who are responsible for the supervision or management of that Person; or

(ii) the exercise of de facto control of that Person whether direct or indirect and whether through the ownership of securities, by contract or trust or otherwise,

and the term "Controlled" has a corresponding meaning.

(p) "Conversion Date" means the date on which the documentation set out in Section 5.8(a) is received by the Corporation.

(q) "Conversion Value" means the number determined in accordance with Article 6.

(r) "Corporation" means Mitel Networks Corporation.

(s) "day" or "days" means calendar day or calendar days, unless otherwise noted.

(t) "Derivative Securities" means:

(i) all shares and other securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares (including the Series A Shares and Series B Shares); and


- 4 -

(ii) all options, warrants and other rights to acquire Common Shares or securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares.

(u) "Excluded Issuances" has the meaning set out in Section 6.4.

(v) "Fair Market Value" means:

(i) in respect of assets other than securities, the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that if the Series A Majority Holders and/or the Series B Majority Holders object in writing to any such determination within 10 days of receiving notice of such determination, the fair market value will be determined by an independent investment banking or business valuation firm mutually agreeable to the Board of Directors and the Series A Majority Holders and/or the Series B Majority Holders, as the case may be, whose decision is final and binding on all Persons (the costs of which shall be borne by the Corporation);

(ii) in respect of Common Shares, the fair market value thereof, as determined in accordance with Exhibit "1" attached to these Series A Share provisions; and

(iii) in respect of securities other than Common Shares:

(A) if such securities are not subject to any statutory hold periods or contractual restrictions on transfer:

(1) if traded on one or more securities exchanges or markets, the weighted average of the closing prices of such securities on the exchange or market on which the securities are primarily traded over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the relevant date;

(2) if actively traded over-the-counter, the weighted average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever are applicable) over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the relevant date; or

(3) if there is no active public market, the fair market value of such securities as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, but no discount or premium is to be applied to their valuation on the basis of the securities constituting a minority block or a majority block of securities, or

(B) if such securities are subject to statutory hold periods or contractual restrictions on transfer, or both, the fair market value of such securities as determined by applying an appropriate discount,


- 5 -

as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, to the value as calculated in accordance with clause (A) above,

provided, however, that if the Series A Majority Holders and/or the Series B Majority Holders object in writing to any determination of the Board of Directors made under clause (A) or (B) above within 10 days of receiving notice of such determination, the applicable fair market value and/or discount, as the case may be, will be determined by an independent investment banking or business valuation firm mutually agreeable to the Board of Directors and the Series A Majority Holders and/or the Series B Majority Holders, as the case may be, whose decision is final and binding on all Persons (the costs of which shall be borne by the Corporation).

(w) "Issue Price" means $1.00, subject to appropriate adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits, stock consolidations, capital reorganizations and the like occurring after the Original Issuance Date and affecting the Series A Shares.

(x) "Junior Shares" has the meaning set out in Section 4.1(a)(i).

(y) "Liquidation Event" means a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

(z) "Matthews Group" means:

(i) Dr. Terence H. Matthews, his spouse or former spouse, any lineal descendant of Dr. Terence H. Matthews, any spouse or former spouse of any such lineal descendant, and their respective legal personal representatives;

(ii) the trustee or trustees of any trust (including without limitation a testamentary trust) for the exclusive benefit of any one or more members of the Matthews Group;

(iii) any corporation all of the issued and outstanding shares of which are beneficially owned by any one or more members of the Matthews Group;

(iv) any partnership all of the partnership interests in which are beneficially owned by any one or more members of the Matthews Group; and

(v) any charitable foundation Controlled by any one or more members of the Matthews Group,

and, for this purpose, a trustee or trustees referred to in clause
(ii) above shall be deemed to beneficially own any shares or partnership interests held by them.


- 6 -

(aa) "Non-Qualified IPO" means any public offering of the Common Shares, other than a Qualified IPO (provided, that, any previous filing of a registration statement or similar instrument with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in fulfillment of the Corporation's existing obligations as a foreign private issuer shall be deemed not to constitute a public offering for the purposes of these Series A Share provisions).

(bb) "Original Issuance Date" means, in respect of Series A Shares, the date on which the first Series A Shares are issued.

(cc) "Partial Sale Event" means:

(i) (A) an amalgamation of the Corporation with another corporation (other than with a Subsidiary of the Corporation), (B) a statutory arrangement involving the Corporation, (C) the sale, exchange or other disposition of outstanding shares of the Corporation, or (D) any other transaction involving the Corporation (other than a public offering of securities of the Corporation), whether by a single transaction or series of transactions, pursuant to which, in the case of (A), (B), (C) or (D) above, any Person, together with his or its Affiliates (other than members of the Matthews Group), hereafter acquires the direct or indirect "beneficial ownership" (as defined in the Act) of securities of the Corporation representing more than 50% but less than all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Corporation; or

(ii) any event, whether by a single transaction or a series of transactions, that results in Dr. Terence H. Matthews and/or Persons Controlled by Dr. Terence H. Matthews holding in the aggregate less than 100,000,000 of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Corporation (subject to appropriate adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits, stock consolidations, capital reorganizations and the like occurring after the Original Issuance Date), calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Shares basis.

provided, however, that the Series A Majority Holders shall have the right, on behalf of all Series A Holders, to waive the treatment of any of such event as a "Partial Sale Event" (provided that any such waiver must be in writing signed by the Series A Majority Holders and shall only be effective as to the particular event in respect of which the waiver is executed).

(dd) "Person" includes any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, unincorporated association, unincorporated syndicate, unincorporated organization, trust, body corporate, and a natural person in his capacity as trustee, executor, administrator, or other legal representative.


- 7 -

(ee) "Qualified IPO" means a public offering of Common Shares in which:

(i) the price per share is at least two times:

(A) the aggregate Issue Price for all Series A Shares issued by the Corporation,

divided by

(B) the sum of

(1) the number of Common Shares (other than Additional Common Shares) into which any Series A Shares have been converted (subject to appropriate adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits, stock consolidations, capital reorganizations and the like occurring after the Original Issuance Date and affecting the Common Shares); and

(2) the number of Common Shares (other than Additional Common Shares) into which any outstanding Series A Shares are then convertible;

(ii) the aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $100,000,000 (before deducting expenses, underwriting discounts and commissions); and

(iii) immediately following the closing of the public offering, the Common Shares are listed and posted for trading, traded or quoted on one or more of the Toronto Stock Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ National Market System or the AMEX Exchange.

(ff) "Redemption Notice Period" has the meaning set out in Section 7.3(a)(i).

(gg) "Redemption Trigger Date" means: (i) if no Series A Shares are issued after the Original Issuance Date, that date which is five years plus one day after the Original Issuance Date; or (ii) if any Series A Shares are issued after the Original Issuance Date, the earlier of (A) that date which is five years plus one day after the last date of issuance of any Series A Shares, and (B) that date which is five years and four months plus one day after the Original Issuance Date, or such later date as the Corporation and the Series A Majority Holders may agree in writing.

(hh) "Series A Holders" means the holders of Series A Shares and "Series A Holder" means any one of them.

(ii) "Series A Majority Holders" means, as of the relevant time of reference, one or more Series A Holders of record who hold collectively more than 50% of the outstanding Series A Shares.

(jj) "Series A Participation Redemption Amount" has the meaning set out in Section 7.1(a)(ii)(B).


- 8 -

(kk) "Series A Preference Redemption Amount" has the meaning set out in
Section 7.1(a)(ii)(A).

(ll) "Series A Redemption Amount" has the meaning set out in Section 7.1(a)(ii).

(mm) "Series A Redemption Amount Per Share" is the amount determined by dividing the Series A Redemption Amount by the total number of Series A Shares outstanding.

(nn) "Series A Redemption Request" has the meaning set out in Section 7.3(a).

(oo) "Series A Shares" means the Class A Convertible Preferred Shares, Series 1 in the capital of the Corporation.

(pp) "Series B Holders" means the holders of Series B Shares and "Series B Holder" means any one of them.

(qq) "Series B Majority Holders" means, as of the relevant time of reference, one or more Series B Holders of record who hold collectively more than 50% of the outstanding Series B Shares.

(rr) "Series B Participation Redemption Amount" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series B Share Terms.

(ss) "Series B Preference Redemption Amount" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series B Share Terms.

(tt) "Series B Redemption Amount" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series B Share Terms.

(uu) "Series B Redemption Amount Per Share" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series B Share Terms.

(vv) "Series B Redemption Request" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series B Share Terms.

(ww) "Series B Share Terms" means the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the Series B Shares as set out in the articles of the Corporation as same exist on the Original Issuance Date.

(xx) "Series B Shares" means the Class B Convertible Preferred Shares, Series 1 in the capital of the Corporation.

(yy) "Stock Split" means:

(i) the issuance of Common Shares as a dividend or other distribution on outstanding Common Shares;

(ii) the subdivision of outstanding Common Shares into a greater number of Common Shares; or


- 9 -

(iii) the combination of outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of Common Shares.

(zz) "Subsidiary" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Act on the Original Issuance Date.

(aaa) "TPC" means Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, as represented by the Minister of Industry.

1.2 "As-if-converted to Common Shares Basis"

For purposes of these Series A Share provisions, where a calculation is required to be made on an "as-if-converted to Common Shares basis", such calculation will be made by determining (in each case as of the applicable date for the determination):

(a) in respect of the Series A Shares, the number of whole Common Shares into which such Series A Shares are then convertible pursuant to these Series A Share provisions;

(b) in respect of the Series B Shares, the number of whole Common Shares into which such Series B Shares are then convertible pursuant to the Series B Share Terms; and

(c) in respect of any other Derivative Securities, the number of whole Common Shares into which such securities are then convertible pursuant to the articles of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 2
VOTING RIGHTS

2.1 Entitlement to Vote and Receive Materials

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in these Series A Share provisions, or as provided by applicable law, each Series A Holder is entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote or consent of shareholders of the Corporation.

(b) Each Series A Holder is entitled to receive copies of all notices and other materials sent by the Corporation to its shareholders relating to written actions to be taken by shareholders in lieu of a meeting. All such notices and other materials shall be sent to the Series A Holders concurrently with delivery to the other shareholders.

2.2 Number of Votes

(a) Within the first two years after the Original Issuance Date, each Series A Share entitles the Series A Holder to the number of votes per share equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Issue Price by the Conversion Value.

(b) After two years from the Original Issuance Date, each Series A Share entitles the Series A Holder to the number of votes per share equal to the sum of (i) the


- 10 -

quotient obtained by dividing the Issue Price by the Conversion Value, and (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing the Issue Price by the fair market value of a Common Share (and for such purposes, the fair market value of a Common Share shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors at the time of the relevant calculation).

(c) For purposes of determining the number of votes for each Series A Share calculated in accordance with Section 2.2(a) or 2.2(b), the determination shall be made as of the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote on such matter, or if no record date is established, the date such vote is taken or any written consent of shareholders is solicited, and shall be calculated based on the Conversion Value in effect on that date.

2.3 Single Class

Except as otherwise provided herein, or except as provided by applicable law, the Series A Holders will vote together with the holders of Series B Shares and Common Shares and any other series or class of shares entitled to vote on such matters as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Corporation.

2.4 Exception to Single Class

In addition to any other approvals required by applicable law, any addition to, change to or removal of any right, privilege, restriction or condition attaching to the Series A Shares as a series or the Class A Preferred Shares as a class requires the affirmative vote or written approval of the Series A Majority Holders.

ARTICLE 3
Dividends

3.1 Entitlement to Dividends

The Series A Holders shall be entitled to receive, in respect of the Series A Shares, non-cumulative dividends if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors out of the monies of the Corporation properly applicable to the payment of dividends, the amount of which the directors, in their absolute discretion, may from time to time or at any time determine. Any declared but unpaid dividend shall be paid immediately upon the conversion of a Series A Share, if not previously paid.

3.2 Priority of Dividends

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.1, no dividend or other distribution (other than a stock dividend giving rise to an adjustment under
Section 6.5) will be paid or set apart for payment in respect of any share of any other class or series unless a dividend is concurrently paid or set apart for payment in respect of each outstanding Series A Share in an amount at least equal to the product of:


- 11 -

(i) the amount of the dividend per share paid in respect of the shares of such other class or series (calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Shares basis); and

(ii) the number of Common Shares into which each Series A Share is then convertible.

(b) When any declared non-cumulative dividend or amount payable on a return of capital in respect of Series A Shares is not paid in full, the Series A Holders shall participate rateably in respect of such dividends in accordance with the sums which would be payable on the Class A Preferred Shares if all such dividends were declared and paid in full, and on any return of capital in accordance with the sums which would be payable on such return of capital if all sums so payable were paid in full.

ARTICLE 4
LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE

4.1 Payment of Liquidation Preference

(a) Subject to the limitation in Section 4.1(b), upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event the Series A Holders are entitled to receive the following amounts:

(i) Preference on a Liquidation Event. Upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the Series A Holders are entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders (pari passu with the holders of any other series of Class A Preferred Shares), before any payment shall be made to the holders of any series of Class B Preferred Shares, Common Shares or any other class or series of shares ranking on liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation junior to the Series A Shares (collectively, the "Junior Shares"), an amount per Series A Share equal to the Issue Price plus any declared but unpaid dividends payable to Series A Holders. If, upon such a Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to the Corporation's shareholders shall be insufficient to pay the Series A Holders the full amount to which they are entitled as set out above, the holders of Series A Shares and any other series of Class A Preferred Shares shall share rateably in any amount remaining available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise have been payable on or in respect of the shares held by them if all amounts payable on or in respect of such shares were paid in full.

(ii) Preference on a Change of Control Event. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Event, the Series A Holders are entitled to receive an amount of cash, securities or other property per Series A Share, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Junior Shares, equal to the Issue Price plus any declared but unpaid dividends payable to Series A Holders. If upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Event, the cash, securities


- 12 -

or other property available for payment to the Corporation's shareholders shall be insufficient to pay the Series A Holders the full amount to which they are entitled as set out above, the holders of Series A Shares and any class or series of shares ranking on parity with the Series A Shares shall share rateably in any such payment in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise have been payable on or in respect of the shares held by them if all amounts payable on or in respect of such shares were paid in full.

(iii) Participation Amount. After the distribution to or payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series B Shares, Series A Shares and any other series of Class A Preferred Shares or Class B Preferred Shares upon a Liquidation Event or upon a Change of Control Event (or funds necessary for such payments have been set aside in trust so as to be available for such payments), the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution, or cash, securities or other property available for payment to its shareholders, shall be distributed or paid, as the case may be, rateably (subject to the limitation in Section 4.1(b) and to the rights, if any, of holders of any other class or series of shares of the Corporation to participate in payments or distributions upon a Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event) among the holders of all issued and outstanding: (A) Class A Preferred Shares; (B) Class B Preferred Shares; and
(C) Common Shares (with the holders of any series of Class A Preferred Shares and Class B Preferred Shares deemed to hold that number of shares equal to the number of Common Shares into which such series of Class A Preferred Shares or Class B Preferred Shares, as the case may be, are then convertible).

(b) In the event that the applicable Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event occurs within the first two years after the Original Issuance Date, and the Series A Holders would otherwise be entitled to receive a preferential payment pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(i) or 4.1(a)(ii), if the amount per Series A Share that would be payable upon the occurrence of the Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(iii) to the holders of all issued and outstanding Common Shares (assuming the conversion of all Class A Preferred Shares and Class B Preferred Shares in accordance with their terms immediately prior to the occurrence of the Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event, as the case may be) is:

(i) equal to or greater than the sum of (A) two times the Issue Price, and (B) any declared but unpaid dividends per Series A Share, then the Series A Holders shall not be entitled to receive payment of any preferential amounts pursuant to
Section 4.1(a)(i) or 4.1(a)(ii), as the case may be, and shall only be entitled to receive the amount payable pursuant to
Section 4.1(a)(iii); or

(ii) less than the sum (A) two times the Issue Price, and (B) any declared but unpaid dividends per Series A Share, then the maximum amount per Series A Share that the Series A Holders as such are entitled to receive


- 13 -

pursuant to Section 4.1(a) shall be the sum of (A) two times the Issue Price, and (B) any declared but unpaid dividends per Series A Share.

(c) In the event of any Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event:

(i) the Corporation will not permit such Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event to occur unless the transaction (or series of transactions) provides for a payment (by dividend or other distribution by the Corporation or otherwise) to the Series A Holders in connection therewith of their full entitlements pursuant to Section 4.1(a) (subject to the limitation in Section 4.1(b)); or

(ii) if the Corporation cannot prevent such Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event from occurring, the Corporation shall, subject to applicable laws, pay to the Series A Holders (by dividend or other distribution) the full amount of their entitlements pursuant to Section 4.1(a) (subject to the limitation in Section 4.1(b)) or, if the Corporation cannot legally pay such amount in full, the amount it is legally able to pay shall be paid and the balance shall increase at the rate of 15% per annum, compounded annually until such amount is paid, and the Corporation shall not pay any amounts or make any other distributions (other than any payment or distribution made pro rata according to the respective entitlements of the Series B Holders pursuant to section 4.1(c)(ii) of the Series B Share Terms and of the Series A Holders pursuant to this clause (ii)) in respect of any other class or series of its shares until such entitlements are fully paid.

(d) The Corporation will not permit any transaction (or series of transactions) that would constitute, but for Section 1.1(i)(ii)(2), a "Change of Control Event", to occur unless the transaction (or series of transactions) provides for a payment (by dividend or other distribution by the Corporation or otherwise) to the Series A Holders in connection therewith of the their full entitlements pursuant to Sections 4.1(a)(ii) and 4.1(a)(iii) (subject to the limitation in Section 4.1(b)).

4.2 Distribution Other than Cash

In the case of a Liquidation Event, the Series A Holders may in any event elect to receive any distribution or payment to which they are entitled in cash, if any. The value of the securities or other assets for this purpose is their Fair Market Value.

4.3 Notice

The Corporation shall provide notice in accordance with the provisions of
Section 8.2 to each Series A Holder, at the earliest practicable time, of the date on which a proposed or reasonably anticipated Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event shall take place. Such notice shall also specify the estimated payment date, the amount to which the Series A Holders would be entitled and the place where such payments are to be made.


- 14 -

ARTICLE 5
CONVERSION

5.1 Optional Conversion Rights

Each Series A Share is convertible, at any time and from time to time at the option of the Series A Holder and without payment of additional consideration, into Common Shares.

5.2 Automatic Conversion

The Series A Shares automatically convert into Common Shares:

(a) immediately prior to, and conditional upon, the closing of a Qualified IPO; or

(b) with the affirmative vote or written consent of the Series A Majority Holders.

5.3 Conversion Rate

The number of Common Shares into which each Series A Share is convertible is equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Issue Price (plus any declared but unpaid dividends) by the Conversion Value, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Article 6.

5.4 Additional Common Shares on Conversion

In the event of any conversion after two years from the Original Issuance Date, in addition to the number of Common Shares otherwise issuable to a Series A Holder upon a conversion of Series A Shares, each Series A Holder shall also be entitled, in respect of each Series A Share so converted, to receive an additional number of Common Shares as is equal to the Issue Price divided by the Fair Market Value of a Common Share as of the date that the conversion is deemed to be effected in accordance with Section 5.6.

5.5 Additional Common Shares on Conversion in a Non-Qualified IPO

In the event of:

(a) an optional conversion pursuant to Section 5.1 in connection with a Non-Qualified IPO; or

(b) an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 5.2(b) in connection with a Non-Qualified IPO,

that occurs within the first two years after the Original Issuance Date, in addition to the number of Common Shares otherwise issuable to a Series A Holder upon a conversion of Series A Shares, each Series A Holder shall also be entitled in respect of each Series A Share so converted, to receive that number of additional Common Shares, if any, as is determined in accordance with the following formula:

X - Y

Z

- 15 -

Where:

X = two times the Issue Price

Y = the greater of: (i) the Issue Price; and (ii) the Offering Price

Z = the Offering Price

For the purposes of this Section 5.5, "Offering Price" means the per share issue price of the Common Shares issued in connection with the Non-Qualified IPO.

For the purposes of this Section 5.5 and Section 5.6(d), a conversion of Series A Shares into Common Shares shall be deemed to be effected "in connection with a Non-Qualified IPO" if (i) in the case of an optional conversion pursuant to
Section 5.1, such conversion was completed at the written request of the Corporation in order to facilitate the Non-Qualified IPO, or (ii) in the case of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 5.2(b), the Series A Majority Holders voting to approve or consenting to the automatic conversion agreed to convert their Series A Shares at the written request of the Corporation in order to facilitate the Non-Qualified IPO; provided that, the Corporation shall not make such a written request to the Series A Holders unless the Corporation concurrently makes a written request to the Series B Holders pursuant to the Series B Share Terms.

5.6 Effective Date and Time of Conversion

Conversion is deemed to be effected:

(a) subject to Section 5.6(d), in the case of an optional conversion pursuant to Section 5.1, immediately prior to the close of business on the Conversion Date;

(b) in the case of automatic conversion pursuant to Section 5.2(a), immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified IPO;

(c) subject to Section 5.6(d), in the case of automatic conversion pursuant to Section 5.2(b), at the time and on the date specified by the Series A Majority Holders;

(d) in the case of an optional conversion or an automatic conversion "in connection with a Non-Qualified IPO", as contemplated in Section 5.5, immediately prior to the closing of the Non-Qualified IPO; and

(e) notwithstanding any delay in the delivery of certificates representing the Common Shares into which the Series A Shares have been converted.

5.7 Effect of Conversion

Upon the conversion of the Series A Shares:

(a) the rights of a Series A Holder as a holder of the converted Series A Shares cease; and


- 16 -

(b) each person in whose name any certificate for Common Shares is issuable upon such conversion is deemed to have become the holder of record of such Common Shares.

5.8 Mechanics of Optional Conversion

(a) To exercise optional conversion rights under Section 5.1, a Series A Holder must:

(i) give written notice to the Corporation at its principal office or the office of any transfer agent for the Common Shares:

(A) stating that the Series A Holder elects to convert such shares; and

(B) providing the name or names (with address or addresses)

in which the certificate or certificates for Common
Shares issuable upon such conversion are to be issued;

(ii) surrender the certificate or certificates representing the shares being converted to the Corporation at its principal office or the office of any transfer agent for the Common Shares; and

(iii) where the Common Shares are to be registered in the name of a person other than the Series A Holder, provide evidence to the Corporation of proper assignment and transfer of the surrendered certificates to the Corporation, including evidence of compliance with applicable Canadian and United States securities laws and any applicable shareholders agreement.

(b) As soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 10 days after the Conversion Date, the Corporation will issue and deliver to the Series A Holder a certificate or certificates in such denominations as such Series A Holder requests for the number of full Common Shares issuable upon the conversion of such Series A Shares, together with cash in respect of any fractional Common Shares issuable upon such conversion.

5.9 Mechanics of Automatic Conversion

(a) Upon the automatic conversion of any Series A Shares into Common Shares, each Series A Holder must surrender the certificate or certificates formerly representing that Series A Holder's Series A Shares at the principal office of the Corporation or the office of any transfer agent for the Common Shares.

(b) Upon receipt by the Corporation of the certificate or certificates, the Corporation will issue and deliver to such Series A Holder, promptly at the office and in the name shown on the surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of Common Shares into which such Series A Shares are converted, together with cash in respect of any fractional Common Shares issuable upon such conversion.


- 17 -

(c) The Corporation is not required to issue certificates evidencing the Common Shares issuable upon conversion until certificates formerly evidencing the converted Series A Shares are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent, or the Series A Holder notifies the Corporation or such transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and executes and delivers an agreement to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by the Corporation in connection with the loss, theft or destruction.

(d) If the Board of Directors expects, acting reasonably, that the Series A Shares will automatically convert, the Corporation will, at least 20 days before the date it reasonably believes will be the date of the automatic conversion, send by prepaid priority overnight courier or deliver to each person who at the date of mailing or delivery is a registered Series A Holder, a notice in writing of the intention of the Corporation to automatically convert such shares. That notice shall be sent or delivered to each Series A Holder at the last address of that Series A Holder as it appears on the securities register of the Corporation, or in the event the address of any such Series A Holder does not so appear, then to the last address of that Series A Holder known to the Corporation. Accidental failure or omission to give that notice to one or more Series A Holder(s) will not affect the validity of such conversion, but if that failure or omission is discovered, notice shall be given promptly to any Series A Holder that was not given notice. That notice will have the same force and effect as if given in due time. The notice will set out the basis under Section 5.2 for such automatic conversion, the number of Series A Shares held by the person to whom it is addressed which are to be converted (if known), the number of Common Shares into which those Series A Shares will be converted (including any Additional Common Shares), the expected date of closing of the Qualified IPO, if applicable, and the place or places in Canada at which Series A Holders may present and surrender the certificate or certificates representing its Series A Shares for conversion.

5.10 Fractional Shares

No fractional Common Shares will be issued upon conversion of Series A Shares. Instead of any fractional Common Shares that would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of Series A Shares, the Corporation will pay to the Series A Holder a cash adjustment in respect of such fraction in an amount equal to the same fraction of the value per Common Share (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) on the effective date of the conversion. For greater certainty, all of a Series A Holder's Series A Shares will be aggregated for purposes of calculating any fractional Common Share resulting from a conversion.

5.11 Partial Conversion

If some but not all of the Series A Shares represented by a certificate or certificates surrendered by a Series A Holder are converted, the Corporation will execute and deliver to or on the order of the Series A Holder, at the expense of the Corporation, a new certificate representing the number of Series A Shares that were not converted.


- 18 -

ARTICLE 6
CONVERSION VALUE

6.1 Initial Conversion Value

The initial Conversion Value is equal to the Issue Price and remains in effect until the Conversion Value is adjusted in accordance with the provisions of this Article 6.

6.2 Adjustments for Dilution

If, following the Original Issuance Date, the Corporation issues any additional Common Shares or Derivative Securities (other than Excluded Issuances or in connection with an event to which Section 6.5, 6.6 or 6.7 applies) for Consideration Per Share that is less than the Conversion Value in effect immediately prior to such issuance, then the Conversion Value in effect immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted so that, upon such issuance, the Conversion Value shall be reduced to an amount equal to the Consideration Per Share of such additional Common Shares or Derivative Securities.

6.3 Additional Provisions Regarding Dilution

For purposes of Section 6.2:

(a) if a part or all of the consideration received by the Corporation in connection with the issuance of additional Common Shares or Derivative Securities consists of property other than cash, such consideration is deemed to have a value equal to its Fair Market Value;

(b) no adjustment of the Conversion Value is to be made upon the issuance of any Derivative Securities or additional Common Shares that are issued upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any Derivative Securities;

(c) any adjustment of the Conversion Value is to be disregarded if, and to the extent that, all of the Derivative Securities that gave rise to such adjustment expire or are cancelled without having been exercised or converted, so that the Conversion Value effective immediately upon such cancellation or expiration is equal to the Conversion Value that otherwise would have been in effect immediately prior to the time of the issuance of the expired or cancelled Derivative Securities, with any additional adjustments as subsequently would have been made to that Conversion Value had the expired or cancelled Derivative Securities not been issued;

(d) if the terms of any Derivative Securities previously issued by the Corporation are changed (whether by their terms or for any other reason) so as to raise or lower the Consideration Per Share payable with respect to such Derivative Securities (whether or not the issuance of such Derivative Securities originally gave rise to an adjustment of the Conversion Value), the Conversion Value is adjusted as of the date of such change;

(e) the Consideration Per Share received by the Corporation in respect of Derivative Securities is determined in each instance as follows:


- 19 -

(i) the Consideration Per Share is determined as of the date of issuance of Derivative Securities without giving effect to any possible future price adjustments or rate adjustments that might be applicable with respect to such Derivative Securities and that are contingent upon future events; and

(ii) in the case of an adjustment to the Conversion Value to be made as a result of a change in terms of any Derivative Securities, the Consideration Per Share for purposes of calculating the adjustment to the Conversion Value is determined as of the date of such change and, for greater certainty, not as of the date of the issuance of the Derivative Securities; and

(f) notwithstanding any other provisions contained in these Series A Share provisions, but except as provided in Sections 6.3(d) or 6.5, no adjustment to the Conversion Value is to be made in respect of the issuance of additional Common Shares or Derivative Securities in any case in which such adjustment would otherwise result in the Conversion Value being greater than the Conversion Value in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such additional Common Shares or Derivative Securities.

6.4 Excluded Transactions

Notwithstanding Section 6.2, no adjustment to the Conversion Value is to be made in connection with the following issuances ("Excluded Issuances"):

(a) any Series B Shares issued on the Original Issuance Date;

(b) any Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Shares or Series B Shares; provided that, any such conversion is effected in accordance with the terms of such shares (including provisions for adjustment) as such terms exist on the Original Issuance Date;

(c) any Additional Common Shares;

(d) any Common Shares issued to the Series B Holders in accordance with the Series B Share Terms;

(e) any Common Shares issued or issuable upon exercise of any warrants granted to the Series A Holders in connection with such Series A Holders' subscription for Series A Shares;

(f) any Common Shares issued pursuant to the Common Share Offering;

(g) any option to purchase Common Shares or other Derivative Securities granted under any stock option plan, stock purchase plan or other stock compensation program of the Corporation approved by the Board of Directors and/or Common Shares or other Derivative Securities allotted for issuance, issued or issuable pursuant to any such plan or arrangement, or the issuance of any Common Shares upon the exercise of any such options or other Derivative Securities;


- 20 -

(h) any equity securities issued pursuant to a Qualified IPO or a Non-Qualified IPO;

(i) any warrants to acquire Common Shares issued to TPC or any permitted assignee of TPC pursuant to obligations of the Corporation to issue such warrants (as such obligations exist on or before the Original Issuance Date or as such obligations may be amended with the approval of the Board of Directors after the Original Issuance Date), and any issuance of Common Shares pursuant to the exercise of such warrants;

(j) any Common Shares or Derivative Securities issued as compensation to any agent, broker, sub-agent or sub-broker with respect to the transactions entered into by the Corporation with Series A Holders and certain other shareholders of the Corporation, and any Common Shares or Derivative Securities issuable upon exercise thereof;

(k) except as contemplated in Section 6.5, any equity securities issued in respect of subdivisions, stock dividends or capital reorganizations affecting the share capital of the Corporation;

(l) any equity securities issued to bona fide consultants or professional advisors of the Corporation as part of the consideration for services received by the Corporation from such consultants or professional advisors;

(m) any Common Shares or Derivative Securities issued in connection with an acquisition of assets or a business; provided that (i) the cost of such acquisition is less than $10,000,000, (ii) any such transaction is approved by the Board of Directors, and (iii) the maximum aggregate number of Common Shares (including Common Shares issuable on the conversion or exercise of Derivative Securities) that may be issued pursuant to all transactions contemplated by this clause (m) shall not exceed 5% of the aggregate number of Common Shares issued and outstanding on the Original Issuance Date (subject to appropriate adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits, stock consolidations, capital reorganizations and the like occurring after the Original Issuance Date), all calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Shares basis; and

(n) any Common Shares or Derivative Securities issued to or in connection with any of the following (i) licensors of technology to the Corporation, (ii) lending or leasing institutions in connection with obtaining debt financing, or (iii) any other technology licensing, equipment leasing or other non-equity interim financing transaction; provided that: (A) any such transaction or transactions are approved by the Board of Directors; and (B) the maximum aggregate number of Common Shares (including Common Shares issuable on the conversion or exercise of Derivative Securities) that may be issued pursuant to all transactions contemplated by this clause (n) shall not exceed 5% of the aggregate number of Common Shares issued and outstanding on the Original Issuance Date (subject to appropriate adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits, stock consolidations, capital reorganizations and the like occurring after the Original Issuance Date), all calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Shares basis.


- 21 -

6.5 Adjustments for Stock Splits

After the Original Issuance Date, the Conversion Value shall be adjusted on the record date in respect of each Stock Split, such that the Conversion Value is equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Conversion Value immediately before the Stock Split by a fraction:

(a) the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately before the Stock Split; and

(b) the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately after the Stock Split.

6.6 Adjustments for Capital Reorganizations

If, following the Original Issuance Date, the Common Shares are changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or series, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise, the Corporation will provide each Series A Holder with the right to convert each Series A Share into the kind and amount of shares, other securities and property receivable upon such change that a holder of a number of Common Shares equal to the number of Common Shares into which such Series A Share was convertible immediately prior to the change would be entitled to receive upon such change (subject to any necessary further adjustments after the date of such change).

6.7 Other Distributions

In the event the Corporation declares a distribution payable in securities (other than securities of the Corporation), evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons or assets (excluding cash dividends paid in the ordinary course of business) then, in each such case for the purpose of this
Section 6.7, Series A Holders shall be entitled upon conversion of their Series A Shares to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of Common Shares into which their Series A Shares were convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Shares of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

6.8 No Impairment

The Corporation will not, by amendment of its articles or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Article 6, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of Article 5 and 6 and in the taking of any action necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the Series A Holders against impairment.

6.9 Reservation of Common Shares

The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Common Shares, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of Series A Shares, such number of Common Shares as from time to time is sufficient to effect the conversion of all


- 22 -

outstanding Series A Shares, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Common Shares is not sufficient to effect the conversion of all of the then outstanding Series A Shares, then the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its legal counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Common Shares to such number of shares as is sufficient for such purpose.

6.10 Disputes

If a dispute shall at any time arise with respect to adjustments in the Conversion Value, such dispute shall be conclusively determined by the Corporation's auditors, or if they are unable or unwilling to act, by such other firm of independent chartered accountants as may be selected by the Board of Directors and any such determination shall be binding upon the Corporation, the Series A Holders and all other shareholders of the Corporation. Such auditors or accountants shall be provided access to all necessary records of the Corporation. If any such determination is made, the Corporation shall deliver a certificate to the Series A Holders and Series B Holders describing such determination.

6.11 Certificate as to Adjustments

In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Value, the Corporation will promptly furnish each Series A Holder and Series B Holder with a certificate, prepared by the Corporation's accountants, showing such adjustment or readjustment, and stating in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.

6.12 Further Adjustment Provisions

If, at any time as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 6.6, a Series A Holder becomes entitled to receive any shares or other securities of the Corporation other than Common Shares upon surrendering Series A Shares for conversion, the Conversion Value in respect of such other shares or securities
(if such other shares or securities are by their terms convertible securities)
will be adjusted after that time, and will be subject to further adjustment from time to time, in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to Series A Shares contained in this Article 6, and the remaining provisions of these Series A Share provisions will apply mutatis mutandis to any such other shares or securities.

6.13 Waiver of Adjustments

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article 6, with the written consent of the Corporation, the Series A Majority Holders shall be entitled, on behalf of all Series A Holders, to waive any entitlement to an adjustment to the Conversion Value under this Article 6. Any such waiver by the Series A Majority Holders must be in writing and shall only be effective as to the particular adjustment being waived. In such event, notice of such waiver shall be sent to all Series A Holders and Series B Holders in accordance with Section 8.2.


- 23 -

ARTICLE 7
REDEMPTION

7.1 Redemption Following the Redemption Trigger Date

(a) On or after the Redemption Trigger Date, the Series A Majority Holders shall have the right to request the Corporation to redeem all of the Series A Shares. Upon receipt of such a request, in writing, the Corporation will:

(i) deliver to each Series A Holder and Series B Holder within 30 days following the date the written request is received by the Corporation a notice specifying the total funds legally available to the Corporation for redemption of all of the Series A Shares and Series B Shares outstanding at that time (the "Available Funds"); and

(ii) within 90 days, but not before the expiry of 30 days, following the date the written request is received by the Corporation redeem from the Series A Holders, subject to
Section 7.2, all the Series A Shares (and concurrently therewith redeem from the Series B Holders all the Series B Shares in the event that the redemption rights of the Series B Shares have been exercised in accordance with the Series B Share Terms) to the extent the Corporation has Available Funds, by paying to the Series A Holders, in accordance with
Section 7.1(b), an amount (the "Series A Redemption Amount") equal to the sum of:

(A) the number of Series A Shares outstanding multiplied by the sum of (x) the Issue Price and (y) the per share amount of any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A Shares (such amount being the "Series A Preference Redemption Amount"); and

(B) the then-current Fair Market Value of the Common Shares (other than Additional Common Shares) into which the Series A Shares are then convertible (such amount being the "Series A Participation Redemption Amount").

(b) Subject to Section 7.2, each Series A Holder shall be paid that portion of the Series A Redemption Amount equal to the Series A Redemption Amount Per Share multiplied by the number of Series A Shares held by the holder.

7.2 Insufficient Funds and Priorities

(a) If the Available Funds are insufficient to pay in full (i) the Series A Redemption Amount with respect to the total number of Series A Shares outstanding, and (ii) in the event that the redemption rights of the Series B Shares have been exercised in accordance with the Series B Share Terms, the Series B Redemption Amount with respect to the total number of Series B Shares outstanding, then those funds that are legally available for the redemption of the Series A Shares in accordance with Section 7.1 and the Series B Shares in accordance with the Series B Share


- 24 -

Terms will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of whole shares in accordance with the following priorities:

(i) If the Available Funds are insufficient to pay in full the Series A Preference Redemption Amount, those funds will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of whole shares rateably among the Series A Holders, and in such case, the number of Series A Shares to be redeemed shall be the number obtained by dividing (x) the Available Funds, by (y) the Series A Redemption Amount Per Share.

(ii) If the Available Funds are sufficient to pay in full the Series A Preference Redemption Amount, but are insufficient to pay in full the Aggregate Preference Redemption Amount, those funds will be used to redeem:

(A) that proportion of the total number of Series A Shares determined by dividing (x) the Series A Preference Redemption Amount, by (y) the Series A Redemption Amount Per Share; and

(B) the maximum possible number of whole shares rateably among the Series B Holders, and in such case, the number of Series B Shares to be redeemed shall be the number obtained by dividing (x) the Available Funds minus the Series A Preference Redemption Amount, by (y) the Series B Redemption Amount Per Share.

(iii) If the Available Funds are sufficient to pay in full the Aggregate Preference Redemption Amount, but are insufficient to pay in full the Aggregate Preference Redemption Amount plus the Series A Participation Redemption Amount and Series B Participation Redemption Amount, those funds will be used to redeem:

(A) that proportion of the total number of Series A Shares determined by dividing (x) the Series A Preference Redemption Amount, by (y) the Series A Redemption Amount Per Share;

(B) that proportion of the total number of Series B Shares determined by dividing (x) the Series B Preference Redemption Amount, by (y) the Series B Redemption Amount Per Share; and

(C) the maximum possible number of whole shares rateably among the Series A Holders and Series B Holders, and in such case,

(1) the number of Series A Shares to be redeemed shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:

A x B

C

- 25 -

(2) the number of Series B Shares to be redeemed shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:

A x D

E

Where:

A = the Available Funds minus the Aggregate
Preference Redemption Amount

B = the Series A Participation Redemption Amount
divided by the Aggregate Participation Redemption
Amount

C = the Series A Redemption Amount Per Share

D = the Series B Participation Redemption Amount
divided by the Aggregate Participation Redemption
Amount

E = the Series B Redemption Amount Per Share

(b) Any Series A Shares not redeemed in accordance with Section 7.2(a) remain outstanding and remain entitled to all rights and preferences otherwise provided in these Series A Share provisions. Any Series B Shares not redeemed remain outstanding and remain entitled to all rights and preferences otherwise provided in the Series B Share Terms. As and when funds legally available for redemption of Series A Shares and Series B Shares subsequently become available, those funds will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of whole shares rateably among the Series A Holders and Series B Holders in accordance with clause (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 7.2(a) above and the Series B Share Terms. The Corporation shall not pay any amounts or make any other distributions in respect of any other class or series of its shares until all Series A Shares and Series B Shares are redeemed as provided above, and all redemption payments required to be made in accordance with this Section 7.2 are fully paid to the Series A Holders and Series B Holders respectively.

7.3 Redemption Upon a Partial Sale Event

(a) In connection with a proposed transaction that would result in a Partial Sale Event, the Series A Majority Holders shall have the right, prior to the completion of the proposed transaction, to request, in writing, the Corporation to redeem all of the Series A Shares. Upon receipt of such a request (a "Series A Redemption Request") the Corporation will:

(i) deliver to each Series A Holder and each Series B Holder within 20 days (or such shorter or longer period as the Corporation, the Series A Majority Holders and the Series B Majority Holders may agree in writing) (the "Redemption Notice Period") following the date the Series A Redemption Request is received by the Corporation a copy of such Series


- 26 -

A Redemption Request and a notice specifying whether the Corporation has sufficient funds legally available to the Corporation for the redemption of all of the Series A Shares and (in the event that the Corporation also receives a Series B Redemption Request prior to the expiry of 30 days following the Redemption Notice Period) all of the Series B Shares outstanding; and

(ii) redeem, conditional upon and contemporaneously with the completion of the transaction resulting in the Partial Sale Event, from the Series A Holders all the Series A Shares (and concurrently therewith redeem from the Series B Holders all the Series B Shares in the event that the Corporation also received a Series B Redemption Request within the period specified in clause (i) above) provided the Corporation has funds legally available for such redemption, by paying to the Series A Holders, in accordance with Section 7.3(b), the Series A Redemption Amount.

(b) Subject to Section 7.4, each Series A Holder shall be paid that portion of the Series A Redemption Amount equal to the Series A Redemption Amount Per Share multiplied by the number of Series A Shares held by the holder.

7.4 Insufficient Funds

If in connection with the exercise of the redemption rights pursuant to a Series A Redemption Request the total funds legally available to the Corporation are insufficient to pay in full (i) the Series A Redemption Amount with respect to the total number of Series A Shares outstanding, and (ii) in the event that the Corporation also received a Series B Redemption Request pursuant to the Series B Share Terms, the Series B Redemption Amount with respect to the total number of Series B Shares outstanding, then:

(a) the Corporation shall not redeem any of the Series A Shares pursuant to the Series A Redemption Request or any of the Series B Shares pursuant to the Series B Redemption Request; and

(b) the Corporation will not permit the proposed transaction that would otherwise result in a Partial Sale Event to occur unless Series A Majority Holders and Series B Majority Holders direct, in writing, the Corporation to permit such a transaction.

7.5 Surrender of Certificates

If a redemption of Series A Shares pursuant to this Article 7 will occur, each Series A Holder shall surrender to the Corporation the certificates representing the Series A Shares to be redeemed by the Corporation in accordance with this Article 7, in the manner and at the place designated by the Corporation, and thereupon all redemption amounts to be paid for such shares shall be payable to the order of the Person whose name appears on such certificates as the owner thereof, and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled and retired. If, in the case of the exercise of redemption rights in accordance with Sections 7.1 and 7.2, less than all of the Series A Shares represented by such certificates are redeemed, then the Corporation shall promptly issue new certificates representing the shares not redeemed.


- 27 -

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Notices of Record Dates

If:

(a) the Corporation establishes a record date to determine the Series A Holders who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution; or

(b) there occurs any Stock Split or other capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the capital of the Corporation, any Change of Control Event, or any Liquidation Event,

the Corporation will deliver to each Series A Holder, at least 20 days prior to such record date or the proposed effective date of the relevant transaction, a notice specifying:

(i) the date of such record date for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution;

(ii) the date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, Change of Control Event or Liquidation Event is expected to become effective; and

(iii) the time, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Shares (or other securities) are entitled to exchange their Common Shares (or other securities) for cash, securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, Change of Control Event or Liquidation Event.

8.2 Notices

All notices, requests, payments, instructions or other documents to be given hereunder must be in writing or given by written telecommunication, and will be deemed to have been duly given if:

(a) delivered personally (effective upon delivery);

(b) mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (effective five Business Days after dispatch) if the recipient is located in the United States or Canada;

(c) sent by a reputable, established courier service that guarantees next Business Day delivery (effective the next Business Day) if the recipient is located in the United States or Canada;

(d) sent by air mail or by commercial express overseas air courier, with receipt acknowledged in writing by the recipient (effective upon the date of such acknowledgement) if the recipient is located outside the United States or Canada;

(e) sent by fax confirmed within 24 hours through one of the foregoing methods (effective upon receipt of the fax in complete readable form); and


- 28 -

addressed as follows (or to such other address as the recipient party furnishes by notice to the sending party for these purposes: (i) if to any Series A Holder or Series B Holder, to the last address of that Series A Holder or Series B Holder as it appears on the securities register of the Corporation, or in the event the address of any such Series A Holder or Series B Holder does not so appear, then to the last address of that Series A Holder or Series B Holder known to the Corporation; and (ii) if to the Corporation, to the address of its principal office.

8.3 Negative Covenants

So long as any Series A Shares are outstanding, the Corporation will not, without the prior written approval of the Series A Majority Holders:

(a) designate any further series of Class A Preferred Shares or Class B Preferred Shares;

(b) issue more than 30,000,000 Series A Shares (other than additional Series A Shares issuable in respect of any stock dividends declared by the Corporation);

(c) issue more than 68,000,000 Series B Shares (other than additional Series B Shares issuable in respect of any stock dividends declared by the Corporation); or

(d) amend the articles of the Corporation to add, change or remove any rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions attached to the Series A Shares or the Series B Shares or otherwise change the Series A Shares or Series B Shares.

8.4 Currency

All references to dollar amounts in these Series A Share provisions are to the lawful currency of Canada.

8.5 Transfer Agents

The Corporation may appoint, and from time to time discharge and change, a transfer agent for the Series A Shares or any other class of shares of the Corporation. Upon any such appointment, discharge or change of a transfer agent, the Corporation will send a written notice of such appointment, discharge or change to each Series A Holder.

8.6 Transfer Taxes

The Corporation will pay all share transfer taxes, documentary stamp taxes and the like that may be properly payable by the Corporation in respect of any issuance or delivery of Series A Shares or Common Shares or other securities issued in respect of Series A Shares in accordance with these Series A Share provisions or certificates representing such shares or securities. The Corporation is not required to pay any such tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of Series A Shares or Common Shares or other securities in a name other than that in which such shares were registered, or in respect of any payment to any person other than the registered Series A Holder of the shares with respect to any such shares, and is not required to make any such issuance, delivery or payment unless and until the person otherwise entitled to such issuance, delivery or payment has paid to the Corporation the amount


- 29 -

of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid or is not payable.


- 30 -

EXHIBIT "1" to
SCHEDULE "A"

DETERMINATION OF FAIR MARKET VALUE

The "Fair Market Value" of Common Shares will be determined in accordance with the following procedures:

(a) The Board of Directors, the Series A Majority Holders and the Series B Majority Holders will in good faith attempt to agree upon the Fair Market Value of the Common Shares that are the subject of the proposed determination under this Exhibit "1".

(b) Fair Market Value of such Common Shares will in all cases (i) be calculated on the assumption of an arm's length sale at open market value on a "going concern basis" with no minority discount applied, and (ii) take into account any conversion rights, liquidation preferences and any other entitlements attached to any other securities of the Corporation.

(c) If the Fair Market Value has not been agreed upon between the Corporation, the Series A Majority Holders and the Series B Majority Holders within 10 Business Days after commencing their good faith attempt to agree upon the Fair Market Value under clause (a) above, then within five Business Days after the end of such 10 Business Day period, the Corporation, the Series A Majority Holders and the Series B Majority Holders shall jointly appoint a U.S. or Canadian nationally recognized independent investment banking or business valuation firm (the "Valuator") to determine the Fair Market Value of such shares which are subject of the proposed determination under this Exhibit "1". If the Corporation, the Series A Majority Holders and the Series B Majority Holders cannot agree on a Valuator within such five Business Day period, any of the Corporation, the Series A Majority Holders or the Series B Majority Holders may thereafter apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to have the court appoint such Valuator meeting the foregoing criteria to determine the Fair Market Value of the subject shares. The determination by the Valuator shall be final and binding on the Corporation, the Series A Holders and the Series B Holders, absent manifest error.

(d) The Corporation shall be responsible for all costs incurred in connection with the independent valuation performed by the Valuator (including the costs of any court proceeding to appoint the Valuator, if applicable).

(e) The Valuator shall be instructed to deliver its determination of Fair Market Value as at the applicable valuation date, as soon as practicable following its appointment and in any event within 30 Business Days thereafter.

(f) In the event that the Valuator provides a range of fair market values, the middle of such range shall be utilized for purposes of determining the Fair Market Value of the subject shares.


- 31 -

(g) The Corporation shall immediately provide to the Valuator such information, including confidential information, and allow such firm to conduct "due diligence" and make such investigations and inquiries with respect to the affairs of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as may be required by such Valuator in order to fulfill its mandate, provided that such firm executes a confidentiality agreement in favour of the Corporation containing standard terms and conditions.


SCHEDULE "B"
TO
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION
(the "Corporation")

The first series of Class B Convertible Preferred Shares of the Corporation shall consist of an unlimited number of shares which shall be designated as the Class B Convertible Preferred Shares, Series 1 (the "Series B Shares") and which, in addition and subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the Class B Convertible Preferred Shares as a class, shall have attached thereto the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions set forth herein.

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions

For purposes of these Series B Share provisions:

(a) "Act" means the Canada Business Corporations Act.

(b) "Additional Common Shares" means the Common Shares, if any, issued or issuable pursuant to Section 5.4 or Section 5.5.

(c) "Affiliate" of a Person means any Person that would be considered to be an "affiliated entity" of such first-mentioned Person under Ontario Securities Commission Rule 45-501 - Exempt Distributions, as in effect on the Original Issuance Date.

(d) "Aggregate Preference Redemption Amount" means the Series A Preference Redemption Amount plus the Series B Preference Redemption Amount.

(e) "Aggregate Participation Redemption Amount" means the Series A Participation Redemption Amount plus the Series B Participation Redemption Amount.

(f) "Available Funds" has the meaning set out in Section 7.1(a)(i).

(g) "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Corporation.

(h) "Business Day" means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which chartered banks in Ottawa, Ontario are open for commercial banking business during normal banking hours.


- 2 -

(i) "Change of Control Event" means:

(i) the sale, lease, exclusive and irrevocable licence, abandonment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to a Person other than a Person that is an Affiliate of the Corporation; or

(ii) (A) an amalgamation of the Corporation with another corporation (other than with a Subsidiary of the Corporation),
(B) a statutory arrangement involving the Corporation or (C) any other transaction involving the Corporation, whether by a single transaction or series of transactions, pursuant to which, in the case of (A), (B) or (C) above,

(1) any Person, together with his or its Affiliates hereafter acquires the direct or indirect "beneficial ownership" (as defined in the Act) of all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Corporation; and

(2) the nature of the transaction (or series of transactions) is such that the consideration (whether in the form of cash, securities or other property) in connection with such transaction (or series of transactions) would not be received by the shareholders of the Corporation,

provided, however, that the Series B Majority Holders shall have the right, on behalf of all Series B Holders to waive the treatment of any of such event as a "Change of Control Event" (provided that any such waiver must be in writing signed by the Series B Majority Holders and shall only be effective as to the particular event in respect of which the waiver is executed).

(j) "Class A Preferred Shares" means the Class A Convertible Preferred Shares in the capital of the Corporation, the first series of which are the Series A Shares.

(k) "Class B Preferred Shares" means the Class B Convertible Preferred Shares in the capital of the Corporation, the first series of which are the Series B Shares.

(l) "Common Share Offering" means the offering, issuance and sale by the Corporation of Common Shares within nine months of the Original Issuance Date for an aggregate purchase price of not more than $10,000,000.

(m) "Common Shares" means the common shares in the capital of the Corporation.

(n) "Consideration Per Share" means:

(i) in respect of the issuance of Common Shares, an amount equal to:

(A) the total consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance of such Common Shares, divided by

(B) the number of such Common Shares issued;


- 3 -

(ii) in respect of the issuance of Derivative Securities, an amount equal to:

(A) the total consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance of such Derivative Securities plus the minimum amount of any additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise, conversion or exchange of such Derivative Securities; divided by

(B) the maximum number of Common Shares that would be issued if all such Derivative Securities were exercised, converted or exchanged in accordance with their terms on the effective date of the relevant calculation,

provided, however, that if the amount determined in accordance with this clause (ii) equals zero in respect of any particular issuance of Derivative Securities, then the "Consideration Per Share" in respect of such issuance shall be the amount as may be determined by the agreement in writing of the Corporation, the Series B Majority Holders and the Series A Majority Holders. In the event that the Corporation, the Series B Majority Holders and the Series A Majority Holders do not agree on such amount, the Corporation shall not issue such Derivative Securities.

(o) "Control" means, with respect to any Person at any time:

(i) holding, as owner or other beneficiary, other than solely as the beneficiary of an unrealized security interest, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries (A) more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of that Person, or (B) securities of that Person carrying votes sufficient to elect or appoint the majority of individuals who are responsible for the supervision or management of that Person; or

(ii) the exercise of de facto control of that Person whether direct or indirect and whether through the ownership of securities, by contract or trust or otherwise,

and the term "Controlled" has a corresponding meaning.

(p) "Conversion Date" means the date on which the documentation set out in Section 5.8(a) is received by the Corporation.

(q) "Conversion Value" means the number determined in accordance with Article 6.

(r) "Corporation" means Mitel Networks Corporation.

(s) "day" or "days" means calendar day or calendar days, unless otherwise noted.

(t) "Derivative Securities" means:

(i) all shares and other securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares (including the Series A Shares and Series B Shares); and


- 4 -

(ii) all options, warrants and other rights to acquire Common Shares or securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares.

(u) "Excluded Issuances" has the meaning set out in Section 6.4.

(v) "Fair Market Value" means:

(i) in respect of assets other than securities, the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that if the Series B Majority Holders and/or the Series A Majority Holders object in writing to any such determination within 10 days of receiving notice of such determination, the fair market value will be determined by an independent investment banking or business valuation firm mutually agreeable to the Board of Directors and the Series B Majority Holders and/or the Series A Majority Holders, as the case may be, whose decision is final and binding on all Persons (the costs of which shall be borne by the Corporation);

(ii) in respect of Common Shares, the fair market value thereof, as determined in accordance with Exhibit "1" attached to these Series B Share provisions; and

(iii) in respect of securities other than Common Shares:

(A) if such securities are not subject to any statutory hold periods or contractual restrictions on transfer:

(1) if traded on one or more securities exchanges or markets, the weighted average of the closing prices of such securities on the exchange or market on which the securities are primarily traded over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the relevant date;

(2) if actively traded over-the-counter, the weighted average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever are applicable) over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the relevant date; or

(3) if there is no active public market, the fair market value of such securities as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, but no discount or premium is to be applied to their valuation on the basis of the securities constituting a minority block or a majority block of securities, or

(B) if such securities are subject to statutory hold periods or contractual restrictions on transfer, or both, the fair market value of such securities as determined by applying an appropriate discount,


- 5 -

as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, to the value as calculated in accordance with clause (A) above,

provided, however, that if the Series B Majority Holders and/or the Series A Majority Holders object in writing to any determination of the Board of Directors made under clause (A) or (B) above within 10 days of receiving notice of such determination, the applicable fair market value and/or discount, as the case may be, will be determined by an independent investment banking or business valuation firm mutually agreeable to the Board of Directors and the Series B Majority Holders and/or the Series A Majority Holders, as the case may be, whose decision is final and binding on all Persons (the costs of which shall be borne by the Corporation).

(w) "Issue Price" means $1.00, subject to appropriate adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits, stock consolidations, capital reorganizations and the like occurring after the Original Issuance Date and affecting the Series B Shares.

(x) "Junior Shares" has the meaning set out in Section 4.1(a)(i).

(y) "Liquidation Event" means a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

(z) "Matthews Group" means:

(i) Dr. Terence H. Matthews, his spouse or former spouse, any lineal descendant of Dr. Terence H. Matthews, any spouse or former spouse of any such lineal descendant, and their respective legal personal representatives;

(ii) the trustee or trustees of any trust (including without limitation a testamentary trust) for the exclusive benefit of any one or more members of the Matthews Group;

(iii) any corporation all of the issued and outstanding shares of which are beneficially owned by any one or more members of the Matthews Group;

(iv) any partnership all of the partnership interests in which are beneficially owned by any one or more members of the Matthews Group; and

(v) any charitable foundation Controlled by any one or more members of the Matthews Group,

and, for this purpose, a trustee or trustees referred to in clause
(ii) above shall be deemed to beneficially own any shares or partnership interests held by them.


- 6 -

(aa) "Non-Qualified IPO" means any public offering of the Common Shares, other than a Qualified IPO (provided, that, any previous filing of a registration statement or similar instrument with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in fulfillment of the Corporation's existing obligations as a foreign private issuer shall be deemed not to constitute a public offering for the purposes of these Series B Share provisions).

(bb) "Original Issuance Date" means, in respect of Series B Shares, the date on which the first Series B Shares are issued.

(cc) "Partial Sale Event" means:

(i) (A) an amalgamation of the Corporation with another corporation (other than with a Subsidiary of the Corporation), (B) a statutory arrangement involving the Corporation, (C) the sale, exchange or other disposition of outstanding shares of the Corporation, or (D) any other transaction involving the Corporation (other than a public offering of securities of the Corporation), whether by a single transaction or series of transactions, pursuant to which, in the case of (A), (B), (C) or (D) above, any Person, together with his or its Affiliates (other than members of the Matthews Group), hereafter acquires the direct or indirect "beneficial ownership" (as defined in the Act) of securities of the Corporation representing more than 50% but less than all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Corporation; or

(ii) any event, whether by a single transaction or a series of transactions, that results in Dr. Terence H. Matthews and/or Persons Controlled by Dr. Terence H. Matthews holding in the aggregate less than 100,000,000 of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Corporation (subject to appropriate adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits, stock consolidations, capital reorganizations and the like occurring after the Original Issuance Date), calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Shares basis.

provided, however, that the Series B Majority Holders shall have the right, on behalf of all Series B Holders, to waive the treatment of any of such event as a "Partial Sale Event" (provided that any such waiver must be in writing signed by the Series B Majority Holders and shall only be effective as to the particular event in respect of which the waiver is executed).

(dd) "Person" includes any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, unincorporated association, unincorporated syndicate, unincorporated organization, trust, body corporate, and a natural person in his capacity as trustee, executor, administrator, or other legal representative.


- 7 -

(ee) "Qualified IPO" means a public offering of Common Shares in which:

(i) the price per share is at least two times:

(A) the aggregate Issue Price for all Series A Shares issued by the Corporation,

divided by

(B) the sum of

(1) the number of Common Shares (other than Additional Common Shares) into which any Series A Shares have been converted (subject to appropriate adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits, stock consolidations, capital reorganizations and the like occurring after the Original Issuance Date and affecting the Common Shares); and

(2) the number of Common Shares (other than Additional Common Shares) into which any outstanding Series A Shares are then convertible;

(ii) the aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $100,000,000 (before deducting expenses, underwriting discounts and commissions); and

(iii) immediately following the closing of the public offering, the Common Shares are listed and posted for trading, traded or quoted on one or more of the Toronto Stock Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ National Market System or the AMEX Exchange.

(ff) "Redemption Notice Period" has the meaning set out in Section 7.3(a)(i).

(gg) "Redemption Trigger Date" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series A Share Terms.

(hh) "Series A Holders" means the holders of Series A Shares and "Series A Holder" means any one of them.

(ii) "Series A Majority Holders" means, as of the relevant time of reference, one or more Series A Holders of record who hold collectively more than 50% of the outstanding Series A Shares.

(jj) "Series A Participation Redemption Amount" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series A Share Terms.

(kk) "Series A Preference Redemption Amount" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series A Share Terms.


- 8 -

(ll) "Series A Redemption Amount" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series A Share Terms.

(mm) "Series A Redemption Amount Per Share" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series A Share Terms.

(nn) "Series A Redemption Request" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series A Share Terms.

(oo) "Series A Shares" means the Class A Convertible Preferred Shares, Series 1 in the capital of the Corporation.

(pp) "Series A Share Terms" means the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the Series A Shares as set out in the articles of the Corporation as same exist on the Original Issuance Date.

(qq) "Series B Holders" means the holders of Series B Shares and "Series B Holder" means any one of them.

(rr) "Series B Majority Holders" means, as of the relevant time of reference, one or more Series B Holders of record who hold collectively more than 50% of the outstanding Series B Shares.

(ss) "Series B Participation Redemption Amount" has the meaning set out in Section 7.1(a)(ii)(B).

(tt) "Series B Preference Redemption Amount" has the meaning set out in
Section 7.1(a)(ii)(A).

(uu) "Series B Redemption Amount" has the meaning set out in Section 7.1(a)(ii).

(vv) "Series B Redemption Amount Per Share" is the amount determined by dividing the Series B Redemption Amount by the total number of Series B Shares outstanding.

(ww) "Series B Redemption Request" has the meaning set out in Section 7.3(a).

(xx) "Series B Shares" means the Class B Convertible Preferred Shares, Series 1 in the capital of the Corporation.

(yy) "Stock Split" means:

(i) the issuance of Common Shares as a dividend or other distribution on outstanding Common Shares;

(ii) the subdivision of outstanding Common Shares into a greater number of Common Shares; or

(iii) the combination of outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of Common Shares.


- 9 -

(zz) "Subsidiary" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Act on the Original Issuance Date.

(aaa) "TPC" means Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, as represented by the Minister of Industry.

1.2 "As-if-converted to Common Shares Basis"

For purposes of these Series B Share provisions, where a calculation is required to be made on an "as-if-converted to Common Shares basis", such calculation will be made by determining (in each case as of the applicable date for the determination):

(a) in respect of the Series B Shares, the number of whole Common Shares into which such Series B Shares are then convertible pursuant to these Series B Share provisions;

(b) in respect of the Series A Shares, the number of whole Common Shares into which such Series A Shares are then convertible pursuant to the Series A Share Terms; and

(c) in respect of any other Derivative Securities, the number of whole Common Shares into which such securities are then convertible pursuant to the articles of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 2
VOTING RIGHTS

2.1 Entitlement to Vote and Receive Materials

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in these Series B Share provisions, or as provided by applicable law, each Series B Holder is entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote or consent of shareholders of the Corporation.

(b) Each Series B Holder is entitled to receive copies of all notices and other materials sent by the Corporation to its shareholders relating to written actions to be taken by shareholders in lieu of a meeting. All such notices and other materials shall be sent to the Series B Holders concurrently with delivery to the other shareholders.

2.2 Number of Votes

(a) Within the first two years after the Original Issuance Date, each Series B Share entitles the Series B Holder to the number of votes per share equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Issue Price by the Conversion Value.

(b) After two years from the Original Issuance Date, each Series B Share entitles the Series B Holder to the number of votes per share equal to the sum of (i) the quotient obtained by dividing the Issue Price by the Conversion Value, and (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing the Issue Price by the fair market value of a Common Share (and for such purposes, the fair market value of a Common Share


- 10 -

shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors at the time of the relevant calculation).

(c) For purposes of determining the number of votes for each Series B Share calculated in accordance with Section 2.2(a) or 2.2(b), the determination shall be made as of the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote on such matter, or if no record date is established, the date such vote is taken or any written consent of shareholders is solicited, and shall be calculated based on the Conversion Value in effect on that date.

2.3 Single Class

Except as otherwise provided herein, or except as provided by applicable law, the Series B Holders will vote together with the holders of Series A Shares and Common Shares and any other series or class of shares entitled to vote on such matters as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Corporation.

2.4 Exception to Single Class

In addition to any other approvals required by applicable law, any addition to, change to or removal of any right, privilege, restriction or condition attaching to the Series B Shares as a series or the Class B Preferred Shares as a class requires the affirmative vote or written approval of the Series B Majority Holders.

ARTICLE 3
DIVIDENDS

3.1 Entitlement to Dividends

The Series B Holders shall be entitled to receive, in respect of the Series B Shares, non-cumulative dividends if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors out of the monies of the Corporation properly applicable to the payment of dividends, the amount of which the directors, in their absolute discretion, may from time to time or at any time determine. Any declared but unpaid dividend shall be paid immediately upon the conversion of a Series B Share, if not previously paid.

3.2 Priority of Dividends

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.1, no dividend or other distribution (other than a stock dividend giving rise to an adjustment under
Section 6.5) will be paid or set apart for payment in respect of any share of any other class or series unless a dividend is concurrently paid or set apart for payment in respect of each outstanding Series B Share in an amount at least equal to the product of:

(i) the amount of the dividend per share paid in respect of the shares of such other class or series (calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Shares basis); and

(ii) the number of Common Shares into which each Series B Share is then convertible.


- 11 -

(b) When any declared non-cumulative dividend or amount payable on a return of capital in respect of Series B Shares is not paid in full, the Series B Holders shall participate rateably in respect of such dividends in accordance with the sums which would be payable on the Class B Preferred Shares if all such dividends were declared and paid in full, and on any return of capital in accordance with the sums which would be payable on such return of capital if all sums so payable were paid in full.

ARTICLE 4
LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE

4.1 Payment of Liquidation Preference

(a) Subject to the limitation in Section 4.1(b), upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event the Series B Holders are entitled to receive the following amounts:

(i) Preference on a Liquidation Event. Upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, after the distribution to or payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series A Shares and any other series of Class A Preferred Shares (or funds necessary for such payments have been set aside in trust so as to be available for such payments), the Series B Holders are entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders (pari passu with the holders of any other series of Class B Preferred Shares), before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Shares or any other class or series of shares ranking on liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation junior to the Series B Shares (collectively, the "Junior Shares"), an amount per Series B Share equal to the Issue Price plus any declared but unpaid dividends payable to Series B Holders. If, upon such a Liquidation Event (and after the distribution to or payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series A Shares and any other series of Class A Preferred Shares upon a Liquidation Event (or funds necessary for such payments have been set aside in trust so as to be available for such payments)), the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to the Corporation's shareholders shall be insufficient to pay the Series B Holders the full amount to which they are entitled as set out above, the holders of Series B Shares and any other series of Class B Preferred Shares shall share rateably in any amount remaining available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise have been payable on or in respect of the shares held by them if all amounts payable on or in respect of such shares were paid in full.

(ii) Preference on a Change of Control Event. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Event, after the distribution to or payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series A Shares and any other series of Class A Preferred Shares upon a Change of Control Event (or funds necessary for such payments have been set aside in trust so as to be available for such payments), the Series B Holders are entitled


- 12 -

to receive an amount of cash, securities or other property per Series B Share, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Junior Shares, equal to the Issue Price plus any declared but unpaid dividends payable to Series B Holders. If upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Event (and after the distribution to or payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series A Shares and any other series of Class A Preferred Shares upon a Change of Control Event (or funds necessary for such payments have been set aside in trust so as to be available for such payments)), the cash, securities or other property available for payment to the Corporation's shareholders shall be insufficient to pay the Series B Holders the full amount to which they are entitled as set out above, the holders of Series B Shares and any class or series of shares ranking on parity with the Series B Shares shall share rateably in any such payment in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise have been payable on or in respect of the shares held by them if all amounts payable on or in respect of such shares were paid in full.

(iii) Participation Amount. After the distribution to or payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series A Shares, Series B Shares and any other series of Class A Preferred Shares or Class B Preferred Shares upon a Liquidation Event or upon a Change of Control Event (or funds necessary for such payments have been set aside in trust so as to be available for such payments), the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution, or cash, securities or other property available for payment to its shareholders, shall be distributed or paid, as the case may be, rateably (subject to the limitation in Section 4.1(b) and to the rights, if any, of holders of any other class or series of shares of the Corporation to participate in payments or distributions upon a Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event) among the holders of all issued and outstanding: (A) Class A Preferred Shares; (B) Class B Preferred Shares; and
(C) Common Shares (with the holders of any series of Class A Preferred Shares and Class B Preferred Shares deemed to hold that number of shares equal to the number of Common Shares into which such series of Class A Preferred Shares or Class B Preferred Shares, as the case may be, are then convertible).

(b) In the event that the applicable Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event occurs within the first two years after the Original Issuance Date, and the Series B Holders would otherwise be entitled to receive a preferential payment pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(i) or 4.1(a)(ii), if the amount per Series B Share that would be payable upon the occurrence of the Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(iii) to the holders of all issued and outstanding Common Shares (assuming the conversion of all Class A Preferred Shares and Class B Preferred Shares in accordance with their terms immediately prior to the occurrence of the Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event, as the case may be) is:


- 13 -

(i) equal to or greater than the sum of (A) two times the Issue Price, and (B) any declared but unpaid dividends per Series B Share, then the Series B Holders shall not be entitled to receive payment of any preferential amounts pursuant to
Section 4.1(a)(i) or 4.1(a)(ii), as the case may be, and shall only be entitled to receive the amount payable pursuant to
Section 4.1(a)(iii); or

(ii) less than the sum (A) two times the Issue Price, and (B) any declared but unpaid dividends per Series B Share, then the maximum amount per Series B Share that the Series B Holders as such are entitled to receive pursuant to Section 4.1(a) shall be the sum of (A) two times the Issue Price, and (B) any declared but unpaid dividends per Series B Share.

(c) In the event of any Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event:

(i) the Corporation will not permit such Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event to occur unless the transaction (or series of transactions) provides for a payment (by dividend or other distribution by the Corporation or otherwise) to the Series B Holders in connection therewith of their full entitlements pursuant to Section 4.1(a) (subject to the limitation in Section 4.1(b)); or

(ii) if the Corporation cannot prevent such Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event from occurring, the Corporation shall, subject to applicable laws, pay to the Series B Holders (by dividend or other distribution) the full amount of their entitlements pursuant to Section 4.1(a) (subject to the limitation in Section 4.1(b)) or, if the Corporation cannot legally pay such amount in full, the amount it is legally able to pay shall be paid and the balance shall increase at the rate of 15% per annum, compounded annually until such amount is paid, and the Corporation shall not pay any amounts or make any other distributions (other than any payment or distribution made pro rata according to the respective entitlements of the Series A Holders pursuant to section 4.1(c)(ii) of the Series A Share Terms and of the Series B Holders pursuant to this clause (ii)) in respect of any other class or series of its shares until such entitlements are fully paid.

(d) The Corporation will not permit any transaction (or series of transactions) that would constitute, but for Section 1.1(i)(ii)(2), a "Change of Control Event", to occur unless the transaction (or series of transactions) provides for a payment (by dividend or other distribution by the Corporation or otherwise) to the Series B Holders in connection therewith of the their full entitlements pursuant to Sections 4.1(a)(ii) and 4.1(a)(iii) (subject to the limitation in Section 4.1(b)).

4.2 Distribution Other than Cash

In the case of a Liquidation Event, the Series B Holders may in any event elect to receive any distribution or payment to which they are entitled in cash, if any. The value of the securities or other assets for this purpose is their Fair Market Value.


- 14 -

4.3 Notice

The Corporation shall provide notice in accordance with the provisions of
Section 8.2 to each Series B Holder, at the earliest practicable time, of the date on which a proposed or reasonably anticipated Liquidation Event or Change of Control Event shall take place. Such notice shall also specify the estimated payment date, the amount to which the Series B Holders would be entitled and the place where such payments are to be made.

ARTICLE 5
CONVERSION

5.1 Optional Conversion Rights

Each Series B Share is convertible, at any time and from time to time at the option of the Series B Holder and without payment of additional consideration, into Common Shares.

5.2 Automatic Conversion

The Series B Shares automatically convert into Common Shares:

(a) immediately prior to, and conditional upon, the closing of a Qualified IPO; or

(b) with the affirmative vote or written consent of the Series B Majority Holders.

5.3 Conversion Rate

The number of Common Shares into which each Series B Share is convertible is equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Issue Price (plus any declared but unpaid dividends) by the Conversion Value, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Article 6.

5.4 Additional Common Shares on Conversion

In the event of any conversion after two years from the Original Issuance Date, in addition to the number of Common Shares otherwise issuable to a Series B Holder upon a conversion of Series B Shares, each Series B Holder shall also be entitled, in respect of each Series B Share so converted, to receive an additional number of Common Shares as is equal to the Issue Price divided by the Fair Market Value of a Common Share as of the date that the conversion is deemed to be effected in accordance with Section 5.6.

5.5 Additional Common Shares on Conversion in a Non-Qualified IPO

In the event of:

(a) an optional conversion pursuant to Section 5.1 in connection with a Non-Qualified IPO; or

(b) an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 5.2(b) in connection with a Non-Qualified IPO,


- 15 -

that occurs within the first two years after the Original Issuance Date, in addition to the number of Common Shares otherwise issuable to a Series B Holder upon a conversion of Series B Shares, each Series B Holder shall also be entitled in respect of each Series B Share so converted, to receive that number of additional Common Shares, if any, as is determined in accordance with the following formula:

X - Y

Z

Where:

X = two times the Issue Price

Y = the greater of: (i) the Issue Price; and (ii)
the Offering Price

Z = the Offering Price

For the purposes of this Section 5.5, "Offering Price" means the per share issue price of the Common Shares issued in connection with the Non-Qualified IPO.

For the purposes of this Section 5.5 and Section 5.6(d), a conversion of Series B Shares into Common Shares shall be deemed to be effected "in connection with a Non-Qualified IPO" if (i) in the case of an optional conversion pursuant to
Section 5.1, such conversion was completed at the written request of the Corporation in order to facilitate the Non-Qualified IPO, or (ii) in the case of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 5.2(b), the Series B Majority Holders voting to approve or consenting to the automatic conversion agreed to convert their Series B Shares at the written request of the Corporation in order to facilitate the Non-Qualified IPO; provided that, the Corporation shall not make such a written request to the Series B Holders unless the Corporation concurrently makes a written request to the Series A Holders pursuant to the Series A Share Terms.

5.6 Effective Date and Time of Conversion

Conversion is deemed to be effected:

(a) subject to Section 5.6(d), in the case of an optional conversion pursuant to Section 5.1, immediately prior to the close of business on the Conversion Date;

(b) in the case of automatic conversion pursuant to Section 5.2(a), immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified IPO;

(c) subject to Section 5.6(d), in the case of automatic conversion pursuant to Section 5.2(b), at the time and on the date specified by the Series B Majority Holders;

(d) in the case of an optional conversion or an automatic conversion "in connection with a Non-Qualified IPO", as contemplated in Section 5.5, immediately prior to the closing of the Non-Qualified IPO; and

(e) notwithstanding any delay in the delivery of certificates representing the Common Shares into which the Series B Shares have been converted.


- 16 -

5.7 Effect of Conversion

Upon the conversion of the Series B Shares:

(a) the rights of a Series B Holder as a holder of the converted Series B Shares cease; and

(b) each person in whose name any certificate for Common Shares is issuable upon such conversion is deemed to have become the holder of record of such Common Shares.

5.8 Mechanics of Optional Conversion

(a) To exercise optional conversion rights under Section 5.1, a Series B Holder must:

(i) give written notice to the Corporation at its principal office or the office of any transfer agent for the Common Shares:

(A) stating that the Series B Holder elects to convert such shares; and

(B) providing the name or names (with address or addresses)

in which the certificate or certificates for Common
Shares issuable upon such conversion are to be issued;

(ii) surrender the certificate or certificates representing the shares being converted to the Corporation at its principal office or the office of any transfer agent for the Common Shares; and

(iii) where the Common Shares are to be registered in the name of a person other than the Series B Holder, provide evidence to the Corporation of proper assignment and transfer of the surrendered certificates to the Corporation, including evidence of compliance with applicable Canadian and United States securities laws and any applicable shareholders agreement.

(b) As soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 10 days after the Conversion Date, the Corporation will issue and deliver to the Series B Holder a certificate or certificates in such denominations as such Series B Holder requests for the number of full Common Shares issuable upon the conversion of such Series B Shares, together with cash in respect of any fractional Common Shares issuable upon such conversion.

5.9 Mechanics of Automatic Conversion

(a) Upon the automatic conversion of any Series B Shares into Common Shares, each Series B Holder must surrender the certificate or certificates formerly representing that Series B Holder's Series B Shares at the principal office of the Corporation or the office of any transfer agent for the Common Shares.


- 17 -

(b) Upon receipt by the Corporation of the certificate or certificates, the Corporation will issue and deliver to such Series B Holder, promptly at the office and in the name shown on the surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of Common Shares into which such Series B Shares are converted, together with cash in respect of any fractional Common Shares issuable upon such conversion.

(c) The Corporation is not required to issue certificates evidencing the Common Shares issuable upon conversion until certificates formerly evidencing the converted Series B Shares are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent, or the Series B Holder notifies the Corporation or such transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and executes and delivers an agreement to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by the Corporation in connection with the loss, theft or destruction.

(d) If the Board of Directors expects, acting reasonably, that the Series B Shares will automatically convert, the Corporation will, at least 20 days before the date it reasonably believes will be the date of the automatic conversion, send by prepaid priority overnight courier or deliver to each person who at the date of mailing or delivery is a registered Series B Holder, a notice in writing of the intention of the Corporation to automatically convert such shares. That notice shall be sent or delivered to each Series B Holder at the last address of that Series B Holder as it appears on the securities register of the Corporation, or in the event the address of any such Series B Holder does not so appear, then to the last address of that Series B Holder known to the Corporation. Accidental failure or omission to give that notice to one or more Series B Holder(s) will not affect the validity of such conversion, but if that failure or omission is discovered, notice shall be given promptly to any Series B Holder that was not given notice. That notice will have the same force and effect as if given in due time. The notice will set out the basis under Section 5.2 for such automatic conversion, the number of Series B Shares held by the person to whom it is addressed which are to be converted (if known), the number of Common Shares into which those Series B Shares will be converted (including any Additional Common Shares), the expected date of closing of the Qualified IPO, if applicable, and the place or places in Canada at which Series B Holders may present and surrender the certificate or certificates representing its Series B Shares for conversion.

5.10 Fractional Shares

No fractional Common Shares will be issued upon conversion of Series B Shares. Instead of any fractional Common Shares that would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of Series B Shares, the Corporation will pay to the Series B Holder a cash adjustment in respect of such fraction in an amount equal to the same fraction of the value per Common Share (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) on the effective date of the conversion. For greater certainty, all of a Series B Holder's Series B Shares will be aggregated for purposes of calculating any fractional Common Share resulting from a conversion.


- 18 -

5.11 Partial Conversion

If some but not all of the Series B Shares represented by a certificate or certificates surrendered by a Series B Holder are converted, the Corporation will execute and deliver to or on the order of the Series B Holder, at the expense of the Corporation, a new certificate representing the number of Series B Shares that were not converted.

ARTICLE 6
CONVERSION VALUE

6.1 Initial Conversion Value

The initial Conversion Value is equal to the Issue Price and remains in effect until the Conversion Value is adjusted in accordance with the provisions of this Article 6.

6.2 Adjustments for Dilution

If, following the Original Issuance Date, the Corporation issues any additional Common Shares or Derivative Securities (other than Excluded Issuances or in connection with an event to which Section 6.5, 6.6 or 6.7 applies) for Consideration Per Share that is less than the Conversion Value in effect immediately prior to such issuance, then the Conversion Value in effect immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted so that, upon such issuance, the Conversion Value shall be reduced to an amount equal to the Consideration Per Share of such additional Common Shares or Derivative Securities.

6.3 Additional Provisions Regarding Dilution

For purposes of Section 6.2:

(a) if a part or all of the consideration received by the Corporation in connection with the issuance of additional Common Shares or Derivative Securities consists of property other than cash, such consideration is deemed to have a value equal to its Fair Market Value;

(b) no adjustment of the Conversion Value is to be made upon the issuance of any Derivative Securities or additional Common Shares that are issued upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any Derivative Securities;

(c) any adjustment of the Conversion Value is to be disregarded if, and to the extent that, all of the Derivative Securities that gave rise to such adjustment expire or are cancelled without having been exercised or converted, so that the Conversion Value effective immediately upon such cancellation or expiration is equal to the Conversion Value that otherwise would have been in effect immediately prior to the time of the issuance of the expired or cancelled Derivative Securities, with any additional adjustments as subsequently would have been made to that Conversion Value had the expired or cancelled Derivative Securities not been issued;

(d) if the terms of any Derivative Securities previously issued by the Corporation are changed (whether by their terms or for any other reason) so as to raise or lower the Consideration Per Share payable with respect to such Derivative Securities


- 19 -

(whether or not the issuance of such Derivative Securities originally gave rise to an adjustment of the Conversion Value), the Conversion Value is adjusted as of the date of such change;

(e) the Consideration Per Share received by the Corporation in respect of Derivative Securities is determined in each instance as follows:

(i) the Consideration Per Share is determined as of the date of issuance of Derivative Securities without giving effect to any possible future price adjustments or rate adjustments that might be applicable with respect to such Derivative Securities and that are contingent upon future events; and

(ii) in the case of an adjustment to the Conversion Value to be made as a result of a change in terms of any Derivative Securities, the Consideration Per Share for purposes of calculating the adjustment to the Conversion Value is determined as of the date of such change and, for greater certainty, not as of the date of the issuance of the Derivative Securities; and

(f) notwithstanding any other provisions contained in these Series B Share provisions, but except as provided in Sections 6.3(d) or 6.5, no adjustment to the Conversion Value is to be made in respect of the issuance of additional Common Shares or Derivative Securities in any case in which such adjustment would otherwise result in the Conversion Value being greater than the Conversion Value in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such additional Common Shares or Derivative Securities.

6.4 Excluded Transactions

Notwithstanding Section 6.2, no adjustment to the Conversion Value is to be made in connection with the following issuances ("Excluded Issuances"):

(a) any Series A Shares issued on or after the Original Issuance Date;

(b) any Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Shares or Series B Shares; provided that, any such conversion is effected in accordance with the terms of such shares (including provisions for adjustment) as such terms exist on the Original Issuance Date;

(c) any Additional Common Shares;

(d) any Common Shares issued to the Series A Holders in accordance with the Series A Share Terms;

(e) any Common Shares issued or issuable upon exercise of any warrants granted to the Series A Holders in connection with such Series A Holders' subscription for Series A Shares;

(f) any Common Shares issued pursuant to the Common Share Offering;


- 20 -

(g) any option to purchase Common Shares or other Derivative Securities granted under any stock option plan, stock purchase plan or other stock compensation program of the Corporation approved by the Board of Directors and/or Common Shares or other Derivative Securities allotted for issuance, issued or issuable pursuant to any such plan or arrangement, or the issuance of any Common Shares upon the exercise of any such options or other Derivative Securities;

(h) any equity securities issued pursuant to a Qualified IPO or a Non-Qualified IPO;

(i) any warrants to acquire Common Shares issued to TPC or any permitted assignee of TPC pursuant to obligations of the Corporation to issue such warrants (as such obligations exist on or before the Original Issuance Date or as such obligations may be amended with the approval of the Board of Directors after the Original Issuance Date), and any issuance of Common Shares pursuant to the exercise of such warrants;

(j) any Common Shares or Derivative Securities issued as compensation to any agent, broker, sub-agent or sub-broker with respect to the transactions entered into by the Corporation with Series A Holders and certain other shareholders of the Corporation, and any Common Shares or Derivative Securities issuable upon exercise thereof;

(k) except as contemplated in Section 6.5, any equity securities issued in respect of subdivisions, stock dividends or capital reorganizations affecting the share capital of the Corporation;

(l) any equity securities issued to bona fide consultants or professional advisors of the Corporation as part of the consideration for services received by the Corporation from such consultants or professional advisors;

(m) any Common Shares or Derivative Securities issued in connection with an acquisition of assets or a business; provided that (i) the cost of such acquisition is less than $10,000,000, (ii) any such transaction is approved by the Board of Directors, and (iii) the maximum aggregate number of Common Shares (including Common Shares issuable on the conversion or exercise of Derivative Securities) that may be issued pursuant to all transactions contemplated by this clause (m) shall not exceed 5% of the aggregate number of Common Shares issued and outstanding on the Original Issuance Date (subject to appropriate adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits, stock consolidations, capital reorganizations and the like occurring after the Original Issuance Date), all calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Shares basis; and

(n) any Common Shares or Derivative Securities issued to or in connection with any of the following (i) licensors of technology to the Corporation, (ii) lending or leasing institutions in connection with obtaining debt financing, or (iii) any other technology licensing, equipment leasing or other non-equity interim financing transaction; provided that: (A) any such transaction or transactions are approved by the Board of Directors; and (B) the maximum aggregate number of Common Shares (including Common Shares issuable on the conversion or exercise of


- 21 -

Derivative Securities) that may be issued pursuant to all transactions contemplated by this clause (n) shall not exceed 5% of the aggregate number of Common Shares issued and outstanding on the Original Issuance Date (subject to appropriate adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits, stock consolidations, capital reorganizations and the like occurring after the Original Issuance Date), all calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Shares basis.

6.5 Adjustments for Stock Splits

After the Original Issuance Date, the Conversion Value shall be adjusted on the record date in respect of each Stock Split, such that the Conversion Value is equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Conversion Value immediately before the Stock Split by a fraction:

(a) the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately before the Stock Split; and

(b) the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately after the Stock Split.

6.6 Adjustments for Capital Reorganizations

If, following the Original Issuance Date, the Common Shares are changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or series, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise, the Corporation will provide each Series B Holder with the right to convert each Series B Share into the kind and amount of shares, other securities and property receivable upon such change that a holder of a number of Common Shares equal to the number of Common Shares into which such Series B Share was convertible immediately prior to the change would be entitled to receive upon such change (subject to any necessary further adjustments after the date of such change).

6.7 Other Distributions

In the event the Corporation declares a distribution payable in securities (other than securities of the Corporation), evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons or assets (excluding cash dividends paid in the ordinary course of business) then, in each such case for the purpose of this
Section 6.7, Series B Holders shall be entitled upon conversion of their Series B Shares to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of Common Shares into which their Series B Shares were convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Shares of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

6.8 No Impairment

The Corporation will not, by amendment of its articles or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Article 6, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of Article 5 and 6 and in the taking of any action necessary


- 22 -

or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the Series B Holders against impairment.

6.9 Reservation of Common Shares

The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Common Shares, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of Series B Shares, such number of Common Shares as from time to time is sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Series B Shares, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Common Shares is not sufficient to effect the conversion of all of the then outstanding Series B Shares, then the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its legal counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Common Shares to such number of shares as is sufficient for such purpose.

6.10 Disputes

If a dispute shall at any time arise with respect to adjustments in the Conversion Value, such dispute shall be conclusively determined by the Corporation's auditors, or if they are unable or unwilling to act, by such other firm of independent chartered accountants as may be selected by the Board of Directors and any such determination shall be binding upon the Corporation, the Series B Holders and all other shareholders of the Corporation. Such auditors or accountants shall be provided access to all necessary records of the Corporation. If any such determination is made, the Corporation shall deliver a certificate to the Series B Holders and Series A Holders describing such determination.

6.11 Certificate as to Adjustments

In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Value, the Corporation will promptly furnish each Series B Holder and Series A Holder with a certificate, prepared by the Corporation's accountants, showing such adjustment or readjustment, and stating in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.

6.12 Further Adjustment Provisions

If, at any time as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 6.6, a Series B Holder becomes entitled to receive any shares or other securities of the Corporation other than Common Shares upon surrendering Series B Shares for conversion, the Conversion Value in respect of such other shares or securities
(if such other shares or securities are by their terms convertible securities)
will be adjusted after that time, and will be subject to further adjustment from time to time, in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to Series B Shares contained in this Article 6, and the remaining provisions of these Series B Share provisions will apply mutatis mutandis to any such other shares or securities.

6.13 Waiver of Adjustments

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article 6, with the written consent of the Corporation, the Series B Majority Holders shall be entitled, on behalf of all Series B Holders, to waive any entitlement to an adjustment to the Conversion Value under this Article 6. Any such waiver by the Series B Majority Holders must be in writing and shall only be effective as to the


- 23 -

particular adjustment being waived. In such event, notice of such waiver shall be sent to all Series B Holders and Series A Holders in accordance with Section 8.2.

ARTICLE 7
REDEMPTION

7.1 Redemption Following the Redemption Trigger Date

(a) On or after the Redemption Trigger Date, the Series B Majority Holders shall have the right to request the Corporation to redeem all of the Series B Shares. Upon receipt of such a request, in writing, the Corporation will:

(i) deliver to each Series B Holder and Series A Holder within 30 days following the date the written request is received by the Corporation a notice specifying the total funds legally available to the Corporation for redemption of all of the Series B Shares and Series A Shares outstanding at that time (the "Available Funds"); and

(ii) within 90 days, but not before the expiry of 30 days, following the date the written request is received by the Corporation redeem from the Series B Holders, subject to
Section 7.2, all the Series B Shares (and concurrently therewith redeem from the Series A Holders all the Series A Shares in the event that the redemption rights of the Series A Shares have been exercised in accordance with the Series A Share Terms) to the extent the Corporation has Available Funds, by paying to the Series B Holders, in accordance with
Section 7.1(b), an amount (the "Series B Redemption Amount") equal to the sum of:

(A) the number of Series B Shares outstanding multiplied by the sum of (x) the Issue Price and (y) the per share amount of any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series B Shares (such amount being the "Series B Preference Redemption Amount"); and

(B) the then-current Fair Market Value of the Common Shares (other than Additional Common Shares) into which the Series B Shares are then convertible (such amount being the "Series B Participation Redemption Amount").

(b) Subject to Section 7.2, each Series B Holder shall be paid that portion of the Series B Redemption Amount equal to the Series B Redemption Amount Per Share multiplied by the number of Series B Shares held by the holder.

7.2 Insufficient Funds and Priorities

(a) If the Available Funds are insufficient to pay in full (i) in the event that the redemption rights of the Series A Shares have been exercised in accordance with the Series A Share Terms, the Series A Redemption Amount with respect to the total number of Series A Shares outstanding, and (ii) the Series B Redemption Amount with respect to the total number of Series B Shares outstanding, then


- 24 -

those funds that are legally available for the redemption of the Series A Shares in accordance with the Series A Share Terms and the Series B Shares in accordance with Section 7.1 will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of whole shares in accordance with the following priorities:

(i) If the Available Funds are insufficient to pay in full the Series A Preference Redemption Amount, those funds will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of whole shares rateably among the Series A Holders, and in such case, the number of Series A Shares to be redeemed shall be the number obtained by dividing (x) the Available Funds, by (y) the Series A Redemption Amount Per Share.

(ii) If the Available Funds are sufficient to pay in full the Series A Preference Redemption Amount, but are insufficient to pay in full the Aggregate Preference Redemption Amount, those funds will be used to redeem:

(A) that proportion of the total number of Series A Shares determined by dividing (x) the Series A Preference Redemption Amount, by (y) the Series A Redemption Amount Per Share; and

(B) the maximum possible number of whole shares rateably among the Series B Holders, and in such case, the number of Series B Shares to be redeemed shall be the number obtained by dividing (x) the Available Funds minus the Series A Preference Redemption Amount, by (y) the Series B Redemption Amount Per Share.

(iii) If the Available Funds are sufficient to pay in full the Aggregate Preference Redemption Amount, but are insufficient to pay in full the Aggregate Preference Redemption Amount plus the Series A Participation Redemption Amount and Series B Participation Redemption Amount, those funds will be used to redeem:

(A) that proportion of the total number of Series A Shares determined by dividing (x) the Series A Preference Redemption Amount, by (y) the Series A Redemption Amount Per Share;

(B) that proportion of the total number of Series B Shares determined by dividing (x) the Series B Preference Redemption Amount, by (y) the Series B Redemption Amount Per Share; and

(C) the maximum possible number of whole shares rateably among the Series A Holders and Series B Holders, and in such case,

(1) the number of Series A Shares to be redeemed shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:

A x B

C

- 25 -

(2) the number of Series B Shares to be redeemed shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:

A x D

E

Where:

A = the Available Funds minus the Aggregate
Preference Redemption Amount

B = the Series A Participation Redemption
Amount divided by the Aggregate
Participation Redemption Amount

C = the Series A Redemption Amount Per Share

D = the Series B Participation Redemption
Amount divided by the Aggregate
Participation Redemption Amount

E = the Series B Redemption Amount Per Share.

(b) Any Series A Shares not redeemed remain outstanding and remain entitled to all rights and preferences otherwise provided in the Series A Share Terms. Any Series B Shares not redeemed in accordance with Section 7.2(a) remain outstanding and remain entitled to all rights and preferences otherwise provided in these Series B Share provisions. As and when funds legally available for redemption of Series A Shares and Series B Shares subsequently become available, those funds will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of whole shares rateably among the Series A Holders and Series B Holders in accordance with clause (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 7.2(a) above and the Series A Share Terms. The Corporation shall not pay any amounts or make any other distributions in respect of any other class or series of its shares until all Series B Shares and Series A Shares are redeemed as provided above, and all redemption payments required to be made in accordance with this Section 7.2 are fully paid to the Series B Holders and Series A Holders respectively.

7.3 Redemption Upon a Partial Sale Event

(a) In connection with a proposed transaction that would result in a Partial Sale Event, the Series B Majority Holders shall have the right, prior to the completion of the proposed transaction, to request, in writing, the Corporation to redeem all of the Series B Shares. Upon receipt of such a request (a "Series B Redemption Request") the Corporation will:

(i) deliver to each Series B Holder and each Series A Holder within 20 days (or such shorter or longer period as the Corporation, the Series B Majority Holders and the Series A Majority Holders may agree in writing) (the "Redemption Notice Period") following the date the Series B Redemption Request is received by the Corporation a copy of such Series


- 26 -

B Redemption Request and a notice specifying whether the Corporation has sufficient funds legally available to the Corporation for the redemption of all of the Series B Shares and (in the event that the Corporation also receives a Series A Redemption Request prior to the expiry of 30 days following the Redemption Notice Period) all of the Series A Shares outstanding; and

(ii) redeem, conditional upon and contemporaneously with the completion of the transaction resulting in the Partial Sale Event, from the Series B Holders all the Series B Shares (and concurrently therewith redeem from the Series A Holders all the Series A Shares in the event that the Corporation also received a Series A Redemption Request within the period specified in clause (i) above) provided the Corporation has funds legally available for such redemption, by paying to the Series B Holders, in accordance with Section 7.3(b), the Series B Redemption Amount.

(b) Subject to Section 7.4, each Series B Holder shall be paid that portion of the Series B Redemption Amount equal to the Series B Redemption Amount Per Share multiplied by the number of Series B Shares held by the holder.

7.4 Insufficient Funds

If in connection with the exercise of the redemption rights pursuant to a Series B Redemption Request the total funds legally available to the Corporation are insufficient to pay in full (i) the Series B Redemption Amount with respect to the total number of Series B Shares outstanding, and (ii) in the event that the Corporation also received a Series A Redemption Request pursuant to the Series A Share Terms, the Series A Redemption Amount with respect to the total number of Series A Shares outstanding, then:

(a) the Corporation shall not redeem any of the Series B Shares pursuant to the Series B Redemption Request or any of the Series A Shares pursuant to the Series A Redemption Request; and

(b) the Corporation will not permit the proposed transaction that would otherwise result in a Partial Sale Event to occur unless Series B Majority Holders and Series A Majority Holders direct, in writing, the Corporation to permit such a transaction.

7.5 Surrender of Certificates

If a redemption of Series B Shares pursuant to this Article 7 will occur, each Series B Holder shall surrender to the Corporation the certificates representing the Series B Shares to be redeemed by the Corporation in accordance with this Article 7, in the manner and at the place designated by the Corporation, and thereupon all redemption amounts to be paid for such shares shall be payable to the order of the Person whose name appears on such certificates as the owner thereof, and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled and retired. If, in the case of the exercise of redemption rights in accordance with Sections 7.1 and 7.2, less than all of the Series B Shares represented by such certificates are redeemed, then the Corporation shall promptly issue new certificates representing the shares not redeemed.


- 27 -

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Notices of Record Dates

If:

(a) the Corporation establishes a record date to determine the Series B Holders who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution; or

(b) there occurs any Stock Split or other capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the capital of the Corporation, any Change of Control Event, or any Liquidation Event,

the Corporation will deliver to each Series B Holder, at least 20 days prior to such record date or the proposed effective date of the relevant transaction, a notice specifying:

(i) the date of such record date for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution;

(ii) the date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, Change of Control Event or Liquidation Event is expected to become effective; and

(iii) the time, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Shares (or other securities) are entitled to exchange their Common Shares (or other securities) for cash, securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, Change of Control Event or Liquidation Event.

8.2 Notices

All notices, requests, payments, instructions or other documents to be given hereunder must be in writing or given by written telecommunication, and will be deemed to have been duly given if:

(a) delivered personally (effective upon delivery);

(b) mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (effective five Business Days after dispatch) if the recipient is located in the United States or Canada;

(c) sent by a reputable, established courier service that guarantees next Business Day delivery (effective the next Business Day) if the recipient is located in the United States or Canada;

(d) sent by air mail or by commercial express overseas air courier, with receipt acknowledged in writing by the recipient (effective upon the date of such acknowledgement) if the recipient is located outside the United States or Canada;

(e) sent by fax confirmed within 24 hours through one of the foregoing methods (effective upon receipt of the fax in complete readable form); and


- 28 -

addressed as follows (or to such other address as the recipient party furnishes by notice to the sending party for these purposes: (i) if to any Series B Holder or Series A Holder, to the last address of that Series B Holder or Series A Holder as it appears on the securities register of the Corporation, or in the event the address of any such Series B Holder or Series A Holder does not so appear, then to the last address of that Series B Holder or Series A Holder known to the Corporation; and (ii) if to the Corporation, to the address of its principal office.

8.3 Negative Covenants

So long as any Series B Shares are outstanding, the Corporation will not, without the prior written approval of one or more Series B Holders of record who hold collectively more than 80% of the then outstanding Series B Shares:

(a) designate any further series of Class A Preferred Shares or Class B Preferred Shares;

(b) issue more than 30,000,000 Series A Shares (other than additional Series A Shares issuable in respect of any stock dividends declared by the Corporation);

(c) issue more than 68,000,000 Series B Shares (other than additional Series B Shares issuable in respect of any stock dividends declared by the Corporation); or

(d) amend the articles of the Corporation to add, change or remove any rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions attached to the Series A Shares or the Series B Shares or otherwise change the Series A Shares or Series B Shares.

8.4 Currency

All references to dollar amounts in these Series B Share provisions are to the lawful currency of Canada.

8.5 Transfer Agents

The Corporation may appoint, and from time to time discharge and change, a transfer agent for the Series B Shares or any other class of shares of the Corporation. Upon any such appointment, discharge or change of a transfer agent, the Corporation will send a written notice of such appointment, discharge or change to each Series B Holder.

8.6 Transfer Taxes

The Corporation will pay all share transfer taxes, documentary stamp taxes and the like that may be properly payable by the Corporation in respect of any issuance or delivery of Series B Shares or Common Shares or other securities issued in respect of Series B Shares in accordance with these Series B Share provisions or certificates representing such shares or securities. The Corporation is not required to pay any such tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of Series B Shares or Common Shares or other securities in a name other than that in which such shares were registered, or in respect of any payment to any person other than the registered Series B Holder of the shares with respect to any such shares, and is not required to make any such issuance, delivery or payment unless and until the person otherwise entitled to such issuance, delivery or payment has paid to the Corporation the amount


- 29 -

of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid or is not payable.


- 30 -

EXHIBIT "1" to
SCHEDULE "B"

DETERMINATION OF FAIR MARKET VALUE

The "Fair Market Value" of Common Shares will be determined in accordance with the following procedures:

(a) The Board of Directors, the Series B Majority Holders and the Series A Majority Holders will in good faith attempt to agree upon the Fair Market Value of the Common Shares that are the subject of the proposed determination under this Exhibit "1".

(b) Fair Market Value of such Common Shares will in all cases (i) be calculated on the assumption of an arm's length sale at open market value on a "going concern basis" with no minority discount applied, and (ii) take into account any conversion rights, liquidation preferences and any other entitlements attached to any other securities of the Corporation.

(c) If the Fair Market Value has not been agreed upon between the Corporation, the Series B Majority Holders and the Series A Majority Holders within 10 Business Days after commencing their good faith attempt to agree upon the Fair Market Value under clause (a) above, then within five Business Days after the end of such 10 Business Day period, the Corporation, the Series B Majority Holders and the Series A Majority Holders shall jointly appoint a U.S. or Canadian nationally recognized independent investment banking or business valuation firm (the "Valuator") to determine the Fair Market Value of such shares which are subject of the proposed determination under this Exhibit "1". If the Corporation, the Series B Majority Holders and the Series A Majority Holders cannot agree on a Valuator within such five Business Day period, any of the Corporation, the Series B Majority Holders or the Series A Majority Holders may thereafter apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to have the court appoint such Valuator meeting the foregoing criteria to determine the Fair Market Value of the subject shares. The determination by the Valuator shall be final and binding on the Corporation, the Series B Holders and the Series A Holders, absent manifest error.

(d) The Corporation shall be responsible for all costs incurred in connection with the independent valuation performed by the Valuator (including the costs of any court proceeding to appoint the Valuator, if applicable).

(e) The Valuator shall be instructed to deliver its determination of Fair Market Value as at the applicable valuation date, as soon as practicable following its appointment and in any event within 30 Business Days thereafter.

(f) In the event that the Valuator provides a range of fair market values, the middle of such range shall be utilized for purposes of determining the Fair Market Value of the subject shares.


- 31 -

(g) The Corporation shall immediately provide to the Valuator such information, including confidential information, and allow such firm to conduct "due diligence" and make such investigations and inquiries with respect to the affairs of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as may be required by such Valuator in order to fulfill its mandate, provided that such firm executes a confidentiality agreement in favour of the Corporation containing standard terms and conditions.


Exhibit 1.4

BY-LAW NO. 1A

a by-law relating generally to the transaction of the business and affairs of
MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

(the "Corporation")

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONs AND PRINCIPLES OF INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions

In this by-law and all other by-laws of the Corporation:

(a) "the Act" means the Canada Business Corporations Act or any statute which may be substituted therefore, including the regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time;

(b) "articles" means the articles of the Corporation, as defined in the Act, and includes any amendments thereto;

(c) "board" means the board of directors of the Corporation;

(d) "by-laws" means the by-laws of the Corporation in force as amended or restated from time to time;

(e) "director" means a director of the Corporation as defined in the Act;

(f) "meeting of shareholders" means an annual meeting of shareholders or a special meeting of shareholders;

(g) "non-business day" means Saturday, Sunday and any other day that is a holiday as defined in the Interpretation Act (Canada);

(h) "officer" means an officer of the Corporation as defined in the Act; and

(i) "person" includes an individual, partnership, association, body corporate, trustee, executor, administrator or legal representative.

1.2 Interpretation

In this by-law and all other by-laws of the Corporation:

(a) words importing the singular include the plural and vice-versa; and words importing gender include all genders; and

(b) all words used in this by-law and defined in the Act shall have the meanings given to such words in the Act or in the related Parts thereof.


ARTICLE 2

GENERAL BUSINESS

2.1 Registered Office

The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the province within Canada specified in the articles and at such place and address therein as the board may from time to time determine.

2.2 Seal

The Corporation may have a seal which shall be adopted and may be changed by the board.

2.3 Financial Year

Until otherwise determined by the board, the financial year of the Corporation shall end on the last Sunday of April in each year.

2.4 Execution of Instruments

Deeds, transfers, assignments, contracts, obligations, certificates and other instruments shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation by any one director or officer or as otherwise directed by the board.

2.5 Execution in Counterpart, by Facsimile, and by Electronic Signature

(a) Subject to the Act, any instrument or document required or permitted to be executed by one or more persons on behalf of the Corporation may be signed by means of secure electronic signature (as defined in the Act) or facsimile;

(b) Any instrument or document required or permitted to be executed by one or more persons may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which when duly executed by one or more of such persons shall be an original and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same such instrument or document;

(c) Subject to the Act, wherever a notice, document or other information is required under the Act or the by-laws to be created or provided in writing, that requirement may be satisfied by the creation and/or provision of an electronic document.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the board may from time to time direct the manner in which and the person or persons by whom any particular instrument or class of instruments may or shall be signed.

2.6 Voting Rights in Other Bodies Corporate

Any officer or director may execute and deliver proxies and take any other steps as in the officer's or director's opinion may be necessary or desirable to permit the exercise on


behalf of the Corporation of voting rights attaching to any securities held by the Corporation. In addition, the board may from time to time direct the manner in which and the persons by whom any particular voting rights or class of voting rights may or shall be exercised.

2.7 Banking Arrangements

The banking business of the Corporation, or any part or division of the Corporation, shall be transacted with such bank, trust company or other firm or body corporate as the board may designate, appoint or authorize from time to time and all such banking business, or any part thereof, shall be transacted on the Corporation's behalf by such one or more officers or other persons as the board may designate, direct or authorize from time to time and to the extent thereby provided.

ARTICLE 3
BORROWING

3.1 Borrowing

Without limit to the powers of the board as provided in the Act, the board may from time to time on behalf of the Corporation:

(a) borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation;

(b) issue, reissue, sell or pledge debt obligations of the Corporation;

(c) to the extent permitted by the Act, give, directly or indirectly, financial assistance to any person by means of a loan, a guarantee to secure the performance of an obligation or otherwise; and

(d) mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any property of the Corporation, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation of the Corporation.

3.2 Delegation

Subject to the Act, the board may from time to time delegate to a director, a committee of directors, an officer or such other person or persons so designated by the board all or any of the powers conferred on the board by section 3.1 or by the Act to such extent and in such manner as the board shall determine at the time of each such delegation.

ARTICLE 4
DIRECTORS

4.1 Duties of Directors

The board shall manage or supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation.


4.2 Qualification

At least twenty-five per cent of the directors of the Corporation must be resident Canadians. However, if the Corporation has less than four directors, at least one director must be a resident Canadian.

4.3 Eligibility Requirements at Meetings

The board shall not transact business at a meeting, other than filling a vacancy in the board, unless at least twenty-five percent of the directors present are resident Canadians, or, if the Corporation has less than four directors, at least one of the directors present is a resident Canadian, except where

(a) a resident Canadian director who is unable to be present approves in writing or by telephone or other communications facilities the business transacted at the meeting; and

(b) the required number of resident Canadian directors would have been present had that director been present at the meeting.

4.4 Quorum

A majority of the number of directors in office from time to time or, in the event that there are less than four directors, one director shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board. Notwithstanding vacancies, a quorum of directors may exercise all of the powers of the board.

4.5 Calling of Meetings

Meetings of the board shall be held from time to time at such place within or outside Canada, on such day and at such time as the board, the chairperson of the board, the president or any two directors may determine.

4.6 Notice of Meetings

Notice of the time and place of each meeting of the board shall be given to each director not less than 48 hours before the time when the meeting is to be held and need not be in writing. A notice of meeting need not specify the purpose of or the business to be transacted at the meeting except where the Act requires such purpose or business to be specified, including, if required by the Act, any proposal to:

(a) submit to the shareholders any question or matter requiring the approval of the shareholders;

(b) fill a vacancy among the directors or in the office of auditor, or appoint additional directors;

(c) issue securities;


(d) issue shares of a series under section 27 of the Act;

(e) declare dividends;

(f) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares issued by the Corporation;

(g) pay a commission referred to in section 41 of the Act;

(h) approve a management proxy circular referred to in Part XIII of the Act;

(i) approve a take-over bid circular or directors' circular referred to in

Part XVII of the Act;

(j) approve any financial statements referred to in section 155 of the Act; or

(k) adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.

4.7 First Meeting of New Board

Provided a quorum of directors is present, each newly elected board may without notice hold its first meeting following the meeting of shareholders at which such board is elected.

4.8 Chairperson and Secretary

The chairperson of the board or, in the chairperson's absence, the vice-chairperson, or in the vice-chairpersons' absence, the president or, in the president's absence, a vice-president shall be chairperson of any meeting of the board. If none of these officers are present, the directors present shall choose one of their number to be chairperson. The secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at any meeting of the board and, if the secretary of the Corporation is absent, the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a person who need not be a director to act as secretary of the meeting.

4.9 Votes to Govern

At all meetings of the board any question shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast on the question and in the case of an equality of votes the chairperson of the meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote. Any question at a meeting of the board shall be decided by a show of hands unless a ballot is required or demanded.

4.10 Participation by Telephonic, Electronic or other Communication Facility

Subject to the Act, a director may participate in a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors by means of a telephonic, electronic or other communication facility that permits all participants to communicate adequately with each other during the meeting. A director participating in a meeting by such means shall be deemed to be present at that meeting. A meeting of directors held by telephonic, electronic or other communication


facility shall be deemed to be held at the place where the registered office of the Corporation is located.

4.11 Electronic Voting

Subject to the Act, a director participating in a meeting by telephonic, electronic or other communication facility in accordance with section 4.9 may vote by means of such facility.

4.12 Conflict of Interest

A director or officer of the Corporation who is a party to a material transaction or material contract, or proposed material transaction or material contract with the Corporation, is a director or an officer of, or acts in a capacity similar to a director or officer of, or has a material interest in any person who is a party to a material transaction or material contract or proposed material transaction or material contract with the Corporation shall disclose the nature and extent of his interest at the time and in the manner provided in the Act. Except as provided in the Act, no such director of the Corporation shall vote on any resolution to approve any transaction. If a material transaction or material contract is made between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and another person of which a director or officer of the Corporation is a director or officer or in which he has a material interest, the transaction is neither void nor voidable by reason only of that relationship, or by reason only that a director with an interest in the transaction or contract is present at or is counted to determine the presence of a quorum at a meeting of directors or committee of directors that authorized the transaction, if the director or officer disclosed his interest in accordance with the provisions of the Act and the transaction or contract was approved by the directors or the shareholders and it was reasonable and fair to the Corporation at the time it was approved.

ARTICLE 5
COMMITTEES

5.1 Audit Committee

The directors shall appoint from among their number an audit committee whose composition and function will conform with applicable law. The audit committee shall have the functions provided in the Act and as may be prescribed by any applicable law or regulatory authority to which the Corporation is required to comply.

5.2 Other Committees

The board may designate and appoint additional committees of directors and, subject to the limitations prescribed by the Act, may delegate to such committees any of the powers of the board.


5.3 Procedure

Subject to the Act and unless otherwise determined by the board, each committee shall have the power to fix its quorum at not less than a majority of its members, to elect its chairperson and to regulate its procedure.

ARTICLE 6
OFFICERS

6.1 Appointment of Officers

The board may from time to time designate the offices of the Corporation, appoint persons to such offices, specify their duties and, subject to any limitations prescribed in the Act, may delegate to them powers to manage the business and affairs of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 7

PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

7.1 Limitation of Liability

No director or officer shall be liable for:

(a) the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or any other person;

(b) any loss, damage or expense happening to the Corporation through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by, for, or on behalf of the Corporation, or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of the Corporation shall be loaned out or invested;

(c) any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person, firm or corporation, including any person, firm or corporation with whom any moneys, securities or other assets belonging to the Corporation shall be lodged or deposited;

(d) any loss, conversion, misapplication or misappropriation of or any damage resulting from any dealings with any moneys, securities or other assets belonging to the Corporation;

(e) any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which may happen in the execution of the duties of the director's or officer's respective office or in relation thereto,

unless the same shall happen by or through the director's or officer's failure to exercise the powers and to discharge the duties of the director's or officer's office honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Corporation, and in connection therewith, to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances, provided that nothing herein contained shall


relieve a director or officer from the duty to act in accordance with the Act or relieve such director or officer from liability for a breach of the Act.

7.2 Indemnity of Directors and Officers

(a) The Corporation shall indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation, a former director or officer of the Corporation or another individual who acts or acted at the Corporation's request as a director or officer, or an individual acting in a similar capacity, of another entity against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by such individual in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative, investigative or other proceeding in which the individual is involved because of that association with the Corporation or other entity.

(b) The Corporation may not indemnify an individual under paragraph (a) unless the individual:

(i) acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Corporation or other entity for which the individual acted as a director or officer or in a similar capacity at the Corporation's request, as the case may be; and

(ii) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

(c) The Corporation shall advance moneys to such individual for the costs, charges and expenses of a proceeding referred to in paragraph (a) provided such individual agrees in advance, in writing, to repay the moneys if the individual does not fulfill the condition of paragraph (b).

(d) If required by an individual referred to in paragraph (a), the Corporation shall seek the approval of a court to indemnify such individual or advance moneys under paragraph (c) in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or other entity to procure a judgment in its favour, to which such individual is made a party because of the individual's association with the Corporation or other entity as described in paragraph (a), against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the individual in connection with such action, if the individual fulfills the conditions set out in paragraph (b).

(e) Notwithstanding paragraph (a), an individual referred to in paragraph (a) is entitled to indemnity from the Corporation in respect of all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the individual in connection with the defence of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding to which the individual is subject because of the individual's association with the Corporation or other entity as described in paragraph (a), if the individual seeking indemnity:

(i) was not adjudged by the court or other competent authority to have committed any fault or omitted to do anything that the individual ought to have done; and


(ii) fulfills the conditions set out in paragraph (b).

7.3 Indemnification of Others

Subject to the Act, the Corporation may indemnify its employees, agents and such persons, other than those referred to in section 7.2, as the directors may determine.

7.4 Insurance

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of an individual referred to in section 7.1 and 7.2 against any liability incurred by such individual if the individual acts or acted in that capacity at the Corporation's request.

7.5 Indemnities Not Exclusive

Each of the provisions of this Article 7 shall be in addition to and not in substitution for or derogation from any rights to which any person referred to herein may otherwise be entitled.

ARTICLE 8
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

8.1 Annual Meetings

Subject to the Act, the annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on such day and at such time in each year as the board, or the chairperson of the board, or the vice-chairperson of the board, or the president in the absence of the chairperson or vice-chairperson of the board, may from time to time determine, for the purpose of considering the financial statements and reports required by the Act to be placed before the annual meeting, electing directors, appointing auditors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

8.2 Place of Meetings

Subject to the Act, meetings of shareholders shall be held at such place within Canada as the directors shall determine or at such place outside Canada as may be specified in the articles or agreed to by all of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting.

8.3 Notice of Meetings

Subject to the Act, notice of the time and place of each meeting of shareholders shall be sent not less than 21 days nor more than 60 days before the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, to each director and to the auditor of the Corporation.

8.4 Participation in Meeting by Electronic Means

Subject to the Act and the consent of the directors or all of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, any person entitled to attend a meeting of shareholders may


participate in the meeting by means of a telephonic, electronic or other communication facility that permits all participants to communicate adequately with each other during the meeting, if the Corporation makes available such a communication facility. A person participating in a meeting by such means shall be deemed to be present at the meeting. A meeting of shareholders held by electronic means shall be deemed to be held at the place where the registered office of the Corporation is located.

8.5 Electronic Meetings

Subject to the Act and the consent of the directors or all of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if the directors or the shareholders of the Corporation call a meeting of shareholders pursuant to the Act, those directors or shareholders, as the case may be, may determine that the meeting shall be held entirely by means of a telephonic, electronic or other communication facility that permits all participants to communicate adequately with each other during the meeting.

8.6 Chairperson and Secretary

The chairperson of the board or, in the chairperson's absence, the vice-chairperson or, in the vice-chairperson's absence, the president or, in the president's absence, a vice-president shall be chairperson of any meeting of shareholders. If none of these officers are present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the persons present and entitled to vote shall choose a chairperson from amongst themselves. The secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at any meeting of shareholders or, if the secretary of the Corporation be absent, the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint some person, who need not be a shareholder, to act as secretary of the meeting. If desired, one or more scrutineers, who need not be shareholders, may be appointed by resolution or by the chairperson with the consent of the meeting.

8.7 Persons Entitled to be Present

The only persons entitled to be present at a meeting of shareholders shall be those persons entitled to vote thereat, the directors and auditors of the Corporation and others who, although not entitled to vote, are entitled or required under any provision of the Act or the articles or by-laws to be present at the meeting. Any other person may be admitted only on the invitation of the chairperson of the meeting or with the consent of the meeting.

8.8 Quorum

A quorum of shareholders is present at a meeting of shareholders if the holders of 20% of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy, provided that a quorum shall not be less than two persons. A quorum need not be present throughout the meeting provided a quorum is present at the opening of the meeting.


8.9 Shareholder Representatives

A body corporate or association which is a shareholder of the Corporation may be represented at a meeting of shareholders by any individual authorized by a resolution of its directors or governing body and such individual may exercise on behalf of the body corporate or association which such individual represents all the powers it could exercise if it were an individual shareholder.

8.10 Time for Deposit of Proxies

The board may specify in a notice calling a meeting of shareholders a time, preceding the time of such meeting by not more than 48 hours, exclusive of non-business days, before which time proxies to be used at such meeting must be deposited. A proxy shall be acted upon only if, prior to the time so specified, it shall have been deposited with the Corporation or an agent thereof specified in such notice or, if no such time is specified in such notice, it shall have been received by the secretary of the Corporation or by the chairperson of the meeting or any adjournment thereof prior to the time of voting.

8.11 Voting

Any question at a meeting of shareholders shall be decided by a show of hands unless a ballot is required or demanded. Upon a show of hands every person who is present and entitled to vote shall have one vote. Whenever a vote by show of hands has been taken upon a question, unless a ballot is so required or demanded, a declaration by the chairperson of the meeting that the vote upon the question has been carried or carried by a particular majority or not carried and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting shall be, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, proof of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against any resolution.

8.12 Ballots

On any question proposed for consideration at a meeting of shareholders, and whether or not a show of hands has been taken thereon, the chairperson may require, or any shareholder or proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting may demand, a ballot. A ballot so required or demanded shall be taken in such manner as the chairperson shall direct. A requirement or demand for a ballot may be withdrawn at any time prior to the taking of the ballot. If a ballot is taken each person present shall be entitled, in respect of the shares which each person is entitled to vote at the meeting upon the question, to that number of votes provided by the Act or the articles, and the result of the ballot so taken shall be the decision of the shareholders upon that question.

8.13 Electronic Voting

(a) Notwithstanding section 8.11, any person participating in a meeting of shareholders by telephonic, electronic, or other communication facility in accordance with section 8.4 and entitled to vote at the meeting may vote by means of the telephonic,


electronic or other communication facility that the Corporation has made available for that purpose.

(b) Any vote referred to in section 8.11 or 8.12 may be held entirely by means of a telephonic, electronic or other communication facility if the Corporation makes available such a communication facility, provided, in each case, that the facility:

(i) enables the votes to be gathered in a manner that permits their subsequent verification; and

(ii) permits the tallied votes to be presented to the Corporation without it being possible for the Corporation to identify how each shareholder or group of shareholders voted.

8.14 Casting Vote

In case of an equality of votes at any meeting of shareholders either upon a show of hands or upon a ballot, the chairperson of the meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

ARTICLE 9
SHARES/SECURITIES

9.1 Issuance

Subject to the Act and the articles, the board may from time to time issue or grant options to purchase, or authorize the issue or grant of options to purchase, any part of the authorized and unissued shares of the Corporation at such times and to such persons and for such consideration as the board shall determine or authorize, provided that no share shall be issued until it is fully paid.

9.2 Securities Records

The Corporation shall maintain a register of shares and other securities in which it records the shares and other securities issued by it in registered form, showing with respect to each class or series of shares and other securities:

(a) the names, alphabetically arranged, and the latest known address of each person who is or has been a holder;

(b) the number of shares or other securities held by each holder; and

(c) the date and particulars of the issue and transfer of each share or other security.

9.3 Transfer Agents and Registrars

The directors may from time to time appoint a registrar to maintain the securities register and a transfer agent to maintain the register of transfers and may also appoint one or more branch registrars to maintain branch securities registers and one or more branch transfer


agents to maintain branch registers of transfers. One person may be appointed both registrar and transfer agent and the board may at any time terminate any such appointment.

9.4 Non-recognition of Trusts

Subject to the Act, the Corporation may treat the registered owner of a share as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notices, to receive any dividend or other payments in respect thereof and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of a share.

9.5 Security Certificates

Security certificates shall be signed by at least one of the following persons:

(a) any director or officer of the Corporation;

(b) a registrar, transfer agent or branch transfer agent of the Corporation or an individual on their behalf; or

(c) a trustee who certifies it in accordance with a trust indenture.

Signatures may be printed or otherwise mechanically reproduced on the security certificates and every such signature shall for all purposes be deemed to be the signature of the person whose signature it reproduces and shall be binding upon the Corporation. If a security certificate contains a printed or mechanically reproduced signature of a person, the Corporation may issue the security certificate, notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or an officer of the Corporation, and the security certificate is as valid as if the person were a director or an officer at the date of its issue.

ARTICLE 10
DIVIDENDS AND RIGHTS

10.1 Dividends

Subject to the Act, the board may from time to time declare dividends payable to the shareholders according to their respective rights and interests in the Corporation. Dividends may be paid in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares of the Corporation.

10.2 Dividend Cheques

A dividend payable in cash shall be paid by cheque drawn on the Corporation's bankers or one of them to the order of each registered holder of shares of the class or series in respect of which it has been declared and mailed by prepaid ordinary mail to such registered holder at such holder's address recorded in the Corporation's securities register, unless in each case such holder otherwise directs. In the case of joint holders the cheque shall, unless such joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of


all of such joint holders and mailed to them at their address recorded in the securities register of the Corporation. The mailing of such cheque, in such manner, unless the cheque is not paid on due presentation, shall satisfy and discharge the liability for the dividend to the extent of the sum represented thereby plus the amount of any tax which the Corporation is required to and does withhold.

10.3 Non-receipt of Cheques

In the event of non-receipt or loss of any dividend cheque by the person to whom it is sent, the Corporation shall issue to such person a replacement cheque for a like amount on such terms as to indemnity, reimbursement of expenses and evidence of non-receipt or loss and of title as the board may from time to time prescribe, whether generally or in any particular case.

10.4 Unclaimed Dividends

Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six years from the date on which the dividend has been declared to be payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Corporation.

ARTICLE 11
MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Timing of Delivery of Notices

(a) Any notice, document or other information delivered to a director, officer, shareholder, auditor or member of a committee of the board by prepaid mail addressed to, or delivered personally to the director, officer, shareholder, auditor or member of a committee of the board at the latest address as shown in the records of the Corporation shall be deemed to be received at the time it would be delivered in the ordinary course of mail unless there are reasonable grounds for believing that the addressee did not receive the notice, document or other information at that time or at all.

(b) Subject to the Act, wherever a notice, document or other information is provided to a person in the form of an electronic document in accordance with section 2.5, such document shall be deemed to have been provided at the time it leaves an information system within the control of the originator or another person who provided it on behalf of the originator, and shall be deemed to have been received when it enters the information system designated by the addressee.

11.2 Waiver of Notice

Any shareholder (or such shareholder's duly appointed proxyholder), director, officer, auditor or member of a committee of the board may at any time waive the provision of any notice or document, or waive or abridge the time for any notice or document, required to be provided to such person under any provision of the Act, the articles, the by-laws or otherwise and such waiver or abridgement shall cure any default in the


provision or in the timing of such notice or document, as the case may be. Any such waiver or abridgement shall be in writing except a waiver of notice of a meeting of shareholders or of the board, which may be given in any manner. Attendance of a director at a meeting of directors or of a shareholder or any other person entitled to attend a meeting of shareholders is a waiver of notice of the meeting except where such director, shareholder or other person, as the case may be, attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called.

11.3 Omissions and Errors

The accidental omission to give any notice to any shareholder, director, officer, auditor or member of a committee of the board or the non-receipt of any notice by any such person or any error in any notice not affecting the substance thereof shall not invalidate any action taken at any meeting held pursuant to such notice or otherwise based thereon.

11.4 Invalidity

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this by-law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this by-law.

11.5 Effective Date

This by-law shall come into force upon approval by the directors.

11.6 Repeal

All other by-laws of the Corporation relating generally to the transaction of the business and affairs of the Corporation enacted and confirmed on January 12, 2001, shall be repealed upon the coming into effect of this by-law. However, such repeal shall not affect the previous operation of such by-law or affect the validity of any act done or right, privilege, obligation or liability acquired or incurred under or the validity of any contract or agreement made pursuant to such by-law prior to its repeal. All officers and persons acting under such repealed by-law shall continue to act as if appointed under the provisions of this by-law and all resolutions of the shareholders or board with continuing effect passed under such by-law shall continue in force until amended or repealed, except to the extent inconsistent with this by-law.


Exhibit 2.3

INCORPORATED UNDER THE CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

NO. A- CLASS A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES 1

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT
is the registered holder of

CLASS A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES 1 of

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

The class or series of shares represented by this Certificate has rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions attached thereto and the Corporation will furnish to the holder, on demand and without charge, a full copy of the text of,

(i) the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the said shares and to each class authorized to be issued and to each series insofar as the same have been fixed by the directors, and

(ii) the authority of the directors to fix the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions of subsequent series, if applicable.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. There are restrictions on the right to transfer the shares represented by this Certificate.

IN WITNESS OF WHICH the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by

its duly authorized officers

this               day of

______________________________                  ________________________________
President                                       Assistant Corporate Secretary


"The securities represented by this instrument have not been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"). Any transfer of such securities is prohibited in the United States or to a U.S. Person except
(i) pursuant to registration under the Securities Act, (ii) only in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S under the Securities Act, or (iii) pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act."

"Unless permitted under securities legislation, the holder of this security must not trade the security before the date that is 4 months and a day after the later of (i) April 23, 2004 and (ii) the date the issuer became a reporting issuer in any province or territory."


Exhibit 2.4

INCORPORATED UNDER THE CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

NO. B- CLASS B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES 1

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT
is the registered holder of

CLASS B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES 1 of

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

The class or series of shares represented by this Certificate has rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions attached thereto and the Corporation will furnish to the holder, on demand and without charge, a full copy of the text of,

(i) the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the said shares and to each class authorized to be issued and to each series insofar as the same have been fixed by the directors, and

(ii) the authority of the directors to fix the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions of subsequent series, if applicable.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. There are restrictions on the right to transfer the shares represented by this Certificate.

IN WITNESS OF WHICH the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by

its duly authorized officers

this              day of

_________________________________           ____________________________________
President                                   Assistant Corporate Secretary


"The securities represented by this instrument have not been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"). Any transfer of such securities is prohibited in the United States or to a U.S. Person except (i) pursuant to registration under the Securities Act,
(ii) only in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S under the Securities Act, or (iii) pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act."

"Unless permitted under securities legislation, the holder of this security must not trade the security before the date that is 4 months and a day after the later of (i) April 23, 2004 and (ii) the date the issuer became a reporting issuer in any province or territory."


Exhibit 4.4

EXECUTION COPY

CONFIDENTIAL

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

between

mitel networks corporation

as Seller and Servicer

- and -

MITEL NETWORKS, INC.

as Seller

- and -

MITEL NETWORKS SOLUTIONS, INC.

as Seller

- and -

THE CANADA TRUST COMPANY
in its capacity as trustee
of ENDURANCE Trust

as Purchaser

- and -

EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION

as Securitization Agent

Made as of April 16, 2004

Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


CONFIDENTIAL

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                    ARTICLE 1
                                 INTERPRETATION

1.1      Certain Defined Terms................................................2
1.2      Extended Meanings...................................................19
1.3      Headings, Sections, Etc.............................................19
1.4      Accounting Principles...............................................19
1.5      Currency............................................................20
1.6      Payments............................................................20
1.7      Non-Business Days...................................................20
1.8      Computation of Time Periods.........................................20
1.9      Months; Days........................................................20
1.10     Exhibits............................................................20

                                    ARTICLE 2
                                    PURCHASES

2.1      Purchases...........................................................21
2.2      Quebec Receivables..................................................23
2.3      List of Obligors and Credit Limits and Daily Program Operation......24

                                    ARTICLE 3
                              PAYMENTS AND ACCOUNTS

3.1      Collection Account..................................................24
3.2      Reserve Accounts....................................................26
3.3      Disbursement Account................................................28
3.4      Dilutions...........................................................29
3.5      Repurchases for Breach of Representations and Warranties............29
3.6      Deemed Collections..................................................30

                                    ARTICLE 4
                    REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

4.1      Representations and Warranties of the Sellers.......................30
4.2      Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser.....................34
4.3      Affirmative Covenants of the Sellers................................36
4.4      Affirmative Covenants of the Canadian Seller........................37
4.5      Negative Covenants of the Sellers...................................38
4.6      Affirmative Covenants of the Purchaser..............................39

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT

CAPITAL CORPORATION.


CONFIDENTIAL

-ii-

ARTICLE 5
ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTION

5.1      Designation of the Servicer.........................................40
5.2      Standard of Care....................................................40
5.3      Authorization of Servicer...........................................41
5.4      Enforcement of Receivables..........................................41
5.5      Assignment for Purpose of Enforcement...............................41
5.6      Description of Services.............................................42
5.7      Additional Covenants of the Servicer................................44
5.8      Negative Covenants of the Servicer..................................46
5.9      Servicer Termination Events.........................................47
5.10     Notice of Servicer Termination Events...............................48
5.11     Effecting a Service Transfer........................................48
5.12     Appointment of Stand-By Servicer....................................48
5.13     Collection and Remittance of Taxes..................................48
5.14     Additional Seller Covenants Following a Service Transfer............49
5.15     Purchaser Rights Following a Service Transfer.......................50
5.16     Power of Attorney...................................................50
5.17     Execution of Additional Powers......................................51
5.18     Restrictions on Use.................................................51

                                    ARTICLE 6
                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.1      Conditions Precedent to Initial Purchase............................52
6.2      Conditions Precedent to All Purchases...............................53
6.3      Undertaking of Purchaser............................................54

                                    ARTICLE 7
                               Amortization EVENTS

7.1      Meaning of Amortization Event.......................................54
7.2      Action Upon an Amortization Event...................................58
7.3      Seller Designated Amortization Commencement Date....................59
7.4      Early Amortization Commencement Date Fee............................59

                                    ARTICLE 8
                  MATTERS RELATING TO THE SECURITIZATION AGENT

8.1      Delegation to the Securitization Agent..............................60
8.2      Limitation of Liability of the Securitization Agent and Issuer
           Trustee...........................................................60
8.3      Responsibilities of the Sellers.....................................60
8.4      Other Dealings......................................................61

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


CONFIDENTIAL

-iii-

8.5 Lockbox Fees........................................................61

ARTICLE 9
INDEMNIFICATION

9.1      Indemnities by the Sellers..........................................61
9.2      Payment of Indemnified Amounts......................................64
9.3      Litigation..........................................................65
9.4      Notification........................................................65

                                   ARTICLE 10
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

10.1     Costs, Expenses and Taxes...........................................65
10.2     Further Assurances..................................................67
10.3     Failure to Perform..................................................67
10.4     Entire Agreement....................................................67
10.5     Amendments, Waivers, Etc............................................67
10.6     No Waiver; Remedies.................................................68
10.7     No Set-Off..........................................................68
10.8     Non-Merger..........................................................68
10.9     Time of the Essence.................................................68
10.10    Agreement of Purchase and Sale......................................69
10.11    Notices.............................................................69
10.12    Binding Effect; Assignability, Etc..................................70
10.13    Governing Law.......................................................71
10.14    Severability........................................................71
10.15    Confidentiality.....................................................71
10.16    Financial Reporting.................................................72
10.17    Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities.......................72
10.18    Remedies............................................................72
10.19    Counterparts........................................................73
10.20    Business Disruption.................................................73

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A         -        Form of Assignment Agreement
Exhibit B         -        Form of Purchase Notice
Exhibit C         -        Form of Officer's Certificate
Exhibit D         -        List of Offices Where Records Are Kept
Exhibit E         -        Form of Periodic Report
Exhibit F         -        Form of Quebec Assignment

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


CONFIDENTIAL

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT made as of the 16th day of April, 2004.

B E T W E E N:

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION,

a corporation existing under the
laws of Canada,

(hereinafter referred to as the
"Canadian Seller" or the
"Servicer"),

- and -

MITEL NETWORKS, INC., a
corporation existing under the
laws of Delaware,

(hereinafter referred to as
"MNI"),

- and -

MITEL NETWORKS SOLUTIONS, INC.,
a corporation existing under the
laws of Delaware

(hereinafter referred to as
"MNSI"),

- and -

THE CANADA TRUST COMPANY,

a trust company amalgamated
under the laws of Canada, in its
capacity as trustee of ENDURANCE
TRUST, a trust established under
the laws of the Province of
Ontario,

(hereinafter referred to as the
"Purchaser"),

- and -

EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION,

a corporation existing under the
laws of the Province of Ontario,

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 2 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(hereinafter referred to as the
"Securitization Agent").

WHEREAS the Sellers generate Receivables in the ongoing operation of the Sellers' general business of providing business communications hardware and software solutions and the Sellers are desirous of selling certain of such Receivables that are Eligible Receivables and certain other property related thereto to the Purchaser from time to time and the Canadian Seller is desirous of collecting and otherwise servicing the Purchased Assets so sold by the Sellers to the Purchaser as hereinafter set forth;

AND WHEREAS the Purchaser is willing to purchase the Purchased Assets, including Eligible Receivables and certain other property related thereto, from the Sellers from time to time on a fully-serviced basis on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

AND WHEREAS the Purchaser has appointed the Securitization Agent to provide certain administrative services in respect of the on-going sales and purchases of the Purchased Assets hereunder;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements of the parties herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each party, the parties hereby covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

1.1 Certain Defined Terms

In this Agreement, including the recitals, the following terms have the following meanings:

"Affiliate", in respect of a specified Person, means any other Person which is either more than 20% owned by a common entity which also owns or controls the specified Person, or where a common entity controls the day-to-day operations or has effective management control of both the specified Person and such other Person.

"Aggregate Discretionary Limit" means CAD18,000,000 or the equivalent in United States Dollars, as the case may be, representing the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance for all Discretionary Obligors.

"Agreement" means this agreement, together with the Exhibits hereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, revised, restated or replaced from time to time.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 3 -

CONFIDENTIAL

"Amortization Commencement Date" means the earliest of:

(a) April 15, 2007, which date may be extended from time to time for successive six month periods upon the written agreement of the Sellers and the Purchaser;

(b) the date on which the Amortization Commencement Date is declared, designated or deemed to have occurred pursuant to Article 7; and

(c) the date designated by the Canadian Seller or the Purchaser provided the Canadian Seller or the Purchaser, as applicable, provides at least 60 days prior written notice of such date to the other parties.

"Amortization Event" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.1.

"Annual Policy Amount" means CAD3 million in respect of Purchased Receivables denominated in Canadian Dollars and USD17 million in respect of Purchased Receivables denominated in United States Dollars.

"Assignment" means a written assignment agreement substantially in the form of the agreement annexed hereto as Exhibit A.

"Base Interest Rate" means the Base Interest Rate (CDN) or the Base Interest Rate (USD), as the context requires.

"Base Interest Rate (CDN)" means, on any day, that per annum rate (based on a year of 365 days) expressed as a percentage, equal to the average "BA 2 Month" interest rates for Canadian dollar bankers acceptances displayed and identified as such on the "Moneyline/Telerate Page", Screen 3197 as of 10:00 a.m., Toronto time, on such day; if such rates do not appear thereon as contemplated, then the "BA 2 Month Rate" shall be calculated based upon the arithmetic mean of the applicable rates for 60-day Canadian dollar bankers acceptances quoted by four major Canadian Schedule I chartered banks as of 10:00 a.m., Toronto time, on such day; if less than four such quotations are available, then the "BA 2 Month Rate" will be the arithmetic mean of such available quotations; provided, however, that if fewer than two quotations are available, the "BA 2 Month Rate" will be the arithmetic mean of the bid rates quoted by major banks in Toronto, selected by the Purchaser, for Canadian dollar bankers acceptances as of 10:00
a.m., Toronto time, on such day.

"Base Interest Rate (USD)" means, on any day, that per annum rate (based on a year of 360 days) expressed as a percentage, equal to the "USD LIBOR 2 Month" interest rate for the USD London Interbank Offered Rate displayed and identified as such on the "Moneyline/Telerate Page", Screen 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London, England time, on such day.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 4 -

CONFIDENTIAL

"BoC Daily Noon Rate" means, on any day, the daily noon rate published by the Bank of Canada on its website for such day.

"Business Day" means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory or civic holiday, on which banks in Toronto, Ontario are open for business.

"Canadian Dollars" or "CAD" means the lawful currency of Canada.

"Canadian GAAP" means Canadian generally accepted accounting principles as adopted by the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants from time to time, consistently applied.

"Cheque Deposit Agreement" means the agreement dated April 19, 2004 between the Canadian Seller, the Purchaser and The Toronto-Dominion Bank.

"Collections" means, without duplication, all payments made by or on behalf of Obligors in respect of Purchased Assets, and all other cash collections and other cash proceeds received in respect of the Purchased Assets, including cash proceeds of any contract of insurance (including the Insurance Policy) paid in respect of any of the Purchased Receivables, all other cash proceeds of any Related Security related to Purchased Receivables, including cash proceeds realized through the enforcement of a Contract related to Purchased Receivables or other Related Security related to Purchased Receivables against an Obligor, and any Collections deemed to have been received by the Sellers or the Servicer, as the case may be, pursuant hereto.

"Collection Account" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.1(a).

"Consolidated Assets" means, at any date, the total assets of the Sellers and their consolidated subsidiaries as at such date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

"Consolidated Liabilities" means, at any date, the sum of all obligations of the Sellers and their consolidated subsidiaries as at such date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

"Consolidated Shareholders' Equity" means, on any date, the remainder of (a) Consolidated Assets on such date, minus (b) Consolidated Liabilities on such date.

"Contract" means any document originating and evidencing a Receivable, including any written invoice or bill, statement of account or other written account or agreement between the relevant Seller and an Obligor pursuant to which the Obligor is obligated to pay one or more Receivables to such Seller.

"Coupon Reserve Amount" means, on any day and in respect of Receivables denominated in the same currency, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Program Amount as at the open of business on such day, (b) the rate of interest, expressed as an annualized rate, equal to the sum of

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 5 -

CONFIDENTIAL

the Base Interest Rate for such day in respect of such currency and the Purchaser Spread, (c) DSO and (d) 2/360 in respect of Purchased Receivables that are denominated in United States Dollars and 2/365 in respect of Purchased Receivables that are denominated in Canadian Dollars.

"Credit and Collection Policies" means the Sellers' customary credit, collection and administration guidelines, policies and procedures relating to the evaluation of the creditworthiness of Obligors; Receivables; Contracts; and Related Security owned or administered by the Sellers from time to time, including the Purchased Receivables serviced by the Servicer on behalf of the Purchaser hereunder, as such policies and procedures may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with Section 5.8(a).

"Credit Enhancer" means the Insurer and any Person who by any means whatsoever, including pursuant to any letter of credit, surety bond, cash collateral account, spread account, guaranteed rate agreement, refinancing facility, tax protection agreement, credit default swap agreement, secondary receivables purchase agreement, or other similar arrangement, provides credit enhancement in respect of the Purchased Assets; provided, however, that the Insurer shall have a long-term debt rating of at least "A" from Standard & Poor's or equivalent unless otherwise approved by the Purchaser and the Rating Agency.

"Credit Enhancement Agreement" means any agreement, acceptable to the Canadian Seller, acting reasonably, including the Insurance Policy, between a Credit Enhancer and one or more of the parties to this Agreement, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, revised or restated from time to time.

"Credit Losses" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Insurance Policy.

"Default Ratio" means, on any day and in respect of Purchased Receivables denominated in the same currency, the ratio calculated by dividing (a) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Purchased Receivables in that currency that became Defaulted Receivables during the preceding 90 days, by (b) the average daily balance of all Outstanding Principal Balances of Purchased Receivables in that currency during the preceding 90 days.

"Defaulted Receivable" means any Receivable (a) that, in whole or in part, has remained unpaid for more than 60 days from the relevant due date, (b) that has been, or in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies should be, written off as uncollectable or designated as a bad or doubtful account or (c) in respect of which the Obligor is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding.

"Delinquent Receivable" means any Receivable, other than a Defaulted Receivable, that in whole or in part has remained unpaid for more than 50 days from the relevant due date or has been, or in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies should be, classified as delinquent.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 6 -

CONFIDENTIAL

"Dilution" means, with respect to any Purchased Receivable, any reduction or adjustment in the Outstanding Principal Balance of such Purchased Receivable granted to an Obligor by the relevant Seller on account of (a) disputes or set-offs (whether such claims arise out of the same or a related transaction or an unrelated transaction), (b) discounts, incorrect billings, credits, volume rebates, allowances, chargebacks, allowances or discounts for early payments, advertising incentives or other reductions or similar adjustments granted in the ordinary course of such Seller's business or (c) returned, repossessed or foreclosed goods that, in each case, are unrelated to the inability of the Obligor of such Purchased Receivable to pay such Purchased Receivable.

"Dilution Amount" means, in respect of any Dilution, the amount of such Dilution multiplied by the sum of (a) one and (b) the product of (i) the number by which the number of days from the date on which the relevant Receivable was originated to the date on which such Dilution was recognized by the Securitization Agent exceeds DSO and (ii) the Base Interest Rate relevant to the currency of the relevant Receivable plus Purchaser Spread divided by 360 if the Receivable is denominated in United States Dollars and 365 if the Receivable is denominated in Canadian Dollars.

"Dilution Ratio" means, on any day and in respect of Purchased Receivables denominated in the same currency, the ratio of (a) the aggregate Dilution Amounts of all Dilutions in that currency occurring during the preceding 90 days to (b) all Purchased Receivables denominated in the same currency purchased by the Purchaser during the preceding 90 days.

"Dilution Reserve Amount" means, on any day and in respect of Purchased Receivables denominated in the same currency, the product of (a) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all such Purchased Receivables on such day and
(b) the greater of (i) the product of 1.5 and the highest Dilution Ratio over the twelve-month period preceding such day and (ii) the product of 2 and the average Dilution Ratio over the twelve-month period preceding such day.

"Disbursement Account" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.3(a).

"Discretionary Limit" means CAD100,000 in respect of Receivables denominated in Canadian Dollars and USD100,000 in respect of Receivables denominated in United States Dollars.

"Discretionary Obligor" means any Obligor who is not a Named Obligor.

"DSO" means, on any day and in respect of Receivables denominated in the same currency, the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Purchased Receivables as at the open of business on such day divided by the average daily dollar volume of Eligible Receivables purchased by the Purchaser hereunder during the preceding 90 days.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 7 -

CONFIDENTIAL

"Eligible Institution" means a depositary institution in Canada which at all times has either: (i) a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least Aa3 by the Rating Agency; or (ii) a short-term rating of at least P1 by the Rating Agency.

"Eligible Investments" means, at any particular date, book-based securities, negotiable instruments or securities represented by instruments in bearer or registered form which evidence any of:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations fully guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by, the government of Canada or the government of the United States of America;

(b) direct obligations of, or obligations fully guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by, the government of a province of Canada or one of the states of the United States of America, in each case with a short-term debt rating of not less than R-1 (middle) by the Rating Agency;

(c) demand deposits, term deposits or certificates of deposits (having original maturities of no more than 365 days) of banks or trust companies chartered or licensed under the laws of Canada or any province thereof provided that, at the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, the short-term debt rating of such bank or trust company shall have the highest rating from the Rating Agency;

(d) commercial paper (having original maturities of no more than 365 days) and any other securities (having a remaining term to maturity of no more than 365 days) having, at the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, the highest rating from the Rating Agency;

(e) notes issued by or bankers' acceptances (in either case having original maturities of no more than 365 days) accepted by any bank or trust company referred to in (c) above;

(f) any security having the highest rating from the Rating Agency or otherwise approved in writing by the Rating Agency;

(g) term deposits with an entity, the commercial paper of which has the highest rating from the Rating Agency; and

(h) any other class of investments approved in writing by the Rating Agency (other than those set out in paragraphs (a) to (g) above),

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 8 -

CONFIDENTIAL

and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if so qualified, securities of the Issuer Trustee, the Securitization Agent and the Indenture Trustee and any affiliate thereof may be considered Eligible Investments for the purposes of this definition.

"Eligible Receivable" means, at any time unless otherwise specified below in this definition, a Receivable which meets all of the following criteria as of the Purchase Date applicable to such Receivable:

(a) the Obligor of the Receivable is a Person resident in Canada or the United States and is not (i) an Affiliate, Parent or Subsidiary of the Sellers or (ii) a Governmental Authority in Canada or the United States (other than those specifically approved by the Purchaser and the Insurer);

(b) if the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Receivable, when added to the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Purchased Receivables owed by the same Obligor, exceeds the Discretionary Limit, such Obligor is on the Named Obligor List;

(c) if the Obligor of the Receivable is a Discretionary Obligor, such Obligor is on the list of Discretionary Obligors provided to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.3(a) and such Obligor meets the requirements of a Discretionary Obligor under the Insurance Policy;

(d) unless otherwise approved by the Purchaser, the Obligor of the Receivable is not an Obligor with respect to any Defaulted Receivables;

(e) the Receivable is not a Delinquent Receivable;

(f) the Receivable is not a Defaulted Receivable;

(g) the Receivable is required to be paid in full in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies;

(h) the Receivable is payable in Canada or the United States only and is denominated and payable either in Canadian Dollars or United States Dollars;

(i) the Receivable was originated no more than seven days prior to the relevant Purchase Date and the due date of the Receivable is at least 20 days from such Purchase Date;

(j) the Receivable arises under a valid Contract issued by the relevant Seller in the ordinary course of such Seller's business and in accordance with all applicable policies of such Seller, including the Credit and Collection Policies, which

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 9 -

CONFIDENTIAL

Contract,together with such Receivable, has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto and is in full force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Obligor thereof enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the fact that specific performance and injunction are equitable remedies available only in the discretion of the court;

(k) the Receivable constitutes an "account", "claim" or "book debt" within the meaning of the PPSA;

(l) the Receivable is not subject to any offset, counterclaim, asserted dispute or defence whatsoever and is free and clear of any Lien;

(m) if the Contract under which such Receivable is payable is governed by Canadian law, neither the Receivable nor such Contract nor the Related Security is subject to any restriction on the sale or assignment thereof hereunder and if such Contract is governed by United States law, the Receivable is not subject to any restriction on the sale or assignment thereof hereunder;

(n) the relevant Seller has good and marketable title to the Receivable and the Related Security related thereto (including any proceeds thereof) free of any Lien;

(o) the Receivable and the related Contract do not contravene any laws, rules or regulations applicable thereto, and, to the relevant Seller's knowledge, no party to such Contract is, with respect to such Receivable, in violation of any such law, rule or regulation;

(p) the Receivable: (i) satisfies all applicable requirements of the Credit and Collection Policies; and (ii) complies with all other criteria and requirements specified by the Securitization Agent to the Sellers;

(q) the Obligor in respect of such Receivable is not subject to any Insolvency Proceeding and, to the best of the relevant Seller's knowledge, there are no such proceedings pending against such Obligor;

(r) the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Receivable, when added to the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Purchased Receivables denominated in the same currency owed by the same Obligor, would not exceed the applicable credit limit for such Obligor established pursuant to Section 2.3(a);

(s) if the Obligor of the Receivable is a Discretionary Obligor, the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Receivable, when added to the Outstanding Principal

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 10 -

CONFIDENTIAL

Balance of all Purchased Receivables denominated in the same currency owed by all Discretionary Obligors, would not exceed the Aggregate Discretionary Limit;

(t) the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Receivable, when added to the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Purchased Receivables owed by all Obligors denominated in the same currency as the Receivable, would not cause the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Purchased Receivables (including the Receivable) denominated in the same currency as the Receivable owed by all Obligors to exceed the Purchase Limit applicable to Purchased Receivables denominated in the same currency as the Receivable;

(u) as to which the relevant Seller has satisfied in all material respects all of its obligations with respect to such Receivable required to be satisfied by such Seller thereunder;

(v) as to which the relevant Seller has not taken or failed to take any action that would impair the rights of the Purchaser in such Receivable;

(w) in respect of which all filings or recordings with respect to the relevant Seller's interest in the Related Security necessary under applicable law to preserve, perfect or protect such Seller's interest therein have been made; and

(x) the Receivable is not payable from any jurisdiction in Canada or the United States in which (i) all registrations and other action required by Section 4.3(f) have not been completed or taken, and
(ii) where required by the Rating Agency, upon prior written notice to the Canadian Seller, a local counsel opinion relating to the laws of such jurisdiction either has been provided previously or will be provided in connection with the related Purchase.

"Final Collection Date" means the first day following the Amortization Commencement Date on or by which every Purchased Receivable has been collected in full (whether through the receipt of Collections or the enforcement of the Related Security), fully written off as uncollectable in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies then in effect, or assigned by the Purchaser for value (paid in cash) to any Person, including the Credit Enhancer.

"Governmental Authority" means any government, regulatory authority, governmental department, agency, commission, board, tribunal, bureau, crown corporation, arbitration panel, or court or other law, rule or regulation-making entity having jurisdiction on behalf of any nation, country, province or state or other subdivision thereof or any municipality, district, city or other subdivision thereof.

"Indebtedness" means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 11 -

CONFIDENTIAL

debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (ii) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, relative to the face amount of all letters of credit, whether drawn or undrawn, and bankers' acceptances issued for the account of such Person; (iii) all obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which have been or should be, in accordance with Canadian GAAP, recorded as capital leases, including liabilities in respect of capital leases incurred by such Person in connection with sale/leaseback transactions; (iv) net liabilities of such Person under all hedging obligations or net liabilities of such Person under currency, swap, forward or other foreign exchange hedging agreements; (v) whether or not so included as liabilities in accordance with Canadian GAAP, all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, and indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon), secured by a lien on the property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse; (vi) all agreements, undertakings or arrangements by which such Person guarantees, endorses or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable for, directly or indirectly, the indebtedness for borrowed monies of any other Person; and (vii) all indebtedness of any Person that is acquired by such Person directly or indirectly; and for all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of a Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer.

"Indemnified Amounts" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9.1.

"Indemnified Parties" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9.1.

"Indenture Trustee" means BNY Trust Company of Canada.

"Initial Purchase" means the first Purchase made under the terms and conditions of this Agreement pursuant to the first Purchase Notice.

"Initial Purchase Date" means the date of the Initial Purchase.

"Insolvency Proceeding" means the commencement or filing of a petition, notice or application by or against a Person of any proceedings to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent or seeking liquidation, winding-up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any law of any jurisdiction, whether in effect at the date hereof or thereafter, relating to the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization of insolvent debtors, arrangement of insolvent debtors, readjustment of debt or moratorium of debts, or to obtain an order for relief by the appointment of a receiver, receiver manager, administrator, inspector, liquidator or trustee or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property.

"Insurance Policy", at any time, means any insurance policy or policies maintained by the Purchaser in respect of the Purchased Receivables, as such policy or policies may be amended

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 12 -

CONFIDENTIAL

from time to time, and any replacement insurance policy approved by the Purchaser and the Rating Agency and shall initially mean the trade credit insurance policy maintained by the Purchaser with Euler Hermes American Credit Indemnity Company.

"Insurance Premium Limit" means a premium of CAD0.30 per CAD100 or USD0.30 per USD100, as applicable.

"Insurer" means the insurer under the Insurance Policy from time to time, which shall initially be Euler Hermes American Credit Indemnity Company.

"Issuer Trustee" means The Canada Trust Company.

"Law" means any law, code, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or Governmental Authority, whether federal, provincial, state, territorial or local and, when used with respect to any Person, shall include the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other charter, constating or governing documents of such Person.

"Lawsuit" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9.1.

"Lien" means any lien, security interest, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, hypothec, lease, title retention agreement, hypothecation, deposit arrangement, claim, pledge, deed of trust, priority, assignment (whether or not by way of security), ownership interest, participation interest, right of set-off or preferential arrangement or other security agreement or other right or claim (including statutory liens, deemed trusts or other encumbrances), including any filing or registration made in respect thereof of any kind or nature whatsoever, of any Person, other than Permitted Encumbrances.

"Lockbox" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.1(c).

"Loss Reserve Amount" means, on any day, the sum of:

(a) the product of two and the highest total rolling twelve-month Non-Qualifying Losses since March 1, 2002 of all Purchased Receivables denominated in the same currency;

(b) the amount of the Policy Deductible if the Policy Deductible is denominated in the relevant currency; and

(c) the product of: (i) 0.10 and (ii) the lesser of (A) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Purchased Receivables denominated in the same currency minus the Policy Deductible if the Policy Deductible is denominated in the relevant currency and (B) the Annual Policy Amount in respect of such currency

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 13 -

CONFIDENTIAL

minus such Policy Deductible if the Policy Deductible is denominated in the relevant currency.

"Material Adverse Effect" means any effect (a) with respect to the Sellers or the Purchaser, upon the business, property, operations or financial or other condition of the Sellers or the Purchaser, or (b) solely with respect to the Sellers, on the Purchased Assets, whether as a result of any act or failure to act by any Seller or otherwise, that, in the case of either (a) or (b), could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect (i) the interests of the Purchaser in the Purchased Assets and under this Agreement, (ii) the collectibility of the Purchased Assets, (iii) the enforceability of the Purchased Assets, or (iv) the Sellers' or the Purchaser's ability to perform in all material respects each of their respective obligations hereunder or under any Related Document, as the case may be.

"Named Obligor" means any Obligor who is listed on a Named Obligor List.

"Named Obligor List" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.3(a).

"Non-Qualifying Loss" means, in respect of any Purchased Receivable, a Credit Loss of up to CAD5,000 in respect of Purchased Receivables denominated in Canadian Dollars and up to USD4,000 in respect of Purchased Receivables denominated in United States Dollars.

"Non-Quebec Eligible Receivables" means Eligible Receivables other than Quebec Eligible Receivables.

"Non-Quebec Purchased Receivables" means, at any time, any Receivable other than Quebec Receivables owned by the Purchaser at such time which the Purchaser has purchased from the Sellers pursuant hereto.

"Noteholders" means the holders of the Notes.

"Notes" means notes or other debt obligations of the Purchaser issued by the Purchaser from time to time for the purposes of funding Purchases hereunder.

"Obligor" means, in respect of a Receivable, any corporation or other Person who owes payment of, or is otherwise obligated to make payments in respect of, the Receivable or Receivables owing from time to time under or pursuant to the related Contract or the Related Security and includes any guarantor, surety or similar Person with respect to such Receivable, but excludes the Insurer in its capacity as an insurer of such Receivable or any portion thereof.

"Outstanding Principal Balance" means, at any time in respect of a Receivable or a Purchased Receivable, the amount of the payment obligation represented thereby that is outstanding and owing by the Obligor thereunder, including an amount representing the amount of all Taxes payable thereunder.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 14 -

CONFIDENTIAL

"Parent", in respect of a specified Person, means any other Person that owns at least 50% of the voting securities of the specified Person or of which such Person controls day to day operations of the specified Person or of which such Person has effective management control of the specified Person.

"Payment" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.1(c).

"Payment Price" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.1(c).

"Periodic Report" means a report substantially in the form of Exhibit E, whether in electronic format or otherwise.

"Permitted Encumbrances" means (a) statutory liens or deemed trusts securing the payment of Taxes, assessments, governmental charges and other amounts payable pursuant to statutes which are either (i) not delinquent, or (ii) being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the relevant Seller has set aside adequate reserves in respect thereof in accordance with Canadian GAAP or US GAAP from time to time approved by the relevant Seller; and
(b) any encumbrances created through, by, or in favour of, the Purchaser or the Credit Enhancer.

"Person" means an individual, partnership, limited partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, unincorporated association, board or body established by statute, government (or any agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity of similar nature.

"Policy Deductible" means the "Policy Deductible" as defined in the Insurance Policy.

"PPSA" means the personal property security legislation, assignment of book debts legislation, or uniform commercial code or other similar legislation in Canada or the United States in which the filing or registration of an assignment, financing statement or other document is required to preserve, protect and perfect the Purchaser's right, title and interest in, to and under any of the Purchased Assets.

"Proceeds" includes "proceeds" as defined in the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario).

"Program Amount" means, at any time and in respect of each currency, the aggregate of all Outstanding Principal Balances for all Purchased Receivables denominated in such currency purchased by the Purchaser hereunder prior to such time, less the aggregate amount of Collections theretofore paid to and received by the Purchaser.

"Program Fee" means, on any date and in respect of each currency, an amount equal to the quotient of (a) the product of (i) 0.80%, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Purchased Receivables denominated in such currency as at the open of business on such date and (iii) the number of days since the last date on which Program Fees were deposited to the applicable Disbursement Account in accordance with Section 2.1(d)(iv), divided by (b) 360 in

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 15 -

CONFIDENTIAL

respect of the Purchased Receivables that are denominated in United States Dollars and 365 in respect of the Purchased Receivables that are denominated in Canadian Dollars.

"Program Year" means each year ending on the annual anniversary of the date hereof.

"Purchase" means a purchase of or, with respect to Quebec Receivables Payment in respect of, Purchased Assets made pursuant to Section 2.1.

"Purchase Amount" means, on any day and in respect of an Eligible Receivable subject to a Purchase, the number determined in accordance with the following formula:

FV

(1 + r/n)d

Where:

FV = the then Outstanding Principal Balance of the
Eligible Receivable;

r = the rate of interest, expressed as an annualized
rate, equal to the sum of (a) the Base Interest
Rate in respect of the currency of the Eligible
Receivable and (b) the Purchaser Spread;

n = 360 if the Eligible Receivable is denominated in
United States Dollars or 365 if the Eligible
Receivable is denominated in Canadian Dollars; and

d = DSO,

and, when used in the context of more than one Eligible Receivable, shall mean the aggregate Purchase Amount of such Eligible Receivables.

"Purchase Date" means the date specified in the Securitization Agent Purchase Confirmation on which: (i) Non-Quebec Eligible Receivables are to be purchased by the Purchaser from the Canadian Seller hereunder; or (ii) Payment is to be made by the Purchaser in respect of certain Quebec Eligible Receivables to the Canadian Seller hereunder.

"Purchase Limit" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(e).

"Purchase Notice" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(a).

"Purchase Price" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(b).

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 16 -

CONFIDENTIAL

"Purchased Assets" means, collectively, all Purchased Receivables and the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, and all Proceeds of, from or with respect to any or all of the foregoing.

"Purchased Receivable" means, at any time, any Non-Quebec Purchased Receivable owned by the Purchaser at such time which the Purchaser has purchased from the relevant Seller pursuant hereto, or a Quebec Eligible Receivable owned by the Purchaser at such time in respect of which the Purchaser has made a Payment to the Canadian Seller pursuant hereto.

"Purchaser Spread" means 0.30% or such other percentage as may be agreed in writing by the parties from time to time.

"Quebec Amortization Commencement Date" has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Quebec Assignment.

"Quebec Eligible Receivables" means Quebec Receivables which are Eligible Receivables.

"Quebec Purchased Receivables" means, at any time, a Quebec Eligible Receivable with respect to which Payment has been made by the Purchaser to the Canadian Seller in accordance with Section 2.1 and which is owned by the Purchaser at such time.

"Quebec Receivable" means any Receivable where one of the following conditions is satisfied:

(a) the Obligor of such Receivable is located in the Province of Quebec; or

(b) such Receivable is payable at a location in the Province of Quebec,

provided, however, that Quebec Receivables shall not include any Receivable owing by: (i) an Affiliate, Parent or Subsidiary of the Sellers; or (ii) a Governmental Authority.

"Rating Agency" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or any other nationally recognized credit rating agency designated as the "Rating Agency" for purposes of this Agreement by the Purchaser and the Credit Enhancer, notice of which has been delivered to the Seller.

"Receivable" means all amounts payable by a Person to the relevant Seller in respect of the sale of goods and services to such Person from time to time under any document originating and evidencing the obligation to pay such amounts, including all scheduled periodic payments, extra charges, interest and fees and other amounts payable to the relevant Seller thereunder including all Taxes.

"Records" means all Contracts, books, records and other documents and information (including computer and electronic records, computer programmes, tapes, diskettes, data processing software and related property and rights and, to the extent obtainable by way of existing software

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 17 -

CONFIDENTIAL

controlled by the Seller, hard copies of such information) maintained by or on behalf of the Sellers evidencing or otherwise relating to any Receivables, Related Security or any other Purchased Assets sold or intended to be sold by the Sellers to the Purchaser, or relating to the related Obligors, and, after the purchase of any such Receivables, Related Security or other Purchased Assets by the Purchaser, shall include all such records, information and material maintained or required to be maintained by the Servicer in respect thereof by the Credit and Collection Policies or otherwise.

"Related Document" means any Periodic Report, any Purchase Notice, any Credit Enhancement Agreement and any other written communication that has been delivered by the Sellers to the Purchaser or the Securitization Agent in connection herewith.

"Related Security" means, with respect to a Receivable:

(a) all of the related Seller's right, title and interest in and to the goods or services (including returned goods, if any), the sale, provision or distribution of which gave rise to such Receivable;

(b) all security interests, hypothecs or liens, and all property subject thereto, from time to time securing or purporting to secure payment of the Receivable, whether pursuant to the related Contract or otherwise;

(c) all of the related Seller's right, title and interest in, to and under all guarantees, indemnities, letter of credit, insurance policies (including any insurance policy or other contract of insurance issued by the Insurer or any other Person), all payments and proceeds made or received under any such guarantee, indemnity, letter of credit or insurance policy, and all other agreements or arrangements of whatsoever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of the Receivable, whether pursuant to the related Contract or otherwise;

(d) all Records relating to the Receivable or to any of the foregoing; and

(e) all proceeds of or relating to the foregoing, including to the Receivable.

"Required Balance" means, on any day and in respect of each currency, the greater of: (i) the sum of the Loss Reserve Amount, the Dilution Reserve Amount, the Coupon Reserve Amount and the Servicing Fee Reserve Amount; and (ii) 40% of the highest amount calculated in accordance with clause (i) hereof on any day in the 12 months prior thereto.

"Reserve Account" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.2(a).

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 18 -

CONFIDENTIAL

"Securitization Agent" means Efficient Capital Corporation, in its capacity as Securitization Agent of the Purchaser, its successors and any replacement Securitization Agent that may be appointed by the Purchaser from time to time.

"Securitization Agent Purchase Confirmation" has the meaning ascribed thereto in
Section 2.1(a).

"Sellers" means the Canadian Seller, MNI and MNSI and "Seller" means any one of the Sellers.

"Seller's Account" means with respect to the Canadian Seller account *Subject to Request for Confidential Treatment; Separately Filed with the Commission*; with respect to MNI account *Subject to Request for Confidential Treatment; Separately Filed with the Commission*; and with respect to MNSI account *Subject to Request for Confidential Treatment; Separately Filed with the Commission*or such other accounts designated by notice from a Seller to the Purchaser as such Seller's Account for the purposes hereof.

"Sellers' Amounts" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.1(e).

"Sellers' Auditors" means Deloitte & Touche LLP or such other nationally recognized firm of chartered accountants acting as the Sellers' auditors.

"Service Transfer" has the meaning specified in Section 5.11.

"Servicer" means the Canadian Seller until a Service Transfer and, at any time thereafter, shall mean the Stand-By Servicer.

"Servicer Termination Event" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.9.

"Servicing Fee Reserve Amount" means, on any day and in respect of each currency, an amount equal to the product of (a) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Purchased Receivables denominated in such currency as at the open of business on such day, (b) 2% and (c) the quotient of the DSO on such day for the related currency divided by 365.

"Stand-By Servicer" means Canadian Bonded Credits Limited or such other servicer as may be designated by the Purchaser in accordance with Section 5.12 from time to time, and its successors and permitted assigns.

"Subsidiary", in respect of a specified Person, means any other Person that is either more than 20% owned by the specified Person or of which the specified Person controls day-to-day operations or of which the specified Person has effective management control of the Person.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 19 -

CONFIDENTIAL

"Tax" and "Taxes" means any withholding, stamp, income, business, general corporation, large corporations, property, capital, excise, customs, goods and services, sales, consumption, value added, harmonized or other tax, duty, impost, fee, levy, assessment or other governmental charge, and any related penalties or interest.

"US GAAP" means United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles as adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board from time to time, consistently applied.

"United States" means the United States of America, any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the United States Virgin Islands.

"United States Dollars" or "USD" means the lawful currency of the United States.

1.2 Extended Meanings

Words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, words importing gender shall include all genders, and words importing natural persons shall include all Persons. Every use of the word "including" herein shall be construed as meaning "including, without limitation".

1.3 Headings, Sections, Etc.

The division of this Agreement into Articles, Sections and Exhibits, the insertion of headings and the provision of a table of contents are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. The terms "this Agreement", "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and similar expressions refer to this Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto) and not to any particular Article, Section, Exhibit or other portion of this Agreement and shall include any agreement supplemental hereto. Unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent therewith, or except where otherwise specifically provided, references herein to Articles, Sections or Exhibits are references to the specific Articles, Sections and Exhibits of or to this Agreement.

1.4 Accounting Principles

Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of revenue or expense is required to be determined for accounting purposes, or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made for the purposes of this Agreement, such determination or calculation shall, to the extent applicable and except as otherwise specified herein or as otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis. Wherever in this Agreement reference is made to generally accepted accounting principles, such reference shall be deemed to be Canadian GAAP, except that in the case of the Canadian Seller, on a consolidated basis, such reference may be to US GAAP in the circumstance where the Canadian Seller, on a consolidated

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 20 -

CONFIDENTIAL

basis, has elected to use US GAAP and not Canadian GAAP, applicable as at the date on which such calculation is made or required to be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

1.5 Currency

All amounts stated herein are in Canadian Dollars, unless otherwise expressly stated.

1.6 Payments

Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts required hereby to be paid to any party or deposited to any account are to be paid or deposited, as the case may be, in immediately available funds at the place specified for such payment or deposit.

1.7 Non-Business Days

Unless provided to the contrary herein, if any payment to be made hereunder shall be due, any period of time would begin or end, any calculation is to be made or any other action is to be taken on, or as of, or from a period ending on, a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made, such period of time shall begin or end, such calculation shall be made and such other actions shall be taken, as the case may be, on or as of the next succeeding Business Day.

1.8 Computation of Time Periods

Unless otherwise indicated, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including" and each of the words "to" and "until" means "to but excluding".

1.9 Months; Days

When reference is made herein to a month or a day, unless otherwise stated it shall be construed to mean a calendar month or a calendar day, as the case may be.

1.10 Exhibits

The following are the Exhibits attached to this Agreement, which are incorporated herein by reference and are deemed to be part of this Agreement:

Exhibit A         -        Form of Assignment Agreement
Exhibit B         -        Form of Purchase Notice
Exhibit C         -        Form of Officer's Certificate

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 21 -

CONFIDENTIAL

Exhibit D         -        List of Offices Where Records Are Kept
Exhibit E         -        Form of Periodic Report
Exhibit F         -        Form of Quebec Assignment

                           ARTICLE 2
                           PURCHASES

2.1 Purchases

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, from time to time prior to the Amortization Commencement Date, the Canadian Seller may, for and on behalf of the Sellers, by delivering a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B (the "Purchase Notice") to the Securitization Agent on behalf of the Purchaser at or before 8:00 a.m. on the Business Day prior to the proposed Purchase Date specified in such Purchase Notice, require the Purchaser to: (i) in the case of Non-Quebec Eligible Receivables, purchase from the Sellers and/or their respective Subsidiaries the Non-Quebec Eligible Receivables, and the Related Security and Collections relating thereto, specified in such Purchase Notice; and (ii) in the case of Quebec Eligible Receivables, require the Purchaser to pay the Canadian Seller and/or its Subsidiaries an amount in respect of all Quebec Receivables which have become Quebec Eligible Receivables since the immediately preceding Purchase Date or, in respect of the first Purchase Notice, shall be an amount in respect of all Quebec Receivables which are Quebec Eligible Receivables on the Initial Purchase Date. Each Purchase Notice shall state the amount of the Outstanding Principal Balance of each Non-Quebec Eligible Receivable to be purchased by the Purchaser on the proposed Purchase Date and each Quebec Eligible Receivable in respect of which payment by the Purchaser shall be made on the proposed Purchase Date. On or prior to the first Business Day following the date that the Securitization Agent receives a Purchase Notice, the Securitization Agent shall, on behalf of the Purchaser, deliver a notice (the "Securitization Agent Purchase Confirmation") to the Canadian Seller, for and on behalf of the Sellers, confirming the purchase or upcoming Payment, respectively, by the Purchaser and specifying that the Purchase Date of the related Receivables, and the Related Security and Collections relating thereto, specified in the Securitization Agent Purchase Confirmation shall be the date of such Securitization Agent Purchase Confirmation. Each such Securitization Agent Purchase Confirmation shall confirm the Outstanding Principal Balance of each Receivable to be purchased by, or in respect of which Payment is to be made by, the Purchaser on the relevant Purchase Date, the aggregate Purchase Amount and the amounts to be deducted from such aggregate Purchase Amount pursuant to Sections 2.1(b) and (c). It shall be a condition precedent to any Purchase pursuant to a Purchase Notice that there is sufficient cash on deposit in the applicable Collection Account (excluding any Sellers' Amounts and after the payment in full of the amounts referred to in
Section 3.1(f)) which, together with other amounts available to the Purchaser, is sufficient to pay the Purchase Price or Payment Price, as applicable, for such Purchase.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 22 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(b) Provided that no Purchase Limit would be exceeded and that the conditions precedent set out in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 have been satisfied, upon receipt by the Securitization Agent on behalf of the Purchaser of the Purchase Notice there shall exist a binding agreement between the Purchaser and the Sellers for the purchase and sale on a fully-serviced basis of the Non-Quebec Eligible Receivables, and the Related Security and Collections relating thereto, specified in such Purchase Notice, at a purchase price (the "Purchase Price") comprised of (i) an immediate cash payment to the Canadian Seller in an amount equal to the aggregate Purchase Amount of the Non-Quebec Eligible Receivables specified in the Purchase Notice (to be paid in the appropriate currency or currencies, as applicable) minus the amounts referred to in Sections 2.1(d)(i) to (vi) plus (ii) a deferred amount to be paid to the Canadian Seller from time to time in accordance with Sections 3.2(b) and 9.2.

(c) Provided that no Purchase Limit would be exceeded and that the conditions precedent set out in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 have been satisfied, upon receipt by the Securitization Agent on behalf of the Purchaser of a Purchase Notice the Purchaser shall pay (the "Payment") a payment price (the "Payment Price") comprised of (i) an immediate cash payment to the Sellers in an amount equal to the aggregate Purchase Amount of the Quebec Eligible Receivables specified in the Purchase Notice (to be paid in the appropriate currency or currencies, as applicable) minus the amounts referred to in Sections 2.1(d)(i) to (vi) plus (ii) a deferred amount to be paid to the Sellers from time to time in accordance with Sections 3.2(b) and 9.2.

(d) On each Purchase Date under this Section 2.1, subject to the terms hereof, the Purchaser shall pay to the applicable Sellers the Purchase Amount in respect of the Purchase by depositing to the Sellers' Accounts the related Purchase Amount, less the following amounts which the Sellers, hereby irrevocably direct the Purchaser to deduct from the amounts to be deposited to the Sellers' Accounts and to deposit or pay such deducted amounts in accordance with the following, and in the following order:

(i) deposit to the applicable Disbursement Account an amount equal to any fees or premium then due under any Credit Enhancement Agreement due to the relevant Credit Enhancer;

(ii) deposit to the applicable Reserve Account an amount equal to the amount necessary to maintain on deposit in such Reserve Account the Required Balance;

(iii) deposit to the applicable Collection Account the aggregate Dilution Amounts for all Dilutions recognized prior to such Purchase Date in respect of which Dilution Amounts have not yet been deposited to such Collection Account;

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 23 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(iv) deposit to the applicable Disbursement Account an amount equal to the Program Fee in respect of such Purchase Date, together with the Program Fees in respect of prior Purchases which have not yet been deposited to such Disbursement Account as required pursuant to this Section 2.1(d)(iv);

(v) pay to the Securitization Agent any of the fees referred to in
Section 8.5 which remain unpaid for a period in excess of 30 days from the due date thereof; and

(vi) deposit to the applicable Disbursement Account an amount equal to any expenses due to third parties that are specifically attributable to Purchases made hereunder including expenses relating to renewals, filings and other registrations and of the Rating Agency, provided, however, that the Canadian Seller has, for and on behalf of the Sellers, provided its prior written approval (which may be withheld in its discretion) of other third party expenses where such expenses in the aggregate exceed CAD35,000.

Upon such payments and deposits being made, all of the Sellers' right, title and interest in, to and under the Non-Quebec Purchased Receivables listed in the Securitization Agent Purchase Confirmation in respect of such Purchase, and all of the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, and all Proceeds of, from or with respect to any or all of the foregoing, shall, without any further action on the part of the Sellers or the Purchaser, be sold, transferred and assigned to, and vested in, the Purchaser and the Sellers shall be deemed to represent and warrant to the Purchaser that each of the (i) Non-Quebec Purchased Receivables sold by the Sellers to the Purchaser pursuant to such Purchase is an Eligible Receivable on the Purchase Date and (ii) Quebec Purchased Receivables, in respect of which Payment has been made by the Purchaser to the Canadian Seller, is an Eligible Receivable on the Purchase Date.

(e) No Purchase of a Receivable may be made hereunder if, after giving effect thereto, the Program Amount in respect of all Purchased Receivables denominated in Canadian Dollars would exceed CAD6 million or the Program Amount in respect of Purchased Receivables denominated in United States Dollars would exceed USD34 million, or such greater amounts as may be approved in writing from time to time by each of the Securitization Agent, the Purchaser and the Credit Enhancer (the "Purchase Limit").

2.2 Quebec Receivables

The Canadian Seller shall, on the date of the Initial Purchase, execute the Quebec Assignment. Forthwith after the Quebec Amortization Commencement Date, the Purchaser shall amend, or cause to be amended, any registrations in respect of the Quebec Assignment so that it will no longer apply to Quebec Receivables arising after the Quebec Amortization

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 24 -

CONFIDENTIAL

Commencement Date. For greater certainty, to the extent that there is any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Quebec Assignment, the Quebec Assignment shall govern.

2.3 List of Obligors and Credit Limits and Daily Program Operation

(a) On the date hereof, the Canadian Seller shall provide, and from time to time the Canadian Seller may provide, for and on behalf of the Sellers, the Securitization Agent with a list of Obligors in respect of which the credit limit for each such Obligor is to exceed the Discretionary Limit setting forth the name, address and proposed credit limit for each such Named Obligor for approval by the Securitization Agent (any such list, as approved by the Securitization Agent and as amended from time to time by the Securitization Agent, shall be a "Named Obligor List" for the purposes hereof) and a list of Discretionary Obligors setting forth the name and address of each Discretionary Obligor. The credit limit for each Discretionary Obligor shall be the Discretionary Limit unless the list of Discretionary Obligors specifies a lower credit limit in respect of such Discretionary Obligor in which case such credit limit shall apply to such Discretionary Obligor.

(b) Following the Initial Purchase Date and prior to the termination of the Canadian Seller as Servicer hereunder, from time to time on a periodic basis agreed to by the Canadian Seller and the Purchaser (which shall be not less than monthly), the Canadian Seller shall provide the Securitization Agent with a Periodic Report.

ARTICLE 3
PAYMENTS AND ACCOUNTS

3.1 Collection Account

(a) The Securitization Agent shall establish and maintain in the name of the Purchaser, a Canadian Dollar account and a United States Dollar account at an Eligible Institution in Toronto to be designated as the collection accounts (each a "Collection Account") which accounts shall be separate and segregated from the Securitization Agent's own assets. If at any time the institution at which the Collection Accounts are maintained ceases to be an Eligible Institution, the Securitization Agent shall, within 10 days thereafter, establish substitute accounts at an Eligible Institution in Toronto and transfer any funds in the Collection Accounts to such substitute accounts, and from the date any such substitute account is established and funds are transferred, such substitute account shall be a Collection Account hereunder.

(b) The Collection Accounts shall be administered by the Securitization Agent pursuant to the terms hereof.

(c) On the date of the initial Purchase of Receivables owing by a particular Obligor, and until the Final Collection Date, the Servicer shall direct such Obligor to make payments in

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 25 -

CONFIDENTIAL

respect of all Receivables owing by such Obligor to the relevant Seller or the Purchaser, including Purchased Receivables, by delivery of cheques directly to, in the case of the Canadian Seller, for "Dispatch" related invoices, "Mitel Networks Corporation, *Subject to Request for Confidential Treatment; Separately Filed with the Commission*" and for "SAP" related invoices "Mitel Networks Corporation, *Subject to Request for Confidential Treatment; Separately Filed with the Commission*", in the case of MNI, "Mitel Networks, Inc. *Subject to Request for Confidential Treatment; Separately Filed with the Commission*" and, in the case of MNSI, "Mitel Networks Solutions, Inc. *Subject to Request for Confidential Treatment; Separately Filed with the Commission*" (or such other P.O. box or account addresses as may be designated in writing from time to time by the Securitization Agent) (collectively, the "Lockbox") or by way of direct deposit into the applicable Collection Account. The Sellers hereby covenant and agree that, to the best of their ability, they will cause all Obligors to make payments in respect of Receivables in accordance with the preceding sentence and in the event that the Sellers receive any such payments, they shall forthwith upon receipt, and in any event by no later than 4:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the next following Business Day after the date of receipt thereof by the relevant Seller, deliver to the Purchaser all such payments by way of deposit to the Lockbox. Any Collections received by the Sellers shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Purchaser.

(d) Except as otherwise required by Law or Contract, any payment made by an Obligor in respect of Receivables shall be applied to the Receivable to which such payment is specifically attributable. If any such payment is not specifically attributable to any particular Receivable:

(i) if the Canadian Seller is the Servicer hereunder, such payment shall be applied in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies provided that if the Credit and Collection Policies do not specify any such application, such payment shall be applied to the oldest outstanding Receivable (denominated in the same currency as such payment) owed by such Obligor until the same has been paid in full; and

(ii) if the Canadian Seller is not the Servicer hereunder, such payment shall be applied (a) in accordance with the Obligor's remittance advice, (b) provided that such remittance advice is silent or does not apply, then in accordance with an agreement reasonably made between the relevant Seller and the Obligor regarding payment, or (c) provided that there is no agreement between the Seller and the Obligor regarding payment, then to the oldest outstanding Receivable (denominated in the same currency as such payment) owed by such Obligor until the same has been paid in full.

(e) Promptly, following the receipt by the Securitization Agent of the Periodic Report and the prompt verification of the accuracy thereof by the Securitization Agent, all amounts

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 26 -

CONFIDENTIAL

applied in accordance with Section 3.1(d) to Receivables which are not Purchased Receivables ("Sellers' Amounts") shall be transferred to the Sellers' Accounts.

(f) Amounts on deposit in the Collection Accounts (excluding any Sellers' Amounts) that relate to Purchased Receivables shall be applied by the Securitization Agent in the following order of priority from time to time:

(i) the amount of any interest on the Notes shall be paid to Noteholders when due;

(ii) the amount of any fees or premium due under any Credit Enhancement Agreement shall be transferred to the applicable Disbursement Account when due;

(iii) the amount of any principal on the Notes shall be paid to Noteholders when due;

(iv) the amount of any fees due to the Stand-By Servicer or any other replacement Servicer hereunder shall be paid to the Stand-By Servicer or such other replacement Servicer when due;

(v) prior to the Amortization Commencement Date, the amount of any Program Fee shall be paid to the Securitization Agent when due; and

(vi) to the extent that an amount has been transferred from a Reserve Account to a Collection Account pursuant to Section 3.2(c)(iii) on a prior date, such amount shall be transferred back to such Reserve Account.

3.2 Reserve Accounts

(a) The Securitization Agent shall establish and maintain in the name of the Canadian Seller and MNI, accounts at an Eligible Institution to be designated as the reserve accounts (each a "Reserve Account"), which accounts shall be separate and segregated from the Securitization Agent's own assets. Each of the Canadian Seller and MNI hereby grants to the Purchaser a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in and to the Reserve Accounts to secure the due and timely payment of the amounts required to be paid out of the Reserve Accounts to the Purchaser or otherwise payable by the Sellers to the Purchaser hereunder. If at any time the institution at which the Reserve Accounts are maintained ceases to be an Eligible Institution, the Securitization Agent shall, within 10 days thereafter, establish substitute accounts at an Eligible Institution and transfer any funds in the Reserve Accounts to such substitute accounts, and from the date any such substitute account is established and funds are transferred, such substitute account shall be a Reserve Account hereunder. All funds deposited in the Reserve Accounts shall be invested by the Securitization Agent in Eligible Investments.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 27 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(b) Until the Amortization Commencement Date, other than the occurrence of an Amortization Commencement Date set out in Sections 7.1(i), (j) or (t) or as a result of the Canadian Seller designating an Amortization Commencement Date pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of "Amortization Commencement Date", on each Purchase Date, after the completion of all Purchases on such Purchase Date, an amount equal to the amount by which (i) the amount on deposit in a Reserve Account on such Purchase Date after the payment and distribution of all amounts provided for under Section 2.1 exceeds (ii) the Required Balance on such Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Canadian Seller or MNI, as the case may be, by transferring such amount to the applicable Sellers' Account. Upon the occurrence of an Amortization Commencement Date that results from the occurrence of an Amortization Event set out in Sections 7.1(i), (j) or (t) or as a result of the Canadian Seller designating an Amortization Commencement Date pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of "Amortization Commencement Date" and to the Final Collection Date, amounts shall be paid to the Canadian Seller provided that the amount remaining in each Reserve Account is equal to the lesser of (i) the Required Balance in the same currency as the Reserve Account and (ii) 110% of the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Purchased Receivables in the same currency as the Reserve Account. On the Business Day immediately following the Final Collection Date, all amounts remaining on deposit in the Reserve Account after the payment in full of all amounts referred to in Section 3.2(c) shall be paid to the Canadian Seller or MNI, as the case may be, by transferring such amount to the applicable Sellers' Account.

(c) Amounts on deposit in the Reserve Accounts shall be applied by the Securitization Agent to satisfy the following:

(i) if the Servicer or the Securitization Agent determines that there is a Credit Loss that is not a Non-Qualifying Loss, (A) the full amount of such Credit Loss shall be transferred from the Reserve Account to the applicable Collection Account up to a maximum aggregate amount of CAD150,000 or the equivalent in United States Dollars (as the case may be) in any Program Year and (B) 10% of such Credit Loss shall be transferred from such Reserve Account to such Collection Account to the extent of any Credit Losses in any Program Year in excess of such maximum aggregate amount;

(ii) payments equal to the aggregate of all then outstanding Non-Qualifying Losses;

(iii) to the extent that the amount on deposit in the applicable Collection Account (excluding any Sellers' Amounts) is insufficient to pay interest (imputed or otherwise) on the Notes when due, an amount equal to such deficiency shall be transferred from the applicable Reserve Account to such Collection Account;

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 28 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(iv) on or after the Amortization Commencement Date, the Dilution Amount in respect of any Dilution shall be transferred from the applicable Reserve Account to the applicable Collection Account;

(v) prior to the Amortization Commencement Date and on the Final Collection Date, to the extent that the amount on deposit in the applicable Collection Account (excluding any Sellers' Amounts) is insufficient to pay the Program Fee when due, an amount equal to such deficiency shall be transferred from the applicable Reserve Account to such Collection Account; and

(vi) to pay the fees of any replacement Servicer.

3.3 Disbursement Account

(a) The Securitization Agent shall establish and maintain in the name of the Purchaser accounts at an Eligible Institution in Toronto to be designated as the disbursement accounts (each a "Disbursement Account"), which accounts shall be separate and segregated from the Securitization Agent's own assets. If at any time the institution at which the Disbursement Accounts are maintained ceases to be an Eligible Institution, the Securitization Agent shall, within 10 days thereafter, establish substitute accounts at an Eligible Institution in Toronto, Ontario and transfer any funds in the Disbursement Accounts to such substitute accounts, and from the date any such substitute account is established and funds are transferred, such substitute account shall be the Disbursement Account hereunder.

(b) The Disbursement Accounts shall be administered by the Securitization Agent pursuant to the terms hereof.

(c) Amounts shall be deposited into the Disbursement Accounts in accordance with Sections 2.1(d)(i), (iv) and (vi).

(d) Amounts on deposit in the Disbursement Accounts shall be applied by the Securitization Agent in the following manner from time to time:

(i) the amount of any fees or premiums due under any Credit Enhancement Agreement shall be paid to the relevant Credit Enhancer when due;

(ii) any expenses of the Purchaser due to third parties that are specifically attributable to Purchases made hereunder, including expenses relating to renewals, filings and other registrations and of the Rating Agency, shall be paid to such third parties when due; provided, however, that the Canadian Seller has, for and on behalf of the Sellers, provided its prior written

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 29 -

CONFIDENTIAL

approval (which may be withheld in its discretion) of other third party expenses where such expenses in the aggregate exceed CAD35,000; and

(iii) prior to the Amortization Commencement Date, the amount of any Program Fee due to the Securitization Agent shall be paid to the Securitization Agent when due.

3.4 Dilutions

(a) If on any day prior to the Amortization Commencement Date there is a Dilution, the relevant Dilution Amount shall be deducted from Purchase Amounts on subsequent Purchase Dates in accordance with Section 2.1(b) and shall be transferred from the applicable Reserve Account to the applicable Collection Account pursuant to Section 3.2(c)(iv). Each Seller shall treat the amount of any such deductions as a refund of a portion of the Purchase Price or Payment Price, as applicable, paid by the Purchaser to such Seller in respect of the relevant Purchased Receivable to which the Dilution relates.

(b) Any Collection in respect of a Dilution for which the Dilution Amount has been deducted from Purchase Amounts or the Dilution Amount has been transferred from a Reserve Account to a Collection Account pursuant to Section 3.2(c)(iv) shall be deemed to be a Collection in respect of a Receivable that is not a Purchased Receivable for the purposes of Sections 3.1(d) and (f) and the amount of any such Collection shall be transferred from such Collection Account to the applicable Sellers' Account.

3.5 Repurchases for Breach of Representations and Warranties

(a) If any representation or warranty in Section 4.1(k) or (l) is not true, or is determined not to have been true as of any Purchase Date, with respect to a Purchased Receivable, or the Contract, Related Security or Collections related thereto, such Receivable shall cease to be a Purchased Receivable and, together with the Related Security and Collections related thereto, shall thereupon be sold, assigned and transferred to the applicable Seller without recourse or warranty (expressed, implied, statutory or otherwise) and without the need for any formal or other instrument of assignment for a purchase price equal to the Outstanding Principal Balance of such Purchased Receivable, which amount shall for all purposes hereof be deemed to be a Collection of such Purchased Receivable.

(b) The parties acknowledge that, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Sellers shall have no authority to reduce, amend, extend the maturity of or otherwise modify or waive any term of any Purchased Receivable (other than in accordance with the terms of the Contract or the Credit and Collection Policy or in the Canadian Seller's capacity as Servicer as permitted by this Agreement) in any manner that materially adversely affects the collectibility of such Purchased Receivable or the Related Security or Collections with respect thereto. Insofar as the Sellers so reduce, extend, amend or otherwise modify a Purchased Receivable or related

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 30 -

CONFIDENTIAL

Contract in breach of this Section 3.5(b) without the Purchaser's prior consent, the relevant Seller will be obliged to repurchase the Purchased Receivable at a purchase price equivalent to the Outstanding Principal Balance thereof prior to any such reduction, extension, amendment or other modification.

3.6 Deemed Collections

The parties acknowledge that the deemed receipt of a Collection of all or part of a Purchased Receivable pursuant to Sections 3.4 and 3.5 shall not in any way impair or otherwise affect any contractual or other right of the relevant Seller or the Purchaser as against the Obligor of such Purchased Receivable or any other Person (other than the relevant Seller or the Purchaser), and no such Obligor or other Person shall derive any benefit by virtue of such deemed receipt.

ARTICLE 4
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

4.1 Representations and Warranties of the Sellers

Each Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser on a continuous basis, and acknowledges that the Purchaser is relying on such representations and warranties in entering into this Agreement and in making each Purchase hereunder, notwithstanding any investigations or otherwise, that:

(a) each Seller is a corporation validly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, has full corporate power and authority to own its properties and assets and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the failure to so qualify or maintain such good standing, singularly or in the aggregate, could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) each Seller has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Related Documents (to which it is a party) and to do all acts and things required or contemplated to be done by it hereunder or thereunder;

(c) each Seller has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Documents (to which it is a party) and the performance by it of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

(d) the execution and delivery by each Seller of this Agreement and the Related Documents (to which it is a party) and the performance by each Seller of its

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 31 -

CONFIDENTIAL

obligations hereunder and thereunder and of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do not and will not contravene, breach, constitute a default under, violate or conflict with:

(i) each Seller's constating documents or by-laws or any resolution passed by its board of directors or its shareholders;

(ii) any Law applicable to the relevant Seller which could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii) any material indenture, loan or credit agreement, lease, mortgage, security agreement, bond, note, contract or other agreement or instrument to which the relevant Seller is a party or by which it or its property is bound; or

(iv) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on the relevant Seller or affecting its properties,

and do not and will not result in or require the creation of any Lien upon or with respect to any of its properties;

(e) each of this Agreement and the Related Documents (to which it is a party) has each been duly executed and delivered by each Seller;

(f) each of this Agreement and the Related Documents (to which it is a party) is a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Seller and is enforceable against each Seller by the other parties hereto and thereto in accordance with its respective terms subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, moratorium and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors and the fact that specific performance and injunction are equitable remedies available only in the discretion of the court;

(g) no transaction contemplated by this Agreement requires compliance with any bulk sales act or similar Law;

(h) no authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority is necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by each Seller of this Agreement and the Related Documents (to which it is a party), or the performance by each Seller of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or to give legal effect to the same, except for the filing of the assignments, financing statements and similar instruments referred to in Section 6.1(g);

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 32 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(i) the Records are current in all material respects to their relevant date and reflect all material transactions between each Seller and the Obligors under the related Purchased Receivables and any other Person in respect thereof in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies;

(j) other than the provision to Obligors of the Purchased Receivables or the Obligors under the Related Security related thereto of actual notice of the sale, transfer and assignment thereof to the Purchaser, all filings, recordings, notifications, registrations or other actions under all applicable Laws, including the PPSA, have been made or taken, and all approvals obtained, in each jurisdiction where necessary or appropriate (and where permitted by applicable Law) to give legal effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents and to validate, preserve, perfect and protect the Purchaser's ownership interest in and rights to collect any and all of the Purchased Assets, including the right to enforce the Related Security related thereto;

(k) upon the Purchase thereof under this Agreement, each Receivable which is subject to such Purchase is an Eligible Receivable and each Eligible Receivable and the related Contract and Related Security related thereto will be owned by the Purchaser free and clear of any Lien including any lien referred to in clause (a) of the definition of "Permitted Encumbrances";

(l) no financing statement, registration, recording, filing or other document similar in effect against, or naming, the relevant Seller as debtor, seller, transferor or assignor relating to any Purchased Receivable or any Contract or Collections relating thereto is on file except in favour of the Purchaser;

(m) there are no actions, suits or proceedings existing or pending, or to the knowledge of the relevant Seller, threatened, against or affecting the relevant Seller or any of its property at law, in equity or before any Governmental Authority or arbitration tribunal or alternative dispute resolution mechanism that, if adversely determined, could have a Material Adverse Effect, and each Seller is not in default with respect to any Law or order of any Governmental Authority, which default could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(n) no default has occurred and is outstanding under any agreement, instrument, indenture or trust deed to which the relevant Seller is a party, which default could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(o) the Canadian Seller's chief place of business and chief executive office is located at 350 Legget Drive, Ottawa, Ontario K2K 2W7;

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 33 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(p) there is no federal, provincial or local Law or ordinance under which any Taxes (other than Taxes on income of the Purchaser) are required to be paid or remitted by the Purchaser in respect of any of the Purchased Assets, nor will the Purchaser be required to make any deduction, withholding or remittance of Taxes with respect to any payment or remittance to be made by or on behalf of it on its own behalf, on behalf of the Purchaser or on behalf of any Obligor;

(q) all factual information, including all Periodic Reports, furnished by or on behalf of the Sellers to the Purchaser, the Credit Enhancer or the Securitization Agent for purposes of, or in connection with, this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby is, when taken as a whole, and all other factual information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of the Sellers to the Purchaser, the Credit Enhancer or the Securitization Agent will be, when taken as a whole, true and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and (in the case of any such information furnished prior to the date hereof) as of the date hereof (unless such information relates to an earlier date, in which case such information, when taken as a whole, shall be true and accurate in all material respects as of such earlier date), and is not, or shall not be, as the case may be, when taken as a whole, incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading;

(r) the Sellers are treating the sale, transfer and assignment of the Purchased Assets to the Purchaser under this Agreement as a sale for all purposes;

(s) the financial statements furnished to the Purchaser pursuant to
Section 5.6(q) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and present fairly the assets, liabilities and financial position of the Sellers on a consolidated basis as at the date thereof, and there has been no material adverse change in the financial position of the Sellers on a consolidated basis from that reflected in the most recent financial statements provided by Sellers to the Purchaser;

(t) to the knowledge of the relevant Seller, no Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing;

(u) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement comply in all material respects with all laws and regulations in Canada and the United States regarding the collection, use and disclosure of personal information, including for greater certainty the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (Ontario) and all other privacy laws and regulations of the individual Provinces and the Federal Government of Canada and the United States;

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 34 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(v) the Canadian Seller is duly licensed to collect provincial sales Tax and harmonized Tax in all applicable provinces of Canada and each of MNI and MNSI are duly licensed to collect any similar Tax in the United States; and

(w) each Seller: (i) is acting for its own account; (ii) has made its own independent decisions to enter into the transactions contemplated hereby and as to whether such transactions are appropriate or proper for it based upon its own judgement and upon advice from such advisers as it has deemed necessary; (iii) is not relying on any communication (written or oral) of the Securitization Agent or the Purchaser as investment advice; and (iv) understands that no communication (written or oral) received from the Securitization Agent or the Purchaser will be deemed to be an assurance or guarantee as to the expected results of such transactions.

4.2 Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser

The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Sellers on a continuous basis, and acknowledges that the Sellers are relying on such representations and warranties in entering into this Agreement and making any sales hereunder, notwithstanding any investigations or otherwise, that:

(a) the Purchaser is a trust established under the laws of the Province of Ontario;

(b) the Purchaser has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Related Documents (to which it is a party) and to do all acts and things required or contemplated to be done by it hereunder or thereunder;

(c) the Purchaser has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Documents (to which it is a party), and the performance by the Purchaser of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

(d) this Agreement and the Related Documents (to which it is a party) have been duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser;

(e) each of this Agreement and the Related Documents (to which it is a party) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser and is enforceable against the Purchaser by the other parties thereto in accordance with its terms subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, moratorium and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors and the fact that specific performance and injunction are equitable remedies available only in the discretion of the court;

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 35 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(f) the Purchaser is not, and no beneficiary of the Purchaser will be, a non-resident of Canada within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada);

(g) the execution and delivery by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the Related Documents (to which it is a party), and the performance by it of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do not and will not contravene, breach, constitute a default under, violate or conflict with:

(i) the Purchaser's declaration of trust;

(ii) any Law applicable to the Purchaser which could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii) any material indenture, loan or credit agreement, lease, mortgage, security agreement, bond, note, contract or other material agreement or instrument to which the Purchaser is a party or by which it or its property is bound; or

(iv) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on it or affecting the Purchaser's property;

(h) no authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority is necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by the Purchaser of this Agreement or the Related Documents (to which it is a party), or the performance by the Purchaser of its obligations hereunder and thereunder or of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or to give legal effect to the same other than such as have been obtained;

(i) there are no actions, suits or proceedings existing or pending, or to the knowledge of the Purchaser, threatened, against or affecting the Purchaser or any of its property at law, in equity or before any Governmental Authority or arbitration tribunal or alternative dispute resolution mechanism that, if adversely determined, could have a Material Adverse Effect, and the Purchaser is not in default with respect to any Law or order of any Governmental Authority, which default could have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(j) no default has occurred and is outstanding under any agreement, instrument, indenture or trust deed to which the Purchaser is a party, which default could have a Material Adverse Effect.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 36 -

CONFIDENTIAL

4.3 Affirmative Covenants of the Sellers

From the date of this Agreement until the Final Collection Date, unless each of the Purchaser and the Credit Enhancer otherwise consent in writing, each Seller covenants to:

(a) comply with all Laws applicable to all or any of it, its business, its properties, the Purchased Receivables and the Related Security and Contracts related thereto, where the failure to do so could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises and privileges and qualify and remain qualified to carry on business in each jurisdiction in which the failure to do so could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) promptly notify the Purchaser of any amendment, limitation or restriction of any licence issued to the relevant Seller by a Governmental Authority relating to the carrying on by the relevant Seller of its business if such amendment, limitation or restriction could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) timely and fully perform and comply in all material respects with all terms, covenants and other provisions required to be performed and observed by it under this Agreement and the Related Documents (to which it is a party) and under and in connection with all Eligible Receivables and Contracts;

(e) notify the Purchaser in writing at least 30 Business Days prior to
(i) any change of address of the relevant Seller's chief place of business and/or chief executive office or (ii) any change in its corporate name;

(f) other than notifications to Obligors, from time to time at the relevant Seller's expense, promptly execute and deliver all instruments, documents and make all renewals, filings and other registrations deemed necessary by the relevant Seller or requested by the Purchaser, acting reasonably, to maintain, perfect, protect or more fully evidence the Purchaser's interest in the Purchased Assets under this Agreement as against third parties or to enable the Purchaser to exercise or enforce any of its rights thereunder or under this Agreement;

(g) treat the sale, transfer and assignment of the Purchased Assets to the Purchaser under this Agreement as a sale for all purposes and indicate in its books and records, including the Records, that the Purchased Assets have been sold to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement;

(h) take all reasonable necessary steps to (i) perfect or protect the Purchasers' ownership of the Purchased Assets and (ii) obtain all discharges and releases

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 37 -

CONFIDENTIAL

necessary to discharge or release any security interest or other rights or interests of any Person in the Purchased Assets other than those in favour of the Purchaser;

(i) promptly upon becoming aware thereof, notify the Purchaser of (i) any Credit Losses, and (ii) litigation or other court or arbitration proceeding brought against the relevant Seller which could have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(j) remain responsible and liable under the Contracts related to the Purchased Receivables and to fully perform each of its obligations and covenants thereunder.

4.4 Affirmative Covenants of the Canadian Seller

(a) furnish to the Securitization Agent, the Purchaser (and the Credit Enhancer with respect to (i) only):

(i) forthwith upon the occurrence of, or upon becoming aware of, any Amortization Event or any event or the existence of any fact which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, may constitute an Amortization Event, notice of any such Amortization Event or any such event or fact, together with a statement of its senior financial officer or accounting officer, on its behalf and without personal liability, setting forth details as to such Amortization Event or as to such fact or event and the action which it has taken and is proposing to take with respect thereto; and

(ii) promptly, from time to time, such other documents, records, information or reports with respect to the Purchased Assets or the conditions or operations, financial or otherwise, of it (including, without limitation, reports with respect to the remittance of Taxes) as the Purchaser or the Securitization Agent may from time to time reasonably request;

(b) on each 15th Business Day of each month or, upon receiving notice by the Purchaser within two days of the 15th Business Day of each month, no later than five days after receiving such notice, deliver to the Purchaser a certificate of the Canadian Seller in the form of Exhibit C dated as of such date and signed on its behalf by its Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Secretary, Corporate Controller or other officer as designated by the Canadian Seller from time to time; provided that such designee has some familiarity with the transactions contemplated hereby; and

(c) perform all of the duties and covenants of the Servicer hereunder for so long as it may be designated as the Servicer.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 38 -

CONFIDENTIAL

4.5 Negative Covenants of the Sellers

From the date of this Agreement until the Final Collection Date, without the Purchaser's and the Credit Enhancer's prior written consent, each Seller covenants that it will not:

(a) take any action that may cause the validity or effectiveness of the sales, transfers and assignments of the Purchased Assets provided for in this Agreement to be impaired or to take any action or omit to take any steps that may result in, or create or suffer to exist, any Lien extending to or otherwise arising upon the Purchased Assets or any part thereof or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof;

(b) except as otherwise provided herein, purport to sell, transfer or assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of any Purchased Assets or any account to which any Collections are deposited, or assign any right to receive income in respect of any thereof; or

(c) enter into any transaction of reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, merger or arrangement or sell all or substantially all of its undertaking, property and assets (any of the foregoing events being referred to in this Section as a "Transaction"), without providing at least that number of days prior written notice equal to the lesser of (i) 60 days and (ii) the then current weighted average DSO calculated in accordance with Section 7.1(p) plus 15 days to each of the Purchaser, the Credit Enhancer and the Securitization Agent and, if such Transaction could have a Material Adverse Effect, the Purchaser shall have the right upon receiving notice of such Transaction to designate the Amortization Commencement Date to occur effective on the date specified by the Securitization Agent by notice in writing to the Canadian Seller; provided, however, that the Canadian Seller shall have the right to provide written notice to the Purchaser, the Credit Enhancer and the Securitization Agent on or before 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the second Business Day after the receipt by the Canadian Seller of the Securitization Agent's notice to inform the Securitization Agent that as a result of the Securitization Agent's notice the Sellers will not proceed with the Transaction in which event the Securitization Agent's notice and the Seller's notice of the Transaction shall both be deemed to be retracted, null and void. If such notice is given by the Securitization Agent, none of the Sellers shall complete such Transaction earlier than the date that the Transaction was specified to occur in the notice of such Transaction sent by the relevant Seller to the Purchaser.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 39 -

CONFIDENTIAL

4.6 Affirmative Covenants of the Purchaser

Each of the Purchaser and the Securitization Agent covenants that it will, in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement:

(a) duly and punctually perform each of its agreements, covenants and obligations under this Agreement;

(b) promptly following receipt thereof, provide the Canadian Seller with copies of any notices received from the Insurer;

(c) co-operate with the Servicer to diligently resolve any reconciliation discrepancy arising from Section 5.7(e)(i);

(d) (i) use its reasonable commercial efforts to ensure that the Canadian Seller receives favourable off-balance sheet treatment;
(ii) ensure that the Canadian Seller will not be in a position where it will be required to consolidate more than its own assets under Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles as such principles exist at the date hereof; and (iii) use its best efforts to ensure that the Canadian Seller will not be in a position where it will be required to consolidate more than its own assets as a result of a change in Canadian or United States generally accepted accounting principles from those that exist on the date hereof;

(e) promptly notify the Canadian Seller in writing of:

(i) the occurrence of any event which results in the assets sold by the Sellers to the Purchaser and forming part of the Purchaser's Assets representing less than 50% of the Purchaser's total assets;

(ii) from and after the occurrence of an event referred to in
Section 4.6(e)(i), the occurrence of any event which would result in the assets sold by the Sellers to the Purchaser and forming part of the Purchaser's Assets representing more than 50% of the Purchaser's total assets, such notice to be provided as far as possible in advance of the occurrence of such event; and

(iii) any change in Canadian or United States accounting rules and regulations that would have an adverse effect on the balance sheet treatment of the transactions contemplated hereby; and

(f) not make any amendment to the trust indenture dated April 19, 2004 between The Canada Trust Company, as trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada that

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 40 -

CONFIDENTIAL

could adversely affect the Sellers in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE 5
ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTION

5.1 Designation of the Servicer

By executing and delivering this Agreement, the Canadian Seller is designated as the Servicer until the first Service Transfer, and hereby agrees to perform the duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof. It is understood and agreed that the Purchaser has agreed to purchase the Purchased Receivables from the Sellers on a fully-serviced basis and that, so long as the Canadian Seller is the Servicer, payment of the purchase prices for the Purchased Receivables to the Sellers in the amounts, at the times and in the manner provided for in this Agreement shall constitute the Canadian Seller's full consideration therefor. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Servicer shall administer, service and collect the Purchased Assets, including the Purchased Receivables, as agent for the Purchaser until the Final Collection Date. The Servicer may, with the prior written consent of the Purchaser, Credit Enhancer, and the Rating Agency, as may be applicable, subcontract with any Person for the administration and collection of the Purchased Receivables; provided, however, that:

(a) subject to prudent business practice, if the Servicer chooses to subcontract all or part of its servicing obligations hereunder, a first right of refusal to be appointed as the subcontractor shall be granted to Canadian Bonded Credits Limited of Toronto, Ontario or another replacement servicer acceptable to the Purchaser and the Securitization Agent, acting reasonably; and

(b) upon appointment of any Person as subcontractor, the Servicer shall remain fully liable for the performance of the duties and obligations so subcontracted and all other duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

5.2 Standard of Care

The Servicer, as agent for the Purchaser (to the extent provided herein), shall perform its duties hereunder with reasonable care and diligence, using that degree of skill and attention that the Servicer exercises in managing, servicing, administering, collecting on and performing similar functions relating to comparable receivables that it services for itself or other Persons.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 41 -

CONFIDENTIAL

5.3 Authorization of Servicer

Without limiting the generality of the authority granted by the designation of any Person as Servicer, and subject to the other provisions hereof, the Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered by the Purchaser to take any and all reasonable steps in its name and on its behalf necessary or desirable and not inconsistent with the ownership of the Purchased Assets by the Purchaser to collect all amounts due under any and all Purchased Receivables, including to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Purchaser and any subsequent assignees, including the Credit Enhancer, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Purchased Receivables or the Related Security related thereto and, after delinquency of any such Purchased Receivables and to the extent permitted under and in compliance with applicable law and regulations, to commence proceedings with respect to enforcing payment of such Purchased Receivables, and the Related Security and Contracts related thereto, and adjusting, settling or compromising the account or payment thereof, to the same extent as each Seller could have done if it had continued to own the Purchased Assets. The Purchaser shall furnish the Servicer with any powers of attorney and other documents that are within the ability of the Purchaser to furnish and which are reasonably necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder as agent of the Purchaser.

5.4 Enforcement of Receivables

The Servicer is authorized to enforce and protect the Purchaser's rights and interests in, to and under the Purchased Assets and the Purchaser's right to receive payment under the Contracts related thereto, and the Servicer may commence or defend proceedings in the name of the Purchaser (or any agent thereof, including the Servicer) for the purpose of enforcing or protecting any rights under any Purchased Assets or against an Obligor personally. In no event shall the Servicer be entitled to take any action that would make the Purchaser a party to any litigation without the Purchaser's express prior written consent except only to the extent necessarily incidental to the enforcement by the Servicer of any of the Purchased Assets.

5.5 Assignment for Purpose of Enforcement

If the Servicer shall commence a legal proceeding to enforce any rights under any of the Purchased Assets or against an Obligor personally in accordance herewith, the Purchaser shall thereupon be deemed to have automatically assigned the applicable Purchased Receivable or Related Security related thereto to the Servicer, solely for the purpose of and only to the extent necessarily incidental to the enforcement by the Servicer of such rights. The Servicer shall hold such assigned Purchased Receivable or Related Security related thereto in trust for the Purchaser and the same shall be deemed to have been automatically re-assigned to the Purchaser when the assignment to the Servicer ceases to be necessary for the enforcement by the Servicer of such rights. If in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding it shall be held that the Servicer may not

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 42 -

CONFIDENTIAL

enforce a right under a Purchased Receivable on the grounds that it shall not be a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce rights in respect of the Purchased Receivable or Related Security related thereto, the Purchaser shall, at the Servicer's expense and direction, take steps as are necessary to enforce the Purchased Receivable.

5.6 Description of Services

Until the Final Collection Date, the Servicer shall, unless the Purchaser and the Credit Enhancer direct otherwise, take or cause to be taken all such reasonable actions as may be necessary or advisable from time to time to administer and service the Purchased Assets in accordance with this Agreement and applicable Laws, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies, if applicable, the Servicer shall:

(a) keep an account with respect to each Purchased Receivable and post to it all payments received under or in respect of each such Purchased Receivable;

(b) fully perform and comply with each of its covenants and agreements under Section 3.1(c), regardless of any defence, set-off right or counterclaim;

(c) give timely notice to the Obligor of any Purchased Receivable of any payment default or other default thereunder, or under the related Contract;

(d) record any Purchased Receivable as being delinquent or defaulted in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies;

(e) investigate all delinquencies and defaults under any Purchased Receivable and will use its reasonable commercial efforts to pursue payment thereof;

(f) respond to all reasonable enquiries of any Obligor of a Purchased Receivable or under the Related Security related thereto;

(g) take all steps as are necessary to maintain the perfection and priority, as the case may be, of all security interests, if any, created pursuant to the Purchased Receivables and the Related Security related thereto, and, subject to Sections 5.6(l) and (m) below, refrain from releasing any such security interest in whole or in part except to the extent that the Servicer would have done so in a similar situation with respect to receivables administered by it on its own behalf;

(h) subject to Section 5.13, make all payments to Governmental Authorities and others where a statutory lien, prior claim or deemed trust having priority over the Purchaser's interest in any Purchased Assets has arisen, provided that nothing herein shall preclude the Servicer from contesting any claim in the ordinary

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 43 -

CONFIDENTIAL

courseof business and in good faith, and remit all amounts of Taxes owing in respect of any such Purchased Assets;

(i) until the time at which a Purchased Receivable is determined to be written off as a Defaulted Receivable and assigned to the Credit Enhancer, as determined by the Credit Enhancement Agreement, determine, together with the Insurer or with the Insurer's approval, as required, the advisability of taking any action and instituting and carrying out legal proceedings with respect to any Purchased Receivable and the Related Security pertaining thereto in case of any default by an Obligor under any such Purchased Receivable and take such action and institute and carry out such legal proceedings determined by it and the Insurer, if required, to be advisable;

(j) maintain Records with respect to each Purchased Receivable and the Related Security relating thereto and on three Business Days' prior notice grant representatives of the Purchaser reasonable access to examine and make copies of the Records and a reasonable opportunity to discuss matters relating to the administration and servicing of each Purchased Receivable and the Related Security relating thereto with personnel of the Servicer involved in such administration and servicing during normal business hours, including the opportunity to see and review the Servicer's information systems and software in operation;

(k) hold as trust property for and on behalf of the Purchaser, free of any Lien, all Records with respect to the Purchased Receivable at any one or more of the offices identified in Exhibit D until the Final Collection Date;

(l) execute and deliver all such assignments, releases and discharges of the Purchased Receivables as are required by the terms thereof and the related Contracts upon receipt of all amounts due thereunder;

(m) settle, compromise and otherwise deal with any claims under any of the Purchased Receivables or the Related Security related thereto as permitted in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies;

(n) maintain prudent administrative and operating procedures and keep and maintain all books, records, documents and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of the Purchased Assets;

(o) timely and fully perform and comply with all material terms, covenants and other provisions of the Contracts required to be performed by and observed by the relevant Seller thereunder;

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 44 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(p) furnish at the request of the Purchaser and the Securitization Agent, at least 5 days prior to the date in which the Purchased Receivable would become a Defaulted Receivable, all documentation required under the Insurance Policy to make a claim under the Insurance Policy in respect of such default;

(q) furnish, to the Purchaser and the Securitization Agent as soon as practicable and, in any event, (i) within 60 days following each fiscal quarter of the Servicer, quarterly unaudited financial statements; and (ii) within 120 days following each fiscal year of the Servicer, annual audited financial statements or, in each case, such shorter time periods as may be required by applicable law;

(r) take all necessary steps to obtain all discharges and releases necessary to discharge or release all security interests and other rights or interests of any Person in the Purchased Assets other than those in favour of the Purchaser; and

(s) otherwise take or cause to be taken all such actions as may be necessary or desirable to collect each of the Purchased Receivables.

5.7 Additional Covenants of the Servicer

From the date of this Agreement until the Final Collection Date, the Servicer covenants and agrees that it will, unless the Securitization Agent, the Purchaser and the Credit Enhancer shall each otherwise consent in writing:

(a) comply with all Laws applicable to all or any of it, its business, its properties, the Purchased Assets and Contracts related thereto, where the failure to do so could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) fully comply with the Credit and Collection Policies in regard to the Purchased Assets and the Related Security related thereto and in performing its covenants hereunder;

(c) to the extent the Records related to the Purchased Receivables consist in whole or in part of computer programs which are licensed by the Servicer, the Servicer will, forthwith upon the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event, either (i) use reasonable commercial efforts to arrange for the license or sublicense of such programs to the Stand-By Servicer, the Securitization Agent or the Purchaser for the limited purpose of permitting the Purchaser, the Securitization Agent or the Stand-By Servicer to collect the Purchased Receivables and to enforce the rights acquired by the Purchaser in respect of the Related Security related thereto, or (ii) if acceptable to the Purchaser and the Credit Enhancer, perform data processing services for the Stand-By Servicer for the same purposes as set out in part
(i) for a fee equal to the market rate for such services;

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 45 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(d) to the extent that the Records relate not only to Purchased Receivables but also assets of the Sellers not sold to the Purchaser hereunder, ensure that the Servicer is in a position to promptly make duplicate copies of such Records reserved solely for the use of the Purchaser hereunder and comprising part of the Records relating to the Purchased Receivables and ensure that no Records that belong to the Purchaser are permitted to be seized under any security interest granted to any third party; provided that information in such Records that does not pertain to the Purchased Receivables may be redacted therefrom;

(e) on each Purchase Date:

(i) to attempt to reconcile all reports received from the Securitization Agent with those corresponding reports of the Sellers, and promptly notify the Securitization Agent of any reconciliation discrepancy; and

(ii) upon the reasonable request of any of the Purchaser, Securitization Agent or Credit Enhancer therefor, provide to the Purchaser and/or Credit Enhancer, as the case may be, any other information or documentation relating to any Purchased Receivable that may be in existence in written form or, if available in Records maintained by the Servicer, that may be produced with the Servicer's existing software, provided that there shall always be in written form or producible with the Servicer's existing software from the Records information indicating as to each Purchased Receivable the Obligor thereunder, the amount owing thereunder and the location of the Records relating thereto;

(f) cooperate with, and offer such assistance as may reasonably be requested by, the chartered accountants selected by the Purchaser and/or Credit Enhancer to furnish reports in respect of the Purchaser and/or the Credit Enhancer, the Purchased Assets and the servicing of the Purchased Receivables and Related Security related thereto under this Agreement, and furnish in respect of, and within 30 days after the date of, its preceding fiscal year, addressed to the Securitization Agent, the Purchaser, the Credit Enhancer and such other Persons as the Purchaser and/or Credit Enhancer may reasonably designate, a certificate of an officer of the Servicer (on behalf of the Servicer, without personal liability) who is familiar with this Agreement certifying that, to the knowledge of such officer, the Servicer complied in such fiscal year with its obligations hereunder except to the extent non-compliance therewith did not materially adversely affect the interests of the Purchaser and/or Credit Enhancer and except as further set forth in such certificate;

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 46 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(g) upon request of the Purchaser or the Credit Enhancer and with the Servicer's consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, direct the Servicer's chartered accountants to assist the chartered accountants of the Purchaser and/or Credit Enhancer to the extent and in such manner as is reasonably required for the Purchaser's chartered accountants to report on the status of Purchased Receivables hereunder;

(h) promptly after the Servicer becomes aware thereof, but in any event no later than two Business Days thereafter, provide each of the Securitization Agent, the Purchaser and the Credit Enhancer with notice of the occurrence of any Servicer Termination Event;

(i) ensure that all information related to the Purchased Assets is maintained, accessed and transmitted in compliance in all material respects with all laws and regulations in Canada regarding the collection, use and disclosure of personal information, including for greater certainty the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (Canada) and all other privacy laws and regulations of the individual Provinces and the Federal Government of Canada; and

(j) in the event of a reconciliation discrepancy arising from Section 5.7(e)(i), to co-operate with the Purchaser to diligently resolve such issue in a timely manner.

5.8 Negative Covenants of the Servicer

From the date of this Agreement until the Final Collection Date, unless each of the Purchaser and the Credit Enhancer shall otherwise consent in writing, the Servicer covenants and agrees that it will not:

(a) make any material change to the Credit and Collection Policies;

(b) extend, amend or otherwise modify the terms of any Purchased Receivable (other than adjusting, settling or compromising the account or payment of a Purchased Receivable in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies), or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any Contract related thereto except in the case of any such Contracts or any amendments, modifications or waivers that: (i) do not affect the payment terms of any Purchased Receivable; (ii) do not adversely affect the quality or collectibility of any Purchased Receivable; and (iii) are in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies;

(c) sell, assign or otherwise encumber any of the Purchased Assets except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 47 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(d) release any security, guarantee or insurance securing any Indebtedness under any of the Purchased Receivables, except to the extent that granting such release is in accordance with this Agreement, the Credit and Collection Policies and the Servicer's usual practices as an obligee or such security, guarantee or insurance is replaced in a form acceptable to the Purchaser, acting reasonably; and

(e) take or omit to take any action if the taking or omitting to take such action by the Servicer would constitute a breach in any material respect by the Servicer of any representation, warranty or covenant herein or in any other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or contemplated hereby or thereby.

5.9 Servicer Termination Events

The occurrence or existence of one or more of the following events or facts which is continuing shall constitute a "Servicer Termination Event" hereunder:

(a) the Servicer fails to make any payment or deposit to be made by it hereunder within two Business Days of being due;

(b) the Servicer fails to perform or observe any term, condition, covenant or agreement to be performed or observed by it hereunder (other than as specified in Section 5.9(a)) which failure could have a Material Adverse Effect, and any such failure remains unremedied for 30 days after notice thereof to the Servicer (and the Canadian Seller, if the Canadian Seller is not the Servicer);

(c) any representation or warranty made by the Servicer in or pursuant to this Agreement, or any Related Document, proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect when made and, if capable of being cured, is not cured within 30 days of the Servicer becoming aware thereof;

(d) the Servicer (if not the Canadian Seller) fails to pay any Indebtedness when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) and such failure continues after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in any agreement or instrument relating to such Indebtedness; or any other default under any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness, or any other event, shall occur if the effect of such default or event would result in the occurrence of a Material Adverse Effect; or

(e) the Servicer shall generally not pay its debts as they become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceedings shall be instituted by or against the Servicer seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding-up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 48 -

CONFIDENTIAL

composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief by the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, if such proceeding has been instituted against the Servicer, either such proceeding has not been stayed or dismissed within 45 days or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official) are granted in whole or in part, or the Servicer takes any corporate action to authorize any of the actions described in this
Section 5.9(e).

5.10 Notice of Servicer Termination Events

The giving by the Canadian Seller of notice to the Purchaser as required hereunder of any event, fact or circumstance that constitutes or with the giving of notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a Servicer Termination Event, shall be deemed to constitute the giving of notice by the Purchaser to the Servicer of the same on the same date as the Canadian Seller gives such notice.

5.11 Effecting a Service Transfer

Upon the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event, the Purchaser, either alone or at the request of the Credit Enhancer, may effect a termination of the Servicer's designation as Servicer hereunder (a "Service Transfer") by giving written notice to the Servicer of its decision to terminate the Servicer's engagement as Servicer, which termination shall take effect at the time specified in such notice.

5.12 Appointment of Stand-By Servicer

At any time upon the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event, the Securitization Agent on behalf of the Purchaser may by instrument in writing appoint the Stand-By Servicer as the Servicer hereunder.

5.13 Collection and Remittance of Taxes

(a) To the extent that any Taxes have not been financed by the Purchaser upon the Purchase of the related Receivable, the Seller while it is the Servicer shall be entitled to any amounts paid by Obligors in respect of such Taxes payable in connection with Purchased Receivables that are deposited to a Collection Account or otherwise held by the Purchaser, and the Purchaser shall forthwith remit or cause to be remitted all such amounts to the Servicer.

(b) The Sellers (including the Canadian Seller whether acting in its personal capacity or as Servicer) covenant and agree to make all payments relating to the Purchased Receivables required to be made to Governmental Authorities and other Persons where a statutory lien or

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 49 -

CONFIDENTIAL

deemed trust might arise having priority over the Purchaser's interest therein and, where a portion of the Purchased Receivables represents an amount owing in respect of federal or provincial Taxes, to remit the amount of Taxes owing in respect of such Receivables.

(c) After the appointment of the first Stand-By Servicer, the Stand-By Servicer shall, unless it is remitting such Taxes directly to the applicable Governmental Authority, by notice to the Canadian Seller, remit to the Canadian Seller out of Collections the amount of any Taxes owing in respect of the Purchased Receivables, in which event the Canadian Seller shall comply with the remittance obligations set out in Section 5.6(h) as if the same were amended so that the word "Servicer" read "Canadian Seller".

5.14 Additional Seller Covenants Following a Service Transfer

From and after a Service Transfer until the Final Collection Date, each Seller covenants and agrees that it shall forthwith, in addition to any other obligations, upon the request of the Purchaser and at the Sellers' expense:

(a) instruct the Obligor of each Purchased Receivable (and any other Persons, if applicable, in the case of the Related Security related thereto) to remit all payments due under the Purchased Assets to the Stand-By Servicer;

(b) remit to the Stand-By Servicer all payments received by each Seller from Obligors of Purchased Receivables and from other Persons, if applicable, under the Related Security related thereto;

(c) segregate all cash, cheques and other instruments constituting Collections received by the relevant Seller in a manner acceptable to the Purchaser and the Credit Enhancer and, immediately upon receipt, deliver all such cash, cheques and instruments, duly endorsed or with duly executed instruments of transfer, in accordance with Section 3.1(c);

(d) co-operate fully with the Stand-By Servicer in the prompt preparation and delivery to the Purchaser and the Credit Enhancer of the report and notices to be delivered by the Servicer under Section 5.6 and provide the Purchaser with such other reports, information, documents and records as the Purchaser may reasonably request promptly following each such request;

(e) deliver up copies or originals of all Records relating to the Purchased Receivables (including computer diskettes or tapes containing all information necessary or reasonably desirable to enable the Purchaser or its agent to collect the amounts owing under the Purchased Receivables, together with a printed copy or microfiche of all such information) to the Purchaser or as it may direct in writing (or retain the same in segregated storage if so directed), and provide the Purchaser

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 50 -

CONFIDENTIAL

or its agent with all reasonable assistance necessary to decipher the information contained on the computer diskettes or tapes; and

(f) perform any and all acts and execute and deliver any and all documents as may reasonably be requested by the Purchaser in order to effect the purposes of this Agreement or to enable the Stand-By Servicer to collect and enforce the Purchased Receivables and any Related Security or Contract related thereto.

5.15 Purchaser Rights Following a Service Transfer

Upon a Service Transfer, the Purchaser may, but is not required to, at any time, directly or through the Securitization Agent or the Stand-By Servicer, without limitation:

(a) perform the services, duties and functions specified in Sections 5.6, 5.7, 5.13 and 5.14 with respect to the Purchased Assets in any manner the Purchaser reasonably deems fit;

(b) notify any Obligor of the purchase by the Purchaser and the sale, transfer and assignment by the Sellers of any Purchased Receivable under this Agreement;

(c) contact any Obligor of Purchased Receivables for any reasonable purpose, including for the performance of audits and verification analyses, and the determination of account balances and other data maintained by the Canadian Seller in its capacity as Servicer;

(d) direct any Obligor to make all payments on account of any Purchased Receivables directly to the Purchaser at an address designated by the Purchaser or to such third party (including the Securitization Agent or the Stand-By Servicer) or bank or depositary as may be designated by the Purchaser; and

(e) proceed directly against any Obligor and take any and all other actions, in the relevant Seller's name or otherwise, necessary or reasonably desirable to collect any of the Purchased Assets or effect any related result.

5.16 Power of Attorney

Each Seller, subject to Section 5.18, hereby grants to the Purchaser an irrevocable power of attorney and hereby irrevocably appoints the Purchaser as each Seller's attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and expressly coupled with an interest in favour of the Purchaser, to take in the place and stead of and in the name of each Seller or in the Purchaser's own name from time to time at the Purchaser's discretion, acting reasonably, such actions as the Sellers may be obligated to take hereunder or as the Purchaser may deem necessary or advisable to collect, endorse, negotiate or otherwise realize on any Purchased Receivable, the Related Security related

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 51 -

CONFIDENTIAL

thereto or any part thereof, any negotiable instrument, or other right of any kind, held or owned by the Sellers and sold, transferred, assigned or delivered to or received by the Purchaser as payment on account or otherwise in respect of any of the Purchased Assets, including:

(a) to evidence or protect the Purchaser's ownership interest in the Purchased Assets and to execute and file, in each Seller's name and on each Seller's behalf, such recording, registration, financing or similar statements (including any amendments, renewals and continuation statements) under applicable Laws, including, in any personal property registry office, in such jurisdictions where it may be necessary to validate, perfect or protect the Purchaser's position as owner of the Purchased Assets;

(b) to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compound, receive and give acquittance and receipts for monies due and to become due in connection with the Purchased Receivables or otherwise owed to the Purchaser;

(c) to receive, endorse and collect any cheques, drafts or other instruments, documents and chattel paper in connection with monies due and to become due in connection with the Purchased Receivables or otherwise owed to the Purchaser;

(d) to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings that the Purchaser may deem to be necessary or desirable for the collection of any Purchased Receivable; and

(e) to execute and deliver, in the relevant Seller's name and on the relevant Seller's behalf, such instruments and documents (including assignments) necessary or desirable in furtherance of the foregoing.

5.17 Execution of Additional Powers

Subject to Section 5.18, the Sellers, following a request by the Purchaser to do so, shall promptly execute and deliver to the Purchaser such other powers of attorney in such form and having such content as may be necessary or reasonably appropriate to enable the Purchaser to exercise the powers described in Section 5.16.

5.18 Restrictions on Use

The Purchaser covenants and agrees with the Sellers not to use the powers granted by Section 5.16 or pursuant to Section 5.17 unless the first Service Transfer shall have occurred.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 52 -

CONFIDENTIAL

ARTICLE 6
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Purchase

On or prior to the Initial Purchase Date, the following shall have occurred, or each Seller shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Purchaser, the Securitization Agent and/or the Credit Enhancer, as may apply, the following documents, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser, the Securitization Agent and/or the Credit Enhancer:

(a) executed copies of this Agreement, the Assignment and the Related Documents required to be delivered in connection with the Initial Purchase, including a certified copy of the Credit and Collection Policies;

(b) a certificate of an officer of each Seller providing for and certifying the resolutions of the board of directors or shareholders of such Seller approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other documents to be delivered by the relevant Seller hereunder and the assignment of the Receivables, and the Related Security and Collections related thereto, hereunder;

(c) an incumbency certificate of the officers of each Seller executing this Agreement and the other documents to be delivered by each Seller hereunder showing their names, offices and specimen signatures on which certificate the Purchaser and the Credit Enhancer shall be entitled to conclusively rely until such time as each Seller delivers a replacement certificate meeting the requirements of this Section 6.1(c);

(d) certified copies of the constating documents and by-laws of each Seller;

(e) for each Seller, certificates of status, of good standing or of compliance, as appropriate, issued by its jurisdiction of incorporation and by each jurisdiction where registrations have been, or are to be, effected in respect of the Purchaser's ownership interest in the Purchased Assets evidencing each Seller's registration and good standing as a registered corporation therein;

(f) reports showing the results of the searches conducted in each of the Provinces and Territories in Canada and the States of Virginia and Delaware in the United States against the relevant Seller and each predecessor of such Seller on the Business Day immediately preceding the Initial Purchase Date (or as near as practicable thereto) to determine the existence of any Liens in the assets of the relevant Seller or in the Receivables, the Related Security or Collections related thereto, together with a certificate of an officer of the relevant Seller certifying that the

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 53 -

CONFIDENTIAL

aforementioned searches disclosed no Liens registered or recorded against the relevant Seller or its predecessors with respect to, and then applicable to, the Receivables, the Related Security or Collections related thereto, prior to the date shown as the "file currency date" (or similar designation) on the search reports, other than those for which discharges or releases have been provided in accordance with Section 6.1(h), and, if required by the Rating Agency, an opinion of counsel in each of the Provinces and Territories in Canada and the States of Virginia and Delaware in the United States on the due registration within such jurisdiction of the Purchaser's purchase of, and its interest in, the Purchased Assets;

(g) copies of properly completed and duly registered assignments and/or financing statements or verification statements for each of the Provinces and Territories in Canada and the States of Virginia and Delaware in the United States, with the registration particulars stamped thereon, dated prior to (where permitted by applicable Law) the Initial Purchase Date naming the relevant Seller as seller, assignor or debtor and the Purchaser as purchaser, assignee or secured party, and/or such other similar instruments or documents as may be necessary and/or, in the Purchaser's reasonable opinion, advisable under any applicable PPSA to perfect, record or protect the Purchaser's ownership interest in the Purchased Assets;

(h) executed copies of all discharges and releases, if any, reasonably required by the Purchaser or necessary to discharge or release all Liens or interests of any Person in the Purchased Receivables, the Contracts, the Related Security and the Collections related thereto previously granted by the relevant Seller;

(i) an opinion of counsel to each Seller dated as of the date of this Agreement; and

(j) such other documentation as may be required by (i) the Purchaser or its counsel, (ii) the relevant Seller or its counsel or (iii) the Credit Enhancer or its counsel, in each case, acting reasonably.

6.2 Conditions Precedent to All Purchases

Prior to each Purchase hereunder (including the Initial Purchase), the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied by each Seller, as the case may be, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser and the Credit Enhancer:

(a) the Securitization Agent shall have received the Purchase Notice and, for any Purchase other than the Initial Purchase, the most recent Periodic Report;

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 54 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(b) the representations and warranties of the Sellers contained in
Section 4.1 shall be true and correct on and as of the Purchase Date as though made on and as of such date;

(c) no event shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result from the Purchase, which would constitute an Amortization Event or would constitute an Amortization Event but for the requirement that notice be given or lapse of time or both;

(d) all documents, instruments and agreements required by the terms hereof to be delivered to the Purchaser, the Securitization Agent and the Credit Enhancer on the date of the Purchase shall be so delivered and shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchaser and the Credit Enhancer, acting reasonably; and

(e) the Insurance Policy shall be in full force and effect.

6.3 Undertaking of Purchaser

If requested by the Canadian Seller, for and on behalf of the Sellers, the Purchaser shall, prior to each Purchase (including the Initial Purchase), execute and deliver any agreement which in the opinion of the Sellers and the Purchaser is reasonably required to evidence the respective interests of the Purchaser and any creditor of or purchaser from the Sellers in and to any Receivables, provided such agreement shall be in form satisfactory to the Purchaser and the Sellers, each acting reasonably.

ARTICLE 7
AMORTIZATION EVENTS

7.1 Meaning of Amortization Event

The term "Amortization Event" means any one of the following events or circumstances:

(a) the Sellers or the Servicer (if the Canadian Seller) fail to make any payment or deposit to be made by it hereunder within two Business Days of being due;

(b) the Sellers or the Servicer (if the Canadian Seller) fails to perform or observe any term, condition, covenant or agreement to be performed or observed by it hereunder or under the Cheque Deposit Agreement or any other agreement relating hereto (other than that specified in Section 7.1(a)), which failure, in the opinion of the Securitization Agent, acting reasonably, could have a Material Adverse Effect, and any such failure remains unremedied for 30 days after notice thereof to the Seller and the Servicer;

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 55 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(c) the occurrence of any Servicer Termination Event;

(d) any representation or warranty made by the relevant Seller (or any of its officers) in or pursuant to this Agreement, any Periodic Report or any other Related Document proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect when made and, if capable of being cured, is not cured within 30 days of such Seller becoming aware thereof;

(e) the Sellers shall fail to pay any amount in respect of Indebtedness in excess of CAD3.5 million (or the equivalent in any other currency) in the aggregate, or any interest or premium thereon, in any such case, when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in any agreement or instrument relating to such Indebtedness or any other default under any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness in excess of CAD5 million (or the equivalent in any other currency) in the aggregate, or any other event, shall occur if the effect of such default or event is to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness; or any Indebtedness in excess of CAD5 million (or the equivalent in any other currency) shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), redeemed, purchased or defeased, or an offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease any such Indebtedness shall be required to be made, in any such case, prior to the stated maturity thereof;

(f) except as permitted hereby, any Purchase ceases to create or result in legal and equitable title to and ownership of all right, title and interest in, to and under the related Purchased Assets in favour of the Purchaser free and clear of any Lien, and any such failure remains unremedied for 10 days after notice thereof to the Canadian Seller;

(g) the relevant Seller shall generally not pay its debts as they become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceedings shall be instituted by or against such Seller seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding-up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief by the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, if such proceeding has been instituted against such Seller, either such proceeding has not been stayed or dismissed within 45 days or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 56 -

CONFIDENTIAL

other similar official) is granted in whole or in part, or such Seller takes any corporate action to authorize any of the actions described in this Section 7.1(g);

(h) in the reasonable opinion of the Securitization Agent, after consultation with the Purchaser and the Credit Enhancer, (i) there shall be evidence of fraud on the part of the relevant Seller or
(ii) there shall have occurred a material adverse change, other than as a result of an event already listed in this Section 7.1, in the financial condition or operations of the relevant Seller which could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(i) the Insurance Policy is not renewed or is otherwise cancelled or terminated and no replacement Credit Enhancer provides credit enhancement acceptable to the Purchaser and the Securitization Agent;

(j) there shall come into existence any prohibition at law against the Seller selling, or the Purchaser purchasing, the Receivables, or the Related Security and Collections relating thereto, pursuant to this Agreement;

(k) denial of any claim under the terms of the Insurance Policy due to negligence with respect to failing to comply with the Credit and Collection Policies or fraud on the part of the Servicer or any improper record keeping or servicing practices of the Servicer;

(l) the aggregate Credit Losses since the commencement of the then current program year exceeds CAD5,000,000 converted, if required, at the BoC Daily Noon Rate in effect at the time of the Credit Loss original invoice date;

(m) the aggregate Credit Losses with respect to Discretionary Obligors since the commencement of the then current program year exceeds CAD2,500,000 converted, if required, at the BoC Daily Noon Rate in effect at the time of the Credit Loss original invoice date;

(n) the weighted average Dilution Ratio exceeds 19.8% for a period of 7 consecutive days, calculated as the quotient of:

(i) the sum of:

(A) Dilution Ratio for Purchased Receivables denominated in United States Dollars on that day, multiplied by the Outstanding Principal Balance of Purchased Receivables denominated in United States Dollars on that day, converted to Canadian Dollars at the BoC Daily Noon Rate on that day; and

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 57 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(B) Dilution Ratio for Purchased Receivables denominated in Canadian Dollars on that day, multiplied by the Outstanding Principal Balance of Purchased Receivables denominated in Canadian Dollars on that day; over

(ii) the Outstanding Principal Balance of all Purchased Receivables on that day, with Purchased Receivables denominated in United States Dollars converted to Canadian Dollars at the BoC Daily Noon Rate on that day;

(o) the weighted average Default Ratio exceeds 15.0% for a period of 7 consecutive days, which on any day is equal to the quotient of:

(i) the sum of:

(A) Default Ratio for Purchased Receivables denominated in United States Dollars on that day, multiplied by the Outstanding Principal Balance of Purchased Receivables denominated in United States Dollars on that day, converted to Canadian Dollars at the BoC Daily Noon Rate on that day; and

(B) Default Ratio for Purchased Receivables denominated in Canadian Dollars on that day, multiplied by the Outstanding Principal Balance of Purchased Receivables denominated in Canadian Dollars on that day; over

(ii) the Outstanding Principal Balance of all Purchased Receivables on that day, with Purchased Receivables denominated in United States Dollars converted to Canadian Dollars at the BoC Daily Noon Rate on that day;

(p) the weighted average DSO exceeds 85 days for a period of 7 consecutive days, which on any day is equal to the quotient of:

(i) the sum of:

(A) DSO for Purchased Receivables denominated in United States Dollars on that day, multiplied by the Outstanding Principal Balance of Purchased Receivables denominated in United States Dollars on that day, converted to Canadian Dollars at the BoC Daily Noon Rate on that day; and

(B) DSO for Purchased Receivables denominated in Canadian Dollars on that day, multiplied by the Outstanding Principal Balance of

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 58 -

CONFIDENTIAL

Purchased Receivables denominated in Canadian Dollars on
that day; over

(ii) the Outstanding Principal Balance of all Purchased Receivables on that day, with Purchased Receivables denominated in United States Dollars converted to Canadian Dollars at the BoC Daily Noon Rate on that day;

(q) if greater than 10% of the Outstanding Principal Balance of Purchased Receivables owing by the Obligors thereunder during a calendar month are not deposited into the Collection Account as required by Section 3.1(c);

(r) the balance of the applicable Reserve Account is less than the Required Balance in the same currency as the Reserve Account for a period of 7 consecutive days;

(s) if the Sellers' Consolidated Shareholders' Equity, plus the value, at the time of issuance, of any preference shares (including any series thereof) issued to the shareholders of the Canadian Seller and not included in the Consolidated Shareholders' Equity falls below CAD40 million; and

(t) any of (i) the long-term debt rating of the Insurer falls below A- by Standard & Poors Corporation, and the Insurance Policy is not replaced with another Insurer within 30 Business Days.

7.2 Action Upon an Amortization Event

Upon the occurrence of any Amortization Event described in Sections 7.1(b), (c), (d), (h), (i), (j) or (k), the Purchaser or its authorized agent may, by notice to the Canadian Seller, declare the Amortization Commencement Date to have occurred on the date specified in such notice, which date shall be not less than two Business Days subsequent to the date such notice is given to the Canadian Seller. If the Canadian Seller gives notice to the Purchaser that any Amortization Event described in Sections 7.1(l) through (o), inclusive, has occurred, or if the Purchaser gives notice to the Canadian Seller that the Purchaser has determined that any such Amortization Event has occurred, the Amortization Commencement Date shall occur automatically upon the giving of such notice by the Canadian Seller to the Purchaser or by the Purchaser to the Canadian Seller, as the case may be, without the necessity of any further notice. Upon the occurrence of any other Amortization Event described in Section 7.1, the Amortization Commencement Date will occur automatically, without the necessity of any notice; provided, however, that the Purchaser will provide notice of such occurrence promptly upon having actual knowledge of the occurrence of such event and provided that the Purchaser's failure to provide any such notice shall not derogate from its rights and remedies hereunder. Upon any such declaration or automatic occurrence, the Purchaser shall have, in addition to its rights and remedies hereunder and under the Related Documents, all other rights and remedies under applicable laws and otherwise, which rights and remedies will be cumulative. Notwithstanding

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 59 -

CONFIDENTIAL

the above, the Purchaser, with the consent of the Credit Enhancer, may waive any Amortization Event in its sole discretion.

7.3 Seller Designated Amortization Commencement Date

The Canadian Seller may designate any Business Day as the Amortization Commencement Date if the Sellers' Auditors, acting reasonably, determine that any purchase proposed to be made pursuant to Section 2.1 will not result in the relevant Purchased Assets being removed from the Sellers' balance sheet under Canadian GAAP or US GAAP, and the Canadian Seller has provided a letter from the Sellers' Auditors addressed to each of the Purchaser, the Credit Enhancer and the Securitization Agent setting out the rationale therefor.

7.4 Early Amortization Commencement Date Fee

If an Amortization Commencement Date results from the designation by the Canadian Seller thereof pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of Amortization Commencement Date and such Amortization Commencement Date falls within three years of the date hereof, the Canadian Seller shall pay a fee to the Securitization Agent on behalf of the Purchaser equal to the product of (a) 0.80%, (b) the Purchase Limit, (c) 0.50 if the declaration occurs less than two years after the date hereof or 0.25 if the declaration occurs on or after two years from the date hereof and (d) the number of days between the original Amortization Commencement Date and the designated Amortization Commencement Date, divided by 365; provided, however, that no such fee shall be payable in circumstances where the Canadian Seller's designation is a direct result of (i) repeated aberrations in the Purchaser's ability to raise the funds required to effect Purchases, (ii) the premiums due under the Insurance Policy exceeding the Insurance Premium Limit, (iii) the Insurance Policy being materially amended or terminated, (iv) the Canadian Seller being unable to achieve off balance sheet treatment according to Canadian GAAP or US GAAP by December 31, 2004, (v) a business disruption to the Sellers as provided for in Section 10.20, (vi) the payment of a third party expense that exceeds CAD35,000 as provided for in
Section 2.1(d)(vi) or 3.3(d)(ii), (vii) an assignment of this Agreement by the Purchaser where the assignment is reasonably likely to result in a materially higher cost to the Sellers; or (viii) the Securitization Agent or the Purchaser failing to perform or observe any term, condition, covenant or agreement to be performed or observed by it hereunder or any other agreement relating hereto and any such failure remains unremedied for 30 days after notice thereof by the Canadian Seller to the Purchaser and Securitization Agent.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 60 -

CONFIDENTIAL

ARTICLE 8
MATTERS RELATING TO THE SECURITIZATION AGENT

8.1 Delegation to the Securitization Agent

The Purchaser may delegate to the Securitization Agent all or any of its powers, rights and discretion hereunder, and the Securitization Agent may from time to time take such actions and exercise such powers for and on behalf of the Purchaser as are delegated to it or contemplated hereby and all such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Sellers shall be entitled to and be fully protected in relying on any instruction made or given by the Securitization Agent in accordance with this Section 8.1, and shall have no liability to the Purchaser in respect of such reliance.

8.2 Limitation of Liability of the Securitization Agent and Issuer Trustee

This Agreement shall be deemed and construed for all purposes as being made by the Securitization Agent in, and only in, its capacity as agent of the Purchaser. This Agreement shall be deemed and construed for all purposes as made by the Issuer Trustee, in, and only in, its capacity as trustee of the Purchaser through its agent, the Securitization Agent. Except for the gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the Securitization Agent, the Securitization Agent and its directors, officers, agents, employees, consultants and shareholders shall have no liability under this Agreement and any liability of the Issuer Trustee under this Agreement is non-recourse to the Issuer Trustee in its personal capacity and limited solely to the property of the Purchaser. No property of the Securitization Agent and no other property or assets of the Issuer Trustee, whether owned by it in its personal capacity or otherwise, will be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure with regard to any obligation under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and notwithstanding any term or provision hereof to the contrary, the Sellers hereby acknowledge and agree that the Securitization Agent acts as agent for the Purchaser and has no duties or obligations to, will incur no liability to, and does not act as an agent in any capacity for, the Sellers.

8.3 Responsibilities of the Sellers

The parties acknowledge that the Sellers are not selling, transferring or assigning to the Purchaser their rights or obligations under any Contract except to the extent necessary for the collection and enforcement of the Purchased Receivables arising out of the Contract. In this regard, and notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary:

(a) each Seller shall remain responsible and liable under the Purchased Receivables, the Related Security and any Contract for the performance of all such Seller's duties and obligations thereunder notwithstanding the sale to the Purchaser of the Receivables payable thereunder;

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 61 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(b) the exercise by the Purchaser (directly or through the Securitization Agent) of any of its rights hereunder shall not release the Sellers from any of their duties or obligations with respect to, or under, the Purchased Receivables, the Related Security or any Contract; and

(c) neither the Purchaser nor the Securitization Agent will have any duty or obligation with respect to any Receivables or Contracts, nor will the Purchaser or the Securitization Agent be obligated to perform any of the duties or obligations of the Sellers thereunder.

8.4 Other Dealings

The Purchaser and its agents, including the Securitization Agent, the Stand-By Servicer and each of their respective Affiliates, if any, may generally engage in any kind of business with the Sellers, the Purchaser, any Obligor, any of their respective Affiliates and any Person who may do business with or own securities of any thereof, all as if they did not have rights or obligations hereunder or under any related deed or agreement, and without any duty to account therefor hereunder to the Sellers, the Purchaser or any other Person.

8.5 Lockbox Fees

The Sellers agree to pay the fees relating to the Lockbox (and the services of Symcor Inc. and Harris Trust and Savings Bank in connection therewith) to the Securitization Agent forthwith upon receipt by the Sellers of an invoice from the Securitization Agent for such fees. If such fees are, in the opinion of the Sellers, acting reasonably, not competitive with other lockbox service providers, the parties agree to take all reasonably necessary steps to put in place alternative lockbox arrangements.

ARTICLE 9
INDEMNIFICATION

9.1 Indemnities by the Sellers

Without prejudice to any other rights of the Purchaser hereunder or under any applicable Law, the Sellers (which, in this Article 9 shall include the Canadian Seller in its capacity as Servicer), jointly and severally, hereby agree to indemnify each of the Securitization Agent (in its own capacity and in trust for each of its shareholders, officers, employees, agents and permitted assigns) and the Purchaser (in its own capacity and in trust for each of its beneficiaries, the Issuer Trustee and permitted assigns) (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties") and to save them harmless from and against any and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements on a solicitor and client basis, but excluding consequential, indirect, punitive or exemplary damages and any loss of future

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 62 -

CONFIDENTIAL

profit or fees) (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as "Indemnified Amounts") awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of or as a result of:

(a) the sale, transfer and assignment by the Sellers to the Purchaser of a Receivable, other than a Quebec Receivable, which at the time of such transfer was not an Eligible Receivable;

(b) the Payment by the Purchaser to the Sellers, in respect of a Quebec Receivable, which at the time of such Payment, was not an Eligible Receivable;

(c) reliance on any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made by the Sellers (or any of their directors and officers) in or in connection with this Agreement, any Periodic Report or any Related Document which was incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered;

(d) the failure by the Sellers to comply with any applicable Law with respect to any Receivable that would constitute an Eligible Receivable hereunder and any Contract or Related Security in respect thereof, or to perform its material obligations under any such Contract, or the non-conformity of any such Receivable, Contract or Related Security with any applicable Law;

(e) the failure to sell, assign, transfer and convey absolutely to the Purchaser either legal or equitable ownership in, and to vest in and maintain vested in the Purchaser such Receivables as are, or are intended to be, Purchased Receivables and all Collections and Related Security related thereto, and/or the failure to transfer such Collections received by the Sellers to the Securitization Agent for the benefit of the Purchaser, all free and clear of any Lien (whether existing at the time of the purchase under this Agreement or intended purchase thereof or arising at any time thereafter);

(f) the failure to file in a timely fashion financing statements or other similar instruments or documents, or instruments of assignment, under any applicable Law with respect to this Agreement or any Purchase under this Agreement, whether at the time of any Purchase or at any time thereafter;

(g) the payment by the Purchaser of any amount of Collections to the Sellers which, for any reason whatsoever, should not have been paid to the Sellers;

(h) any dispute, claim, set-off or defence of an Obligor (other than as a result of the Obligor's discharge in bankruptcy or a statutory limitation on the rights of secured parties to exercise their remedies) to the payment of any Purchased Receivable, including a defence based on the Purchased Receivables not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Obligor, enforceable against the Obligor in

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 63 -

CONFIDENTIAL

accordance with its terms, or any other claim resulting from the sale of any goods or services relating to such Purchased Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish any such goods or services;

(i) any products liability claim, suit or other similar or related claim or action of whatsoever sort arising out of or in connection with any goods or services that are the subject of any Purchased Receivable or Contract related thereto;

(j) any failure of the Sellers to perform or observe any of their duties, covenants or obligations under this Agreement, the Cheque Deposit Agreement or any other agreement relating hereto or contemplated hereby;

(k) any Canadian, foreign, federal, provincial, state, municipal, local or other Tax of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on the Securitization Agent or the Purchaser on account of any payment made under this Article 9; provided that, in respect of any such Taxes for which the Purchaser may be liable, the Sellers shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser only in respect of any such Taxes imposed after the date of this Agreement;

(l) any Canadian, foreign, federal, provincial, state, municipal, local or other Tax of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on the Purchaser or the Purchased Assets (except for Taxes on the net income, profits or capital of the Purchaser and any additional Taxes that result solely by virtue of an assignment by the Purchaser to or the exercise of any rights under this Agreement by a non-resident of Canada) with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying or any omission to pay, any Taxes required to be paid, deducted or withheld and remitted, in connection with the execution, delivery, filing, recording and enforcement hereof and of the Related Documents or in connection with the consummation of the transactions (including any Purchase by the Purchaser of Purchased Receivables and Related Security related thereto) or performance of the obligations contemplated hereby and thereby; provided that the Purchaser shall first provide the Sellers with reasonable documentary evidence that such Taxes or payments are due and owing by the Purchaser and further provided that no such gross-up shall be required, or, as the case may be, any such payment otherwise required shall be reduced, in either case, to the extent of, determined in the sole discretion of the Purchaser, any benefit, deduction, credit or other reduction in Taxes received by or otherwise allowed to the Purchaser in respect of any such payment; or

(m) any remittance from Collections which may be required by the Minister of National Revenue pursuant to the Excise Tax Act (Canada), provided that any payment required under this Section 9.1(m) shall be reduced to the extent of,

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 64 -

CONFIDENTIAL

determined in the sole discretion of the Purchaser, any benefit, deduction, credit or other reduction in Taxes received by or otherwise allowed to the Purchaser in respect of any such payment,

excluding, however, in each case, Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from: (i) the failure of any Obligor to pay an amount owing under a Purchased Receivable or any Related Security; (ii) the gross negligence, wilful misconduct or breach of contract on the part of any Indemnified Party; (iii) recourse (except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement) for uncollectable Receivables; (iv) any overall net income taxes or franchise taxes imposed on such Indemnified Party by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Indemnified Party is organized or any political subdivision thereof; or (v) any consequential, punitive or exemplary damages. If indemnification is to be sought hereunder, then the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Sellers of the commencement of any lawsuit, investigation, claim or dispute to be made by the Indemnified Party or by any other Person (collectively, a "Lawsuit"); provided, however, that the failure to notify the Sellers shall not relieve the Sellers from any liability or obligation that it may have hereunder, except to the extent the Sellers are actually prejudiced thereby. Following such notification, the Sellers may elect in writing to assume the defence of any Lawsuit (and the costs related thereto) commenced by a third party and the Indemnified Party and the Sellers shall reasonably co-operate in connection therewith and, upon such election, the Sellers shall not be liable for any legal costs subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party (other than costs of investigation or the production of documents or witnesses) unless (i) the Sellers have failed to provide legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party in a timely manner or (ii) such Indemnified Party shall have been advised by legal counsel that (A) the representation of such Indemnified Party by legal counsel selected by the Sellers would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflicts of interest or (B) there may be significant legal defences available to such Indemnified Party that are different from or additional to those available to the Sellers or any other Indemnified Party represented by such legal counsel. In no event, however, shall the Sellers, in connection with any one action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one law firm (together with any appropriate local counsel) at any time acting for all Indemnified Parties hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Sellers shall not have any obligation to hold harmless or indemnify any Indemnified Party hereunder or pay any legal costs for any Indemnified Party if such Indemnified Party enters into any settlement of a Lawsuit without the prior consent of the Sellers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

9.2 Payment of Indemnified Amounts

At the Purchaser's option, any payment required to be made pursuant to Section 9.1 on account of an Indemnified Amount by the Sellers to the Purchaser shall be made either by the Purchaser deducting the Indemnified Amount from amounts owing by the Purchaser to the

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 65 -

CONFIDENTIAL

Sellers hereunder or by way of deposit by the Sellers to the Purchaser's Account forthwith following a claim therefor by or on behalf of the Purchaser on its own behalf and in trust for the other Indemnified Parties.

9.3 Litigation

At the request of the Purchaser or the Securitization Agent, the Sellers shall, at their expense, assist and co-operate with the Purchaser in any action, suit or proceeding brought by or against, or any investigation involving, the Indemnified Parties relating to any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to any of the Purchased Assets or Contracts (other than an action, suit or proceeding by the Sellers against the Purchaser or the Securitization Agent). In addition, the Sellers agree to notify the Securitization Agent and the Purchaser, at the Sellers' expense, promptly upon learning of any pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or investigation if any damages, losses, claims, liabilities, costs or expenses in connection with any such action, suit, proceeding or investigation or the defence thereof could be Indemnified Amounts and (except for an action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Sellers against the Purchaser or the Securitization Agent) to consult with the Purchaser concerning the defence thereof and prior to any settlement thereof; provided, however, that if (i) the Sellers shall have acknowledged in writing that any such damages, losses, claims, liabilities, costs or expenses would be Indemnified Amounts, and (ii) in the Securitization Agent's and the Purchaser's joint determination, the Sellers have the financial ability to satisfy such damages, losses, claims, liabilities, costs or expenses, then the Sellers shall have the right, on the Indemnified Parties' behalf but at the Sellers' expense, to defend such action, suit, proceeding or investigation with counsel selected by the Sellers and shall have sole discretion as to whether to litigate, appeal or enter into an exclusively monetary settlement.

9.4 Notification

The Sellers shall promptly notify the Purchaser of any claim or threatened claim which may, in the Sellers' reasonable opinion, give rise to indemnification pursuant to this Article 9.

ARTICLE 10
MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Costs, Expenses and Taxes

(a) In addition to the rights of indemnification provided for in Article 9 and the fees payable by the Sellers hereunder, the Sellers, jointly and severally, hereby agree to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of the Purchaser and the Securitization Agent, including the legal fees and other reasonable expenses of counsel to the Purchaser and the Securitization Agent (including goods and services taxes and disbursements), in connection with:

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 66 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(i) any amendment to this Agreement or any waiver of any provision of this Agreement requested by the Sellers or required or initiated by any action or failure to act by the Sellers (including any amendment or waiver that, in the opinion of the Securitization Agent, requires the Securitization Agent to perform a credit review of the transaction or event associated with or giving rise to such amendment or waiver but excluding any amendment(s) relating solely to the structure of the Trust and unrelated to the Sellers); and (ii) the enforcement of this Agreement or any Related Document. For greater certainty, all costs and expenses of the Purchaser and the Securitization Agent incurred after the occurrence of an Amortization Event in connection with administering and collecting the Purchased Receivables shall be deemed to be costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the Related Documents.

(b) The Sellers shall:

(i) jointly and severally, pay on demand any and all stamp, filing, recording and other Taxes and fees payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing, recording or enforcement of this Agreement or any Related Document, provided that no payment shall be required to be made by the Sellers under this Section 10.1(b)(i) in respect of Taxes on the net income, profits or capital of the Purchaser or any additional Taxes that result solely by virtue of an assignment by the Purchaser to, or the exercise of any rights hereunder by, a non-resident of Canada; and

(ii) reimburse on demand the Purchaser for any overpayment made to the Sellers or any loss in respect of any Purchase Amount resulting from a miscalculation by the Purchaser or the Securitization Agent in determining the Purchase Price (including any Purchase Amount) or Payment Price, as applicable, in respect of a Purchased Receivable or any component thereof or any other amount; provided, however, that the Purchaser will request such reimbursement in writing and will explain, in reasonable detail, such miscalculation, and further provided that the amount of such reimbursement shall not exceed the amount which should initially have been paid to the Purchaser but for such miscalculation, plus interest at the applicable Base Interest Rate plus 0.30%.

(c) The Purchaser shall reimburse on demand the Sellers for any overpayment made to the Purchaser or for the failure by the Purchaser to transfer funds to the Sellers pursuant to Section 3.1(e) or on the Final Collection Date; provided, however, that the Canadian Seller, for and on behalf of the Sellers, will request such reimbursement in writing and will explain, in reasonable detail, such overpayment, and further provided that the amount of such

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 67 -

CONFIDENTIAL

reimbursement shall not exceed the amount which should initially have been paid to the Sellers, plus interest at the applicable Base Interest Rate plus 0.30%.

10.2 Further Assurances

Each of the parties hereto upon the request of another party, whether before or after the closing of any transaction contemplated hereby, shall do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged or delivered all such further acts, deeds, documents, assignments, transfers, conveyances and assurances as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to effect complete consummation of the objects of and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon an Amortization Commencement Date, the Purchaser shall, at the expense and request of the Canadian Seller, for and on behalf of the Sellers, without any representations, warranties or recourse of any kind whatsoever, enter into such agreements, acknowledgements, releases and other instruments that in the Canadian Seller's sole discretion, acting reasonably, are necessary to release any Receivables (which, for greater certainty, shall under no circumstances include any Purchased Receivables) that are generated after the Amortization Commencement Date from any liens in favour of the Purchaser.

10.3 Failure to Perform

If the Servicer fails to perform any of its agreements or obligations hereunder, the Securitization Agent and/or the Purchaser may (but will not be required to) perform, or cause to be performed, such agreement or obligation, and the reasonable expenses of the Securitization Agent and/or the Purchaser, as the case may be, incurred in connection therewith will be payable by the Sellers as provided in Section 10.1.

10.4 Entire Agreement

This Agreement, together with all Related Documents, contains the entire agreement by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire and only agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding any and all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements, written or oral. There are no representations, warranties, terms, conditions, undertakings or collateral agreements, express, implied or statutory, between the parties, except as expressly set forth herein.

10.5 Amendments, Waivers, Etc.

No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by the Sellers, the Servicer, the Purchaser or the Securitization Agent therefrom shall be effective in whole or in part unless the amendment, waiver or consent is in writing and signed by (a) the Sellers and the Purchaser (with respect to an amendment), (b) the Purchaser or any

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 68 -

CONFIDENTIAL

agent on its behalf (with respect to a waiver or consent by it), (c) the relevant Seller (with respect to a waiver or consent by the relevant Seller),
(d) the Securitization Agent (with respect to a waiver or consent by it), or to the extent it affects the rights, duties or obligations of the Securitization Agent, and then, in any such case, such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. In each case, the Credit Enhancer shall have consented to any such amendments, waivers or consents. For greater certainty, the provisions of Article 9 may be amended without the consent of those Indemnified Parties whose interest therein is held in trust by the Securitization Agent or the Purchaser, as the case may be.

10.6 No Waiver; Remedies

No failure on the part of the Purchaser to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Purchaser is hereby authorized by the Sellers at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by the Purchaser to or for the credit or the account of the Sellers in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement against any and all of the obligations of the Sellers, now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the Related Documents.

10.7 No Set-Off

The Sellers (including the Canadian Seller whether acting in its personal capacity or as Servicer) shall make all payments required to be made by it hereunder without deduction or set-off, regardless of any defence or counterclaim (whether based on any Law or policy now or hereafter issued or enacted by any Governmental Authority).

10.8 Non-Merger

Each party hereby agrees that all provisions of this Agreement are material and shall survive the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the closing of any transactions contemplated hereby and the execution, delivery and performance of any and all documents delivered in connection herewith.

10.9 Time of the Essence

Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement and of every provision hereof.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 69 -

CONFIDENTIAL

10.10 Agreement of Purchase and Sale

Each of the Sellers and the Purchaser hereby expressly acknowledges that this Agreement, except as is specifically provided with respect to the duties and obligations of the Servicer, is intended to create a relationship of purchaser and vendor. Each of the Sellers and the Purchaser hereby expressly disclaims any intention to establish a trust relationship or, except as is specifically provided with respect to the duties and obligations of the Servicer, or by Section 5.16 or 5.17, to constitute either the Sellers or the Purchaser as the agent of the other. Each of the Sellers and the Purchaser covenants with each other that it will not, at any time, allege or claim that a relationship of trust or agency is created hereby, except as otherwise expressly provided for herein.

10.11 Notices

All notices, consents or other communications authorized or required to be given pursuant to this Agreement, or pursuant to which any rights or obligations may arise hereunder, shall be in writing (including facsimile communication and such other method of recorded communications as to which the parties may hereafter agree to in writing) and shall be either personally delivered or sent by facsimile as follows:

(a) in the case of communication to the Sellers:

Mitel Networks Corporation
350 Legget Drive
Ottawa, ON K2K 2W7

Attention: Treasurer

Facsimile No.: 613-592-7838
Telephone No: 613-592-2122 ext. 4431

with a copy, for any default-related communication, to:

Attention: Legal Department

Facsimile No.: 613-592-7802

with a copy to:

Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP 1 First Canadian Place
PO Box 50, Stn. 1st Can. Pl. Toronto, ON M5X 1B8

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 70 -

CONFIDENTIAL

Attention: Richard Borins

Facsimile No.: 416-862-6666

Telephone No.: 416-362-2111

(b) in the case of communication to the Securitization Agent or the Purchaser:

Efficient Capital Corporation 1601 - 18 King Street East
Toronto, Ontario M5C 1C4

Attention: Chief Operating Officer

Facsimile No.: (416) 868-9458 Telephone No: (416) 868-4322

Any notice or other communication given by personal delivery will be conclusively deemed to have been given and received on the day of actual delivery thereof and, if given by facsimile, on the day of transmittal thereof if given during the normal business hours of the recipient and on the next Business Day if not given during such business hours on any day. A party may change its address for receipt of notices or other communications hereunder by giving notice thereof to the other party in the manner aforesaid.

10.12 Binding Effect; Assignability, Etc.

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Sellers, the Purchaser and their respective successors and assigns. Except as otherwise permitted hereby, no party may assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior consent of the other parties, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and provided that any assignee hereunder agrees to be bound by Section 10.15 to the same extent as the assigning party. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, upon the occurrence of an Amortization Event, the Purchaser may, subject to the provisions of Section 10.15, sell, assign and transfer any Purchased Assets (in whole or in part) to, or encumber or grant any security interest in or over any Purchased Assets (in whole or in part) in favour of, any Person, without consent of or notice to the Sellers and the Purchaser may also sell, assign, or transfer to any such Person any of its rights hereunder or interest herein on the same basis for the purpose of giving effect to any such sale, assignment or transfer of Purchased Assets or encumbrance or grant of a security interest. Upon any sale, assignment or transfer referred to in the preceding sentence, such Person shall be fully subrogated to all rights, benefits and privileges of the Purchaser hereunder and shall be bound by all terms and provisions of this Agreement with respect to such Purchased Assets. If this Agreement and the Related Documents and agreements are assigned by the Purchaser, the assignee shall be responsible for any additional costs and expenses arising as a direct result of such assignee.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 71 -

CONFIDENTIAL

(b) Notwithstanding Section 10.12(a), the Purchaser may, subject to the provisions of Section 10.15, (i) assign by way of security and/or subrogation its rights hereunder to the Indenture Trustee and/or the Insurer and (ii) assign to the Insurer the benefit of the representations and warranties provided by the Sellers hereunder and the benefit of Article 9 with respect thereto, in each case without the prior written consent of the Sellers.

10.13 Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

10.14 Severability

Any provision hereof that is prohibited or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction shall, as to such provision and such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

10.15 Confidentiality

The Purchaser, the Sellers and the Securitization Agent each acknowledge that this Agreement, agreements and documents related hereto and all data and information delivered hereunder by one party to another, shall be considered as non-public information of the party making delivery, and each party shall make all reasonable efforts to hold all such non-public information in the strictest confidence in accordance with best prudent practice for handling confidential information of such nature and shall only use such information in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchaser, the Sellers and the Securitization Agent each may make disclosure of such non-public information (i) to its accountants, lawyers, bankers and other advisors on a need-to-know basis,
(ii) as requested or required by any Governmental Authority, securities regulatory authority or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process or when required under applicable Law, (iii) to the Credit Enhancer, (iv) to the institutional shareholder of the Securitization Agent, (v) to implement the terms of this Agreement or to enforce any rights which it may have to collect any Purchased Receivable or to enforce its respective rights with respect to any Related Security, (vi) to the Stand-By Servicer (provided, however, that the Purchaser shall require the Stand-By Servicer to agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 10.15 to the same extent as the Purchaser) or (vii) with the consent of the other parties hereto. Unless specifically prohibited by applicable Law, each party hereto shall notify the other parties hereto of any request by any Governmental Authority, securities regulatory authority or representative thereof or other Person for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information to permit the party affected to contest such disclosure, if possible. In no event shall the Purchaser or the Securitization Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by the

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 72 -

CONFIDENTIAL

Sellers. Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate the Sellers or the Servicer to disclose (whether in any Related Document or otherwise) all or any part of any Records if such disclosure or the manner or form thereof could, in the reasonable opinion of the Sellers or the Servicer, constitute a breach of any Law or any duty of secrecy or confidentiality applicable to it.

10.16 Financial Reporting

The Sellers and the Purchaser hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time prepare any financial statements (other than those prepared for internal reporting purposes) that account for the transactions contemplated hereby in a manner that is inconsistent with the sale to the Purchaser of the Purchased Assets except to the extent required by Canadian GAAP or US GAAP.

10.17 Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities

(a) The parties hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of any court sitting in Toronto, Ontario in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and the parties hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such court. The parties hereby irrevocably waive, to the extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The parties hereby agree that a final judgment in any action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

(b) Nothing in this Section 10.17 shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law, or affect its right to enforce any action, proceeding or judgment against the other parties or their property in the courts of other jurisdictions.

(c) To the extent that the Sellers have or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, the Sellers hereby irrevocably waive, to the extent permitted by law, such immunity in respect of its obligations hereunder.

10.18 Remedies

The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 73 -

CONFIDENTIAL

10.19 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. For all purposes of this Agreement and all other documents and agreements contemplated hereby, the signature of any party hereto or thereto, evidenced by a telecopy showing such signature or other electronically transmitted version of such signature, shall constitute conclusive proof for all purposes of the signature of such person to such documents and agreements, to the same extent in all respects as a copy of such documents and agreements showing the original signature of such party.

10.20 Business Disruption

The Canadian Seller, for and on behalf of the Sellers, may, upon providing 60 days notice to the Purchaser, designate an Amortization Commencement Date, where, in the reasonable opinion of the Canadian Seller, the requests made by the Purchaser and directed to the Sellers with respect to the production of any information or documentation related to the Seller hereunder, become materially disruptive to the Sellers' business.

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 74 -

CONFIDENTIAL

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

by _______________________________________
Name: Douglas McCarthy
Title: Treasurer

MITEL NETWORKS, INC.

by _______________________________________
Name: Paul Butcher
Title: President

MITEL NETWORKS SOLUTIONS, INC.

by _______________________________________
Name: Paul Butcher
Title: President

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


- 75 -

CONFIDENTIAL

THE CANADA TRUST COMPANY, in its
capacity as trustee of ENDURANCE
TRUST, by Efficient Capital
Corporation, in its capacity as
Securitization Agent

by ________________________________________
Name: Colin Kilgour
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION, in its
capacity as Securitization Agent

by __________________________________________
Name: Colin Kilgour
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


CONFIDENTIAL

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


CONFIDENTIAL

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF PURCHASE NOTICE

TO: ENDURANCE TRUST c/o Efficient Capital Corporation

Facsimile No.: 416-868-9458

This Purchase Notice is delivered to you pursuant to the receivables purchase agreement made as of April 16, 2004 (the "Receivables Purchase Agreement") between Mitel Networks Corporation, as Canadian Seller, Mitel Networks, Inc., as Seller, and Mitel Networks Solutions, Inc., as Seller, and collectively, the Sellers, Endurance Trust, as Purchaser, and Efficient Capital Corporation, as Securitization Agent.

The Canadian Seller, for and on behalf of the Sellers, hereby gives notice to the Purchaser that: (i) in respect of the Non-Quebec Eligible Receivables set out in the attached Schedule it offers for sale on the date below such Eligible Receivables; and (ii) in respect of the Quebec Eligible Receivables set out in the attached Schedule, it requires payment for such Eligible Receivables, all in accordance with the terms of the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

Purchase Date:

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


CONFIDENTIAL

SCHEDULE A TO PURCHASE NOTICE

LIST OF RECEIVABLES


Invoice Number Date of Issue Due Date Obligor Outstanding Amount




DATED the ______________ day of _____________________, ______________.

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

By________________________________________
(Authorized Officer)

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


CONFIDENTIAL

EXHIBIT c

FORM OF OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE

The undersigned Canadian Seller hereby certifies for itself and on behalf of the Sellers to Endurance Trust that no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes, or but for the requirement that notice be given or lapse of time or both would constitute, an Amortization Event (as defined in the Receivables Purchase Agreement between the Sellers, the Purchaser and the Securitization Agent made as of April 16, 2004).

DATED the ______________ day of _____________________, ______________.

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

By________________________________________
(Authorized Officer)

Title_____________________________________

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT

CAPITAL CORPORATION.


CONFIDENTIAL

EXHIBIT D

LIST OF OFFICES WHERE RECORDS ARE KEPT

The undersigned Canadian Seller hereby certifies for itself and on behalf of the Sellers, to Endurance Trust that the following list includes all locations where all records required under the terms and conditions of the Receivables Purchase Agreement between Mitel Networks Corporation, Mitel Networks, Inc., Mitel Networks Solutions, Inc. and Endurance Trust, made as of April 16, 2004 are kept.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     OFFICE                              ADDRESS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Seller:

By:

Title:

DATE:

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


CONFIDENTIAL

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF PERIODIC REPORT

TO: ENDURANCE TRUST c/o Efficient Capital Corporation

This Periodic Report is delivered to you pursuant to the receivables purchase agreement made as of April 16, 2004 (the "Receivables Purchase Agreement") between Mitel Networks Corporation, as Canadian Seller, Mitel Networks, Inc., as Seller, and Mitel Networks Solutions, Inc., as Seller, and collectively, the Sellers, Endurance Trust, as Purchaser, and Efficient Capital Corporation, as Securitization Agent.

The Canadian Seller, for and on behalf of the Sellers, hereby gives notice to the Purchaser that on the date hereof the Servicer has applied the following payments, dilutions and defaults:


Obligor ID Invoice Number Payment Date Payment Amount Transaction Type




THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


CONFIDENTIAL

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF QUEBEC ASSIGNMENT

THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE THE PROPERTY OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION OF THIS DOCUMENT, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY COPIES THEREOF, ELECTRONIC OR OTHERWISE, ARE TO BE RETURNED UPON THE REQUEST OF EFFICIENT CAPITAL CORPORATION.


CDN. $30,000,000 revolving credit facility

mitel networks corporation, As Borrower

- and -

bank of montreal, As Administrative Agent, Lead Arranger and Lender

- and -

the lenders from time to time parties hereto


Amended and Restated Credit Agreement Made as of April 21, 2004

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                    Article 1
                                 INTERPRETATION

         1.1      Definitions..................................................2
         1.2      Headings....................................................17
         1.3      Extended Meanings...........................................17
         1.4      References to the Administrative Agent and Lenders..........17
         1.5      Accounting Terms and Practices..............................18
         1.6      Non-Banking Days............................................18
         1.7      References to Time of Day...................................18
         1.8      Severability................................................18
         1.9      Currency....................................................18
         1.10     References to Statutes......................................18
         1.11     References to Agreements....................................18
         1.12     Consents and Approvals......................................19
         1.13     Schedules...................................................19

                                    Article 2
                                  THE FACILITY

         2.1      The Facility................................................19
         2.2      Purpose.....................................................19
         2.3      Availability................................................20
         2.4      Making of an Advance........................................21
         2.5      Participation of Each Lender................................21
         2.6      Repayment of the Facility...................................21
         2.7      Cancellation or Reduction of the Facility...................23
         2.8      Application of Repayments...................................23
         2.9      Interest on Prime Rate Advances.............................24
         2.10     Interest on U.S. Base Rate Advances.........................25
         2.11     Libor Advances..............................................25
         2.12     Method and Place of Payment.................................26
         2.13     Commitment Fees.............................................27
         2.14     Conversion Options..........................................27
         2.15     Execution of Notices........................................29
         2.16     Evidence of Indebtedness....................................29
         2.17     Interest on Unpaid Costs and Expenses.......................30
         2.18     Criminal Rate of Interest...................................30
         2.19     Compliance with the Interest Act (Canada)...................30
         2.20     Nominal Rate of Interest....................................30


                                      -i-

                                    Article 3
                                LETTERS OF CREDIT

         3.1      Term and Availability.......................................31
         3.2      Reimbursement...............................................31
         3.3      Indemnity for Costs.........................................32
         3.4      Fees........................................................32

                                    Article 4
                 BANKERS' ACCEPTANCES AND BA EQUIVALENT ADVANCES

         4.1      Form of Bankers' Acceptance Advance and Interest............32
         4.2      Minimum Amount..............................................33
         4.3      Term and Interest Periods...................................33
         4.4      Purchase of Drafts, Acceptance Fee and Interest.............33
         4.5      Payment on Maturity.........................................34
         4.6      Waiver of Days of Grace.....................................34
         4.7      No Market...................................................34

                                    Article 5
                   CHANGE OF CIRCUMSTANCES AND INDEMNIFICATION

         5.1      Increased Costs.............................................34
         5.2      Illegality..................................................36

                                    Article 6
                        CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO DRAWDOWN

         6.1      Conditions for Closing......................................36
         6.2      Conditions for Subsequent Drawdowns.........................39

                                    Article 7
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         7.1      Representations and Warranties..............................39
         7.2      Survival of Representations and Warranties..................44

                                    Article 8
                                    COVENANTS

         8.1      Affirmative Covenants.......................................45
         8.2      Negative Covenants..........................................51
         8.3      Financial Covenants.........................................53


                                      -ii-

                                    Article 9
                                   GUARANTEES

         9.1      Guarantors to Provide Guarantees............................54

                                   Article 10
                                    SECURITY

         10.1     Borrower's Security Documents...............................54
         10.2     Guarantors' Security Documents..............................55

                                   Article 11
                            DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION

         11.1     Events of Default...........................................56
         11.2     Acceleration................................................58
         11.3     Remedies Cumulative and Waivers.............................59
         11.4     Suspension of Lenders' Obligations..........................59
         11.5     Application of Payments After an Event of Default...........59

                                   Article 12
                               SUCCESSOR COMPANIES

         12.1     Certain Requirements in Respect of Merger, Etc..............60
         12.2     Vesting of Powers in Successor..............................61

                                   Article 13
                       COSTS, EXPENSES AND INDEMNIFICATION

         13.1     Costs and Expenses..........................................62
         13.2     Indemnification by the Borrower.............................62
         13.3     Funds.......................................................63
         13.4     General Indemnity...........................................63
         13.5     Environmental Claims........................................64

                                   Article 14
                            THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

         14.1     The Administrative Agent....................................65
         14.2     The Administrative Agent's Responsibility...................66
         14.3     Administrative Agent's Duties...............................67
         14.4     Protection of Administrative Agent..........................67
         14.5     Indemnification of Administrative Agent.....................68
         14.6     Termination or Resignation of Administrative Agent..........68
         14.7     Rights of Administrative Agent as Lender....................69


                                      -iii-

         14.8     Authorized Waivers, Variations and Omissions................69
         14.9     Financial Information Concerning Borrower...................69
         14.10    Knowledge of Financial Situation of Borrower................70
         14.11    Legal Proceedings...........................................70
         14.12    Capacity as Administrative Agent............................70
         14.13    Capacity as Lead Arranger...................................70
         14.14    Deposits or Loans Respecting the Borrower...................70

                                   Article 15
                                     GENERAL

         15.1     Term........................................................71
         15.2     Survival....................................................71
         15.3     Benefit of the Agreement....................................71
         15.4     Notices.....................................................71
         15.5     Amendment and Waiver........................................72
         15.6     Governing Law...............................................72
         15.7     Further Assurances..........................................73
         15.8     Enforcement and Waiver by the Lenders.......................73
         15.9     Execution in Counterparts...................................73
         15.10    Assignment by the Borrower..................................73
         15.11    Assignments and Transfers by the Lenders....................73
         15.12    Set-Off.....................................................74
         15.13    Time of the Essence.........................................75
         15.14    Judgment Currency...........................................75
         15.15    Equal Ranking of Lenders....................................75
         15.16    Sharing of Information......................................76
         15.17    Continuing Obligations and Liabilities......................76


SCHEDULE A - BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
SCHEDULE B - DRAWDOWN NOTICE
SCHEDULE C - CONVERSION NOTICE
SCHEDULE D - ROLLOVER NOTICE
SCHEDULE E -  [Intentionally deleted]
SCHEDULE F - PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES
SCHEDULE G - LITIGATION
SCHEDULE H - NON-COMPLIANCE MATTERS
SCHEDULE I - SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE J - TRANSFER AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE K - COMMITTED AMOUNTS
SCHEDULE L - FINANCIAL FORECAST

-iv-

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT made as of the 21st day of April, 2004.

B E T W E E N:

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION,

a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada, as borrower

(hereinafter referred to as the "Borrower"),

- and -

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

(hereinafter referred to as the "Lenders"),

- and -

BANK OF MONTREAL,

a Canadian chartered bank, as Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger

(hereinafter referred to in its own capacity as "BMO" and in its capacity as administrative agent on behalf of the Lenders, as the "Administrative Agent"),

WHEREAS pursuant to an amended and restated credit agreement made as of the 27th day of February, 2003, as amended by amending agreement made as of the 12th day of June, 2003, second amending agreement made as of February 24, 2004 and third amending agreement made as of April 19, 2004 (collectively, as amended, the "Existing Credit Agreement"), a revolving credit facility was made available to the Borrower upon and subject to the terms and conditions therein set forth;

AND WHEREAS the Borrower and the Lenders have agreed to further amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement by executing and delivering this Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that, in consideration of the premises, the covenants herein contained and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:


- 2 -

Article 1
INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement:

"Acceptance Fee" means, with respect to each Bankers' Acceptance drawn by the Borrower as borrower hereunder, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Applicable Margin, (ii) the Face Amount of each such Bankers' Acceptance purchased by a Lender on the relevant Drawdown Date and (iii) a fraction (x) the numerator of which is the number of days in the term to maturity of such Bankers' Acceptance and (y) the denominator of which is 365 days;

"Accounts" means the accounts kept by the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Section 2.16(a) to record the Borrower's liabilities to the Administrative Agent and each Lender under this Agreement;

"Additional Compensation" has the meaning specified in Section 5.1;

"Administrative Agent" means BMO, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder, or any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 14.6;

"Administrative Agent's Counsel" means the firm of Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP, Toronto, Ontario, or such other firm of legal counsel as the Administrative Agent may from time to time designate;

"Advance" means a Prime Rate Advance, a Bankers' Acceptance Advance, Libor Advance or a U.S. Base Rate Advance or the issue of a Letter of Credit, and "Advances" means all of them;

"Affiliate" means an affiliated body corporate, partnership, joint venture or other entity and, for the purposes of this Agreement, (i) one body corporate, partnership, joint venture or other entity is affiliated with another if one such body corporate, partnership, joint venture or other entity is the Subsidiary of or is Controlled by the other or both are Subsidiaries of the same body corporate, partnership, joint venture or other entity or each of them is Controlled by the same Person and (ii) if two bodies corporate, partnerships, joint ventures or other entities are affiliated with the same body corporate, partnership, joint venture or other entity at the same time, they are deemed to be affiliated with each other;

"Agreement" means this agreement and all Schedules attached hereto, as the same from time to time may be amended, restated, replaced or superseded;

"Agreement Currency" shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.14;


- 3 -

"Applicable Law" means, with respect to any Person, property, transaction or event, all present or future applicable laws, statutes, regulations, rules, orders, codes, treaties, conventions, judgments, awards, determinations and decrees of any governmental, regulatory, fiscal or monetary authority or court of competent jurisdiction in any applicable jurisdiction;

"Applicable Margin" means, (i) until such time as the Borrower has received proceeds of $20,000,000 from the issue of equity pursuant to a subscription agreement dated on or about April 22, 2004 between Edgestone Capital Equity Fund II-A, L.P. and the Borrower, 2.5% per annum in the case of a Prime Rate Advance or a U.S. Base Rate Advance, 3.5% per annum in the case of a Libor Advance or a Bankers' Acceptance Advance, and (ii) thereafter, 1.5% per annum in the case of a Prime Rate Advance or a U.S. Base Rate Advance, 2.5% per annum in the case of a Libor Advance or a Bankers' Acceptance Advance;

"Arm's Length" has the meaning ascribed thereto for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) in effect as of the date hereof;

"Available Amount" means, at any time, the lesser of: (a) the Committed Amount or its Equivalent Amount in U.S. Dollars, and (b) the Borrowing Base;

"BA Purchase Price" means the difference between (i) the result (rounded to the nearest whole cent, with one-half of one cent being rounded up) obtained by dividing the Face Amount of such Bankers' Acceptance by the sum of one plus the product of (x) the BA Reference Discount Rate multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the term to maturity of such Bankers' Acceptance, and the denominator of which is 365 and (ii) the Acceptance Fee;

"BA Reference Discount Rate" means the average rate applicable to bankers' acceptances denominated in Canadian Dollars for the applicable period appearing on the "Reuters Screen CDOR Page" (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 2000 Definitions) rounded up to the nearest 1/100th of 1% at approximately 10:00 a.m. on the relevant Drawdown Date; provided that if such rate is not available, the "BA Reference Discount Rate" shall mean the arithmetic mean of the bid rates quoted by Bank of Montreal and the other Lenders, if any, at approximately 10:00 a.m. for the purchase, on the relevant Drawdown Date, of bankers' acceptances or drafts having an aggregate Face Amount equal to and with a term to maturity the same as the Bankers' Acceptances to be purchased by the Lenders on such Drawdown Date;

"Bankers' Acceptance" means a draft or other bill of exchange in Canadian Dollars drawn by the Borrower and accepted by a Lender in accordance with Article 4;

"Bankers' Acceptance Advance" means the advance of funds to the Borrower as borrower by way of creation and issuance of Bankers' Acceptances in accordance with the provisions of Article 4;


- 4 -

"Banking Day" means a day, other than a Saturday or a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized to close in either Toronto, Canada or New York, New York and, where used in the context of a Libor Advance, which is also a day on which banks are not required or authorized to close in London, England and dealings are carried on in the London interbank market;

"Base Rate" means the greater of (i) the variable rate of interest per annum, expressed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, established or quoted from time to time by BMO as the reference rate of interest then in effect for determining interest rates on U.S. Dollar denominated commercial loans made by it in Canada; and (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the year and the denominator of which is 360, plus 1/2 of 1% per annum;

"BMO" means Bank of Montreal, a Canadian Schedule I chartered bank and any successor;

"Borrower" means Mitel Networks Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act, and its permitted successors and assigns;

"Borrower's Security" has the meaning specified in Section 10.1;

"Borrower's Security Documents" has the meaning specified in Section 10.1;

"Borrowing Base" shall mean, at any time, the sum of:

(i) 60% of Eligible Accounts Receivable; plus

(ii) 90% of EDC Receivables; plus

(iii) 100% of trade accounts of the Borrower and the Guarantors which are secured by bank letters of credit or guarantee satisfactory to the Required Lenders which bank letters of credit or guarantees shall have been assigned to the Administrative Agent if so requested by the Administrative Agent;

For purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base, Eligible Accounts Receivable and EDC Receivables of the Borrower and the Guarantors shall be expressed in Canadian Dollars based on the Equivalent Amount of the value of any such amounts in U.S. Dollars, Sterling or Euros;

"Borrowing Base Certificate" shall mean a certificate to be executed by the Borrower and delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent from time to time in the form attached to this Agreement as Schedule A;


- 5 -

"Business" means the communications systems business, including research and development of communications and related products carried on, or to be carried on, by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

"Canadian Dollars" and "Cdn. $" mean the lawful currency of Canada in immediately available funds;

"change in law" has the meaning specified in Section 5.1;

"Claims" has the meaning specified in Section 13.4(a);

"Closing Date" means April 21, 2004;

"Commitment" means, with respect to a Lender, the amount set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule K, or the Equivalent Amount in U.S. Dollars, subject to reduction pursuant to Section 2.7;

"Committed Amount" means Cdn. $30,000,000, or the Equivalent Amount in U.S. Dollars, subject to reduction pursuant to Section 2.7;

"Control" and its derivatives means, with respect to control of a corporation by a Person, the holding (other than by way of security only) by or for the benefit of that Person, or affiliates of that Person or others with whom that Person does not deal at Arm's Length of securities of such corporation or the right to vote or direct the voting of securities of such corporation to which, in the aggregate, are attached more than 50% of the votes that may be cast to elect directors of the corporation, provided that the votes attached to those securities are sufficient, if exercised, to elect a majority of the directors of the corporation and means, with respect to control of a Person other than a corporation, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, and whether through the ownership or control of voting securities, voting rights, contract or otherwise, without the cooperation of others;

"Conversion" means the conversion of an Advance pursuant to Section 2.14;

"Conversion Notice" means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule C;

"Corporate Distribution" has the meaning specified in Section 8.2(h);

"Counsel to the Borrower" means Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP or such other firm of legal counsel as the Borrower may from time to time designate with the approval of the Administrative Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld;

"Debt" of any Person means, at any date, without duplication, (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, letters of credit or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts


- 6 -

payable within 90 days that arise in the ordinary course of business, (iv) all obligations of such Person as lessee which are capitalized in accordance with GAAP, (v) all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not the same is otherwise indebtedness, liabilities or obligations of such Person, (vi) all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of others which is, directly or indirectly, guaranteed by such Person or which such Person has agreed (contingently or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, (vii) all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations in respect of financial instruments which are classified as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, and (viii) all obligations of such Person to otherwise assure a creditor against loss;

"Default" means an event which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or the making of any determination or any combination thereof as provided for herein, could become an Event of Default;

"Drawdown" means a drawdown of an Advance;

"Drawdown Date" means, in relation to any Advance, the date, which shall be a Banking Day, on which the Drawdown of such Advance is made by the Borrower pursuant to a Drawdown Notice;

"Drawdown Notice" means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule B;

"EBITDA" means, for any Person on a consolidated basis and for any period, without duplication, the amount equal to net income less interest income, income tax recoveries and any non-cash income included in net income, plus, to the extent deducted from net income, interest expense, depreciation expense, amortization expense, other non-cash expenses and income tax expenses; provided that foreign exchange gains or losses and extraordinary or unusual gains or losses, including gains or losses on the disposition of assets outside the ordinary course of business and restructuring charges, shall not be included in EBITDA;

"EDC" means Export Development Canada and its successors;

"EDC Facility" means the credit facility in the aggregate maximum principal amount of Sterling 4,100,000 made available to MNL by EDC pursuant to a loan agreement dated February 27, 2003;

"EDC Indemnity Obligations" means all obligations and liabilities of any kind whatsoever of the Borrower to EDC in connection with or relating to indemnity agreements entered into, or which may in the future be entered into, by the Borrower in favour of EDC in respect of surety and performance bonds issued or to be issued by surety companies (including ACE-INA Insurance) with EDC's full or partial indemnity, for the account of the Borrower;


- 7 -

"EDC Indemnity Obligations Cash Collateral" means the sum of US$837,393.00 deposited by the Borrower with EDC as cash collateral for the EDC Indemnity Obligations plus any accrued interest thereon, as the same shall be automatically reduced by amounts which are applied by EDC against the EDC Indemnity Obligations;

"EDC Receivables" means trade accounts of the Borrower and MNI insured by
EDC;

"Eligible Accounts Receivable" means the combined Canadian, United States and United Kingdom trade accounts of the Borrower and the Guarantors as determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding the following:

(a) any trade accounts which are outstanding for more than 90 days from the date of invoice, except a limited number of extended term accounts agreed by the Required Lenders to be Eligible Accounts Receivable;

(b) trade accounts if the account debtors are located in a jurisdiction other than Canada, the United States or in the case of trade accounts of MNL only, the United Kingdom;

(c) trade accounts which are payable in a currency other than Canadian Dollars, U.S. Dollars, Sterling or Euros;

(d) trade accounts if the account debtors are Affiliates of the Borrower or the Guarantors including, for greater certainty, Breconridge Manufacturing Solutions, Inc., Breconridge Manufacturing Solutions Corporation and Breconridge Manufacturing Solutions Limited;

(e) accounts subject to a right of set-off if a claim of set-off has been asserted by the account debtor;

(f) Governmental Receivables, unless expressly permitted in writing by the Administrative Agent;

(g) doubtful or disputed accounts;

(h) EDC Receivables;

(i) those accounts referred to in sub-part (iii) of the definition of Borrowing Base; and

(j) any accounts, including any account not specifically excluded above, determined by any Lender, in its sole discretion, not to be eligible;

"Environmental Claims" means any and all enforcement, clean-up, removal or other governmental or regulatory actions, orders, directions or proceedings instituted, pending or completed or, to the best of the knowledge of the Borrower and the Guarantors,


- 8 -

threatened or anticipated pursuant to any Environmental Laws and all claims made or, to the best of the knowledge of the Borrower and the Guarantors, threatened, by any third party against the Borrower or any of the Guarantors, any property of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors or any of their Subsidiaries or any party having charge, management or control of any property of any of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Subsidiaries relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss or injury resulting from any violation or alleged violation of Environmental Laws;

"Environmental Laws" means any present or future applicable federal, provincial, state, municipal or other local law, statute, regulation or by-law, code, ordinance, decree, directive, standard, policy, rule, order, treaty, convention, judgment, award or determination for the protection of the environment or human health and safety, present or future;

"Equivalent Amount" on any given date in one currency (the "first currency") of any amount denominated in another currency (the "second currency") means the amount of the first currency which could be purchased with such amount of the second currency at the rate of exchange quoted by BMO at 11:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on such date for the purchase of the first currency with the second currency;

"Euro" means the lawful currency of the member states of the European Union that have adopted the single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Community, as amended by the Treaty on European Union;

"Event of Default" means any of the events described in Section 11.1;

"Existing Credit Agreement" shall have the meaning specified in the recitals to this Agreement;

"Face Amount" means, in respect of a Bankers' Acceptance, the amount payable to the holder thereof on the maturity thereof and means, in respect of a Letter of Credit, the maximum amount payable to a beneficiary thereunder;

"Facility" means the revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to Cdn. $30,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in U.S. Dollars) to be made available to the Borrower by the Lenders as set forth in Article 2;

"Federal Funds Effective Rate" means, for any particular day, the variable rate of interest per annum, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year as determined by BMO for the actual number of days elapsed, equal to:

(i) the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Banking Day, for the next preceding Banking Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or


- 9 -

(ii) for any Banking Day on which such rate is not so published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, the average of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by BMO from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by BMO in consultation with the Borrower;

"Fee Letter" means the letter agreement dated April 21, 2004 between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent;

"GAAP" means those generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied in Canada;

"Governmental Receivables" means trade accounts of the Borrower where the account debtors are the federal government of Canada, the United States of America, or any other country or nation or any provincial government or any state government or any territorial government or any political subdivision thereof, or of any political subdivision of a political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other function of or pertaining to government;

"Guarantees" means, collectively, (i) the amended and restated guarantee and security agreement dated as of January 21, 2002 between MNI and the Administrative Agent, (ii) the second amended and restated guarantee and security agreement dated as of February 27, 2003 between MNI and the Administrative Agent, (iii) the amended and restated guarantee and security agreement dated as of January 21, 2002 between MNSI and the Administrative Agent, (iv) the second amended and restated guarantee and security agreement dated as of February 27, 2003 between MNSI and the Administrative Agent, and (v) the guarantee and indemnity dated July 25, 2001 between MNL and the Administrative Agent as confirmed by the confirmation of guarantee and security dated as of February 27, 2003 by MNL, and, in each case, as may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and "Guarantee" means any of them;

"Guarantors" means, collectively, MNI, MNSI and MNL, and their respective permitted successors and assigns and "Guarantor" means any of them;

"Guarantors' Security" has the meaning specified in Section 10.2;

"Guarantors' Security Documents" has the meaning specified in Section 10.2;

"Hazardous Material" means any contaminant, pollutant or substance that causes harm or degradation to the surrounding environment or injury to human health and, without restricting the generality of the foregoing, includes any pollutant, contaminant, waste, hazardous waste, deleterious substance or dangerous good present in such quantity or state that it contravenes or is regulated under any Environmental Laws or gives rise or could give rise to any liability or obligation under any Environmental Law;

"Indemnifying Party" has the meaning specified in Section 13.4(c);


- 10 -

"Indemnitee" has the meaning specified in Section 13.4(a);

"Intercreditor Agreement" means the intercreditor agreement made between the Administrative Agent, for and on behalf of the Lenders, EDC, the Borrower and the Guarantors, dated February 27, 2003;

"Interest Date" means the first day of each calendar month;

"Interest Period" means, with respect to a Libor Advance, a period commencing (i) in the case of the initial Interest Period for such Advance, on the date of such Advance; and (ii) in the case of any subsequent Interest Period for such Advance, on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable thereto and ending, in either case, on the last day of such period as shall be selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions hereof; provided that if any Libor Advance arises as a result of a Conversion of another type of Advance pursuant to the provisions hereof, the initial Interest Period for such Libor Advance after such Conversion shall commence on the date of such Conversion;

"Lenders" means the Persons listed as lenders on Schedule K and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto in accordance with the terms of Section 14.11;

"Letter of Credit" means a term letter of credit, sight letter of credit, standby letter of credit or documentary letter of credit issued by a Lender at the request of the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.1;

"Libor Advance" means a loan made by a Lender to the Borrower in U.S. Dollars on which interest is payable at the Libor Rate plus the Applicable Margin;

"Libor Interest Payment Date" has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(c);

"Libor Rate" means, for each Interest Period for each Libor Advance, a rate of interest per annum, calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days, equal to the London interbank offered rate for U.S. Dollars, at 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on the day that is two Banking Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, and having a term equal to such Interest Period, as such rate is reported on the display designated as "page 3750" (or any replacement page) by "Telerate - the Financial Information Network" published by Telerate Systems, Inc. (or such other company or service as may be nominated by the British Bankers' Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying British Bankers' Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in U.S. Dollars) and, if such rate is not available, then the rate of interest per annum, calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days, at which BMO is offered deposits in U.S. Dollars by prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two Banking Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a period comparable to such Interest Period and in an amount approximately equal to the amount of the Libor Advance to be outstanding during such Interest Period;


- 11 -

"Liens" means mortgages, pledges, liens, hypothecs, charges, security agreements or other encumbrances or other arrangements that in substance secure payment or performance of an obligation, statutory and other non-consensual liens or encumbrances and includes the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;

"Loan Documents" means, collectively, this Agreement and the Security Documents;

"Losses" has the meaning specified in Section 13.4(a);

"Material Agreement" means any agreement, contract or document which is material to the Business or to the operations, financial condition or prospects of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors;

"Maturity Date" means June 30, 2005;

"MNI" means Mitel Networks, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware and an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower;

"MNL" means Mitel Networks Limited, a private company limited by shares incorporated in England and Wales under number 1309629, whose registered office is at Portskewett, Monmouthshire, NP2G 5YR, and an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower;

"MNSI" means Mitel Networks Solutions, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower;

"Notice of Amount" has the meaning specified in Section 5.1;

"Notification Date" has the meaning specified in Section 13.5(c);

"Officer's Certificate" means a certificate signed by any one of the following officers of the Borrower: (i) the Chief Executive Officer, (ii) the Chief Operating Officer, (iii) the Chief Financial Officer, or (iv) the Treasurer;

"Other Taxes" means any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement, or any other document in connection herewith;

"Outstanding Amount" has the meaning specified in Section 2.6(b);

"Participation" of a Lender means the percentage which such Lender's Commitment with respect to the Facility is of the aggregate Committed Amount, as such percentage may be adjusted pursuant to this Agreement and subject to the Administrative Agent's authority to make allocations among the Lenders as herein provided, or, as the context


- 12 -

requires, the percentage determined as aforesaid of such Lender in any issue of Bankers' Acceptances, in any Advance or in any repayment thereof or, as the context may require, in any payment of interest or fees or other payment;

"Permits" has the meaning specified in Section 7.1(i);

"Permitted Debt" means:

(i) Debt owing hereunder and under the Security Documents;

(ii) Subordinated Debt;

(iii) trade debt and similar unsecured indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business (but excluding indebtedness for borrowed money outstanding for more than 90 days);

(iv) certain indebtedness of MNL owing to Mitel Networks International Limited on account of royalties;

(v) intercorporate Debt owed by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any of the Guarantors;

(vi) intercorporate Debt between the Borrower and the Guarantors;

(vii) intercorporate Debt owed by any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than the Guarantors) to another wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower;

(viii)Debt in an aggregate amount not exceeding Cdn. $15,000,000 (or its Equivalent Amount in another currency) incurred in connection with the obligations of a Person as lessee which are capitalized in accordance with GAAP;

(ix) Debt incurred pursuant to performance bonds, bid bonds and other similar instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(x) Debt for borrowed money in an aggregate amount not exceeding
(pound)15,000,000 incurred pursuant to overdraft, working capital credit facilities and any other form of financing by Subsidiaries of the Borrower carrying on business in the United Kingdom and Europe (including a (pound)7.5 million real estate mortgage dated January 24, 2002 granted by MNL in favour of Barclays Bank plc and a (pound)5 million chattel mortgage dated October 31, 2001 granted by MNL in favour of Barclays Bank plc, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time with the consent of the Required Lenders);


- 13 -

(xi) Debt pursuant to letters of credit in an aggregate face amount not exceeding Cdn. $800,000 issued in respect of the Borrower's supplemental executive retirement plan;

(xii) Debt incurred or assumed in connection with Permitted Purchase Money Security Interests;

(xiii)Debt secured by assets or properties at the time of entering into an agreement with respect to the acquisition of such assets or properties and assumed in connection with such acquisition and Debt of a corporation existing at the time such corporation becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower provided, in either case, that such Debt was not incurred in anticipation of such acquisition or in anticipation of such corporation becoming a Subsidiary and excluding any extensions or renewals of any such Debt;

(xiv) unsecured Debt incurred in connection with transactions entered into for the purpose of hedging foreign exchange risk of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or for the purpose of hedging interest rate exposure on Permitted Debt (but, in either case not for speculative purposes);

(xv) unsecured Debt in an aggregate amount not exceeding U.S. $25,000,000 (or its Equivalent Amount in another currency) pursuant to a daylight overdraft facility incurred solely to facilitate the clearance of inter-corporate Debt;

(xvi) secured Debt pursuant to a daylight overdraft facility incurred with Harris Bank solely to facilitate the clearance of inter-corporate Debt;

(xvii)Debt represented by obligations of MNL in respect of its defined benefit pension plan; and

(xviii)unsecured Debt not included in any of the foregoing and not exceeding Cdn. $5,000,000 (or its Equivalent Amount in another currency), in the aggregate;

"Permitted Encumbrances" has the meaning specified in Schedule F;

"Permitted Purchase Money Security Interest" means any Lien on any property or asset created, issued or assumed to secure Debt incurred, assumed or issued to satisfy, in whole or in part, the purchase price of such property or asset (including installation costs) and expenditures made for any repairs, alterations, construction, development or improvements performed thereon or added thereto, provided that such Lien, or any agreement or other instrument under which such Lien is constituted, is limited to the property or asset acquired in connection with the assumption, issuance or incurring of


- 14 -

such Debt and is created, issued or assumed concurrently with the acquisition of such property or assets;

"Permitted Securitization Transactions" means any transaction providing for the sale, securitization or other asset-backed financing of trade accounts receivable arising in Canada or the United States of or owing to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower, provided that such disposition of accounts receivable pursuant to the securitization transactions are without recourse to the Borrower or such Subsidiary and provided that the terms and conditions of all such securitization transactions shall be on an Arm's Length basis and on commercially reasonable terms;

"Person" means an individual, company, partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality), corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government, state or political subdivision thereof or any agency of such government, state or political subdivision;

"Prime Rate" means the greater of (i) the arithmetic mean of the variable rates of interest per annum, expressed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, established or quoted from time to time by BMO and the other Lenders, if any, as the reference rate of interest then in effect for determining interest rates on Canadian Dollar denominated commercial loans made by it in Canada and (ii) the sum of (x) the rate per annum for Canadian Dollar bankers' acceptances having a term of 30 days that appears on the display page designated as the CDOR Page (or any replacement page) by Reuters Money Market Service (or its successor) as of 10:00 a.m. on the date of determination as reported by the Administrative Agent, and (y) 1.0% per annum;

"Prime Rate Advance" means a loan made by a Lender to a Borrower in Canadian Dollars on which interest is payable at the Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin;

"Priority Claims" means, at any time, the aggregate of any amounts due and payable prior to such time, to the extent not paid by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors in respect of:

(a) wages, salaries, commissions or other remunerations;

(b) vacation pay;

(c) deductions at source for employees, federal and provincial income taxes, Canada Pension Plan and Employment Insurance;

(d) GST and PST (net of input tax credits);

(e) Workers' Compensation Board premiums or similar premiums;


- 15 -

(f) all taxes under the federal and state laws of the United States including, but not limited to, all federal, state or local net or gross income, gross receipts, net proceeds, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, franchise, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, sales, use, property, alternative or add-on minimum, environmental or other taxes, assessments, duties, fees, levies or other governmental charges of any nature whatever, whether disputed or not, together with any interest, penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto;

(g) all payments in connection with an employee benefit plan, program and arrangement including, without limitation, any "employee benefit plan" as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors, or any other applicable law covering employee benefit plans (including, without limitation, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) or any applicable agreement controlling such employee benefit plan(s);

(h) all payments in connection with workers' compensation, workers' disability insurance, or any similar program as required by any applicable state or federal law, such as, for example, the New York State "Workers' Compensation Law" (New York Consolidated Laws Chapter 67, ss.ss.1 et seq.);

(i) property taxes;

(j) rent;

(k) value added tax (VAT) and all deductions, taxes, premiums and payments which may be payable by MNL and which are similar to the deductions, taxes, premiums and payments referred to in paragraphs
(c), (d), (e), (f), (g) and (h) of this definition of "Priority Claims"; and

(l) claims which may rank in priority to the Administrative Agent's security interest in respect of accounts receivable.

"rate of exchange" has the meaning specified in Section 15.14;

"Release" has the meaning specified in Section 7.1(j);

"Reorganization" has the meaning specified in Section 12.1;

"Required Lenders" means, at any time, Lenders having undrawn Commitments or outstanding Advances representing more than two-thirds of the sum of the total Committed Amount or outstanding Advances at such time;


- 16 -

"Rollover" means a rollover of a Libor Advance pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.11 or a rollover of a Bankers' Acceptance Advance pursuant to and in accordance with Section 4.5;

"Rollover Notice" means a notice substantially in the form of Schedule D;

"RPA" has the meaning specified in Section 8.2(j);

"Security" means, collectively, the Borrower's Security and the Guarantors' Security;

"Security Documents" means, collectively, the Borrower's Security Documents and the Guarantors' Security Documents;

"Sterling" means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom in immediately available funds;

"Stock" shall mean all shares, options, warrants, general or limited partnership interests or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited partnership or equivalent entity whether voting or non-voting or participating or non-participating;

"Subordinated Debt" shall mean Debt of the Borrower or any Guarantor or Subsidiary subordinated to all amounts at any time due and payable under any of the Loan Documents in a manner and form satisfactory to the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, as to right and time of payment and as to any other rights and remedies thereunder;

"Subsidiary" means any corporation more than 50% of the Voting Shares of which at the time of determination are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower or any corporation, joint venture, partnership or other entity which is subject to the direct or indirect Control of the Borrower;

"Successor Corporation" has the meaning specified in Section 12.1;

"Take-Over Bid" means an offer to acquire made by the Borrower, a Guarantor or a Subsidiary of the Borrower, alone or acting jointly or in concert with any other Person or Persons (collectively, the "Offeror"), to any holder of Voting Shares or securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into Voting Shares (the "Target Shares") of the offeree issuer, which has not been solicited by or made at the request of the board of directors of the offeree issuer, or with respect to which the board of directors of the offeree issuer has not recommended acceptance, where the Target Shares subject to the offer to acquire, together with the Target Shares held by or on behalf of the offeror on the date of the offer, constitute, in aggregate, 20% (or such lesser percentage as would require compliance with the formal requirements governing take-over bids (such as the delivery of circulars or equivalent disclosure documents to shareholders under Applicable Law)) or more of the outstanding Target Shares at the date of the offer to acquire, but


- 17 -

excluding any such offer which, under the Applicable Law of the jurisdiction in which such offer is made, would be exempt from such formal requirements;

"Taxes" includes all present and future income, corporation, capital gains, capital and value-added, and goods and services taxes and all stamp and other taxes and levies, imposts, deductions, duties, charges and withholdings whatsoever together with interest thereon and penalties with respect thereto, if any, and charges, fees and other amounts made on or in respect thereof;

"Transferee" has the meaning specified in Section 15.11(a);

"U.S. Base Rate Advance" means a loan made by a Lender to the Borrower on which interest is payable at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin;

"U.S. Dollars" and "U.S. $" mean the lawful currency of the United States of America in immediately available funds; and

"Voting Shares" means shares of any class of any corporation carrying voting rights under all circumstances, provided that, for the purpose of this definition, shares which only carry the right to vote conditionally on the happening of an event shall not be considered Voting Shares unless such right has become exercisable.

1.2 Headings

The division of this Agreement into Articles and Sections and the insertion of an index and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation hereof. The terms "this Agreement", "hereof", "hereunder" and similar expressions refer to this Agreement and not to any particular Article, Section, paragraph or other portion hereof and include any agreement supplemental hereto. Save as expressly provided herein, references herein to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

1.3 Extended Meanings

Words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa, and words importing any gender shall include all genders. The term "including" means "including without limitation".

1.4 References to the Administrative Agent and Lenders

Any reference in this Agreement to the Administrative Agent and any Lender shall be construed so as to include its successors and permitted transferees or assigns hereunder in accordance with its respective interests.


- 18 -

1.5 Accounting Terms and Practices

Unless otherwise provided herein, all accounting terms referred to herein shall be construed in accordance with Canadian GAAP as established from time to time by the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants and all financial data submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with such principles, consistently applied except for the absence of footnotes in unaudited statements.

1.6 Non-Banking Days

Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due or any action to be taken hereunder shall be stated to be required to be taken on a day other than a Banking Day, such payment shall be made or such action shall be taken on the next succeeding Banking Day and, in the case of the payment of any monetary amount, the extension of time shall be included for the purposes of computation of interest or fees thereon.

1.7 References to Time of Day

Except as otherwise specified herein, a time of day shall be construed as a reference to Toronto, Canada time.

1.8 Severability

In the event that one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

1.9 Currency

All monetary amounts in this Agreement refer to Canadian Dollars unless otherwise specified.

1.10 References to Statutes

Except as otherwise provided herein, any reference in this Agreement to a statute shall be construed to be a reference to such statute as the same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended or re-enacted.

1.11 References to Agreements

Except as otherwise provided herein, any reference herein to this Agreement or any other agreement or document shall be construed to be a reference to this Agreement or such other agreement or document, as the case may be, as the same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, varied, novated or supplemented.


- 19 -

1.12 Consents and Approvals

Whenever the consent or approval of a party hereto is required in a particular circumstance, unless otherwise expressly provided for therein, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by such party.

1.13 Schedules

The following are the Schedules attached hereto and incorporated by reference and deemed to be part hereof:

Schedule A     -     Borrowing Base Certificate
Schedule B     -     Drawdown Notice
Schedule C     -     Conversion Notice
Schedule D     -     Rollover Notice
Schedule E     -     [Intentionally deleted]
Schedule F     -     Permitted Encumbrances
Schedule G     -     Litigation
Schedule H     -     Non-Compliance Matters
Schedule I     -     Subsidiaries
Schedule J     -     Transfer Agreement
Schedule K     -     Committed Amounts
Schedule L     -     Financial Forecast

                             Article 2
                            THE FACILITY

2.1 The Facility

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, each of the Lenders hereby severally agrees to make the Facility available to the Borrower up to the maximum amount of its Participation. For greater certainty, any amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement on the Closing Date shall be deemed to be and the parties hereto confirm that such amounts are outstanding hereunder. The failure of any Lender to make an Advance required to be made available hereunder by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the obligations of each Lender hereunder with respect to its Participation are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender's failure to make Advances as required hereunder.

2.2 Purpose

The Facility is being made available to the Borrower by the Lenders to finance the Borrower's working capital requirements and general corporate purposes.


- 20 -

2.3 Availability

(a) The Facility shall be available by way of Drawdown of an Advance by the Borrower in a minimum amount of Cdn. $1,000,000 (or such lesser amount as may from time to time be agreed to by the Lenders at their sole discretion) and integral multiples of Cdn. $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if not such a multiple, the then remaining Available Amount), at the option of the Borrower, by way of Prime Rate Advance or Bankers' Acceptance Advance or the issue of a Letter of Credit or in a minimum amount of Cdn. $1,000,000 and integral multiples of Cdn. $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if not such a multiple, the then remaining Available Amount) (a minimum amount of Cdn. $10,000 in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in Canadian Dollars) or, at the option of the Borrower, by way of Libor Advance or U.S. Base Rate Advance or the issue of a Letter of Credit in a minimum amount of U.S. $1,000,000 and integral multiples of U.S. $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if not such a multiple, the then remaining Available Amount) (a minimum amount of U.S. $10,000 in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in U.S. Dollars), or any combination thereof by irrevocable Drawdown Notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than (i) 10:00 a.m. on the Banking Day prior to the Drawdown Date in the case of a Prime Rate Advance or a Bankers' Acceptance Advance in an amount not exceeding Cdn. $10,000,000 or a U.S. Base Rate Advance or issue of a Letter of Credit in an amount not exceeding U.S. $10,000,000; (ii) 10:00 a.m. on the second Banking Day prior to the Drawdown Date in the case of a Prime Rate Advance or a Bankers' Acceptance Advance in an amount exceeding Cdn. $10,000,000 or a U.S. Base Rate Advance in an amount exceeding U.S. $10,000,000; or (iii) 10:00 a.m. on the third Banking Day prior to the relevant Drawdown Date in the case of a Libor Advance. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, the Borrower shall have the right and option to determine in which of these forms the Facility shall be utilized from time to time and the Borrower shall have the right to convert the manner in which the Facility is utilized from one form to another as it sees fit, subject to Section 2.14.

(b) The Borrower may not make a Drawdown under the Facility if, as a result of such Drawdown, the aggregate of (i) the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Facility and (ii) the maximum amount payable under all outstanding Letters of Credit, in each case expressed in Canadian Dollars (based on the Equivalent Amount of any obligations in U.S. Dollars), would exceed the Available Amount. The Lenders shall have no obligation to make any Advance or issue any Letters of Credit hereunder at any time after demand has been made pursuant to Section 11.2 hereof or at any time that the Borrower or any of the Guarantors has failed to observe or perform any of its covenants or obligations hereunder or under any of the Security Documents and such default is continuing, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent or the Lenders have made demand pursuant to Section 11.2 hereof.

(c) All or any portion of the amount outstanding under the Facility may be repaid and reborrowed from time to time. The Facility shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

(d) Notwithstanding Section 2.3(a), the Borrower may, by delivering a Drawdown Notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. on any Drawdown Date, make a Drawdown on such Drawdown Date by way of a Prime Rate Advance in an amount not exceeding Cdn. $2,000,000 or by way of a U.S. Base Rate Advance in an amount not exceeding U.S. $2,000,000.


- 21 -

2.4 Making of an Advance

If the Borrower delivers a Drawdown Notice in accordance with Section 2.3, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender in writing of the amount of the Advance and such Lender's portion thereof and, if on the proposed Drawdown Date the amount of such Advance is equal to or less than the Available Amount, then:

(i) each Lender shall, not later than 11:00 a.m. on the Drawdown Date, make, or procure to be made, its portion of the Advance available to the Administrative Agent; and

(ii) the Agent shall, not later than 4:00 p.m. on the Drawdown Date, make such Advance available to the Borrower.

2.5 Participation of Each Lender

(a) The amount of the Participation of each Lender in any Advance or issue of Bankers' Acceptances shall be determined by the Administrative Agent by reference, subject to the Administrative Agent's authority pursuant to Section 2.5(b), to each such Lender's Participation, as such Participation shall be immediately prior to the making of the Advance or the issue of the Bankers' Acceptances.

(b) The Administrative Agent is authorized by the Borrower and each Lender to allocate amongst the Lenders the Bankers' Acceptances to be issued and purchased in such manner and amounts as the Agent may, in its sole and unfettered discretion acting reasonably, consider necessary, rounding up or down, so as to ensure that no Lender is required to accept and purchase a Bankers' Acceptance for a fraction of Cdn. $100,000, and in such event, the Lenders' respective Participations in any such Bankers' Acceptances and repayments thereof shall be altered accordingly. Further, the Administrative Agent is authorized by the Borrower and each Lender to cause one or more Lenders' Commitment to be exceeded by not more than Cdn. $100,000 each as a result of such allocations provided that the principal amount of Advances and Bankers' Acceptances outstanding shall not thereby exceed the aggregate Committed Amount.

2.6 Repayment of the Facility

(a) Provided that the Facility is not prepaid or accelerated in accordance with Article 11, the Borrower shall repay the principal amount of all Advances outstanding under the Facility, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, on the Maturity Date.

(b) In the event that the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Prime Rate Advances, (ii) the Face Amount of Bankers' Acceptances, (iii) the maximum amount which may be drawn in Canadian Dollars and the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars of the maximum amount which may be drawn in U.S. Dollars under Letters of Credit which have been issued and


- 22 -

are outstanding, (iv) the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars of the aggregate principal amount of Libor Advances, and (v) the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars of the aggregate principal amount of U.S. Base Rate Advances, in each case outstanding under the Facility (such amount being referred to in this
Section 2.6 as the "Outstanding Amount"), exceeds the amount allowed pursuant to
Section 2.3(b) for any reason whatsoever (including changes in the Canadian Dollar/U.S. Dollar exchange rate), then any Lender may, by notice to the Borrower, require the Borrower to repay, within two Banking Days of receipt of such notice, that portion of the Outstanding Amount which is in excess of the maximum amount allowed pursuant to Section 2.3(b) determined on the date of such notice; provided, however, that if the Outstanding Amount exceeds the Available Amount solely because of changes in the Canadian Dollar/U.S. Dollar exchange rate (and does not exceed the amount of the Borrowing Base), then unless the amount by which the Outstanding Amount exceeds the Available Amount is greater than Cdn. $750,000, the Borrower shall not be obliged to make a repayment hereunder until the next following Interest Date, Drawdown Date, date of Rollover or date of Conversion (whichever is the first to occur following receipt of such notice) and provided further that if such repayment would result in the repayment of a Bankers' Acceptance Advance prior to its maturity date or the repayment of a Libor Advance prior to the last day of its Interest Period, the Borrower may, at its option and in lieu of repayment of such Advances, deposit with the Administrative Agent cash collateral in an amount equal to the required repayment amount to be held by the Administrative Agent as repayment of a Bankers' Acceptance Advance on its maturity date or repayment of a Libor Advance on the last day of its then current Interest Period, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Outstanding Amount exceeds the amount allowed pursuant to Section 2.3(b) because of a decrease in the amount of the Borrowing Base, the Borrower shall repay, concurrently with delivery of the Borrowing Base Certificate pursuant to Section 8.1(a)(iv), that portion of the Outstanding Amount which is in excess of the maximum amount pursuant to Section 2.3(b) determined on the date of delivery of such Borrowing Base Certificate without any requirement for notice of a required payment to be given by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the Borrower.

(c) Without limiting the obligations of the Borrower under Section 2.3(b), the Borrower may, upon giving the Administrative Agent three Banking Days' prior written notice, repay any outstanding Advances, provided further, however, that repayment of Libor Advances shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.11. All repayments of the Facility by the Borrower, other than repayments pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.6, shall be in a minimum amount of Cdn. $100,000 or the Equivalent Amount in U.S. Dollars and amounts in excess thereof in integral multiples of Cdn. $100,000 (or, if less, the remaining amount of the relevant Advance) and shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders. Repayments of any Advance outstanding under the Facility shall be made in the currency in which such Advance is denominated.

(d) If the Required Lenders, at any time, become concerned with the payment of Priority Claims by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent may, at the direction of the Required Lenders but otherwise in its absolute sole discretion, reduce the Borrowing Base by the Priority Claims. Priority Claims from time to time shall be deducted from the Borrowing Base for the purpose of determining the Available Amount until the Required Lenders otherwise direct.


- 23 -

2.7 Cancellation or Reduction of the Facility

(a) The Borrower may at any time, upon giving at least three Banking Days' prior notice to the Administrative Agent, cancel in full or, from time to time, cancel in part any undrawn portion of the Facility and reduce the Committed Amount of the Facility accordingly; provided, however, that any such reduction shall be in minimum amounts of Cdn. $1,000,000 and integral multiples of Cdn. $100,000 in excess thereof. Any such cancellation shall permanently reduce the Facility and may not be reinstated. In the event that the Facility is reduced to zero or cancelled and no other indebtedness or liabilities (including indemnity obligations) of the Borrower are owing to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall, at the sole expense of the Borrower, agree to terminate this Agreement with the exception of those provisions of the Agreement which survive the termination of the Agreement.

(b) In the event that the Borrower's EBITDA (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date of this Agreement and measured as at the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower for such fiscal quarter then ending, commencing with the first such quarter to end following the date of this Agreement and, to the extent that any assets or liabilities of Endurance Trust are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, calculated without reference to the assets and liabilities of Endurance Trust) for a fiscal quarter is less than 80% of the projected EBITDA in the Financial Forecast attached hereto as Schedule L, the Committed Amount shall be temporarily reduced to Cdn. $20,000,000, or the Equivalent Amount in U.S. Dollars if such amount is less than the actual Committed Amount hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Borrower's EBITDA in any subsequent fiscal quarter is equal to or greater than 80% of the projected EBITDA in the Financial Forecast attached hereto as Schedule L, the Committed Amount shall be equal to the lesser of (i) the actual Committed Amount, subject to any subsequent reduction pursuant to Section 2.7(a) above, prior to the temporary reduction of the Committed Amount provided under this
Section 2.7(b); and (ii) Cdn. $30,000,000, or the Equivalent Amount in U.S. Dollars.

2.8 Application of Repayments

(a) Except as otherwise indicated herein, all payments made to the Administrative Agent by or for the Borrower for the account of the Lenders in connection herewith shall be distributed the same day by the Administrative Agent, in accordance with its normal practice, in funds having same day value among the Lenders to the accounts last designated in writing by such Lenders respectively to the Administrative Agent pro rata in accordance with their respective Participations. Amounts so distributed shall be applied by the Lenders as follows:

(i) to amounts due hereunder in respect of Bankers' Acceptances;


- 24 -

(ii) to amounts (other than principal or interest) due under any Loan Document in respect of fees, expenses and other amounts;

(iii) to amounts due hereunder in respect of interest on any outstanding Advances; and

(iv) to the principal amount of any outstanding Advances.

Further, payments of interest or principal received by the Lenders shall be applied against Advances in order of:

(v) in the case of Prime Rate Advances or U.S. Base Rate Advances, their respective Drawdown Dates or dates of Conversion, as the case may be, commencing with the earlier or earliest thereof;

(vi) in the case of Libor Advances, the day following the last day of their respective Interest Periods, commencing with the earlier or earliest thereof; and

(vii) in the case of Bankers' Acceptances, their respective maturity dates, commencing with the earlier or earliest thereof.

Payments received by the Administrative Agent on the Maturity Date of Bankers' Acceptances shall be distributed pro rata among the Lenders based on their Participation in each Bankers' Acceptance. Payments received by the Administrative Agent on account of the Principal Amount of Bankers' Acceptances which are maturing or which have previously matured, whether pursuant to enforcement of remedies or otherwise, shall also be so distributed.

(b) Where a sum is to be paid hereunder by the Borrower or any Lender to the Administrative Agent for the account of another party hereto, the Administrative Agent shall not be obliged to make the same available to that other party hereto, whether such party is the Borrower or a Lender, until it has been able to establish that it has actually received such sum, but if it does pay out a sum and it proves to be the case that it had not actually received the sum it paid out, then the party hereto to whom such sum was so made available, whether such party is the Borrower or a Lender, shall on request ensure that the amount so made available is refunded to the Administrative Agent, and shall on demand indemnify the Administrative Agent against any cost or loss it may have suffered or incurred by reason of its having paid out such sum prior to its having received such sum; provided that nothing in this Section 2.8(b) shall limit any rights or remedies that the Borrower may otherwise have against a defaulting Lender or the rights and remedies that a Lender may otherwise have against the Borrower or a defaulting Lender.

2.9 Interest on Prime Rate Advances

Interest on each Prime Rate Advance shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin plus the Prime Rate in effect from time to time during the period of time that the Prime Rate Advance is outstanding. Such interest shall be payable in Canadian Dollars


- 25 -

monthly in arrears on the Interest Date of each calendar month commencing with the Interest Date occurring in the calendar month following the initial Drawdown Date for the period from and including the Drawdown Date for such Advance (or, if applicable, the date on which such Advance was converted into a Prime Rate Advance) or the preceding Interest Date for such Prime Rate Advance, as the case may be, to and including the day preceding such Interest Date and shall be calculated on the principal amount of the Prime Rate Advance outstanding during such period and on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 365 or 366 days, in the case of an Interest Date occurring in a leap year. Changes in the Prime Rate shall cause an automatic and immediate adjustment of the interest rate payable on Prime Rate Advances without the necessity of any notice to the Borrower.

2.10 Interest on U.S. Base Rate Advances

Interest on each U.S. Base Rate Advance shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin plus the Base Rate in effect from time to time during the period of time that the U.S. Base Rate Advance is outstanding. Such interest shall be payable in U.S. Dollars monthly in arrears on the Interest Date of each calendar month commencing with the Interest Date occurring in the calendar month following the initial Drawdown Date for the period from and including the Drawdown Date for such Advance (or, if applicable, the date on which such Advance was converted into a U.S. Base Rate Advance) or the preceding Interest Date for such U.S. Base Rate Advance, as the case may be, to and including the day preceding such Interest Date and shall be calculated on the principal amount of the U.S. Base Rate Advance outstanding during such period and on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 365 or 366 days, in the case of an Interest Date occurring in a leap year. Changes in the U.S. Base Rate shall cause an automatic and immediate adjustment of the interest rate payable on U.S. Base Rate Advances without the necessity of any notice to the Borrower.

2.11 Libor Advances

(a) Libor Advances shall be available in U.S. Dollars in a minimum principal amount of U.S. $1,000,000 and integral multiples of U.S. $100,000 in excess thereof. The Drawdown Notice and each Conversion Notice or Rollover shall specify the applicable Interest Period for the Libor Advance. The duration of each such Interest Period shall be for periods of approximately one, two, three or six months (or such other period as may be agreed to by the Required Lenders), as the Borrower may select in the applicable Drawdown Notice, Conversion Notice or Rollover Notice. No Libor Advance may have an Interest Period ending after the Maturity Date. If any Interest Period would end on a day which is not a Banking Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Banking Day unless such next succeeding Banking Day falls in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall be shortened to end on the immediately preceding Banking Day.

(b) If a Lender determines that deposits of the necessary amount for the relevant Interest Period are not available in the London interbank market or if for any other reason a Lender, acting reasonably, is unable to determine the applicable Libor Rate, then the relevant Libor Advance will not be made to the Borrower, such Lender shall notify the Administrative


- 26 -

Agent and the Administrative Agent will notify the Borrower of such event forthwith and will discuss with the Borrower the particular circumstances and implications of such event. In the event that such determination is made by a Lender in the case of a proposed Rollover of an existing Libor Advance or a proposed Conversion of a U.S. Base Rate Advance into a Libor Advance, the proposed Libor Advance will automatically be deemed to be a U.S. Base Rate Advance.

(c) Interest on any Libor Advance shall be calculated at a rate per annum equal to the Libor Rate plus the Applicable Margin, shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day of each Interest Period but excluding the last day thereof) and divided by 360. Interest on any Libor Advance shall be payable in U.S. Dollars in arrears on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto; provided, however, that if the Interest Period is for a term of more than three months, interest shall be payable on the last day of the first three-month period and on the last day of each three-month period thereafter, as well as on the last day of the Interest Period (each such payment date being the "Libor Interest Payment Date").

(d) If a Libor Advance is neither repaid on the last day of an Interest Period nor converted into another type of Advance on such date pursuant to
Section 2.14, and if the Administrative Agent has not received a Rollover Notice or a Conversion Notice specifying the term of the next Interest Period for such Libor Advance on or before 10:00 a.m. on the third Banking Day prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period, then the outstanding Libor Advance shall be deemed to be converted, by way of Conversion on the last day of the then current Interest Period, to a U.S. Base Rate Advance.

(e) Except as otherwise provided herein, Libor Advances shall not be repaid, prepaid or converted into another type of Advance except on the last day of any Interest Period relating thereto unless the Borrower pays to the Administrative Agent for the account of a Lender any amounts which may be payable under Section 13.2.

2.12 Method and Place of Payment

All payments of principal, interest and fees hereunder shall be made for value at or before 12:00 noon on the day such amount is due by deposit or transfer thereof to an account of the Borrower maintained at the principal office of the Administrative Agent in Toronto or such other place as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may from time to time agree. Payments received after such time shall be deemed to have been made on the next following Banking Day. Each payment to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made without deduction, set-off or counterclaim. Repayments of any Advance and payments of interest on any Advance shall be made in the currency in which such Advance is denominated. The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent to deduct and set-off from such account all amounts due to the Administrative Agent from time to time hereunder.


- 27 -

2.13 Commitment Fees

The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders a commitment fee calculated monthly for the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the Maturity Date at the rate per annum specified below in this Section 2.13 on the average daily undrawn Committed Amount of the Facility, determined on the basis of the number of days elapsed in a year of 365 days or 366 days in the case of a period ending in a leap year. Such commitment fee shall accrue daily and be due and payable monthly, in arrears, on the first Banking Date of each calendar month. The applicable rate per annum for the commitment fee shall be as follows:

(i) if the daily average outstanding principal amount of Advances under the Facility for any month is less than or equal to 33.3% of the Committed Amount of the Facility, then 0.70%;

(ii) if the daily average outstanding principal amount of Advances under the Facility for any month is greater than 33.3% but less than or equal to 66.7% of the Committed Amount of the Facility, then 0.60%; and

(iii) if the daily average outstanding principal amount of Advances under the Facility for any month is greater than 66.7% of the Committed Amount of the Facility, then 0.50%.

2.14 Conversion Options

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Sections 2.11 and 4.7), the Borrower may convert any type of Advance outstanding under the Facility into another type of Advance as follows:

(i) provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a Prime Rate Advance or a portion thereof into a Bankers' Acceptance Advance by giving the Administrative Agent a Conversion Notice no later than 10:00 a.m. on the Banking Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion;

(ii) the Face Amount of a Bankers' Acceptance or a portion thereof into a Prime Rate Advance on the maturity date of the Bankers' Acceptance by giving the Administrative Agent a Conversion Notice no later than 10:00 a.m. on the Banking Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion;

(iii) provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a U.S. Base Rate Advance or a portion thereof into a Libor Advance by giving the Administrative Agent a Conversion Notice no later than 10:00 a.m. three Banking Days prior to the date of the proposed Conversion;

(iv) a Libor Advance or a portion thereof into a U.S. Base Rate Advance on the last day of the Interest Period of the relevant Libor Advance by giving


- 28 -

the Administrative Agent a Conversion Notice no later than 10:00
a.m. on the Banking Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion;

(v) a Prime Rate Advance or a portion thereof into a U.S. Base Rate Advance in the Equivalent Amount by giving the Administrative Agent a Conversion Notice no later than 10:00 a.m. on the Banking Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion;

(vi) provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a Prime Rate Advance or a portion thereof into a Libor Advance in the Equivalent Amount by giving the Administrative Agent a Conversion Notice no later than 10:00 a.m. three Banking Days prior to the date of the proposed Conversion;

(vii) the Face Amount of a Bankers' Acceptance or a portion thereof into a U.S. Base Rate Advance in the Equivalent Amount on the maturity date of the Bankers' Acceptance by giving the Administrative Agent a Conversion Notice no later than 10:00 a.m. on the Banking Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion;

(viii)provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Face Amount of a Bankers' Acceptance or a portion thereof into a Libor Advance in the Equivalent Amount on the maturity date of the Bankers' Acceptance by giving the Administrative Agent a Conversion Notice no later than 10:00 a.m. three Banking Days prior to the date of the proposed Conversion;

(ix) a U.S. Base Rate Advance or a portion thereof into a Prime Rate Advance in the Equivalent Amount by giving the Administrative Agent a Conversion Notice no later than 10:00 a.m. on the Banking Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion;

(x) provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a U.S. Base Rate Advance or a portion thereof into a Bankers' Acceptance Advance by giving the Administrative Agent a Conversion Notice no later than 10:00 a.m. on the Banking Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion;

(xi) a Libor Advance or a portion thereof into a Prime Rate Advance in the Equivalent Amount on the last day of the Interest Period of the relevant Libor Advance by giving the Administrative Agent a Conversion Notice no later than 10:00 a.m. on the Banking Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion; and

(xii) provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a Libor Advance or a portion thereof into a Bankers' Acceptance Advance in the Equivalent Amount on the last day of the Interest Period of the relevant


- 29 -

Libor Advance by giving the Administrative Agent a Conversion Notice no later than 10:00 a.m. on the Banking Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Default has occurred and is continuing, a Conversion pursuant to clause (i), (iii), (vi), (viii), (x) or (xii) and conversions into a different currency of Advance will be permitted only in the discretion of the Required Lenders. For purposes of Conversions of Advances from Canadian Dollars into U.S. Dollars or from U.S. Dollars into Canadian Dollars, the Equivalent Amount shall be the Equivalent Amount on the date of the Conversion. For greater certainty, Conversions of Advances into the Equivalent Amount in a different currency are permitted notwithstanding that such Equivalent Amount may not be in amounts required in connection with a Drawdown of an Advance in such currency.

2.15 Execution of Notices

Each Drawdown Notice, Conversion Notice, Rollover Notice and notice of repayment, prepayment or cancellation and, unless otherwise provided herein, all other notices, requests, demands or other communications to be given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower hereunder shall be executed by any one officer or director of the Borrower.

2.16 Evidence of Indebtedness

(a) The Administrative Agent shall open and maintain in accordance with its usual practice books of account evidencing all Advances and all other amounts owing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder. The Administrative Agent shall enter in the foregoing accounts details of every Drawdown Date, date of Rollover or date of Conversion in respect of each Advance and of all amounts from time to time owing or paid by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, and the amounts of principal, interest and fees payable from time to time hereunder. The information entered in the foregoing accounts shall constitute, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the obligations of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder, the date each Lender made each Advance available to the Borrower and the amounts the Borrower has paid from time to time on account of the principal of, interest on and fees related to the Advances.

(b) Each Lender shall open and maintain in accordance with its usual practice books of account evidencing all Advances and all other amounts owing by the Borrower to such Lender hereunder. Such Lender shall enter in the foregoing accounts details of every Drawdown Date, date of Rollover or date of Conversion in respect of each Advance by such Lender hereunder and of all amounts from time to time owing or paid by the Borrower to such Lender, and the amounts of principal, interest and fees payable to such Lender from time to time hereunder. The information entered in the foregoing accounts shall constitute, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the obligations of the Borrower to the Lender hereunder, the date such Lender made each Advance available to the Borrower and the amounts the Borrower has paid from time to time on account of the principal of, interest on and fees related to the Advances made by such Lender hereunder. These accounts shall constitute (in the absence of manifest


- 30 -

error or of contradictory entries in the accounts of the Administrative Agent referred to in Section 2.16(a)) prima facie evidence of their content against the Borrower and the Guarantors.

2.17 Interest on Unpaid Costs and Expenses

Unless the payment of interest is otherwise specifically provided for herein, where the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by the Borrower hereunder when due, having received notice that such amount is due, the Borrower shall pay interest on such unpaid amount, including overdue interest from the time such amount is due until paid at an annual rate equal to the sum of (i) 1%, plus (ii) the Applicable Margin, plus (iii) the Prime Rate, in the case of amounts payable in Canadian Dollars, and the U.S. Base Rate, in the case of amounts payable in U.S. Dollars. Such interest shall be determined daily, compounded monthly in arrears on the last Banking Day of each calendar month in each year and payable on demand.

2.18 Criminal Rate of Interest

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 2, the Borrower shall in no event be obliged to make any payments of interest or other amounts payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder in excess of an amount or rate which would be prohibited by law or would result in the receipt by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of interest at a criminal rate (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)).

2.19 Compliance with the Interest Act (Canada)

For the purposes of this Agreement, whenever any interest is calculated on the basis of a period of time other than a calendar year, the annual rate of interest to which each rate of interest determined pursuant to such calculation is equivalent for the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) is such rate as so determined multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the same is to be ascertained and divided by the number of days used in the basis of such determination.

2.20 Nominal Rate of Interest

The parties acknowledge and agree that all calculations of interest under this Agreement are to be made on the basis of the nominal interest rate described herein and not on the basis of effective yearly rates or on any other basis which gives effect to the principle of deemed reinvestment of interest. The parties acknowledge that there is a material difference between the stated nominal interest rates and the effective yearly rates of interest and that they are capable of making the calculations required to determine such effective yearly rates of interest.


- 31 -

Article 3
LETTERS OF CREDIT

3.1 Term and Availability

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, BMO shall, at the request of the Borrower, issue as Advances under the Facility irrevocable Letters of Credit in BMO's usual form and expiring no later than the Maturity Date and having a Face Amount which, together with the aggregate undrawn Face Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit, would not exceed Cdn. $10,000,000 (or its Equivalent Amount in U.S. Dollars). The Borrower may request Letters of Credit to be denominated in Canadian Dollars or in U.S. Dollars. Each Lender severally agrees to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Accordingly, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from BMO a participation in any Letter of Credit outstanding on the Closing Date which was issued by BMO pursuant to the provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement or issued at any time following the Closing Date in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in an amount equal to such Lender's Participation, multiplied by the amount of such Letter of Credit. Each Lender hereby severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless BMO with respect to any loss, cost, expense, damages or claim asserted by any Person against BMO as a result of the issuance by BMO of any such Letter of Credit and agrees to reimburse BMO on a pro rata basis with the other Lenders for any amounts paid by BMO under any such Letter of Credit and to make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of BMO in accordance with Section 2.4(i). Each Lender's obligation to make Advances to reimburse BMO for amounts drawn under such Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 3.1, shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defence or other right which such Lender may have against BMO, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default; or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. Any such reimbursement shall not relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse BMO for the amount of any payment made by BMO under any such Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

3.2 Reimbursement

In the event that BMO is called upon by a beneficiary to honour a Letter of Credit, BMO shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. Unless the Borrower has made other arrangements with BMO with respect to payment to BMO of an amount sufficient to permit BMO to discharge its obligations under the Letter of Credit plus that amount equal to any and all charges and expenses which BMO may pay or incur relative to such Letter of Credit, any such payment so payable shall be deemed to be a Drawdown in accordance with Sections 2.3 and 2.4 of a Prime Rate Advance if payment under such Letter of Credit was made in Canadian Dollars and shall be deemed to be a Drawdown of a U.S. Base Rate Advance if payment under such Letter of Credit was made in U.S. Dollars; provided that the provisions of Section 2.3(a) regarding Drawdown Notice, the provisions of Section 6.2 regarding conditions for subsequent Drawdowns and the provisions of Section 11.2


- 32 -

relieving the Lenders of the obligation to make further Advances shall not apply to such Advances. Such drawdown shall be deemed to be made on a pro rata basis by all of the Lenders. In the event that any amount so payable by BMO exceeds the amount available to be drawn down by the Borrower under the Facility in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.3(b), then BMO shall so notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and forthwith upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall provide to BMO an amount equal to such excess amount and any amount so payable shall be deemed to be a Prime Rate Advance (if such excess amount is in Canadian Dollars) or a U.S. Base Rate Advance (if such excess amount is in U.S. Dollars), payable on demand.

3.3 Indemnity for Costs

The Borrower shall indemnify BMO and the other Lenders against any and all actions, proceedings, costs, damages, expenses, taxes (other than taxes on overall net income, assets or capital), claims and demands which BMO may incur or sustain by reason of or arising in any way whatsoever in connection with the operating, establishing or paying of the amounts payable under each Letter of Credit or arising in connection with any amounts payable by BMO and the other Lenders thereunder save and except for amounts which have resulted from the gross negligence or the wilful misconduct of BMO.

3.4 Fees

(a) At the time of issue of a Letter of Credit following syndication of the Facility by BMO, the Borrower shall pay to BMO, for its own account, a fronting fee of 0.125% calculated on the Face Amount of the Letter of Credit on the basis of the actual number of days in the year for the period from the date of issue of such Letter of Credit to the expiry date thereof.

(b) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders an issuance fee on each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Margin for Bankers' Acceptance Advances calculated on the undrawn portion of the Face Amount of the Letter of Credit on the basis of the actual number of days in the year for the period from the date of issue thereof to the expiry date thereof. Such fee shall be paid quarterly in advance commencing on the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit and thereafter on the quarterly anniversary of the date of issuance.

(c) The Borrower shall pay to BMO for its own account an amendment fee in respect of each amendment to any Letter of Credit in such manner as is customary for BMO to charge its customers at the time of request for such amendment.

Article 4
BANKERS' ACCEPTANCES AND BA EQUIVALENT ADVANCES

4.1 Form of Bankers' Acceptance Advance and Interest

Bankers' Acceptance Advances shall be available to the Borrower under the Facility by way of Drawdown or Rollover or Conversion by the Borrower delivering to the


- 33 -

Administrative Agent a Drawdown Notice or Rollover Notice or Conversion Notice, as the case may be. To facilitate the procedures contemplated herein, the Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints each of the Lenders as attorney-in-fact of the Borrower to execute, endorse and deliver on behalf of the Borrower, drafts in the form prescribed by it for Bankers' Acceptances denominated in Canadian Dollars. Each Bankers' Acceptance executed and delivered by a Lender on behalf of the Borrower as provided herein shall be binding upon the Borrower as if it had been executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer or officers of the Borrower. The dates, maturity dates and principal amounts of all drafts shall be completed by the Lenders as required hereby.

4.2 Minimum Amount

The aggregate of the Face Amounts of any drafts presented under this Article 4 for any Drawdown or Conversion shall be not less than Cdn. $1,000,000 and integral multiples of Cdn. $100,000 in excess thereof. The minimum Face Amount of any draft shall be Cdn. $100,000 or any integral multiple thereof.

4.3 Term and Interest Periods

The term of any Bankers' Acceptance shall be specified in the draft and in the Drawdown Notice or Rollover Notice or Conversion Notice and the term of any Bankers' Acceptance shall be for periods of approximately 30, 60, 90 or 180 days, unless otherwise agreed to by the Lenders. The term of each Bankers' Acceptance shall mature on a Banking Day. The Borrower shall ensure that no Bankers' Acceptance issued hereunder shall have a maturity date after the Maturity Date.

4.4 Purchase of Drafts, Acceptance Fee and Interest

Each Drawdown of a Bankers' Acceptance Advance shall be made pursuant to a Drawdown Notice, Conversion Notice or Rollover Notice given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. one Banking Day prior to the applicable Drawdown Date, or date of Conversion or Rollover; provided, however, that in the case of a Drawdown of a Bankers' Acceptance Advance in a Face Amount in excess of Cdn. $10,000,000, the Drawdown Notice shall be given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. two Banking Days prior to the applicable Drawdown Date. Each Drawdown Notice or Rollover Notice or Conversion Notice shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower and shall specify the Drawdown Date or date of Rollover, the sum of the aggregate Face Amount of the Bankers' Acceptances to be purchased and the maturity date for such drafts. Not later than 12 noon on the applicable Drawdown Date or date of Conversion or Rollover, the Lenders shall complete one or more drafts in accordance with the Drawdown Notice, Conversion Notice or Rollover Notice and the Lenders accept such drafts and purchase the Bankers' Acceptances thereby created for the BA Purchase Price. Bankers' Acceptances purchased by a Lender hereunder may be held by it for its own account until the maturity date or sold by it at any time prior thereto in any relevant market therefor, in the Lender's sole discretion.


- 34 -

4.5 Payment on Maturity

The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders on the maturity of a Bankers' Acceptance an amount equal to the Face Amount of such maturing Bankers' Acceptance; provided that the Borrower may, at its option, so reimburse the Lenders, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Administrative Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. one Banking Day prior to the maturity date of a maturing Bankers' Acceptance, a Rollover Notice specifying the term of the Bankers' Acceptances and presenting drafts to the Lenders for acceptance and purchase having, in the case of reimbursement in whole by replacement Bankers' Acceptances, an aggregate Face Amount equal to the Face Amount of the maturing Bankers' Acceptances. In the event that the Borrower fails to deliver a Rollover Notice and fails to make payment to the Administrative Agent in respect of the maturing Bankers' Acceptances, the Face Amount of the maturing Bankers' Acceptances shall be deemed to be converted to a Prime Rate Advance on the relevant maturity date. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders on the maturity date of the maturing Bankers' Acceptance the difference between the Face Amount of the maturing Bankers' Acceptance and the BA Purchase Price for such replacement Bankers' Acceptances.

4.6 Waiver of Days of Grace

The Borrower renounces and shall not claim any days of grace for the payment of any Bankers' Acceptance.

4.7 No Market

If a Lender determines in good faith, by reason of circumstances affecting the Canadian money market, which determination shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Borrower, that there is no market for Bankers' Acceptances, such Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall then notify the Borrower that there is no market for Bankers' Acceptances, and the right of the Borrower to request the Bankers' Acceptance Advances shall be suspended until such Lender, acting reasonably, determines that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist and the Administrative Agent so notifies the Borrower and any notice of drawing of a Bankers' Acceptance Advance which is outstanding shall be cancelled and the drawing requested therein shall, at the option of the Borrower, either not be made or be made as a Prime Rate Advance. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of the suspension of the Borrower's right to request a Bankers' Acceptance Advance and of the termination of any such suspension.

Article 5
CHANGE OF CIRCUMSTANCES AND INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Increased Costs

In the event of (i) any Applicable Law coming into force after the date hereof or (ii) any change in any existing Applicable Law, or in the interpretation or application thereof by any court or by any governmental or other authority or entity charged with the administration


- 35 -

thereof or (iii) compliance by a Lender with any direction, request or requirement (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental or other authority or entity charged with the administration of any Applicable Law (each such event being hereinafter referred to as a "change in law") which now or hereafter:

(a) subjects (whether directly, or as a result of any withholding or deduction by the Borrower) a Lender to any Tax or changes the basis of taxation, or increases any existing Tax (in each case, except for the coming into force of any tax or change in the basis of taxation or manner of collection of any tax in respect of or the change in the rate of Tax charged on income or capital of a Lender as a whole and including any Other Tax that is payable by a Lender on, or required by Applicable Law to be withheld by the Borrower from, any Additional Compensation, as hereinafter defined), on payments of principal, interest or other amounts payable by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender hereunder or on or by reference to the amount of any Advances made or to be made by such Lender hereunder or on or by reference to the commitment of such Lender hereunder, or

(b) imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements or otherwise imposes any cost on a Lender in funding or maintaining all or any of the Advances hereunder, or (c) will have the effect of increasing the amount of overall capital required to be maintained by a Lender, taking into account the existence of such Lender's participation in any Advance hereunder (including, without limitation, all or any part of its commitment),

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender, reduce the income receivable by it or reduce the effective return on the capital of such Lender in respect of any Advances and/or its Commitment to an extent which such Lender believes to be material, such Lender shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent (herein called a "Notice of Amount") stating the event by reason of which it believes it is entitled to Additional Compensation (as hereinafter defined), such cost and/or such reduction in such return (or such proportion of such reduction as is, in the reasonable and bona fide opinion of such Lender, attributable to its obligations hereunder), the amount of such Additional Compensation (as hereinafter defined) incurred by such Lender and supplying reasonable supporting evidence (including, in the event of change of Applicable Law, a photocopy of the Applicable Law evidencing such change) together with a certificate of a duly authorized officer of such Lender setting forth the Additional Compensation and the basis of calculation of such Additional Compensation; provided that such Lender shall not be required to disclose any information required to be kept confidential by Applicable Law. In the event such Lender subsequently recovers all or part of the Additional Compensation paid by the Borrower, it shall repay an equal amount to the Borrower. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender, within 10 Banking Days of the date of receipt of any Notice of Amount, the amount specified in such Notice of Amount (in this Article 5 referred to as "Additional


- 36 -

Compensation"). The obligation to pay such Additional Compensation for subsequent periods will continue until the earlier of termination of the Advance or the Commitment affected by the change in law or the lapse or cessation of the change in law giving rise to the initial Additional Compensation. Each Lender shall make reasonable efforts to limit the incidence of any such Additional Compensation and seek recovery for the account of the Borrower upon the Borrower's request at the Borrower's expense, provided a Lender in its reasonable determination suffers no appreciable economic, legal, regulatory or other disadvantage. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, a Lender shall only be entitled to rely upon the provisions of this Section 5.1 if and for so long as it is not treating the Borrower in any materially different or in any less favourable manner than is applicable to any other customers of such Lender, where such other customers are bound by similar provisions to the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.1.

5.2 Illegality

If, with respect to a Lender, the implementation of any existing provision of Applicable Law or the adoption of any Applicable Law, or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof by any court or by any statutory board or commission now or hereafter makes it unlawful for such Lender to make, fund or maintain all or any portion of an outstanding Advance, to maintain all or any part of its commitment hereunder or to give effect to its obligations in respect of all or any portion of an outstanding Advance, such Lender may, by written notice thereof to the Borrower (supported, at the request and expense of the Borrower, by an opinion of such Lender's counsel), declare the obligations of such Lender under this Agreement to be terminated whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate, and the Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender within the time required by such law (or as promptly as practicable if already unlawful or at the end of such longer period, if any, as such Lender, in its bona fide opinion, may agree) the principal of the Advances made by such Lender. If any such change shall affect only that portion of such Lender's obligations under this Agreement that is, in the bona fide opinion of such Lender, severable from the remainder of this Agreement so that the remainder of this Agreement may be continued in full force and effect without otherwise affecting any of the obligations of such Lender or the Borrower hereunder, such Lender shall declare its obligations under only that portion so terminated.

Article 6
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO DRAWDOWN

6.1 Conditions for Closing

The following conditions shall be satisfied by the Borrower on the Closing Date:

(a) this Agreement and the Borrower's Security Documents, in form and on terms satisfactory to the Lenders, acting reasonably, shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower and shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower;


- 37 -

(b) the Guarantees and the Guarantors' Security Documents, in form and on terms satisfactory to the Lenders, acting reasonably, shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Guarantors party thereto to the Administrative Agent and shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantors party thereto;

(c) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent certified copies of its constating documents and by-laws, all as amended to date, the resolution authorizing this Agreement and the Borrower's Security Documents and the incumbency of officers signing this Agreement and the Borrower's Security Documents and any documents to be provided pursuant to the provisions hereof or thereof and a certificate of compliance, good standing or like certificate with respect to the Borrower issued by appropriate government officials of the jurisdiction of its incorporation;

(d) each of the Guarantors shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent certified copies of its certificate of incorporation and by-laws, all as amended to date, the resolution authorizing the Guarantees and the Guarantors' Security Documents to which such Guarantor is a party and the incumbency of officers signing the Guarantee and the Guarantors' Security Documents to which such Guarantor is a party and any documents to be provided pursuant to the provisions hereof or thereof and a certificate of status, good standing or like certificate with respect to such Guarantor issued by appropriate government officials of the jurisdiction of its incorporation (except for the certificate of the Registrar of Companies of England and Wales in respect of MNL, which shall be delivered on a date occurring not more than 15 Banking Days following the Closing Date);

(e) each of the Guarantors shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent such consent or acknowledgement regarding the continuation of the security and applicability of the Guarantor's Security Documents to which it is a party, and the Security granted thereunder, to the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement notwithstanding the amendment to the terms of the Existing Credit Agreement in form and on terms satisfactory to the Lenders, acting reasonably;

(f) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7.1 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing and the Borrower shall have delivered an Officer's Certificate to such effect;

(g) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Borrower shall have delivered an Officer's Certificate to such effect;

(h) the Security and all necessary financing change statements shall have been duly registered, filed and recorded in all jurisdictions where such registration, filing or recording, in the opinion of the Lenders, is necessary or advantageous to preserve,


- 38 -

protect and perfect the charges and security interest created or intended to be created by the Security Documents;

(i) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent evidence of a policy of insurance by EDC in favour of the Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders and an acknowledgement by EDC of the direction to pay delivered by the Borrower as part of the Borrower's Security Documents;

(j) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent satisfactory evidence that customary insurance coverage (with adequate and customary limits and deductibles) for business and operations of the type and size of the Borrower and the Guarantors is in place, with (i) the Administrative Agent being named as first loss payee mortgagee (together with the standard mortgage clause from the Insurance Bureau of Canada) and each of the Lenders being named as additional insureds and (ii) an endorsement that 30 days notice shall be provided to the Administrative Agent for any cancellation, modification or waiver thereunder;

(k) all fees and expenses payable in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid in full, to the extent that such fees and expenses shall then be due and payable;

(l) opinions of Counsel to the Borrower and counsel to the Guarantors, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders from time to time party hereto, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent (except (i) for the opinion of counsel to MNI and MNSI, which shall be delivered on a date occurring not more than 5 Banking Days following the Closing Date and (ii) for the opinion of counsel to MNL, which shall be delivered on a date occurring not more than 15 Banking Days following the Closing Date);

(m) there shall have been no material adverse change in the assets, liabilities, business, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, which has occurred since January 25, 2004, the end of the Borrower's third quarter of its 2004 fiscal year;

(n) on or prior to the Closing Date, all amounts owing by MNL under the EDC Facility shall have been fully repaid and such EDC Facility and the Intercreditor Agreement shall have been terminated and cancelled and shall cease to be of any further force and effect;

(o) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an acknowledgement and acceptance to the Fee Letter; and

(p) the Administrative Agent shall have received such additional evidence, documents or undertakings as the Lenders may reasonably request to establish the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.


- 39 -

In each case where a document shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall provide a sufficient number of copies for delivery of an originally executed copy of each document to each Lender. The conditions set forth in this Section 6.1 are inserted for the sole benefit of each Lender and may be waived by each Lender in whole or in part, with or without terms or conditions.

6.2 Conditions for Subsequent Drawdowns

The following conditions shall be satisfied by the Borrower at or prior to the time of each Drawdown of an Advance (other than a deemed Drawdown of a Prime Rate Advance pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.2 or 4.5 or a deemed Drawdown of a U.S. Base Rate Advance pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.11(b) or (d) or Section 3.2) under the Facility subsequent to the first Drawdown:

(a) the Borrower shall have given to the Administrative Agent a Drawdown Notice in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.3(a);

(b) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have been given on the Drawdown Date and shall be, mutatis mutandis, true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Drawdown Date, both before and after giving effect to the Drawdown of such Advance and to the application of proceeds therefrom, by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing and assuming that each of such representations and warranties and the Schedules referred to therein had been amended to reflect any notices provided by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in respect of the matters dealt with therein and, with respect to the representation set forth in Section 7.1(g), the reference to the date January 25, 2004 shall be deemed to be a reference to the date of the financial statements of the Borrower most recently delivered pursuant to
Section 8.1(a) and, with respect to unaudited financial statements, that such statements fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of their operations for the financial period then ended, in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year end audit adjustments; and

(c) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, nor shall any such event occur as a result of making the Advances or the application of proceeds therefrom.

Article 7
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

7.1 Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants as follows to the Administrative Agent and each Lender and acknowledges and confirms that the Administrative Agent and each Lender is relying upon such representations and warranties:


- 40 -

(a) Corporate Status. The Borrower is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Canada, each of the Guarantors other than MNL is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Delaware, MNL is a private company limited by shares duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of England and Wales, and each of their Subsidiaries is a corporation duly incorporated, amalgamated or is validly existing as a partnership or is otherwise organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and the Borrower, each Guarantor and each of their Subsidiaries has all necessary corporate power and authority to conduct its business as presently conducted and to own or lease its properties and assets in each jurisdiction where such properties and assets are situated or such business is conducted.

(b) Corporate Power and Authority. The Borrower and each Guarantor has full corporate power and authority to enter into the Loan Documents, to which they are a party, and to do all acts and things and execute and deliver all documents as are required hereunder or thereunder to be done, observed or performed by it in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof.

(c) Authorization and Enforceability. This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party has been delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and, when delivered by a Guarantor, the Guarantee and each of the Guarantor's Security Documents to which such Guarantor is a party will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of such Guarantor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity.

(d) Conflict with Constating Documents and Agreements. Neither the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents nor the consummation by the Borrower or any Guarantor of any of the transactions herein and therein contemplated, nor compliance by the Borrower and the Guarantors with the terms, conditions and provisions, will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of:

(i) the constating documents, certificates or articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Borrower and any Guarantor or any unanimous shareholders' agreement relating to any of them;

(ii) any resolution of the shareholders, directors or any committee of directors of the Borrower or any Guarantor;


- 41 -

(iii) in any material respect, any agreement, instrument or arrangement to which the Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary is now a party or by which it, or its properties are, or may be, bound, or will constitute a default thereunder, or will result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Permitted Encumbrances) upon any of the properties or assets of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary;

(iv) any judgment or order, writ, injunction or decree of any court; or

(v) any Applicable Law presently in effect.

(e) No Other Authorization or Consents Necessary. No action (including, without limitation, the giving of any consent, licence, right, approval, authorization, registration, order or permit) of, or filing with, any governmental or public body or authority is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with, the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower or any Guarantor of the Loan Documents or in order to render this Agreement and the Security Documents legal, valid, binding or enforceable and no consents, approvals or other authorizations are required in connection with the assignment of accounts receivable pursuant to the Security Documents except those actions which have been obtained or filings which have been made and such consents, approvals or authorizations which may be required in connection with the assignment of Governmental Receivables pursuant to the Financial Administration Act (Canada), federal laws of the United States and comparable provincial, state or territorial legislation or legislation in any political subdivision thereof.

(f) No Third Party Consents. No consent or approval of any other party is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower or any Guarantor of the Loan Documents or in order to render this Agreement or any of the Security Documents legal, valid, binding or enforceable except those consents or approvals which have been obtained.

(g) Financial Statements. The audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the year ended April 30, 2003 and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the period ended January 25, 2004 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Borrower as at each such respective date, subject, in the case of the financial statements for the period ended January 25, 2004, to normal year end adjustments; and since January 25, 2004, there has been no material adverse change in the assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, other than changes disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent.

(h) Litigation. Other than (i) as disclosed in Schedule G, or (ii) actions, suits or proceedings claiming solely payment (whether by way of an amount owing,


- 42 -

damages or otherwise) of an amount not exceeding Cdn. $500,000 in respect of any one matter or Cdn. $1,000,000 in the aggregate, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best of the knowledge and belief of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or any of their undertaking, property and assets, at law, in equity or before any arbitrator or before or by any governmental department, body, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality in respect of which the Borrower has determined in good faith that there is a reasonable possibility of a determination adverse to the Borrower, any Guarantor or Subsidiary and which could, if determined adversely, materially and adversely affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Security Documents or the ability of the Borrower or any Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents and none of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary is in default with respect to any Applicable Law or any order, writ, injunction or award of any government, commission, board, agency, court, arbitrator or instrumentality which would have any such effect.

(i) Licences, etc. and Compliance with Laws. Other than as disclosed in Schedule H, all licences, franchises, certificates, consents, rights, rights-of-way, easements, entitlements, approvals, authorizations, registrations, orders and permits (collectively, "Permits") required to enable the Borrower, the Guarantors and each of their Subsidiaries to carry on their respective businesses as now conducted by them and to own, lease and operate their properties and assets have been duly obtained and are currently subsisting in good standing, except for such Permits, the absence of which has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. The Borrower, the Guarantors and each of their Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with all terms and provisions presently required to be complied with by them in all such Permits and with all Applicable Law (other than Environmental Laws) and they are not in violation of any of the respective provisions thereof and in respect of which there is a reasonable possibility that such non-compliance or violation could materially and adversely affect the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the ability of the Borrower and the Guarantors to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents.

(j) Compliance with Environmental Laws. Other than as disclosed in Schedule H:

(i) the Borrower, each of the Guarantors and each of their Subsidiaries and, to the best of the knowledge of the Borrower and the Guarantors after due inquiry, those of any party having charge, management or control of any real property of any of the Borrower, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries have been and are in compliance with Environmental Laws which are currently applicable to their operations and the release, emission, deposit,


- 43 -

issuance, discharge, transportation or disposal ("Release") of any Hazardous Materials; the Borrower, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries have no contingent liabilities in connection with any Release or likely Release and have no conditions on any property, which now, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, may give rise to liability, and in respect of which there is a reasonable possibility that such non-compliance, contingent liabilities or conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(ii) neither the Borrower, the Guarantors nor any of the Subsidiaries of the foregoing has received notice of any judicial or administrative proceeding alleging the violation of or any potential liability under any Environmental Laws and none of the Borrower, the Guarantors nor any of their Subsidiaries has received notice of or is subject to any Environmental Claim; and

(iii) neither of the Borrower, the Guarantors, any of their Subsidiaries or, to the best of the knowledge of the Borrower and the Guarantors after due inquiry, or any party having charge, management or control of any of their real property has ever caused or permitted any Hazardous Material to be placed, held, located, stored or disposed of on, in, under, through or at any such property or any part thereof except in compliance with Environmental Laws.

(k) Encumbrances. The Borrower, the Guarantors and each of its Subsidiaries has good and valid title to all of its assets and property and there are no Liens on any of the assets or undertaking of the Borrower, the Guarantors or their Subsidiaries other than Permitted Encumbrances.

(l) No Default or Event of Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(m) No Action for Winding-Up or Bankruptcy. There has been no voluntary or involuntary action taken either by or against the Borrower, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary for any such corporation's winding-up, dissolution, liquidation, bankruptcy, receivership, administration or similar or analogous events in respect of such corporation or partnership or all or any material part of its assets or revenues.

(n) Taxes. The Borrower, each of the Guarantors and each of their Subsidiaries has filed all tax returns which were required to be filed, paid all Taxes (including interest and penalties) which are due and payable other than any Tax the payment of which is being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves are being maintained.


- 44 -

(o) Subsidiaries. Schedule I describes all of the material Subsidiaries of the Borrower and its interests therein as at the date of this Agreement. Each of MNI, MNSI and MNL is an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower. Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantors have any material investment or material equity interest in any other Person other than those entities described in the note to Schedule I and any such investment or equity acquired in accordance with Section 8.2(e).

(p) Location of Business. The chief executive office of the Borrower is located in Ottawa, Ontario; the principal office of MNI is located in Herndon, Virginia and payments in respect of MNI's accounts receivable are made to an account of MNI at Bank One in Detroit, Michigan or Harris Bank in Chicago, Illinois; the principal office of MNSI is located in Herndon, Virginia and payments in respect of its accounts receivable are made to an account of MNSI at Bank One in Belleville, Michigan or Harris Bank in Chicago, Illinois; the principal office of MNL is located at Portskewett, Monmouthshire and payments in respect of its accounts receivable are made to accounts of MNL at Barclays Bank plc located at Corporate Banking Centre, Windsor Court, Windsor Place, Cardiff, Wales CF10 3ZL.

(q) Location of Collateral. With the exception of inventory in transit, at least 95% (on a net book value basis) of all tangible assets comprising the Borrower's Collateral (as that term is defined in the Borrower's Security Documents) are situate in the Province of Ontario. None of the tangible assets comprising the collateral of each of MNI and MNSI are situate outside the United States of America.

(r) Registrations. All registrations, filings and recordings as are necessary to preserve, protect and perfect the charges and security interest created, or intended to be created by, the Security Documents have been made.

(s) Pension Plans. All material obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors (including fiduciary, funding, investment and administrative obligations) required to be performed in connection with the pension plans of the Borrower or any Guarantor, and the funding agreements therefore, have been performed on a timely basis.

7.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties

The representations and warranties set out in this Article 7 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Advances to the Borrower, notwithstanding any investigations or examinations which may be made by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Administrative Agent's Counsel to any of them.


- 45 -

Article 8
COVENANTS

8.1 Affirmative Covenants

The Borrower covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and each Lender that, unless the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders otherwise consent in writing, so long as any amount payable hereunder is outstanding:

(a) Financial Reporting. The Borrower shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Administrative Agent, with sufficient original copies for each Lender:

(i) not later than May 31, 2004, draft EBITDA calculation in writing for the fiscal quarter ended April 25, 2004;

(ii) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the Borrower in each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal quarter on the last Sunday in April 2004, the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, including balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flow, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes); and

(iii) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending on the last Sunday in April 2004) the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for such year, including balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flow together with the report thereon of an independent auditor of recognized national standing;

each of such financial statements referred to in clauses (ii) and
(iii) above to be prepared in accordance with GAAP and, to the extent that any assets or liabilities of Endurance Trust are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, shall be submitted both with and without reference to the assets and liabilities of Endurance Trust;

(iv) together with the financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 8.1(a)(ii) and (iii), a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower to the effect that the information contained in such statements is prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes in unaudited statements) and in a manner consistent with the past practices of the Borrower and that such financial statements are true and correct in all material respects, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments in the case of unaudited financial statements, and present fairly the results of operations and changes in the financial position of the Borrower as of and to the date of such financial statements, stating that the Borrower is in compliance with the covenants set forth in Article 8


- 46 -

including, without limitation, those financial covenants set forth in Section 8.3 and, in respect of such financial covenants providing detailed calculations evidencing compliance therewith, that each of the representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in Section 7.1 is true and correct in all material respects by reference to the facts and circumstances existing on the date of such certificate (or specifying inaccuracies therein), that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or specifying such non-compliance or Default or Event of Default and stating what action, if any, the Borrower, a Guarantor or any Subsidiary is taking in connection therewith) and confirming the EBITDA of the Borrower together with the calculation as provided in
Section 2.7(b); and

(v) within 10 days of the end of each calendar month, a Borrowing Base Certificate together with a detailed report on accounts receivable of the Borrower and each Guarantor.

(b) Corporate Status. Subject to Section 12.1, the Borrower will remain a corporation duly continued and validly subsisting under the laws of Canada or a province thereof and the Borrower shall cause each Guarantor and Subsidiary to remain a corporation duly incorporated or organized and validly subsisting under the laws of its existing jurisdiction of incorporation or the laws of Canada or any other province thereof and, in each case, registered or otherwise qualified in all material respects to carry on business in each jurisdiction where necessary to conduct its business.

(c) Conduct of Business. The Borrower will, and will cause each Guarantor and each other Subsidiary to, continue its business, except as the board of directors or duly authorized officers of the Borrower may otherwise, in good faith, determine is in the best interests of the Borrower, and will not materially and adversely affect the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the ability to perform any of their obligations under this Agreement or the Security Documents. The Borrower will, and will cause each Guarantor and each other Subsidiary to, manage its business in a proper, prudent and efficient manner (as the board of directors of the Borrower may determine in good faith) in all material respects.

(d) Notice of Event of Default. The Borrower will deliver to the Administrative Agent, forthwith upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, a certificate of an officer of the Borrower specifying such Default or Event of Default together with a statement of an officer of the Borrower setting forth details of such Default or Event of Default and the action which has been, or is proposed to be, taken with respect thereto.


- 47 -

(e) Other Notifications. The Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of:

(i) any change in the name or jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of the Borrower or any Guarantor and of any change in the location of the registered office or chief executive office or material assets of any of them which are subject to a Lien in favour of the Administrative Agent;

(ii) any action, suit, proceeding, complaint, notice, order or material Environmental Claim which is commenced or issued or of which it becomes aware (and which has not been disclosed in Schedule G or H) which is pending or issued against or, to the best of its information, knowledge and belief, affecting the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or any of their undertaking, property and assets at law, in equity or before any arbitrator or before or by any governmental department, body, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality in respect of which the Borrower determines in good faith that there is a reasonable possibility of a determination adverse to the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Subsidiary which would, if determined adversely, reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the ability to perform any of their obligations under this Agreement or the Security Documents or the enforceability of the Security, and any action, suit or proceeding claiming payment (whether by way of an amount owing, damages or otherwise) of an amount exceeding Cdn. $500,000 in respect of any one matter or Cdn. $1,000,000 in the aggregate;

(iii) any reduction in the Borrowing Base such that the Borrowing Base equals to or falls below $25,000,000, provided that such notification is only required if the aggregate of the amount outstanding under the Facility and any amount requested by the Borrower under a Drawdown Notice exceeds Cdn. $10,000,000;

(iv) any cancellation, termination, amendment or restatement of the funding agreement between Her Majesty The Queen in right of Canada, the Borrower, March Networks Corporation and Mitel Knowledge Corporation, under the Technology Partnerships Canada program, signed in October, 2002 (the "Technology Partnerships Canada Agreement);

(v) the issuance by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors of any equity or Subordinated Debt, other than any such issuances by the Borrower or the Guarantors to the Borrower or any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, including details thereof and gross proceeds and costs and expenses of issue;


- 48 -

(vi) any trade account of the Borrower or the Guarantors becoming secured by way of a bank letter or guarantee, with the notice including a statement that such security shall be assigned by the Borrower and/or Guarantors, as applicable, in favour of the Administrative Agent, if the Administrative Agent so requests;

(vii) the results of any report providing an actuarial valuation or other assessment of any pension plan of the Borrower or any Guarantor, upon any such report being made available to the Borrower, including, without limitation, the actuarial valuation report on the pension plan of MNL as of August 31, 2003;

(viii)any default under the EDC Indemnity Obligations in writing, but in any event within three Banking Days after the Borrower becomes aware of the occurrence of the default; and

(ix) the full payment, satisfaction and termination of the EDC Indemnity Obligations in writing.

(f) Compliance with Applicable Laws. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of the Guarantors and each other Subsidiary to, comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws, including Environmental Laws, the non-compliance with which would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the ability to perform any of their obligations under this Agreement or the Security Documents or the enforceability of the Security and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to, comply in all material respects with the terms of and maintain all consents, licences, franchises, certificates, consents, rights, approvals, authorizations, registrations, orders or permits from, and make such filings with, any governmental or public authority and to comply with such Applicable Laws as may be necessary to carry on its respective businesses, to own, lease and operate its properties and to enable the Borrower and each of the Guarantors to enter into and perform their obligations under Loan Documents or to render this Agreement or the Security Documents legal, valid, binding or enforceable.

(g) Payment of Taxes. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Guarantor and each other Subsidiary to, pay or cause to be paid, when due, all Taxes, property taxes, business taxes, social security premiums, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income, sales, capital or profit or any property belonging to it unless any such Tax, social security premiums, assessment, charge or levy is contested by it in good faith with appropriate reserves, and to collect and remit when due all payroll and withholding taxes.

(h) Insurance. The Borrower shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, on behalf of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, insurance with responsible and reputable


- 49 -

insurance companies or associations in such amounts and covering such risks as would be prudent for companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties and assets in the same general areas in which the Borrower or such Subsidiaries (as the case may be) operate.

(i) Visitation Rights. The Borrower shall permit the Administrative Agent and each Lender, at any reasonable time or times, within normal business hours, following reasonable notice to the Borrower, to (provided the Administrative Agent and each Lender is accompanied by a senior officer of the Borrower) visit the properties of and examine and make copies of and abstracts from the books and records of the Borrower, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries. All information received shall be held by the Administrative Agent and each Lender in confidence for use in respect of the administration of the Facility and for no other purpose.

(j) Keeping of Books. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Guarantor and each other Subsidiary to, keep proper books of record and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. To the extent that the records relate not only to accounts receivable sold pursuant to Permitted Securitization Transactions but also to assets of the Borrower not sold thereunder, the Borrower shall be in a position to promptly make duplicate copies of such records reserved solely for the use of the Administrative Agent, provided that information in such records that pertains to accounts receivable sold pursuant to Permitted Securitization Transactions may be redacted therefrom and that no records (other than those that pertain to accounts receivable sold pursuant to Permitted Securitization Transactions) are permitted to be seized by any third party before such copies are made.

(k) Compliance with Material Leases, Contracts and Other Agreements. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Guarantor and each other Subsidiary to, comply in all material respects and perform its obligations under all leases (whether real or personal property), contracts and other agreements to which it is a party or by which it is bound if the non-compliance or non-performance of obligations thereunder could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the ability to perform any of their obligations under this Agreement or the Security Documents.

(l) Dividends to Borrower. The Borrower will cause its Subsidiaries to pay, to the extent they are legally able to do so, dividends, interest, amounts due in respect of inter-company accounts and capital or other distributions to the Borrower in an aggregate amount sufficient and as may be required to enable the Borrower to satisfy its obligations under this Agreement and to pay all amounts due and owing hereunder.


- 50 -

(m) Registrations. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to maintain all such registrations, filings and recordings as are necessary to preserve, protect and perfect the charges and security interest created, or intended to be created, by the Security Documents.

(n) Dealings with Collateral. The Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, locate any Collateral (as such term is defined in the Borrower's Security Documents) in any province other than the Province of Ontario if, as a result, less than 95% (on a net book value basis) of all tangible assets comprising such Collateral, are situate in the Province of Ontario.

(o) MNI, MNSI and MNL to Remain Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall cause each of the Guarantors to remain a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

(p) Governmental Receivables. Upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders at any time following the occurrence of a default in payment obligations hereunder by the Borrower or Event of Default, the Borrower shall promptly deliver specific assignments of all or any part of its Governmental Receivables as requested by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders and shall obtain such consents, acknowledgements and approvals or authorizations as may be required in connection with enforcement of the Lien against such Governmental Receivables granted by the Borrower and the Guarantors to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Documents as may be required by applicable law including, without limitation, the Financial Administration Act (Canada), federal laws of the United States and comparable provincial, state or territorial legislation or legislation in any political subdivision thereof.

(q) Budget. The Borrower shall deliver a business budget for the fiscal year 2004 for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries approved by the board of directors of the Borrower, within 5 days of the board's approval but no later than June 30, 2004.

(r) Endorsement on Insurance Policy. The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent prior to July 31, 2004 a continuation endorsement on policy number GG1-06202 dated December 21, 2000 provided by EDC pursuant to which the term of such policy is extended to the Maturity Date.

(s) Replacement Insurance Certificate. The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent prior to June 1, 2004 a replacement insurance certificate (with (i) the Administrative Agent being named as first loss payee mortgagee (together with the standard mortgage clause from the Insurance Bureau of Canada) and each of the Lenders being named as additional insureds and (ii) an endorsement that 30 days notice shall be provided to the Administrative Agent for any cancellation, modification or waiver thereunder) for insurance certificate no.


- 51 -

2003-214-REV-1 issued by Marsh Canada Limited pursuant to which the term of such insurance certificate is extended to the Maturity Date.

8.2 Negative Covenants

The Borrower covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that, unless the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders otherwise consent in writing, so long as any amount payable hereunder is outstanding:

(a) No Merger, Amalgamation, etc. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor or other Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, sell, lease, transfer, assign, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property and assets, and will not merge or amalgamate pursuant to statutory authority or otherwise with any other Person except upon compliance with Article 12.

(b) Negative Pledge. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor or other Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien, other than Permitted Encumbrances, on any of its property, undertaking or assets now owned or hereafter acquired.

(c) Restriction on Debt. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor or other Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or otherwise become liable upon or suffer to exist (after knowledge of the existence thereof) any Debt other than Permitted Debt.

(d) Restriction on Disposition of Property. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor or other Subsidiary to, enter into sale and leaseback transactions or securitization transactions or sell, exchange, lease, release or abandon or otherwise dispose of any of its fixed property or other assets to any Person other than
(i) bona fide sales, exchanges, leases, releases, abandonments or other dispositions in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of carrying on the same, including, without limitation, sales of inventory in the ordinary course; (ii) Permitted Securitization Transactions; and (iii) sale and leaseback transactions completed by the Borrower, its Guarantors and Subsidiaries taken together, in an aggregate amount not exceeding Cdn. $15,000,000 (or its Equivalent Amount in another currency).

(e) Restriction on Financial Assistance to Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor or other Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any investment in (other than as permitted in this Section 8.2(e)), advances to, capital contributions to, loans to or guarantees to, or give any financial assistance to or for the benefit of any Person other than (i) financial assistance (including investments in, advances to, capital contributions to or loans or guarantees to) to the Borrower or a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, or (ii) financial assistance (including investments in,


- 52 -

advances to, capital contributions to or loans or guarantees to) to Tianchi-Mitel Telecommunications Corp. or any other Persons in an amount not exceeding U.S. $5,000,000 in the aggregate, it being acknowledged by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that the existing investments by MNL and MNI in preference shares of Mitel Knowledge Corporation shall be permitted investments for purposes of this Section 8.2(e), including the transfer of such investments within members of the Mitel group of companies.

(f) Restriction on Take-Over Bids. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor or other Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Take-Over Bid which is financed in full or in part by this Facility and make investments in or acquisition of other Persons which are in excess of U.S. $5,000,000 in respect of any one matter or U.S. $10,000,000 in the aggregate over the term of the Facility.

(g) Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor or other Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction or series of related transactions with any Person which is Controlled by T.H. Matthews, or any Affiliate of such Person, other than transactions between the Borrower and one or more of the Guarantors or transactions between two or more of the Guarantors, except on terms and conditions no less favourable to the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Subsidiary of the Borrower as could reasonably be obtained by the Borrower, Guarantor or Subsidiary at that time in a comparable transaction entered into at Arm's Length with a Person at Arm's Length with the Borrower and provided that the Borrower, a Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Borrower may enter into employment agreements with respect to the procurement of services of their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business, including executive compensation arrangements.

(h) Restriction on Distributions. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor or other Subsidiary to, declare, make, permit or pay (i) any dividend or other distribution on issued shares (other than dividends in kind paid by the issue of shares of the Borrower); (ii) the purchase, redemption or retirement price of any issued shares, warrants or any other options or rights to acquire shares of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower redeemed or purchased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) loans to any shareholders thereof; (iv) loans to any directors or officers thereof on terms more favourable to such directors or officers than normal commercial terms; or (v) any similar distributions (each a "Corporate Distribution") other than
(vi) any Corporate Distribution made only to the Borrower or a Guarantor, provided that no Default or Event of Default would result therefrom and provided further that each of the covenants of the Corporation set forth in Section 8.3 would be satisfied on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Corporate Distribution.

(i) Pension Plan Compliance. The Borrower shall not (a) terminate, or permit a Guarantor to terminate, any pension plan in a manner, or take any other action


- 53 -

with respect to any pension plan, which would reasonably be expected to result in any material liability of the Borrower or a Guarantor, or (b) fail to make, or permit a Guarantor to fail to make, full payment when due of all amounts which, under the provisions of any pension plan, agreement relating thereto or applicable law, the Borrower or a Guarantor is required to pay as contributions thereto. In addition, the Borrower shall promptly pay, and shall cause the Guarantors to promptly pay, not less than the minimum funding requirement from time to time established by any actuarial report with respect to any pension plan of the Borrower or any Guarantor.

(j) Restriction on Reserve Account. Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit MNI to, deposit or cause to be deposited in the bank account of the Borrower being account *Subject to Request for Confidential Treatment; Separately Filed with the Commission* and the bank account of MNI being account number *Subject to Request for Confidential Treatment; Separately Filed with the Commission* an amount (i) greater than $Cdn. $30,000,000, in the aggregate, (ii) not required to be deposited in such accounts pursuant to the reserve account requirements contained in the receivables purchase agreement (the "RPA") dated as of April 16, 2004 between Endurance Trust, the Borrower, MNI and MNSI and Efficient Capital Corporation and (iii) not derived solely from the net proceeds of the sale of accounts receivable by the Borrower, MNI or MNSI to Endurance Trust or the collections relating to accounts receivable sold by the Borrower, MNI or MNSI to Endurance Trust pursuant to the terms of the RPA.

(k) Restriction on Cash Collateral. Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor or other Subsidiary to, deposit any amount with any Person as cash collateral other than the EDC Indemnity Obligations Cash Collateral.

8.3 Financial Covenant

The Borrower covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that, unless the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders otherwise consent in writing, so long as any amount payable hereunder is outstanding, the Borrower shall not permit its EBITDA (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date of this Agreement and measured as at the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower for such fiscal quarter then ending, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending July 25, 2004 and, to the extent that any assets or liabilities of Endurance Trust are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, calculated without reference to the assets and liabilities of Endurance Trust) for any fiscal quarter commencing with the fiscal quarter ending July 25, 2004 to be less than Cdn. $3,000,000.


- 54 -

Article 9
GUARANTEES

9.1 Guarantors to Provide Guarantees

(a) Each Guarantor shall guarantee to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the due and punctual payment of all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Borrower arising hereunder and shall duly authorize, execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the Guarantee and the Guarantors' Security Documents, in substantially the form of the Borrower's Security Documents or in such other form and terms as are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, acting reasonably.

(b) Each Guarantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders certified copies of its constating documents and borrowing by-laws (if any), a resolution authorizing the Guarantee and the Guarantor's Security Documents to which it is a party and the incumbency of the officers of the Guarantor signing the Guarantee and the Guarantor's Security Documents and any other documents or instruments to be provided pursuant to the provisions thereof and the provisions of this Agreement and a certificate of status, good standing or like certificate with respect to such Guarantor issued by appropriate government officials of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

(c) Each Guarantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a confirmation and acknowledgement, in form and on terms satisfactory to the Lenders, confirming the continuing obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee and the Guarantor's Security Documents notwithstanding the amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement or any subsequent amendments, restatements, renewals or extensions of this Agreement and the Facility.

(d) The Guarantors shall deliver an opinion of their counsel, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender from time to time party hereto, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Lender.

Article 10
SECURITY

10.1 Borrower's Security Documents

(a) As security for all Advances made to it and as security for all its other liability or indebtedness, both present and future, hereunder, the Borrower shall assign, by way of security (the "Borrower's Security") in favour of the Administrative Agent as Agent for itself and each Lender, all of its present and after-acquired personal property and shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, the following documents (collectively called the "Borrower's Security Documents") all in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(i) a general security agreement of the Borrower;


- 55 -

(ii) a direction to pay addressed to EDC respecting the receivables of the Borrower insured by EDC acknowledged by EDC;

(iii) a general assignment of receivables of the Borrower;

(iv) an assignment by the Borrower under section 427 of the Bank Act; and

(v) such other documents as the Administrative Agent and each Lender may now or hereafter reasonably require to give effect to, register and perfect the security interests created by the Borrower's Security Documents in the jurisdiction where such charged assets are located.

(b) So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any amounts received by the Administrative Agent from EDC pursuant to the direction to pay referred to in Section 10.1(a)(ii) shall be paid to, or to the order of, the Borrower.

(c) The Borrower hereby confirms and agrees that each of the Borrower's Security Documents previously delivered by the Borrower and all of the Borrower's Security continues as security for all Advances made to the Borrower under this Agreement and as security for all of the Borrower's liabilities and indebtedness, both present and future, hereunder notwithstanding any amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement or any future amendments, restatements, extensions or renewals of this Agreement or the Facilities.

10.2 Guarantors' Security Documents

As security for all Advances made to it and as security for all its other liability or indebtedness, both present and future, hereunder, each of the Guarantors, as applicable, shall assign, by way of security (the "Guarantors' Security") in favour of the Administrative Agent as Agent for itself and each Lender, (i) all of its present and after-acquired personal property in the case of MNI and MNSI and (ii) all of its receivables howsoever arising in connection with the sale or lease of goods or services by MNL to customers located in the United Kingdom in the case of MNL, and shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, the following documents (collectively called the "Guarantor's Security Documents") all in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) the Guarantee;

(b) a general security agreement of the Guarantor (except for with respect to MNL);

(c) a general assignment of receivables of the Guarantor; and

(d) such other documents as the Administrative Agent and each Lender may now or hereafter reasonably require to give effect to, register and perfect the security interests created by the Guarantor's Security Documents in the jurisdiction where such charged assets are located.


- 56 -

Article 11
DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION

11.1 Events of Default

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events (each such event and the expiry of the cure period, if any, provided in connection therewith, being herein referred to as an "Event of Default") shall constitute a default under this Agreement:

(a) if the Borrower shall fail to pay the principal of any Advance as and when the same becomes due and payable;

(b) if the Borrower shall fail to pay interest on any Advance or to pay any other amount due hereunder within three Banking Days following the due date;

(c) if the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Subsidiary shall encumber any of its assets contrary to the provisions of Section 8.2(b) hereof and fails to discharge such Lien within a period of 15 days after notice in writing has been given by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower requiring such discharge;

(d) if the Borrower shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement, covenant or condition contained in Section 8.1(a) and such failure shall remain unremedied for 15 days after notice in writing has been given by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;

(e) if the Borrower shall, or shall permit any Guarantor or any other Subsidiary to, default in the observance or performance of any agreement, covenant or condition contained in Section 8.2 (other than Section 8.2(b)) or 8.3;

(f) if the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Subsidiary shall default in any material respect in the observance or performance of any agreement, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement (other than a covenant or condition whose breach or default in performance is elsewhere in this Section 11.1 specifically dealt with) and such default shall not be remedied, if capable of remedy, within a period of 15 days after notice in writing thereof is given by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;

(g) if any one or more of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any other Subsidiary shall fail to pay the principal of, or premium or interest on, any Debt outstanding in a principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Debt in respect of which any of them has failed to pay the principal of, or premium or interest on, exceeds Cdn. $2,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in any other currency) (excluding Debt due to the Lenders hereunder and Debt owing by the Borrower or a Guarantor to any of its Subsidiaries) when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Debt, or any other event of default or early termination event (howsoever described or designated) shall occur or condition shall exist, and shall continue after the


- 57 -

applicable grace period, if any, specified in any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt and the effect of such event is to accelerate, or permit the acceleration of, Debt of either of them in a principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Debt of any of them which is, or may be, declared due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default, exceeds Cdn. $2,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in any other currency);

(h) if the Borrower or any Guarantor or any material Subsidiary or any other Subsidiary which owns shares of a Guarantor shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Borrower or any Guarantor or any material Subsidiary or any other Subsidiary which owns shares of a Guarantor seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 30 days or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against it or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or the Borrower or any Guarantor or any material Subsidiary or any other Subsidiary which owns shares of a Guarantor shall take any action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this Section 11.1(h);

(i) if any judgment or order or series of judgments or orders (whether or not related) for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of Cdn. $1,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in any other currency), other than any judgment or order for which one or more of the Borrower, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries will recover under a policy of insurance, shall be rendered against any one or more of the Borrower, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries and (i) such judgment or order or series of judgments and/or orders are final with no further right of appeal and the Borrower has not satisfied the Required Lenders, acting reasonably, that the Borrower or the relevant Guarantor or Subsidiary is able to satisfy such judgment or order or series of judgments and/or orders; or (ii) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or series of judgments and/or orders, as the case may be; or (iii) there shall be any period of 20 consecutive days during which a stay of


- 58 -

enforcement of such judgment or order or series of judgments and/or orders, as the case may be, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;

(j) if any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made by the Borrower or any Guarantor in any of the Loan Documents shall prove to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

(k) if the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Subsidiary shall be the subject of any proceeding or investigation pertaining to the discovery of any Hazardous Material on any property or the Release by such entity of any Hazardous Material or any violation of any Environmental Law shall occur which, in each case, could reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on the financial condition or position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(l) if the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall cease to constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower or the Guarantors or shall cease to be in full force and effect or the Borrower or any Guarantor shall have contested the validity of any of the Loan Documents or denied that it had any liability under any of the Loan Documents;

(m) if Dr. Terence H. Matthews ceases to Control (directly or indirectly) the Borrower or if any of MNI, MNSI or MNL ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower;

(n) if any of the Security shall cease to be a valid and perfected first priority security interest relative to third parties (subject to Permitted Encumbrances) and such Security is not restored to being a valid and perfected first priority security interest within five Banking Days after the earlier of (i) the Borrower or any Guarantor becoming aware thereof, or (ii) notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender; or

(o) if the Technology Partnerships Canada Agreement (as defined in
Section 8.1(e)(iv)) is cancelled or terminated or any event occurs (other than expiration in accordance with its terms) which entitles or permits the Government of Canada not to provide funding under such agreement or such agreement is amended in any manner which is adverse to the Borrower.

11.2 Acceleration

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter while an Event of Default is continuing, the Administrative Agent may or, if so directed by the Required Lenders, shall by written notice to the Borrower declare the Advances made to the Borrower to be immediately due and payable (whereupon the same shall become so payable together with accrued interest thereon and any other sums then owed by the Borrower hereunder) or declare such Advances to be due and payable on demand of the Administrative Agent. If, pursuant to


- 59 -

this Section 11.2, the Administrative Agent declares any Advances made to the Borrower to be due and payable on demand, then, and at any time thereafter, the Administrative Agent may by written notice to the Borrower call for repayment of such Advances on such date or dates as it may specify in such notice (whereupon the same shall become due and payable on such date together with accrued interest thereon and any other sums then owed by the Borrower hereunder and the provisions of Section 11.4 shall apply) or withdraw its declaration with effect from such date as it may specify in such notice.

11.3 Remedies Cumulative and Waivers

It is expressly understood and agreed that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder or under any other instrument executed pursuant to this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to and not in substitution for any rights or remedies provided by law or by equity; and any single or partial exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any right or remedy for a default or breach of any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of or to alter, affect or prejudice any other right or remedy or other rights or remedies to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be lawfully entitled for such default or breach. Any waiver by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of the strict observance, performance or compliance with any term, covenant, condition or other matter contained herein and any indulgence granted, either expressly or by course of conduct, by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which it was given and shall be deemed not to be a waiver of any rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under this Agreement as a result of any other default or breach hereunder or thereunder.

11.4 Suspension of Lenders' Obligations

Without prejudice to the rights which arise out of this Agreement or by law, the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default shall, while such Default or Event of Default shall be continuing, relieve the Lenders of all obligations to make any Advances hereunder (whether or not a Drawdown Notice in respect of any such Advance shall have been received by the Administrative Agent prior to the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default) or to accept or comply with any Drawdown Notice or to convert any Advance into a Libor Advance or a Bankers' Acceptance Advance or to accept any Rollover Notice in respect of a Libor Advance or to accept or comply with any Conversion Notice converting an Advance into an Advance in a different currency.

11.5 Application of Payments After an Event of Default

If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, all payments made by the Borrower hereunder shall be applied in the following order:

(a) to amounts due hereunder as costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent;

(b) to amounts due hereunder as fees;


- 60 -

(c) to any other amounts (other than amounts in respect of interest or principal) due hereunder;

(d) to amounts due hereunder as interest;

(e) rateably to amounts due hereunder as principal; and

(f) any balance to the Borrower or as a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine.

Article 12
SUCCESSOR COMPANIES

12.1 Certain Requirements in Respect of Merger, Etc.

The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit the Guarantors to, enter into any transaction (whether by way of reconstruction, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, merger, transfer, sale or otherwise) whereby all or substantially all of its undertaking, property and assets would become the property of any other Person or, in the case of any such amalgamation, of the continuing company (collectively, a "Reorganization") resulting therefrom, or whereby the obligation of the Borrower to pay amounts under this Agreement would become subject to novation or assumed or undertaken by any other such Person or continuing company, provided that (i) this Section 12.1 is not applicable to a Reorganization involving the Borrower and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided, however, in the event of such a Reorganization which involves an amalgamation or merger of the Borrower with any of its Subsidiaries, the Successor Corporation shall be required to execute and deliver the supplemental agreement and opinion referred to in Section 12.1(a) and take such other actions and deliver such other documents and agreements as may be necessary to ensure that the perfection and priority of the Security is not impaired; and (ii) it may do so and such Person or continuing company (the "Successor Corporation") shall become a party to this Agreement if:

(a) the Successor Corporation shall execute and/or deliver to the Administrative Agent an agreement supplemental hereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and execute and/or deliver such other instruments, if any, which to the reasonable satisfaction of the Lenders and in the opinion of Counsel to the Borrower addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, are necessary to evidence the agreement of the Successor Corporation to observe and perform all the covenants and obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and any other Loan Document and to be bound by all the terms of this Agreement and any other Loan Document so far as they relate to the Borrower, which instruments, if any, shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders;

(b) such transaction shall, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and in the opinion of Counsel to the Borrower addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, be upon such terms as to preserve and not


- 61 -

to impair any of the rights and powers of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders;

(c) the perfection and priority of the Security shall not be impaired;

(d) all Other Taxes payable as a result of such transaction have been paid by such Successor Corporation;

(e) such transaction will not result in any claim for increased costs pursuant to Section 5.1 or result in any Tax being levied on or payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (except for Taxes on the overall net income or capital of the Administrative Agent or any Lender provided there is no increase in such Taxes as a result of such transaction);

(f) such transaction will not cause, or have the result of the Administrative Agent or any Lender being in default under, non-compliance with, or violation of, any Applicable Law;

(g) an opinion of counsel to the Successor Corporation substantially in the form and as to matters addressed in the opinion of Counsel to the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders;

(h) the creditworthiness of the Successor Corporation (as determined by the Administrative Agent and each Lender in its sole discretion) shall not be less than the creditworthiness of the Borrower or the relevant Guarantor immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and

(i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or will occur as a result of such transaction.

12.2 Vesting of Powers in Successor

Except in the case of an amalgamation or other transaction pursuant to which the Successor Corporation is liable for all of the obligations of the Borrower by operation of law, whenever the conditions of Section 12.1 above have been duly observed and performed, the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall execute and deliver the supplemental agreement provided for in Section 12.1(a) and thereupon:

(a) the Successor Corporation shall possess and from time to time may exercise each and every right and power of the Borrower under this Agreement in its own name or in the name of the Borrower or otherwise and any act or proceeding by any provision of this Agreement or the Security Documents required to be done and performed with like force and effect by the like directors or officers of the Successor Corporation; and


- 62 -

(b) at the request of the Borrower, the Borrower shall be released from its liability and obligations under this Agreement and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, at the request and at the expense of the Borrower, shall execute and deliver to the Borrower such instruments as shall reasonably be requisite to evidence such release.

Article 13
COSTS, EXPENSES AND INDEMNIFICATION

13.1 Costs and Expenses

The Borrower shall pay promptly, upon request by the Administrative Agent accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation or other evidence, all reasonable costs and expenses in connection with preparation, printing, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other documents to be delivered hereunder including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent's Counsel with respect thereto. Except for ordinary expenses of the Administrative Agent relating to the day-to-day administration of this Agreement, the Borrower further agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, accountants and other experts) in connection with the interpretation, preservation or enforcement of rights of the Administrative Agent and each Lender under this Agreement and the Security Documents including, without limitation, all reasonable costs and expenses sustained by them as a result of any failure by the Borrower or any Guarantor to perform or observe their obligations contained in this Agreement and all costs incurred in connection with obtaining any required consents, approvals or authorizations contemplated by Section 8.1(p) and otherwise in enforcing and realizing upon the Security.

13.2 Indemnification by the Borrower

In addition to any liability of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and each Lender under any other provision hereof, the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender and hold the Administrative Agent and each Lender harmless against any reasonable costs or expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and each Lender as a result (i) of any failure by the Borrower or any Guarantor to fulfil any of its obligations hereunder in the manner provided herein including, without limitation, any cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment in whole or in part of deposits or other funds required by the Administrative Agent and each Lender to fund or maintain any Advance as a result of the failure of the Borrower to complete a Drawdown or to make any repayment or other payment on the date required hereunder or specified by it in any notice given hereunder (but excluding costs arising solely out of loss of anticipated profits); or (ii) the failure of the Borrower to pay any other amount including, without limitation, any interest or fee due hereunder on its due date; or (iii) as a result of the prepayment or repayment by the Borrower of any Libor Advance prior to its date of maturity or the last day of the then current Interest Period for such Libor Advance, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any repayment or prepayment resulting from the circumstances referred to in Section 2.6(b).


- 63 -

13.3 Funds

Each amount advanced, made available, disbursed or paid hereunder shall be advanced, made available, disbursed or paid, as the case may be, in immediately available funds or, after notice from the Administrative Agent, in such other form of funds as may from time to time be customarily used in Toronto, Canada in the settlement of banking transactions similar to the banking transactions required to give effect to the provisions of this Agreement on the day such advance, disbursement or payment is to be made.

13.4 General Indemnity

(a) Indemnity. Subject to paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below, the Borrower agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, representatives and affiliates (collectively, the "Indemnitees" and individually, an "Indemnitee") from and against any and all liabilities, costs, claims, damages, penalties, losses and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements of counsel but excluding loss of profits and consequential damages) (collectively, the "Losses") as a result of any claims, actions or proceedings ("Claims") asserted against the Indemnitees by a Person other than the Indemnitees in connection with the agreement of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to provide the Facility, the commitment of the Lenders to establish the Facility and the Advances made by the Lenders including, without limitation:
(i) the costs of defending and/or counterclaiming or claiming over against third parties in respect of any Claim; and (ii) subject to the provisions set forth in paragraph (d) below, any Losses arising out of a settlement of any Claim made by the Indemnitees.

(b) Limitations to Indemnity. The foregoing obligations of indemnification shall not apply to any Losses suffered by the Indemnitees or any of them or to any Claim asserted against the Indemnitees or any of them to the extent such Loss or Claim has resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Indemnitees or any of them.

(c) Notification. Whenever an Indemnitee shall have received notice that a Claim has been commenced or threatened, which, if successful, would subject the Borrower (the "Indemnifying Party") to the indemnity provisions of this Section 13.4, the Indemnitee shall, as soon as reasonably possible, notify (to the extent permitted by law) the Indemnifying Party in writing of the Claim and of all relevant information the Indemnitee possesses relating thereto; provided, however, that failure to so notify the Borrower shall not release it from any liability which it may have on account of the indemnity set forth in this
Section 13.4, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party shall have been materially prejudiced by such failure.

(d) Defence and Settlement. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to assume the defence of any Claim in any jurisdiction with legal counsel of reputable standard in order to protect the rights and interest of the Indemnitees. In such respect, (i) the Indemnifying Party shall require the consent of the Indemnitees of the choice of legal counsel in connection with the Claim, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and (ii) without prejudice to the rights of the Indemnitees to retain counsel and


- 64 -

participate in the defence of the Claim, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnitees shall make all reasonable efforts to co-ordinate their course of action in connection with the defence of such Claim. The related costs and expenses sustained in such respect by the Indemnitees shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, provided that the Indemnifying Party shall only be liable for the costs and expenses of one firm of separate counsel in addition to the cost of any local counsel that may be required. If the Indemnifying Party fails to assume defence of the Claim, the Indemnitees will (upon further notice to the Borrower) have the right to undertake, at the expense of the Borrower and the Guarantors, the defence, compromise or settlement of the Claim on behalf and for the account and risk of the Indemnifying Party, subject to the right of the Indemnifying Party to assume the defence of the Claim at any time prior to settlement, compromise or final determination thereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Indemnitee, acting reasonably, does not agree with the manner or timeliness in which the legal counsel of the Indemnifying Party is carrying on the defence of the Claim, or, pursuant to the opinion of a reputable counsel retained by the Indemnitee, there may be one or more legal defences available different from the one carried on by the legal counsel of the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnitee shall have the right to assume its own defence in the Claim by appointing its own legal counsel. The costs and the expenses sustained by the Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party provided that the Indemnifying Party shall only be liable for the costs and expenses of one firm of separate counsel, in addition to the costs of any local counsel that may be required.

The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any Claim effected without its written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). In addition, the Indemnifying Party will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any Claim or threatened Claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder.

If an offer for settlement made to any Indemnitee and which the Indemnifying Party has recommended for acceptance is rejected by the Indemnitee and the final liability of the Indemnitee in respect of such action and all related damages is greater than such offer, the liability of the Indemnifying Party will only be to indemnify the Indemnitee up to the amount of such offer.

13.5 Environmental Claims

(a) Indemnity. Subject to paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below, the Borrower agrees to indemnify and save harmless each of the Indemnitees from and against any and all Losses as a result of any Claims asserted against the Indemnitees by a Person other than the Indemnitees with respect to any material presence or the Release on, into, onto, under or from any property which at any time was owned, used, occupied, operated or under the control of any of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of the Subsidiaries of any of the foregoing of any Hazardous Material (as hereinafter defined) or which arises out of or in connection with any action of, or failure to act by, the Borrower, a Guarantor or any other Subsidiary or any predecessor or


- 65 -

successor thereof in contravention of any Environmental Laws including, without limitation: (i) the costs of defending and/or counterclaiming or claiming over against third parties in respect of any Claim; and (ii) subject to the provisions set forth in paragraph (d) below, any Losses arising out of a settlement of any Claim made by the Indemnitees.

(b) Limitations to Indemnity. The foregoing obligations of indemnification shall not apply to any Losses suffered by the Indemnitees or any of them or to any Claim asserted against the Indemnitees or any of them which relates, directly or indirectly, to any action or omission of any of the Indemnitees while in possession or control of the property of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Subsidiary which is grossly negligent or constitutes wilful misconduct.

(c) Notification. Whenever an Indemnitee shall have received notice that a Claim has been commenced or threatened, which, if successful, would subject the Borrower to the indemnity provisions of this Section 13.5, the Indemnitee shall, as soon as reasonably possible and in any event on or before the expiry of the date (the "Notification Date") which is the earlier of (i) the tenth Banking Day after the receipt of such notice by the Administrative Agent, and (ii) such date as will afford sufficient time for the Borrower to prepare and file a timely answer to the Claim, notify the Borrower of the Claim and of all relevant information the Indemnitee possesses relating thereto. If the Indemnitee shall fail to so notify the Borrower and provide it with such information on or before the Notification Date, the Borrower shall not have any liability hereunder in respect of any Losses suffered by the Indemnitees in respect of such Claim to the extent such Losses may be reasonably attributable to such failure by the Indemnitee.

(d) Defence and Settlement. The provisions of Section 13.4(d) shall apply to any Claims under this Section 13.5.

Article 14
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

14.1 The Administrative Agent

Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent to act as its Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and any matter contemplated hereunder, and authorizes irrevocably the Administrative Agent to exercise such rights, powers and discretions as are delegated to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and any matter contemplated thereunder, together with all such rights, powers and discretions as are incidental hereto or thereto. The Borrower may in all respects assume that the Administrative Agent has obtained all necessary authorities from the Lenders and is acting in full conformity with this Article 14 at all times. The Administrative Agent shall have only those duties and responsibilities which are expressly specified in this Agreement, and it may perform such duties by or through its agents or employees. This Agreement shall not place the Administrative Agent under any fiduciary duties in respect of any Lender.


- 66 -

14.2 The Administrative Agent's Responsibility

The Administrative Agent may:

(a) assume that:

(i) any representation made by the Borrower in or in connection with any of this Agreement or any Drawdown Notice is true;

(ii) no Event of Default has occurred; and

(iii) the Borrower is not in breach of or in default under its obligations under any of this Agreement or any Bankers' Acceptances;

and the Administrative Agent may also:

(b) unless it has actual knowledge or actual notice to the contrary, assume that each Lender's address is that identified with its signature below until it has received from such Lender a notice designating some other office of such Lender as its address and act upon any such notice until the same is superseded by a further such notice;

(c) engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants or other experts whose advice or services may to it seem necessary, expedient or desirable and rely upon any advice so obtained;

(d) unless it has actual knowledge or actual notice to the contrary, rely as to matters of fact which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of the Borrower upon a statement signed by or on behalf of the Borrower;

(e) unless it has actual knowledge or actual notice to the contrary, rely upon any communication or document believed by it to be genuine;

(f) refrain from exercising right, power or discretion vested in it under this Agreement unless and until instructed by the Required Lenders as to whether or not such right, power or discretion is to be exercised and, if it is to be exercised, as to the manner in which it should be exercised;

(g) refrain from exercising any right, power or discretion vested in it which would or might in its opinion be contrary to any law of any jurisdiction or any directive or otherwise render it liable to any Person, and may do anything which is in its opinion necessary to comply with any such law or directive;

(h) retain for its own benefit, and without liability to account for, any fee or other sum receivable by it for its own account;


- 67 -

(i) accept deposits from, lend money to, provide any advisory or other services to or engage in any kind of banking or other business with any party (including any Affiliate thereof) to this Agreement; and

(j) refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of the Required Lenders to begin any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with any of this Agreement or any Bankers' Acceptance until it shall have received such security as it may require (whether by way of payment in advance or otherwise) against all costs, claims, expenses (including legal fees) and liabilities which it will or may expend or incur in complying with such instruction.

14.3 Administrative Agent's Duties

The Administrative Agent shall:

(a) promptly upon receipt thereof, inform each Lender of the contents of any notice, document, request or other information received by it in its capacity as Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower;

(b) promptly notify each Lender of the occurrence of any Event of Default or any default by the Borrower in the due performance of its obligations under this Agreement or any document incidental thereto to which it is expressed to be a party and of which the Administrative Agent has actual knowledge or actual notice;

(c) each time the Borrower requests the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, use its best efforts to obtain and communicate to the Borrower the response of the Required Lenders in a reasonable and timely manner having due regard to the nature and circumstances of the request;

(d) subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 14.3, act in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Required Lenders; and

(e) if so instructed by the Required Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power or discretion vested in it under this Agreement or any document incidental thereto.

14.4 Protection of Administrative Agent

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied herein, the Administrative Agent shall not:

(a) be bound to enquire as to:

(i) whether any representation made by the Borrower in or in connection with this Agreement or any document incidental thereto is true;


- 68 -

(ii) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

(iii) the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under any of this Agreement or any document incidental thereto;

(iv) any breach of or default by the Borrower of or under its obligations under this Agreement or any document incidental thereto; or

(v) the use or application by the Borrower of any of the proceeds of the Facility;

(b) be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account;

(c) be bound to disclose to any Person any information relating to the Borrower if such disclosure would or might in its opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any Person; or

(d) accept any responsibility for the accuracy and/or completeness of any information supplied in connection herewith or for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of this Agreement, any Bankers' Acceptance or any document incidental hereto or thereto and the Administrative Agent shall not be under any liability to any Lender as a result of taking or omitting to take any action in relation to the Agreement, any Bankers' Acceptance or any document incidental hereto or thereto save in the case of gross negligence or wilful misconduct, and each of the Lenders agrees that it will not assert or seek to assert against any director, officer, employee or agent of the Administrative Agent any claim it might have against any of them in respect of the matters referred to in this Section 14.4.

14.5 Indemnification of Administrative Agent

Each Lender shall, on demand by the Administrative Agent, indemnify the Administrative Agent pro rata in accordance with each such Lender's Participation at the time of such demand against any and all costs, claims, reasonable expenses (including legal fees) and liabilities which the Administrative Agent may incur (and which have not been reimbursed by the Borrower), otherwise than by reason of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct, in acting in its capacity as Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Bankers' Acceptance or any document incidental hereto or thereto.

14.6 Termination or Resignation of Administrative Agent

(a) Notwithstanding the irrevocable appointment of the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders may (with the consent of the Borrower not to be unreasonably withheld), upon giving the Administrative Agent 90 days' prior written notice to such effect, terminate the


- 69 -

Administrative Agent's appointment hereunder provided that a successor Administrative Agent has been appointed at or prior to expiry of such notice.

(b) The Administrative Agent may resign its appointment hereunder at any time without assigning any reason therefor by giving written notice to such effect to each of the other parties hereto. Such resignation shall not be effective until a successor Administrative Agent has been appointed.

(c) In the event of any such termination or resignation, the Required Lenders shall appoint a successor Administrative Agent acceptable to the Borrower, deliver copies of the Accounts to such successor and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation hereunder but shall remain entitled to the benefit of the provisions of this Article 14 and the Administrative Agent's successor and each of the other parties hereto shall have the same rights and obligations among themselves as they would have had if such successor originally had been a party hereto as Administrative Agent.

14.7 Rights of Administrative Agent as Lender

With respect to its portion of the Committed Amount and its Participation, and to Bankers' Acceptances, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and any Bankers' Acceptances as any other Lender, and it may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it as Administrative Agent hereunder, and the term "Lender" or any other similar term shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include the Administrative Agent in its capacity as a Lender.

14.8 Authorized Waivers, Variations and Omissions

If so authorized in writing by the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may grant waivers, consents, vary the terms of this Agreement and do or omit to do all such acts and things in connection herewith or therewith. Except with the prior written agreement of all the Lenders, nothing in this Section 14.8 shall authorize (i) any decrease in the Applicable Margin, the Stamping Fee, the Standby Fee or the Libor Margin, (ii) any extension of the date for, or alteration in the amount, currency or mode of calculation or computation of any payment of principal or interest or other amount, (iii) any increase in the Committed Amount of a Lender (other than as referred to in Section 2.6(b)), (iv) any extension of the Final Maturity Date, (v) any change in the terms of Articles 9, 10 or 13, (vi) any change in the definition of Required Lenders
(vii) the release of the Borrower or any Guarantor from its obligations under any Loan Document or (viii) any amendments to this Section 14.8.

14.9 Financial Information Concerning Borrower

Subject to Section 14.3(a), the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility either initially or on a continuing basis to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect to the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower.


- 70 -

14.10 Knowledge of Financial Situation of Borrower

Each of the Lenders represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower in connection with the making and continuation of its Participation in this Agreement and that it has not relied on any information provided to it by the Administrative Agent in connection herewith or therewith, and each Lender represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent that it shall continue to make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower from time to time.

14.11 Legal Proceedings

The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to take any legal proceedings against the Borrower or any other Person for the recovery of any amount due under this Agreement or under any Bankers' Acceptances. No Lender shall bring legal proceedings against the Borrower or any other Person hereunder or in connection herewith, or exercise any right arising hereunder or in connection herewith over the property and assets of the Borrower or any other Person without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders.

14.12 Capacity as Administrative Agent

In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall act solely as the Administrative Agent of the Lenders and shall not assume, and shall not be deemed to have assumed, any obligation as agent or trustee for the Borrower or any other Person. The Administrative Agent shall not be under any liability or responsibility of any kind to the Borrower, the Lenders, or to any other Person arising out of or in relation to any failure or delay in performance or breach by any Lender or Lenders or, as the case may be, by the Borrower or any other Person pursuant to or in any way in connection with this Agreement.

14.13 Capacity as Lead Arranger

The Borrower and the Lenders and the Administrative Agent hereby agree and confirm that BMO has performed its functions and duties in connection with the arrangement of the Facility and shall not be under any liability or responsibility of any kind to the Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any of them arising out of or in relation to the arrangement of the Facility or this Agreement.

14.14 Deposits or Loans Respecting the Borrower

The Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with the Borrower without liability to account to the Administrative Agent or any Lender.


- 71 -

Article 15
GENERAL

15.1 Term

The Facility shall expire on the Maturity Date.

15.2 Survival

All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein or in certificates delivered in connection herewith by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any other Subsidiary shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Drawdown hereunder and shall continue in full force and effect so long as there is any obligation of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder.

15.3 Benefit of the Agreement

This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Borrower and the successors and permitted assigns of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

15.4 Notices

All notices, requests, demands or other communications to or from the parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be given by overnight delivery service, by hand delivery or by telecopy to the addressee as follows:

(i) If to the Borrower:

Mitel Networks Corporation
350 Legget Drive
Ottawa, Ontario K2K 2W7

Attention: Treasurer

Telecopier: 613-591-2320
Telephone: 613-591-2122, ext. 4431

and with respect to any matters relating to an Event of Default, a copy to the Corporate Counsel of the Borrower at Telecopier: 613-592-7802;


- 72 -

(ii) If to the Administrative Agent:

BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc.
Structured and Project Lending 1 First Canadian Place
4th Floor, P.O. Box 150
Toronto, Ontario
M5X 1H3

Attention: Genga T. Arulampalam

Telecopier: 416-867-6977
Telephone: 416-359-6996

(iii) If to a Lender:

To the address set forth next to its signature on the signature page of this Agreement

or at such other address or to such other individual as the Borrower may designate by notice to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent may designate by notice to the Borrower. If any notice, request, demand or other communication is delivered or transmitted on a day other than a Banking Day or after 3:00 p.m. on any Banking Day, the same shall be deemed to have been effectively given and received on the next following Banking Day.

15.5 Amendment and Waiver

This Agreement and documents collateral hereto may be modified or amended and a waiver of any breach of any term or provision of this Agreement shall be effective only if the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders or each Lender, as the case may be, so agree in writing. A waiver of any breach of any term or provision of this Agreement shall be limited to the specific breach waived.

15.6 Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement may be instituted in the courts of Ontario, and each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower hereby accepts and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of said courts and acknowledges their competence and agrees to be bound by any judgment thereof.


- 73 -

15.7 Further Assurances

The Borrower shall promptly cure any default in its execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Borrower, at its expense, will promptly execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, upon request, all such other and further documents, agreements, certificates and instruments in compliance with, or accomplishment of the covenants and agreements of the Borrower and the Guarantors hereunder or under the Security Documents or more fully to state the obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors as set out herein or therein or to make any recording, file any notice or obtain any consents, all as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith. The Borrower covenants and agrees to, and covenants and agrees to cause MNI and MNSI to, use reasonable efforts to execute and deliver, within a reasonable time after the Closing Date, to the Administrative Agent all such documents, agreements, certificates and instruments or to make any recording, file any notice or obtain any consents in order to grant Harris Bank pari passu security with the Administrative Agent over the assets of the Borrower, MNI and MNSI.

15.8 Enforcement and Waiver by the Lenders

The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and agreements to be delivered pursuant hereto in strict accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, notwithstanding any conduct or custom on the part of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in refraining from so doing at any time or times. The failure of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders at any time or times to enforce its rights under such provisions, strictly in accordance with the same, shall not be construed as having created a custom or in any way or manner modified or waived the same. All rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are cumulative and concurrent and the exercise of one right or remedy shall not be deemed a waiver or release of any other right or remedy.

15.9 Execution in Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original and all of which taken together shall constitute a single agreement.

15.10 Assignment by the Borrower

The rights and obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement are not assignable to any other Person, except in accordance with Article 12, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in its sole discretion.

15.11 Assignments and Transfers by the Lenders

(a) With the prior written consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, any Lender may, at any time, assign all or any of its rights and benefits hereunder or transfer in accordance with Section 15.11(b) all or any of its rights, benefits and obligations hereunder to another Person (the "Transferee"); provided that any partial assignment or transfer shall be with respect to a minimum commitment of Cdn.


- 74 -

$5,000,000 and integral multiples of Cdn. $100,000 in excess thereof or such lesser amount as will result in each of the Lender and the Transferee having a minimum commitment of Cdn. $5,000,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consent of the Borrower is not required in connection with the assignment or transfer of all or any of the rights, benefits and obligations hereunder to (i) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Lender, provided (A) that, in either case, any such assignment or transfer does not give rise to a claim for increased costs pursuant to Article 5 and (B) that the Lender shall notify the Borrower in the event such Subsidiary or Affiliate is a non-resident for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) to permit the Borrower to make any applicable withholding tax remittances, if any, or (ii) to any financial institution or to any other Person if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(b) If a Lender assigns all or any of its rights and benefits hereunder in accordance with Section 15.11(a), then, unless and until the Transferee has agreed with the Lender and the Borrower pursuant to a transfer agreement substantially in the form of Schedule J hereto (or such other form as may be agreed to by the Lender and the Borrower) that the Transferee shall be bound by the same obligations of the Lender as the Transferee would have been under if the Transferee had been an original party hereto, the Borrower shall not be obliged to recognize such Transferee as having the rights against the Borrower which the Transferee would have had if the Transferee had been such a party hereto.

(c) A Lender may participate all or any part of its interest hereunder, provided that any such participation does not give rise to a claim for increased costs pursuant to Article 5. The Borrower shall not be obligated to deal with any participant and shall be entitled to deal solely with the Lender and the Lender shall not be released from any of its obligations to the Borrower or the Guarantors as a result of such participation except to the extent that the participant has fulfilled such obligations. Such participants shall be bound to the same confidentiality provisions with respect to the Facilities and the Borrower and each Guarantor as are applicable to the Lender.

15.12 Set-Off

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Lender shall have the right to set off against any accounts, credits or balances maintained by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors with the Lender any amount due hereunder. Except for payments to a Lender from the Administrative Agent which were received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, if any Lender shall at any time receive payment or satisfaction of all or a part of any amounts payable hereunder, whether by set-off or otherwise, in a proportion which, in relation to any amounts received by any other Lender or Lenders at the same time, represents more than its pro rata Participation, then such Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof and pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the other Lenders such amount as will ensure that each Lender will receive a proportion of such payment equal to such Lender's pro rata Participation. In the event that at any time any Lender shall be required to refund any amount which has been paid to or received by it by set-off or otherwise on account of any part of the Advances, interest thereon or any other amount payable hereunder and which has been paid to any other Lender pursuant to this Section


- 75 -

15.12, such other Lender shall repay a proportionate amount of the amounts so refunded without interest. If a Lender is required to make any payment to any other Lender pursuant to this Section 15.12, then, subject to the foregoing sentence, the liability of the Borrower to the Lender making such payment under this Agreement shall be treated as not having been reduced by the amount of such payment and the liability of the Borrower to any Lender receiving such payment shall be treated as having been reduced by the amount of the payment received by such Lender.

15.13 Time of the Essence

Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.

15.14 Judgment Currency

To the extent permitted by applicable law, if any judgment or order is rendered and expressed in a currency other than the currency (the "Agreement Currency") in which amounts are payable under the Facility (i) for the payment of any amount owing by the Borrower in respect of the Facility or this Agreement, or (ii) in respect of a judgment or order of another court for the payment of any amount described in (i) above, the Administrative Agent and each Lender, after recovery in full of the aggregate amount to which the Administrative Agent and each Lender is entitled pursuant to the judgment or order, will be entitled to receive immediately from the Borrowers the amount of any shortfall in the Agreement Currency received by the Administrative Agent and each Lender as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency and will refund promptly to the Borrower any excess of the Agreement Currency received by the Administrative Agent and each Lender as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency if such shortfall or such excess arises or results from any variation between the rate of exchange at which the Agreement Currency is converted into the currency of the judgment or order for the purposes of such judgment or order and the rate of exchange at which the Administrative Agent and each Lender is able, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith in converting the currency received into the Agreement Currency, to purchase the Agreement Currency with the amount of the currency of the judgment or order actually received by the Administrative Agent and each Lender. The term "rate of exchange" includes, without limitation, any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into the Agreement Currency. Any amount due from the Borrower under the provisions of this Section 15.14 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other amounts due under or in respect of the Facility or this Agreement.

15.15 Equal Ranking of Lenders

The Lenders, and to the extent necessary, the Borrower, agree as between themselves that any indebtedness of the Borrower towards any Lender hereunder, in respect of any Advance or any Bankers' Acceptance, or otherwise hereunder shall at all times rank equally and without preference or distinction with the indebtedness of the Borrower towards any other Lender hereunder.


- 76 -

15.16 Sharing of Information

The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may share amongst themselves any information which any of them may possess concerning the Borrower in respect of the Borrower's undertakings, obligations or indebtedness towards any Lender pursuant to this Agreement, any Advance and any Bankers' Acceptance, as well as any payment received from the Borrower by any Lender.

15.17 Continuing Obligations and Liabilities

Each of the Borrower and BMO agrees and confirms that all of its liabilities and obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement existing on the Closing Date are amended and restated by this Agreement and continue in full force and effect hereunder, except to the extent amended by this Agreement.


- 77 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

by

Name:


Title:

BANK OF MONTREAL, as

Administrative Agent And Lead
Arranger
by

Name:


Title:

BANK OF MONTREAL, as Lender

by

Name:


Title:

Address:

BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc.
Structured and Project Financing
1 First Canadian Place
4th Floor, P.O. Box 150
Toronto, Ontario
M5X 1H3


SCHEDULE A - BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE


SCHEDULE B - DRAWDOWN NOTICE

To: Bank of Montreal
Structured and Project Lending
100 King Street West
1 First Canadian Place
4th Floor, P.O. Box 150
Toronto, Ontario
M5X 1H3

Attention: Manager

This Drawdown Notice is being delivered pursuant to the amended and restated loan agreement made as of April |X|, 2004 (the "Credit Agreement") made between the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

We hereby request the following Advance on __________________, _______. The Advance shall be pursuant to:

check the applicable boxes

O Prime Rate Advance in the principal amount of Cdn.$____________.

O Bankers' Acceptance Advance in the aggregate Face Amount and principal amount of Cdn.$__________ having a term of _____ days.

O Libor Advance in the amount of U.S.$____________ and having an Interest Period of _____ months.

O U.S. Base Rate Advance in the amount of U.S.$____________.

O Letter of Credit in the Face Amount of Cdn.$____________ and/or U.S.$____________ with ________________ as beneficiary having a term of days.

Payment instructions: _____________________________________




- 2 -

The representations and warranties set forth in Section 7.1 of the Credit Agreement are, mutatis mutandis, true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, both before and after giving effect to the Drawdown of the requested Advance and to the application of proceeds therefrom, by reference to the facts and circumstances now existing and assuming that each of such representations and warranties and the Schedules referred to therein had been amended to reflect any notices provided by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in respect of the matters dealt with therein and, with respect to the representation set forth in Section 7.1(g) of the Credit Agreement, the reference to the date January 25, 2004 shall be deemed to be a reference to the date of the financial statements of the Borrower most recently delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a) of the Credit Agreement and, with respect to unaudited financial statements, that such statements fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of their operations for the financial period then ended, in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year end audit adjustments.

No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, nor shall any such event occur as a result of making the requested Advance or the application of proceeds therefrom.

DATED this _____ day of _____________________, ________.

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

by
        -----------------------------
        Name:     |X|
        Title:    |X|

by
        -----------------------------
        Name:     |X|
        Title:    |X|


SCHEDULE C - CONVERSION NOTICE

To: Bank of Montreal
100 King Street West
1 First Canadian Place
4th Floor, P.O. Box 150
Toronto, Ontario
M5X 1H3

Attention:Manager

This Conversion Notice is being delivered pursuant to the amended and restated loan agreement made as of April |X|, 2004 (the "Credit Agreement") made between the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

We hereby request the following Conversions on __________________, _______. The Conversions shall be as set forth below:

check the applicable boxes

0 Prime Rate Advance in the principal amount of Cdn.$____________ shall be converted into a Bankers' Acceptance Advance having a term/Interest Period of _____ days.

0 Prime Rate Advance in the principal amount of Cdn.$____________ shall be converted into an Equivalent Amount U.S. Base Rate Advance.

0 Prime Rate Advance in the principal amount of Cdn.$ shall be converted __________________ into an Equivalent Amount Libor Advance having an Interest Period of months.

0 Bankers' Acceptance in the aggregate Face Amount of Cdn.$____________ shall be converted into a Prime Rate Advance.

0 Bankers' Acceptance in the aggregate Face Amount of Cdn.$__________ shall be converted into an Equivalent Amount U.S. Base Rate Advance.

0 Bankers' Acceptance in the aggregate Face Amount of Cdn.$__________ shall be converted into an Equivalent Amount Libor Advance having an Interest Period of months.


- 2 -

0 Libor Advance in the principal amount of U.S.$____________ shall be converted into a U.S. Base Rate Advance.

0 Libor Advance in the principal amount of U.S.$____________ shall be converted into an Equivalent Amount Prime Rate Advance.

0 Libor Advance in the principal amount of U.S. $ shall be converted into an Equivalent Amount Bankers' Acceptance Advance having a term/Interest Period of days.

0 U.S. Base Rate Advance in the principal amount of U.S.$____________ shall be converted into a Libor Advance having an Interest Period of _____ months.

0 U.S. Base Rate Advance in the principal amount of U.S.$____________ shall be converted into an Equivalent Amount Prime Rate Advance.

0 U.S. Base Rate Advance in the principal amount of U.S.$ shall be ---------------------- converted into an Equivalent Amount Bankers' Acceptance Advance having a term/Interest Period of days.

No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, nor shall any such event occur as a result of making the requested conversion.

DATED this _____ day of _____________________, ________.

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

by
        -----------------------------
        Name:     |X|
        Title:    |X|

by
        -----------------------------
        Name:     |X|
        Title:    |X|


SCHEDULE D - ROLLOVER NOTICE

To: Bank of Montreal
Structured and Project Lending
100 King Street West
1 First Canadian Place
4th Floor, P.O. Box 150
Toronto, Ontario
M5X 1H3

Attention: Manager

This Rollover Notice is being delivered pursuant to the amended and restated loan agreement made as of April |X|, 2004 (the "Credit Agreement") made between the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

We hereby request the following:

check the applicable box

0 Rollover in respect of the Libor Advance currently outstanding in the amount of U.S.$____________ and with an Interest Period ending on _____________, ______. The next Interest Period for such Libor Advance commencing on such date is to be _____ months.

0 Acceptance of Bankers' Acceptances in the aggregate Face Amount and principal amount of Cdn.$____________ having a term of _____ days.

No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, nor shall any such event occur as a result of making the requested rollover.

DATED this _____ day of _____________________, ________.

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

by
       -----------------------------
       Name:     |X|
       Title:    |X|


SCHEDULE E - [Intentionally deleted]


SCHEDULE F - PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES

"Permitted Encumbrances" means the following types of Encumbrances:

(i) liens in respect of taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims the payment of which is not, at the time, overdue;

(ii) statutory liens of landlords, statutory liens of banks and rights of set-off, statutory liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, repairmen, workmen and materialmen, and other liens imposed by law, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business (a) for amounts not yet overdue or (b) for amounts that are overdue and that (in the case of any such amounts overdue for a period in excess of five days) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as (1) such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by generally accepted accounting principles as applied in Canada shall have been made for any such contested amounts, and (2) in the case of a lien with respect to any portion of the collateral in respect of which the Lenders, or the Administrative Agent on their behalf, have a security interest in respect of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder (the "Collateral"), such contest proceedings conclusively operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral on account of such lien;

(iii) liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money), so long as no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have been commenced with respect to any portion of the Collateral on account thereof;

(iv) any attachment or judgment lien not involving (i) in any individual case an amount in excess of $1,000,000, or (ii) in the aggregate at any time outstanding an amount in excess of $2,500,000 (in either case to the extent such amount is not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage) except if any such attachment or judgment lien shall remain undischarged, undisputed (in the case of a writ in the United Kingdom), unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of 60 days (or in any event later than five days prior to the date of any proposed sale thereunder);


- 2 -

(v) leases or subleases granted to third parties which do not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries or result in a material diminution in the value of any of the Collateral;

(vi) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, and other minor defects or irregularities in title, in each case which do not and will not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries or result in a material diminution in the value of any of the Collateral;

(vii) any (a) interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any operating lease in respect of which the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall be, or become liable whether directly or by assignment or as a guarantor or other surety for the obligations of the lessee under any such operating lease, to the extent that the aggregate annual rental payments of the Borrower and its subsidiaries in respect of all such operating leases shall not exceed $25,000,000, (b) restriction or encumbrance that the interest or title of such lessor or sublessor may be subject to, or (c) subordination of the interest of the lessee or sublessee under such lease to any restriction or encumbrance referred to in the preceding clause (b), so long as the holder of such restriction or encumbrance agrees to recognize the rights of such lessee or sublessee under such lease;

(viii)liens arising from the filing of Personal Property Security Act (Ontario) or UCC financing statements, relating solely to leases;

(ix) liens in favour of EDC arising out of certain obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to EDC in connection with or relating to indemnity agreements entered into, or which may in the future be entered into, by the Borrower in favour of EDC in respect of surety and performance bonds issued or to be issued by surety companies (including ACE-INA Insurance) with EDC's full or partial indemnity for the account of the Borrower, for so long as such liens are subject to the postponement and subordination agreement dated April 20, 2004 between the Administrative Agent and EDC;

(x) liens in favour of The Canada Trust Company in its capacity as trustee of Endurance Trust under the RPA over bank accounts of the Borrower and of MNI being account *Subject to Request for Confidential Treatment; Separately Filed with the Commission* and *Subject to Request for Confidential Treatment; Separately Filed with the Commission*, respectively, provided that the funds to be deposited in such accounts are


- 3 -

limited to the amounts which the Borrower or MNI are required to deposit in such accounts pursuant to the reserve account requirements contained in the RPA and provided further that such deposited funds are derived solely from the net proceeds of the sale of accounts receivable by the Borrower, MNI or MNSI to Endurance Trust or the collections relating to accounts receivable sold by the Borrower, MNI or MNSI to Endurance Trust pursuant to the terms of the RPA unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Administrative Agent;

(xi) liens in favour of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(xii) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property;

(xiii)liens against owners' or sublessors' interest in any leasehold property used or occupied by the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries;

(xiv) liens securing obligations (other than obligations representing indebtedness for borrowed money) under operating, reciprocal easement or similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries;

(xv) licences of patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights granted by the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or such subsidiary;

(xvi) liens granted to evidence the security interests of the Lenders, or the Administrative Agent on their behalf, in the Collateral;

(xvii) Permitted Purchase Money Security Interests;

(xviii) Liens granted in connection with obligations incurred pursuant to clause (x) or (xi) of the definition of Permitted Debt;

(xix) Liens not included in any of the foregoing in respect of obligations not exceeding Cdn. $5,000,000 (or its Equivalent Amount in another currency) in the aggregate; and


- 4 -

(xx) certain rights of the Government of Canada in the intellectual property of the Borrower pursuant to the Technology Partnerships Canada Agreement,

For greater certainty, the registration of a financing statement in respect of the absolute assignment of accounts receivable under the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario) or UCC does not constitute a lien for so long as such registration does not constitute a lien under the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario) or UCC.


SCHEDULE G - LITIGATION

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Company/Subsidiary      Claimant      Court/Jurisdiction        Nature of Claim
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          *                  *                 *                        *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* - Subject to Request for Confidential Treatment; Separately Filed with the Commission


SCHEDULE H - NON-COMPLIANCE MATTERS

Nil.


SCHEDULE I - SUBSIDIARIES


SCHEDULE J - TRANSFER AGREEMENT

TO: MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

WHEREAS the Borrower entered into an amended and restated loan agreement dated April |X|, 2004 (the "Credit Agreement") with the Administrative Agent and the Lenders whereby the Lenders agreed to provide the Borrower with a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding Cdn. $30,000,000 or the Equivalent Amount in United States Dollars for the general corporate purposes of the Borrower;

AND WHEREAS pursuant to and in accordance with Section 15.11 of the Credit Agreement, any Lender may, with the prior written consent of the Borrower, assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits and obligations under the Credit Agreement by duly completing, executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent and to the Borrower this Transfer Certificate;

AND WHEREAS any Lender (the "Transferor") wishes to assign or transfer to __________________ (the "Transferee") the rights, benefits and obligations of the Transferor under the Credit Agreement specified herein;

AND WHEREAS the Borrower has consented in writing to such assignment or transfer;

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the foregoing and of $1.00 and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the signatories hereto agree as follows:

All capitalized terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement.

The Transferor assigns and transfers to the Transferee the following rights, benefits and obligations (the "Transfer"):

[description of the Transferred Rights, Benefits and Obligations, indicating retained interest or fees, if applicable, and Transferee's commitment and Participation]

(the "Transferred Rights", the "Transferred Benefits", the "Transferred Obligations", as applicable, and collectively the "Transferred Rights, Benefits and Obligations").

The Transferee accepts the Transfer and (if applicable) assumes the Transferred Obligations (the "Assumption").


- 2 -

The Transferee agrees with the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it shall be bound by the same obligations of the Lenders as the Transferee would have been under if the Transferee had been an original party to the Credit Agreement.

The Transfer and the Assumption are governed by and subject to Section 15.11 of the Credit Agreement.

The Transferee acknowledges and confirms that it has not relied upon and that the Transferor and/or the Administrative Agent has/have not made any representation or warranty whatsoever as to the due execution, legality, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other documentation or information delivered by the Transferor and/or the Administrative Agent to the Transferee in connection therewith or for the performance thereof by any party thereto or for the performance of any Guarantee by any Guarantor or for the financial condition of the Borrower or of any Guarantor. All representations, warranties and conditions expressed or implied by law or otherwise are hereby excluded.

The Transferee represents and warrants that it is not a non-resident within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and that it has itself been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal of and investigation into the financial condition, creditworthiness, affairs, status and nature of the Borrower and has not relied and will not hereafter rely on the Transferor and/or the Administrative Agent to appraise or keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, affairs, status or nature of the Borrower.

Each of the Transferor and the Transferee represents and warrants to the Borrower and the Guarantors that it has the capacity and power to enter into the Transfer and the Assumption in accordance with the terms hereof and to perform its obligations arising therefrom, and all action required to authorize the execution and delivery hereof and the performance of such obligations has been duly taken.

This Transfer Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada.

DATED this __________ day of _____________________, 200__

.

BANK OF MONTREAL
by

Name: |X| Title: |X|

- 3 -

[TRANSFEREE]
by
       --------------------------
       Name:     |X|
       Title:    |X|

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

                          by
                                 --------------------------
                                 Name:     |X|
                                 Title:    |X|

    SCHEDULE K - COMMITTED AMOUNTS


LENDER

Bank of Montreal Cdn. $30,000,000


SCHEDULE L - FINANCIAL FORECAST


AMENDING AGREEMENT

MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT made as of the 24 day of July, 2004.

BETWEEN:

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION,

a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada, as borrower

(hereinafter referred to as the "Borrower")

- and -

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT,

(hereinafter referred to as the "Lenders")

- and -

BANK OF MONTREAL,
a Canadian chartered bank, as Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger

(hereinafter referred to in its own capacity as "BMO" and in its capacity as administrative agent on behalf of the Lenders, as the "Administrative Agent").

WHEREAS pursuant to an amended and restated credit agreement made as of the 21st day of April, 2004 (the "Credit Agreement"), a revolving credit facility was made available to the Borrower upon and subject to the terms and conditions therein set forth;

AND WHEREAS the Borrower and the Lenders have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement by executing and delivering this Amending Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that, in consideration of the premises, the covenants herein contained and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. The Credit Agreement is hereby amended in the following respects:

(a) Section 2.7(c) is added to the Credit Agreement as follows:


"(c) In the event that the Borrower's EBITDA (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date of this Agreement and measured as at the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending July 25, 2004 and the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending October 24, 2004 and, to the extent that any assets or liabilities of Endurance Trust are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, calculated without reference to the assets and liabilities of Endurance Trust) for a fiscal quarter ending July 25, 2004 and the fiscal quarter ending October 24, 2004 is less than Cdn. $3,000,000, the Committed Amount shall be temporarily reduced to Cdn. $15,000,000, or the Equivalent Amount in U.S. Dollars if such amount is less than the actual Committed Amount hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Borrower's EBITDA in the fiscal quarter ending October 24, 2004 is equal to or greater than Cdn. $3,000,000, the Committed Amount shall be equal to the lesser of (i) the actual Committed Amount, subject to any subsequent reduction pursuant to Section 2.7(a) above, prior to the temporary reduction of the Committed Amount provided under this Section 2.7(c); and (ii) Cdn. $30,000,000, or the Equivalent Amount in U.S. Dollars."; and

(b) Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement is deleted and replaced with the following:

"8.3 Financial Covenant

The Borrower covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that, unless the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders otherwise consent in writing, so long as any amount payable hereunder is outstanding, the Borrower shall not permit its EBITDA (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date of this Agreement and measured as at the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower for such fiscal quarter then ending, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending July 25, 2004 and, to the extent that any assets or liabilities of Endurance Trust are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, calculated without reference to the assets and liabilities of Endurance Trust) to be less than the following amounts for the relevant fiscal quarter as set forth below:

(i) for the fiscal quarter ending July 25, 2004, negative Cdn. $5,000,000;

(ii) for the fiscal quarter ending October 24, 2004, Cdn. $0.00;

(iii) for the fiscal quarter ending January 23, 2005, Cdn. $3,000,000; and

(iv) for the fiscal quarter ending April 24, 2005, Cdn. $6,000,000."

2. This Amending Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original and all of which taken together shall constitute a single agreement.


3. This Amending Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

4. The Credit Agreement, as amended, is hereby confirmed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Amending Agreement.

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

by


Name:


Title:

BANK OF MONTREAL, as Administrative
Agent And Lead Arranger
by


Name:


Title:

BANK OF MONTREAL, as Lender
by


Name:


Title:


Exhibit 4.16

AMENDING AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDING AGREEMENT made effective as of April 23, 2004.

BETWEEN:

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION, a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada,

(the "Corporation")

- and -

ZARLINK SEMICONDUCTOR INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada,

("Zarlink")

RECITALS:

A. The Corporation and Zarlink are party to a supply agreement (the "Supply Agreement") dated February 16, 2001, as amended.

B. Clause 21(A)(ii) of the Supply Agreement provides that the Supply Agreement may be terminated by one party in certain prescribed circumstances where a change occurs in the constitution or circumstances of the other party, as more particularly set forth therein.

C. In connection with a proposed financing transaction pursuant to which new investors of the Corporation will subscribe for certain preferred shares in the capital of the Corporation (the "Financing"), and in connection with which the Corporation proposes to effect certain amendments to its constating documents as set out in the management proxy circular and related shareholder meeting materials of the Corporation dated March 26, 2004 (the "Meeting Materials"), a copy of which has been provided to Zarlink, the Corporation and Zarlink now desire to provide for certain acknowledgements and amendments with respect to the Supply Agreement.

THEREFORE THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Acknowledgement

Zarlink hereby acknowledges and agrees, for purposes of clause 21(A)(ii) of the Supply Agreement, that:

(a) the Corporation proposes to effect certain amendments to its constating documents in connection with the Financing, substantially as described in the Meeting Materials;


2

(b) such proposed amendments are not materially detrimental to Zarlink's interests and will not impede the Corporation's ability to carry out its obligations under the Supply Agreement; and

(c) such proposed amendments shall not give rise to a right of Zarlink to terminate the Supply Agreement.

2.    Amendment

      The Supply  Agreement is hereby  amended as follows:  Clause  21(A)(ii) is
      hereby deleted in its entirety.

3.    Binding Amendment

This Amending Agreement, being duly executed by an authorized representative of each of the Corporation and Zarlink, constitutes a valid and binding amendment to the Supply Agreement in accordance with section 32 thereof.

4. General

(a) This Amending Agreement and the Supply Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and cancel and supersede any prior understandings and agreements between the parties with respect to such subject matter. There are no representations, warranties, terms, conditions, undertakings or collateral agreements, express, implied or statutory, between the parties to this Amending Agreement other than those expressly set forth herein and in the Supply Agreement.

(b) Except as provided in this Amending Agreement, in all other respects the Supply Agreement remains in full force and effect.

(c) Each of the parties hereto shall with reasonable diligence do all such things and provide all such reasonable assurances as may be required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Amending Agreement, and each party shall provide such further documents or instruments required by any other party as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to effect the purpose of this Amending Agreement and carry out its provisions.

(d) This Amending Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein and shall be treated in all respects as an Ontario contract.

(e) This Amending Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which, when executed by a party hereto, shall be deemed to be an original and such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.


3

IN WITNESS OF WHICH the parties have executed this Amending Agreement.

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

By:

Name:


Title:

ZARLINK SEMICONDUCTOR INC.

By:

Name:


Title:


Exhibit 4.22

AMENDMENT

THIS AMENDMENT is made September 20, 2003 among:

March Networks Corporation, a Canadian business corporation having its offices at Tower B, 555 Legget Drive, Ottawa, ON K2K 2X3 ("March Networks")

-and-

Mitel Networks Corporation, a Canadian business corporation having its offices at 350 Legget Drive, Ottawa, ON K2K 2W7 ("Mitel Networks")

-and-

Mitel Networks International Limited, a Barbadian business corporation having its offices at Charnic Business Centre, Spring Garden Highway, St. Michael, Barbados ("MNIL")

-and-

Mitel Networks Limited, a UK business corporation having its offices at Mitel Business Park, Portskewett, Caldicott, UK NPZ6 5YR ("MNL")

WHEREAS:

A. March Networks, Mitel Networks, MNIL and MNL entered into an alliance agreement effective as of September 21, 2001 (the "Alliance Agreement") with a term of two years, expiring on September 20, 2003.

B. Pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Alliance Agreement, the parties wish to renew the Alliance Agreement on the same terms and conditions for one additional year term expiring on September 20, 2004.

NOW THEREFORE for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Amendment hereby agree as follows:

1. The term of the Alliance Agreement is hereby extended for one year expiring September 20, 2004.


2. All terms and conditions of the Alliance Agreement to remain the same.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be signed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date written above.

Mitel Networks Corporation                  March Networks Corporation

_________________________________           ___________________________________

_________________________________           ___________________________________

_________________________________           ___________________________________

Mitel Networks International Limited        Mitel Networks Limited

_________________________________           ___________________________________

_________________________________           ___________________________________

_________________________________           ___________________________________


Exhibit 4.26

[Flag and TPC logo in English and French]

March 27, 2003

TPC File Reference: 720-481443

Mr. Don Smith
Chief Executive Officer
Mitel Networks Corporation
350 Legget Drive
Kanata, Ontario
K2K 2W7

Dear Mr. Smith:

Re: Development of Smart Broadband Appliances and a Suite of Interactive Applications

I am pleased to inform you that approval has been granted to delete, by way of this letter, the annual contribution disbursement limit of $28,000,000 for Fiscal Year 2002-2003 specified in section 4.3 of Article 4 of the Technology Partnerships Canada (TPC) / Mitel Networks Corporation, March Networks Corporation, and Mitel Knowledge Corporation Contribution Agreement for the above-captioned project. This will allow TPC to pay additional claims this fiscal year.

Yours sincerely,

Jacques Cloutier Acting Director Enabling Technologies

[TPC letterhead with maple leaf]


TPC PROJECT NO. 720-481443
AMENDMENT NO. 2

TECHNOLOGY PARTNERSHIPS CANADA

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement made

Between: HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA,

           as represented by the Minister of Industry
           (hereinafter referred to as the "Minister")

And:       MARCH NETWORKS CORPORATION
           (hereinafter referred to as "a Proponent" or "March Networks").

And:       MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION
           (hereinafter referred to as "a Proponent" or "Mitel Networks")

And:       MITEL KNOWLEDGE CORPORATION
           (hereinafter referred to as "a Proponent" or "Mitel Knowledge")

Collectively referred to as "the Proponents".

INTRODUCTION

(i) The Minister and the Proponents entered into a Contribution Agreement dated the 10th day of October, 2002 under the Technology Partnerships Canada Program (the "Contribution Agreement"); and

(ii) The Contribution Agreement was amended by letter dated March 27, 2003, now called Amendment Number 1; and

(iii) The Minister and the Proponents now wish to amend the Contribution Agreement.

In consideration of their respective obligations set out in the Contribution Agreement, the parties agree to amend the Contribution Agreement as follows:


Page 2

1. This Amendment must be signed by the Recipient and received by the Minister within thirty (30) days of its signature on behalf of the Minister, failing which it will be null and void.

2.    In Article 3.2:

      DELETE:            the date "September 30th, 2004"; and
      REPLACE:           with the date "March 31st, 2005".

3.    In Article 4.3:

      DELETE:            the Fiscal Year Contribution amounts in their entirety;
      REPLACE:           and with the following Fiscal Year Contribution
                         amounts:

                         "2002/2003      $29,577,660
                          2003/2004      $15,440,000
                          2004/2005      $14,982,340".

4.    In Article 7.2:

      DELETE:            the name "Dr. Donald Mills" and the title "Chief
                         Operating Officer" for March Networks Corporation, and
      REPLACE:           with the name "Peter Strom" and the title "President
                         and Chief Executive Officer".

5.    In Article 8.1:

      DELETE:            the date "September 30th, 2004"; and
      REPLACE:           with the date "March 31st, 2005".

6. In Schedule 8, Article 4.8:

DELETE:            the name "Dr. Donald Mills" and the title "Chief
                   Operating Officer" for March Networks Corporation, and
REPLACE:           with the name "Peter Strom" and the title "President
                   and Chief Executive Officer".

All provisions of the Contribution Agreement remain in full force and effect, except as modified by this Amendment Agreement.

File No.: 720-481443


Page 3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Amendment Agreement through duly authorized representatives.

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT
OF CANADA, as represented by the Minister of Industry

Per:     "Denise Guevremont"                                 "April 27, 2004"
         --------------------------------------              ----------------
         Technology Partnerships Canada                       Date

         "Denise Guevremont - Director"
         Name & Title

MARCH NETWORKS CORPORATION]

Per:     "Peter Strom"                                        "May 02, 2004"
         --------------------------------------               --------------
                                                              Date

         "Peter Strom - President / CEO"
         --------------------------------------
         Name & Title

MITEL NETWORKS CORPORATION]

Per:     "Don Smith"                                          "29 April 2004"
         --------------------------------------               --------------
                                                              Date

         "Don Smith, CEO"
         Name & Title

MITEL KNOWLEDGE CORPORATION]

Per:     "Jose Medeiros"                                      "April 30, 2004"
         --------------------------------------               --------------
                                                              Date

         "Jose Medeiros, CFO"
         --------------------------------------
         Name & Title

                                                            File No.: 720-481443


Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Donald W. Smith, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Mitel Networks Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

c) disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 27, 2004

                                            /s/ Donald W. Smith

                                            --------------------------------
                                            Name: Donald W. Smith
                                            Title: Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Steven Spooner, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Mitel Networks Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

c) disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 27, 2004

                                     /s/ Steven Spooner

                                     -----------------------------------------
                                     Name: Steven Spooner
                                     Title: Vice-President, Finance and Chief
                                     Financial Officer


Exhibit 13.1

Certification by Chief Executive Officer of Annual Report

CERTIFICATION OF ANNUAL REPORT

I, Donald W. Smith, Chief Executive Officer of Mitel Networks Corporation ("Mitel"), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Mitel, for the fiscal year ended April 25, 2004, filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Mitel.

Dated: August 27, 2004

                                                 /s/ Donald W. Smith

                                                 ----------------------------
                                                 Donald W. Smith
                                                 Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit 13.2

Certification by Chief Financial Officer of Annual Report

CERTIFICATION OF ANNUAL REPORT

I, Steven Spooner, Vice President Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Mitel Networks Corporation ("Mitel "), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Mitel, for the fiscal year ended April 25, 2004, filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Mitel.

Dated: August 27, 2004

                                   /s/ Steven Spooner

                                   -----------------------------
                                   Steven Spooner

Vice President Finance and Chief Financial Officer